documentation/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po

# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
# 
# Translators:
# Andy Yiu, 2023
# Yoshi Tashiro (Quartile) <tashiro@roomsfor.hk>, 2023
# Martin Trigaux, 2023
# Noma Yuki, 2024
# Wil Odoo, 2024
# Junko Augias, 2025
# 
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-02-20 08:51+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Junko Augias, 2025\n"
"Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ja/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: ja\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5
msgid "Supply Chain"
msgstr "サプライチェーン"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8
msgid "Barcode"
msgstr "バーコード"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:10
msgid ""
"**Odoo Barcode** allows users to assign barcodes to individual products and "
"product categories, and track inventory movements using those barcodes. By "
"connecting a barcode scanner, certain inventory processes can be triggered "
"by scanning barcodes."
msgstr ""
"**Odooバーコード**はユーザが個々のプロダクトやプロダクトカテゴリにバーコードを割当て、そのバーコードを使って在庫の動きを追跡することができます。バーコードスキャナを接続することにより、バーコードをスキャンして特定の在庫処理をトリガすることができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:15
msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode <https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_"
msgstr "`Odooチュートリアル: バーコード <https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations.rst:5
msgid "Daily operations"
msgstr "日々の業務"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3
msgid "Apply inventory adjustments with barcodes"
msgstr "バーコードで在庫調整を行う"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5
msgid ""
"In a warehouse, the recorded inventory counts in the database might not "
"always match the actual, real inventory counts. In such cases, inventory "
"adjustments can be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the "
"recorded counts in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse. In"
" Odoo, the *Barcode* app can be used to make these adjustments."
msgstr ""
"倉庫では、データベースに記録された在庫数と実際の在庫数が必ずしも一致しない場合があります。このような場合、在庫調整を行うことで差異を調整し、データベースに記録された在庫数と倉庫の実際の在庫数を一致させることができます。Odooでは*バーコード*アプリを使用して在庫調整を行うことができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:10
msgid ""
"These adjustments can be done in real time using an Odoo-compatible barcode "
"scanner or the Odoo mobile app."
msgstr "これらの調整はOdoo互換バーコードスキャナまたはOdooモバイルアプリを使ってリアルタイムで行うことができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:14
msgid ""
"For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware "
"for the *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • "
"Hardware page <https://www.odoo.com/app/inventory-hardware>`_."
msgstr ""
"Odooと互換性のあるバーコードモバイルスキャナーのリスト、および*在庫*アプリと*バーコード*アプリ用のその他のハードウェアについては、`Odoo在庫"
" - ハードウエアページ <https://www.odoo.com/app/inventory-hardware>`_を参照して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:19
msgid ""
":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`"
msgstr ""
":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:22
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:15
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:13
msgid "Enable Barcode app"
msgstr "バーコードアプリを有効にする"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24
msgid ""
"To use the *Barcode* app to create and apply inventory adjustments, it "
"**must** be installed by enabling the feature from the settings of the "
"*Inventory* app."
msgstr "*バーコード*アプリを使用して在庫調整を作成および適用するには、**在庫*アプリの設定から機能を有効にしてインストールする必要があります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:27
msgid ""
"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click "
"the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` option."
msgstr ""
"これを行うには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定`に進みます。次に、 :guilabel:`バーコード` "
"セクションまでスクロールダウンし、 :guilabel:`バーコードスキャナ` オプションの隣にあるチェックボックスをクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:24
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:22
msgid ""
"Once the checkbox is ticked, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page "
"to save changes."
msgstr "チェックボックスにチェックを入れたら、ページ上部の :guilabel:`保存` をクリックして変更を保存します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:33
msgid ""
"After saving, a new drop-down menu appears under the :guilabel:`Barcode "
"Scanner` option, labeled :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature`, where either "
":guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can"
" be selected. Each nomenclature option determines how scanners interpret "
"barcodes in Odoo."
msgstr ""
"保存後、:guilabel:`バーコードスキャナ`オプションの下に新しいドロップダウンメニューが表示され、:guilabel:`バーコード表現規則`と表示され、:guilabel:`デフォルト表現規則`または:guilabel:`デフォルトGS1表現規則`を選択できます。それぞれの表現規則オプションは、スキャナがOdooでバーコードをどのように解釈するかを決定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:38
msgid ""
"There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, "
"along with a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands "
"and a barcode demo sheet."
msgstr ""
"また、:guilabel:`プロダクトバーコードを設定`の内部リンク矢印、バーコードコマンドを印刷するための一連の:guilabel:`印刷`ボタン、バーコードデモシートもあります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1
msgid "Enabled Barcode feature in Inventory app settings."
msgstr "インベントリアプリの設定でバーコード機能を有効にしました。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:46
msgid ""
"For more information on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` "
"app, refer to the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and"
" :doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` docs."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`バーコード`アプリのセットアップと設定の詳細については、 :doc:`バーコードスキャナーのセットアップ "
"<../setup/hardware>`と :doc:`Odooでバーコードを有効にする "
"<../setup/software>`ドキュメントを参照して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:51
msgid "Perform an inventory adjustment"
msgstr "在庫調整の実行"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:53
msgid ""
"Begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning`"
" dashboard, where different options will be displayed, including "
":guilabel:`Operations`, :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments`, and "
":guilabel:`Batch Transfers`."
msgstr ""
"まずは以下に移動します :menuselection:`バーコードアプリ --> バーコードスキャニング` ダッシュボード、ここで "
":guilabel:`オペレーション`, :guilabel:`在庫調整`および :guilabel:`一括転送`を含む様々なオプションが表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:57
msgid ""
"To create and apply inventory adjustments, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory"
" Adjustments` button at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr "在庫調整を作成・適用するには、画面下の :guilabel:`在庫調整` ボタンをクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:60
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:123
msgid ""
"Doing so navigates to the *Barcode Inventory Client Action* page, labeled as"
" :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` in the top header section."
msgstr ""
"そうすると、トップヘッダーセクションの :guilabel:`在庫調整` というラベルの付いた *バーコード在庫顧客アクション* ページに移動します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1
msgid "Barcode app start screen with scanner."
msgstr "スキャナーを使ったバーコードアプリのスタート画面。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:67
msgid ""
"To begin the adjustment, first scan the *source location*, which is the "
"current location in the warehouse of the product whose count should be "
"adjusted. Then, scan the product barcode(s)."
msgstr ""
"調整を開始するには、まず、数を調整すべきプロダクトの倉庫内の現在地である*移動元ロケーション*をスキャンします。次に、プロダクトバーコードをスキャンします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:70
msgid ""
"The barcode of a specific product can be scanned multiple times to increase "
"the quantity of that product in the adjustment."
msgstr "特定のプロダクトのバーコードを複数回スキャンすることで、そのプロダクトの調整量を増やすことができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:74
msgid ""
"If the warehouse *multi-location* feature is **not** enabled in the "
"database, a source location does not need to be scanned. Instead, simply "
"scan the product barcode to start the inventory adjustment."
msgstr ""
"倉庫の*複数ロケーション*機能がデータベースで有効で**ない**場合、移動元ロケーションをスキャンする必要はありません。代わりに、在庫調整を開始するためにプロダクトバーコードをただスキャンします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:78
msgid ""
"Alternatively, the quantity can be changed by clicking the :guilabel:`✏️ "
"(pencil)` icon on the far right of the product line."
msgstr "また、プロダクトの右端にある :guilabel:`✏️ (鉛筆)` アイコンをクリックして数量を変更することもできます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:81
msgid ""
"Doing so opens a separate window with a keypad. Edit the number in the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` line to change the quantity. Additionally, the "
":guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked to add or subtract "
"quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used to add quantity, as"
" well."
msgstr ""
"そうするとキーパッド付きの別ウィンドウが開きます。数量を変更するには :guilabel:`数量` "
"行の数字を編集します。さらに、:guilabel:`+1`と:guilabel:`-1`ボタンをクリックすると、プロダクトの数量を足したり引いたりすることができ、数字キーでも同様に数量を追加することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:86
msgid ""
"In the below inventory adjustment, the source location `WH/Stock/Shelf/2` "
"was scanned, assigning the location. Then, the barcode for the product "
"`[FURN_7888] Desk Stand with Screen` was scanned 3 times, increasing the "
"units in the adjustment. Additional products can be added to this adjustment"
" by scanning the barcodes for those specific products."
msgstr ""
"以下の在庫調整では、ソースロケーション `WH/Stock/Shelf/2` がスキャンされ、ロケーションが割り当てられました。次に、プロダクト "
"`[FURN_7888] スクリーン付きデスクスタンド` のバーコードが 3 "
"回スキャンされ、調整の単位が増加しました。追加のプロダクトは、それらの特定のプロダクトのバーコードをスキャンすることで、この調整に追加することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0
msgid "Barcode Inventory Client Action page with inventory adjustment."
msgstr "バーコード在庫顧客アクションページの在庫調整。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:95
msgid ""
"To complete the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` "
"button with the check mark at the bottom of the page."
msgstr "在庫調整を完了するには、ページ下部のチェックマークが付いた緑色の :guilabel:`✅ 適用` ボタンをクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:98
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:150
msgid ""
"Once applied, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` "
"screen. A small green banner appears in the top right corner, confirming "
"validation of the adjustment."
msgstr ""
"適用されると、Odooは :guilabel:`バーコードスキャン` 画面に戻ります。右上に小さな緑のバナーが表示され、調整の有効性が確認されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:101
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:180
msgid "Did you know?"
msgstr "ご存じでしたか？"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:103
msgid ""
"Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the"
" features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be "
"printed from the home screen of the app."
msgstr ""
"Odooの*バーコード*アプリケーションは、アプリの機能を試すためのバーコード付きデモデータを提供します。これらはテスト目的で使用することができ、アプリのホーム画面から印刷することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:106
msgid ""
"To access this demo data, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and "
"click :guilabel:`stock barcodes sheet` and :guilabel:`commands for "
"Inventory` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up window"
" above the scanner."
msgstr ""
"このデモデータにアクセスするには、 :menuselection:`バーコードアプリ` に移動し、スキャナの上にある情報ポップアップウィンドウの "
":guilabel:`在庫バーコードシート` と :guilabel:`在庫用コマンド` (太字で青くハイライトされています)をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0
msgid "Demo data prompt pop-up on Barcode app main screen."
msgstr "バーコードアプリのメイン画面でのデモデータのプロンプトのポップアップ表示。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:115
msgid "Manually add products to inventory adjustment"
msgstr "プロダクトを手動で在庫調整に追加"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:117
msgid ""
"When the barcodes for the location or product are not available, Odoo "
"*Barcode* can still be used to perform inventory adjustments."
msgstr "ロケーションやプロダクトのバーコードが利用できない場合でも、Odoo *バーコード*を使用して在庫調整を行うことができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:120
msgid ""
"To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning"
" --> Inventory Adjustments`."
msgstr "これを行うには、 :menuselection:`バーコードアプリ --> バーコードスキャン --> 在庫調整`に移動します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:126
msgid ""
"To manually add products to this adjustment, click the white :guilabel:`➕ "
"Add Product` button at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr "この調整にプロダクトを手動で追加するには、画面下部の白い :guilabel:`➕ プロダクトを追加` ボタンをクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:129
msgid ""
"This navigates to a new, blank page where the desired product, quantity, and"
" source location must be chosen."
msgstr "新しい空白のページが表示され、希望のプロダクト、数量、ソースロケーションを選択する必要があります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0
msgid "Keypad to add products on Barcode Inventory Client Action page."
msgstr "バーコード在庫顧客アクションページでプロダクトを追加するためのキーパッド。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:136
msgid ""
"First, click the :guilabel:`Product` line, and choose the product whose "
"stock count should be adjusted. Then, manually enter the quantity of that "
"product, either by changing the `1` in the :guilabel:`Quantity` line, or by "
"clicking the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons to add or subtract "
"quantity of the product. The number pad can be used to add quantity, as "
"well."
msgstr ""
"まず、 :guilabel:`プロダクト` 行をクリックし、在庫数を調整するプロダクトを選択します。次に、そのプロダクトの数量を手動で入力します。 "
":guilabel:`数量` 行の `1` を変更するか、 :guilabel:`+1` と :guilabel:`-1` "
"ボタンをクリックして、プロダクトの数量を追加または減算します。数字のパッドも同様に数量を追加するために使用することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:141
msgid ""
"Below the number pad is the :guilabel:`location` line, which should read "
"`WH/Stock` by default. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of "
"locations to choose from, and choose the :guilabel:`source location` for "
"this inventory adjustment."
msgstr ""
"数字パッドの下には :guilabel:`ロケーション` 行があり、デフォルトでは `WH/Stock` "
"と表示されます。この行をクリックすると、ロケーションのドロップダウンメニューが表示され、この在庫調整の :guilabel:`移動元ロケーション` "
"を選択することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:145
msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes."
msgstr "準備ができたら、:guilabel:`確認` をクリックして変更を確定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:147
msgid ""
"To apply the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` "
"button with the check mark, at the bottom of the page."
msgstr "在庫調整を適用するには、ページ下部の緑色の :guilabel:`✅適用`ボタンとチェックマークをクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3
msgid "Default barcode nomenclature"
msgstr "デフォルトバーコード表現規則"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:10
msgid ""
"Define *barcode nomenclatures* to ensure Odoo correctly recognizes and "
"categorizes barcodes. When scanned, a barcode matches the **first** rule "
"with a matching pattern, based on regular expressions. A barcode is "
"successfully read if its prefix and/or length matches the defined rule."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:14
msgid ""
"For instance, at a :doc:`Point of Sale <../../../sales/point_of_sale>` "
"station, product weight barcodes in the European Article Number (EAN) "
"format, which begin with `21` and have five digits specifying the weight, "
"are used to weigh products and generate a barcode depicting the weight and "
"price. The `21` and five-digit weight is the barcode pattern used to "
"identify the barcode and can be customized to ensure Odoo correctly "
"interprets all barcodes for the business."
msgstr ""
"例えば、:doc:`POS <../../../sales/point_of_sale>` ステーションでは、 European Article "
"Number (EAN) フォーマットの製品重量バーコードが使用されます。このバーコードは、`21` "
"で始まり、重量を示す5桁の数字で構成されています。このバーコードは、プロダクトを計量し、重量と価格を示すバーコードを生成するために使用されます。 "
"`21` "
"と5桁の重量は、バーコードを識別するために使用されるバーコードパターンであり、Odooがビジネスの全てのバーコードを正しく解釈できるようにカスタマイズすることができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:21
msgid ""
"Barcodes are also commonly used with Odoo's **Inventory** and **Barcode** "
"apps."
msgstr "バーコードは通常、Odooの **在庫** および **バーコード** アプリでも使用されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:23
msgid ""
"Odoo **Barcode** supports |EAN|, Universal Product Code (UPC), and :doc:`GS1"
" <gs1_nomenclature>` formats. This document exclusively focuses on "
":ref:`default rules and patterns in Odoo <barcode/operations/default-"
"nomenclature-list>`, which use |UPC| and |EAN| encoding."
msgstr ""
"Odoo **バーコード** は |EAN|, Universal Product Code (UPC), および :doc:`GS1 "
"<gs1_nomenclature>` フォーマットをサポートしています。このドキュメントは :ref:`Odooのデフォルト規則およびパターン "
"<barcode/operations/default-nomenclature-list>` にのみフォーカスしており、|UPC| および |EAN|"
" エンコーディングを使用します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:29
msgid ""
"To use |UPC| and |EAN| barcodes for uniquely identifying products across the"
" entire supply chain, they **must** be `purchased from GS1 "
"<https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes>`_."
msgstr ""
"サプライチェーン全体でプロダクトを一意に識別するために |UPC| および |EAN| バーコードを使用するには、それらは **必ず** "
"GS1から購入する<https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes> 必要があります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:32
msgid ""
"In Odoo, custom barcode patterns can be defined to recognize barcodes "
"specific to the company. Barcodes do not need to be purchased if used only "
"within the company, such as in the :ref:`example "
"<barcode/operations/product-weight>` where the barcode is written in the "
"|EAN| format."
msgstr ""
"Odooでは、企業独自のバーコードを認識するために、カスタムバーコードパターンを定義することができます。バーコードが |EAN| "
"フォーマットで記述されている :ref:`例 <barcode/operations/product-weight>` "
"のように、企業内のみで使用される場合は、バーコードを購入する必要はありません。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:52
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:39
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:18
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:21
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:65
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:18
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:21
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:26
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:22
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:48
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:20
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:13
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:12
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:55
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:8
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:13
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:15
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:13
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:10
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "コンフィグレーション"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40
msgid ""
"To use default nomenclature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, tick the"
" :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` checkbox. Doing so installs the **Barcode** app"
" in the database."
msgstr ""
"デフォルトの名称を使用するには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に移動します。 "
":guilabel:`バーコード` セクションで、:guilabel:`バーコードスキャナ` チェックボックスにチェックを入れます。 "
"そうすると、**バーコード** アプリがデータベースにインストールされます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44
msgid ""
"Next, in the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` field, ensure "
":guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` is selected. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
"次に、:guilabel:`バーコード命名法` で、:guilabel:`デフォルト命名法` "
"が選択されていることを確認します。その後、:guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst-1
msgid "Enabled barcode setting with Default Nomenclature selected."
msgstr "デフォルト表現規則が選択された状態でバーコード設定が有効になっています。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51
msgid ""
"With the **Barcode** module installed, and the :guilabel:`Default "
"Nomenclature` selected, the barcode actions using |UPC| and |EAN|, detailed "
"in the :ref:`default nomenclature list <barcode/operations/default-"
"nomenclature-list>`, are available for use. And, by default, Odoo "
"automatically handles |UPC|/|EAN| conversion."
msgstr ""
" **バーコード** モジュールがインストールされ、:guilabel:`デフォルト表現規則` "
"が選択されている場合、:ref:`デフォルト表現規則リスト <barcode/operations/default-nomenclature-"
"list>` で詳細に説明されているように、|UPC| および |EAN| "
"を使用するバーコードアクションが利用可能です。また、デフォルトでは、Odooが自動的に |UPC|/|EAN| 変換を処理します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59
msgid "Example: product weight barcode"
msgstr "例: プロダクト重量ばーこーど"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:61
msgid ""
"To better understand how barcode nomenclature is used to identify products "
"in Odoo, this example where product weight barcodes in |EAN| format are used"
" to allow a :doc:`Point of Sale <../../../sales/point_of_sale>` business to "
"automatically print barcodes, and calculate the price using the weight of "
"the item."
msgstr ""
"Odooで商品識別にバーコードの名称がどのように使用されているかをよりよく理解するために、この例ではEANフォーマットの商品重量バーコードを使用して、:doc:`POS"
" <../../../sales/point_of_sale>` "
"ビジネスで自動的にバーコードを印刷し、商品の重量を使用して価格を計算する方法を説明します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:66
msgid "To set up barcodes for weighted products, the following rule is used:"
msgstr "重量のある商品のバーコードを設定するには、以下の規則が使用されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:71
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:186
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166
msgid "Rule Name"
msgstr "規則名"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:189
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166
msgid "Barcode Pattern"
msgstr "バーコードパターン"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166
msgid "Field in Odoo"
msgstr "Odooのフィールド"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74
msgid "Weighted Barcodes 3 Decimals"
msgstr "重量付バーコード小数点以下3桁"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75
msgid "(21)....{NNDDD}"
msgstr "(21)....{NNDDD}"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168
msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode` field on product form"
msgstr "プロダクトフォーム上の:guilabel:`バーコード`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79
msgid ""
"To better understand the barcode pattern for weighted products, consider the"
" barcode, `2112345000008`:"
msgstr " 重量のあるプロダクトのバーコードパターンをよりよく理解するために、バーコード`2112345000008` を例に考えてみましょう:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:82
msgid "`21`: code that identifies this a barcode for weighted products."
msgstr "`21`: 重量のあるプロダクトのバーコードを識別するコードです。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83
msgid ""
"`12345`: five digits (denoted by `.....` in the table above) that identify "
"the product."
msgstr "`12345`: プロダクトを識別する5桁 (上記の表では `.....` で示されています) "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:84
msgid ""
"`00000`: five digits (denoted by `{NNDDD}` in the table) representing the "
"weight of the product. On the product form, the five weight values **must** "
"be `00000`. The first two digits are whole number values, and the last three"
" digits are decimal values. For example, \"13.5 grams\" in the `{NNDDD}` "
"format is `13500`."
msgstr ""
"`00000`: プロダクトの重量を表す5桁 (表では `{NNDDD}` で表示されています)。プロダクトフォームでは、5つの重量値は `00000`"
" である **必要があります**。最初の2桁は整数、最後の3桁は小数です。例えば、\"13.5 grams\" は `{NNDDD}` では "
"`13500` となります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:88
msgid ""
"`8`: `check digit <https://www.gs1.org/services/check-digit-calculator>`_ "
"for `211234500000`."
msgstr ""
"`8`: `チェックデジット <https://www.gs1.org/services/check-digit-calculator>`_ "
"`211234500000` 用。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:90
msgid "Together, these components make up a 13-character |EAN| - 13 barcode."
msgstr "これらの構成要素は合わせて13文字 |EAN| - 13 バーコードを作成します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:92
msgid ""
"To configure the product barcode for `Pasta Bolognese`, the |EAN| barcode "
"for weighted products, `2112345000008`, is entered in the "
":guilabel:`Barcode` field on the product form (accessible by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the "
"desired product). In addition, the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` is set to "
":guilabel:`kg`."
msgstr ""
"`ボロネーゼパスタ` 用にプロダクトバーコードを作成するため、重量のあるプロダクト用の |EAN| バーコード、`2112345000008` が "
"プロダクトフォーム( :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> プロダクト` "
"からアクセスし、希望のプロダクトを選択します)  の :guilabel:`バーコード` フィールドに入力されます。加えて、 "
":guilabel:`単位` を :guilabel:`kg` に設定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst-1
msgid "Barcode field on the product form."
msgstr "プロダクトフォームのバーコードフィールド。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:101
msgid ""
"Next, a customer's bowl of pasta is weighed to be `1.5` kilograms. This "
"generates a new barcode for the pasta, according to the weight: "
"`211234501500`, which has a check digit of `2`. The new barcode is "
"`2112345015002`."
msgstr ""
" 次に、顧客のパスタのボウルが `1.5` キログラムであることが量りで測定されます。これにより、パスタの重量に応じた新しいバーコード "
"`211234501500` が生成されます。この新しいバーコードのチェックデジットは `2` です。新しいバーコードは `2112345015002`"
" です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst-1
msgid "Generated barcode that includes a weight of 1.5 kg."
msgstr "重量1.5kgを含む生成されたバーコード。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:109
msgid ""
"Ensure the products scan properly, by navigating to the "
":menuselection:`Barcode app --> Operations`. Next, click any operation type,"
" such as :guilabel:`Receipts`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button to "
"create a draft stock move. Scan the product weight barcode, such as "
"`2112345015002`, and if the intended product appears, the barcode setup is "
"correct."
msgstr ""
":menuselection:`バーコードアプリ --> 操作` "
"に移動して、製品が適切にスキャンされることを確認します。次に、:guilabel:`レシート` "
"などの任意の操作タイプをクリックします。次に、:guilabel:`新規` "
"ボタンをクリックして、在庫移動のドラフトを作成します。`2112345015002` "
"などの製品重量バーコードをスキャンし、目的のプロダクトが表示された場合は、バーコード設定が正しいことになります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst-1
msgid "Show successfully scanned barcode."
msgstr "正常にスキャンされたバーコードを表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:119
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:96
msgid "Create rules"
msgstr "規則を作成する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:122
msgid ""
"Adding new rules is necessary for |UPC| and |EAN| formats that are **not** "
"in Odoo's default list, since barcodes cannot be read successfully if there "
"are unknown fields."
msgstr ""
"Odooのデフォルトリストにない |UPC| および |EAN| "
"フォーマットでは、未知のフィールドがあるとバーコードが正常に読み取れないため、新しい規則の追加が必要です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:125
msgid ""
"While new rules can be created, Odoo fields do **not** auto-populate with "
"information from these rules. `Custom development "
"<https://www.odoo.com/appointment/132>`_ is required for this functionality."
msgstr ""
"新しい規則を作成することはできますが、Odooのフィールドにこれらの規則からの情報で自動入力されることはありません。この機能を使用するには、`カスタム開発"
" <https://www.odoo.com/appointment/132>`_ が必要です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:129
msgid ""
"To create a rule, first enable :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. Then,"
" navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Barcode "
"Nomenclatures`, and select :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature`."
msgstr ""
"規則を作成するには :ref:`開発者モード <developer-mode>` を作成します。そして、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ "
"--> 設定 --> バーコード表現規則` に行き、:guilabel:`デフォルト表現規則` を選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:133
msgid "On this page, configure the following optional fields:"
msgstr "このページでは、以下のオプションフィールドを設定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:135
msgid ""
":guilabel:`UPC/EAN Conversion`: determines if a |UPC|/|EAN| barcode should "
"be automatically converted when matching a rule with another encoding. "
"Options include :guilabel:`Always` (the default option), :guilabel:`Never`, "
":guilabel:`EAN-13 to UPC-A`, and :guilabel:`UPC-A to EAN-13`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`UPC/EAN変換`: 別のエンコードの規則に一致する場合に、|UPC|/|EAN| "
"バーコードを自動的に変換するかどうかを決定します。オプションには、:guilabel:`常に可能` "
"(デフォルトオプション)、:guilabel:`作成しない`、:guilabel:`EAN-13からUPC-Aに変換`、および "
":guilabel:`UPC-AからEAN-13に変換` があります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:138
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Is GS1 Nomenclature`: ensure this checkbox is **not** ticked, as "
"the :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` uses |UPC| and |EAN| encoding, *not* "
"GS1 encoding."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`GS1表現規則か`: このボックスがチェックされて **いない** ことを確認します。:guilabel:`デフォルト表現規則` "
"は |UPC| と |EAN| エンコーディングを使用し、GS1エンコーディングは使用 *しない* ためです。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst-1
msgid "Default Nomenclature page setting fields."
msgstr "デフォルト表現ページ設定フィールド"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:145
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` page, click :guilabel:`Add a line` "
"at the bottom of the table, which opens a :guilabel:`Create Rules` pop-up "
"window to create a new rule."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`デフォルト表現規則` ページで、テーブルの下部にある :guilabel:`明細追加` "
"をクリックすると、新しい規則を作成するための :guilabel:`規則作成` ポップアップウィンドウが開きます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:148
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Rule Name` field is used internally to identify what the "
"barcode represents."
msgstr ":guilabel:`規則名`フィールドは、バーコードが何を表しているかを識別するために内部的に使用されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:150
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Sequence` field represents the priority of the rule; meaning "
"the smaller the value, the higher the rule appears on the table."
msgstr ":guilabel:`付番`フィールドは規則の優先度を表し、値が小さいほど規則はテーブルの上位に表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:153
msgid ""
"The barcode :guilabel:`Type` field represents different classifications of "
"information that can be understood by the system (e.g., :guilabel:`Package`,"
" :guilabel:`Lot`, :guilabel:`Location`, :guilabel:`Coupon`, etc.)."
msgstr ""
"バーコードの :guilabel:`タイプ`フィールドは、システムで理解できる情報の異なる分類を表します(例えば :guilabel:`梱包`、 "
":guilabel:`ロット`、 :guilabel:`ロケーション`、 :guilabel:`クーポン` など)。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:157
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Encoding` field specifies which encoding the barcode uses. "
"This rule **only** applies if the barcode uses this specific encoding. The "
"available :guilabel:`Encoding` options are: :guilabel:`EAN-13`, "
":guilabel:`EAN-8`, :guilabel:`UPC-A`, and :guilabel:`GS1-28`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`エンコーディング` "
"フィールドは、バーコードがどのエンコーディングを使用するかを指定します。この規則は、バーコードがこの特定のエンコーディングを使用する場合にのみ適用されます。使用可能な"
" :guilabel:`エンコーディング` "
"オプションは、:guilabel:`EAN-13`、:guilabel:`EAN-8`、:guilabel:`UPC-A`、および "
":guilabel:`GS1-28` です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:161
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern` field represents how the sequence of letters"
" or numbers is recognized by the system to contain information about the "
"product. Sometimes, when a certain amount of digits are required, the number"
" of `.` is shown. `N` represents whole number digits, and `D` represent "
"decimal digits."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`バーコードパターン` "
"フィールドは、文字または数字のシーケンスがシステムによってどのように認識され、プロダクトに関する情報が含まれているかを表します。 "
"ある程度の桁数が求められる場合、`.` の数が示されることがあります。 `N` は整数桁数を表し、`D` は小数桁数を表します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:167
msgid ""
"`1...` represents any 4-digit number that starts with 1. `NNDD` represents a"
" two digit number with two decimal points. For example, `14.25` is 1425."
msgstr ""
" `1...` は1から始まる4桁の数字を表します。 `NNDD` は小数点以下2桁の数字を表します。 例えば、`14.25` は1425です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:170
msgid ""
"After filling in the information, click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to"
" save the rule, and instantly start creating another rule. Or, click "
":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the rule, and return to the table of rules."
msgstr ""
"情報を入力した後、 :guilabel:`保存して新規` ボタンをクリックすると規則が保存され、すぐに別の規則の作成が開始されます。または、 "
":guilabel:`保存して閉じる` をクリックして規則を保存し、規則テーブルに戻ります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:177
msgid "Default nomenclature list"
msgstr "デフォルト表現規則リスト"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:179
msgid ""
"The table below contains Odoo's list of :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` "
"rules. Barcode patterns are written in regular expressions."
msgstr "以下のテーブルはOdooの :guilabel:`デフォルト表現規則` 規則のリストです。バーコードパターンは正規表現で記述されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:187
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173
msgid "Type"
msgstr "タイプ"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:188
msgid "Encoding"
msgstr "エンコード"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:190
msgid "Price Barcodes 2 Decimals"
msgstr "価格バーコード 2桁"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:191
msgid "Priced Product"
msgstr "価格設定済プロダクト"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:192
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:200
msgid "EAN-13"
msgstr "JAN/EAN-13"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:193
msgid "23.....{NNNDD}"
msgstr "23.....{NNNDD}"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:194
msgid "Discount Barcodes"
msgstr "値引バーコード"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:195
msgid "Discounted Product"
msgstr "値引対象プロダクト"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:196
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:204
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:208
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:212
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:216
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:220
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:224
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:228
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:232
msgid "Any"
msgstr "どれでも"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:197
msgid "22{NN}"
msgstr "22{NN}"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:198
msgid "Weight Barcodes 3 Decimals"
msgstr "重量バーコード 3桁"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:199
msgid "Weighted Product"
msgstr "計量対象プロダクト"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:201
msgid "21.....{NNDDD}"
msgstr "21.....{NNDDD}"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:202
msgid "Customer Barcodes"
msgstr "顧客バーコード"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:203
msgid "Client"
msgstr "クライアント"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:205
msgid "042"
msgstr "042"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:206
msgid "Coupon & Gift Card Barcodes"
msgstr "クーポン＆ギフトカードバーコード"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:207
msgid "Coupon"
msgstr "クーポン"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:209
msgid "043|044"
msgstr "043|044"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:210
msgid "Cashier Barcodes"
msgstr "キャッシャーバーコード"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:211
msgid "Cashier"
msgstr "キャッシャー"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:213
msgid "041"
msgstr "041"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:214
msgid "Location barcodes"
msgstr "ロケーションバーコード"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:215
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189
msgid "Location"
msgstr "ロケーション"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:217
msgid "414"
msgstr "414"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:218
msgid "Package barcodes"
msgstr "梱包バーコード"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:219
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175
msgid "Package"
msgstr "パッケージ"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:221
msgid "PACK"
msgstr "梱包"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:222
msgid "Lot barcodes"
msgstr "ロットバーコード"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:223
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194
msgid "Lot"
msgstr "ロット"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:225
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:143
msgid "10"
msgstr "10"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:226
msgid "Magnetic Credit Card"
msgstr "磁気クレジットカード"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:227
msgid "Credit Card"
msgstr "クレジットカード"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:229
msgid "%.*"
msgstr "%.*"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:230
msgid "Product Barcodes"
msgstr "製品バーコード"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:231
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180
msgid "Unit Product"
msgstr "個数管理品"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:233
msgid ".*"
msgstr ".*"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:236
msgid ""
"When the :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern` contains `.*`, it means it can contain "
"any number or type of characters."
msgstr " :guilabel:`バーコードパターン` に `.*` が含まれている場合、任意の数の任意の種類の文字が含まれていることを意味します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:240
msgid ":doc:`gs1_nomenclature`"
msgstr ":doc:`gs1_nomenclature`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3
msgid "GS1 barcode nomenclature"
msgstr "GS1バーコード表現規則"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12
msgid ""
"`GS1 nomenclature <https://www.gs1us.org/>`_ consolidates various product "
"and supply chain data into a single barcode. Odoo takes in `unique Global "
"Trade Item Numbers <https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes>`_ (GTIN), "
"purchased by businesses, to enable global shipping, sales, and eCommerce "
"product listing."
msgstr ""
"GS1表現規則<https://www.gs1us.org/>`_は様々なプロダクトとサプライチェーンのデータを1つのバーコードに統合します。Odooはグローバル出荷、販売、Eコマースプロダクトリストを有効にするため、企業が購入した`一意のGlobal"
" Trade Item Number<https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes>`_ "
"(GTIN)を取り込みます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:17
msgid ""
"Configure GS1 nomenclature to scan barcodes of sealed boxes and identify "
"essential product information, such as |GTIN|, lot number, quantity "
"information, and more."
msgstr ""
"GS1表現規則を設定して、密封されたボックスのバーコードをスキャンし、 |GTIN|、ロット番号、数量情報などの重要なプロダクト情報を識別します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21
msgid ""
"|GTINs| are unique product identification that **must** be `purchased from "
"GS1 <https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes>`_ to use GS1 barcodes."
msgstr ""
"|GTIN|は、GS1バーコードを使用するためにはGS1 <https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes>`_ "
"から購入する**必要のある**一意のプロダクトIDです。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:25
msgid ""
"`All GS1 barcodes <https://www.gs1.org/standards/barcodes/application-"
"identifiers>`_"
msgstr ""
"`全てのGS1バーコード <https://www.gs1.org/standards/barcodes/application-"
"identifiers>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:26
msgid ""
":ref:`Odoo's default GS1 rules <barcode/operations/default-gs1-nomenclature-"
"list>`"
msgstr ""
":ref:`OdooのデフォルトGS1規則 <barcode/operations/default-gs1-nomenclature-list>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:27
msgid ""
":ref:`Why's my barcode not working? <barcode/operations/troubleshooting>`"
msgstr ":ref:`なぜ自分のバーコードが機能しないのか? <barcode/operations/troubleshooting>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:32
msgid "Set up barcode nomenclature"
msgstr "バーコード表現規則を設定する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:34
msgid ""
"To use GS1 nomenclature, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`. Then under the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, "
"check the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` box. Next, select "
":menuselection:`Barcode Nomenclature --> Default GS1 Nomenclature` from the "
"default barcode nomenclature options."
msgstr ""
"GS1表現規則を使用するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定`に移動します。次に、 "
":guilabel:`バーコード` セクションで、 :guilabel:`バーコードスキャナ` "
"ボックスをチェックします。次に、デフォルトのバーコード表現規則のオプションから :menuselection:`バーコード表現規則 --> "
"デフォルトGS1表現規則` を選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1
msgid ""
"Choose GS1 from dropdown and click the external link to see the list of GS1 "
"rules."
msgstr "ドロップダウンからGS1を選択し、外部リンクをクリックすると、GS1規則のリストが表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:43
msgid ""
"The list of GS1 *rules* and *barcode patterns* Odoo supports by default is "
"accessible by clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon to the right of the "
":guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` selection."
msgstr ""
"OdooがデフォルトでサポートしているGS1 *規則*と*バーコードパターン*のリストは、 "
":guilabel:`バーコード表現規則`の選択項目の右側にある :guilabel:`➡️ (矢印)` アイコンをクリックすると表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Open: Nomenclature` pop-up table, view and edit the GS1 "
":guilabel:`Rule Names` available in Odoo. The table contains all the "
"information that can be condensed with a GS1 barcode, along with the "
"corresponding :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern`."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`開く:表現規則` ポップアップテーブルで、Odooで利用可能なGS1の :guilabel:`Rule Names` "
"を表示、編集します。このテーブルには、GS1バーコードと対応する:guilabel:`バーコードパターン`で凝縮できる全ての情報が含まれています。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:51
msgid ""
"After setting GS1 as the barcode nomenclature, the :menuselection:`Barcode "
"Nomenclatures` settings can also be accessed by a hidden menu that's "
"discoverable after enabling :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. Once "
"enabled, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration -->"
" Barcode Nomenclatures` menu and finally, select :guilabel:`Default GS1 "
"Nomenclature`."
msgstr ""
"バーコード表現規則としてGS1を設定した後、:menuselection:`バーコード表現規則` "
"の設定には、:ref:`開発者モード`を有効にした後に表示される隠しメニューからもアクセスできます。有効化したら、 "
":menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> バーコード表現規則` メニューに移動し、最後に "
":guilabel:`デフォルトGS1表現規則` を選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60
msgid "Use GS1 barcodes in Odoo"
msgstr "OdooでGS1バーコードを使用する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:62
msgid ""
"For product identification using GS1 barcodes in Odoo, businesses obtain a "
"`unique GTIN <https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes>`_ as an "
"internationally distinct product identifier purchased from GS1. This |GTIN| "
"is combined with specific product details following GS1's designated "
"*barcode pattern*. The barcode pattern's arrangement of numbers and letters "
"must adhere to GS1 conventions for accurate interpretation by global systems"
" along the supply chain."
msgstr ""
"OdooでGS1バーコードを使用してプロダクトを識別するために、企業はGS1から購入した国際的に識別可能なプロダクト識別子として `一意のGTIN "
"<https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-"
"barcodes>`_を取得します。この|GTIN|はGS1指定の*バーコードパターン*に従って特定のプロダクトの詳細と組み合わされます。バーコードパターンの数字と文字の配置は、サプライチェーンに沿ったグローバルシステムで正確に解釈されるために、GS1の規約に従わなければなりません。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68
msgid ""
"Every barcode starts with a 2-4 digit `application identifier "
"<https://www.gs1.org/standards/barcodes/application-identifiers>`_ (A.I.). "
"This required prefix universally indicates what kind of information the "
"barcode contains. Odoo follows GS1 rules for identifying information, as "
"detailed in the :ref:`default GS1 rules list <barcode/operations/default-"
"gs1-nomenclature-list>`. Including the relevant |AI| from the list enables "
"Odoo to correctly interpret GS1 barcodes. While most barcode patterns have a"
" fixed length requirement, certain ones, such as lots and serial numbers, "
"have flexible length."
msgstr ""
"全てのバーコードは、2-4桁の "
"`アプリケーション識別子<https://www.gs1.org/standards/barcodes/application-"
"identifiers>`_（A.I.）で始まります。この必須プレフィックスは、バーコードがどのような情報を含んでいるかを普遍的に示します。Odooは:ref:`デフォルトGS1規則リスト"
" <barcode/operations/default-gs1-nomenclature-"
"list>`で詳しく説明されているGS1規則に従って情報を識別します。リストから該当する|AI|を含めることで、OdooはGS1バーコードを正しく解釈できるようになります。ほとんどのバーコードパターンには固定長が必要ですが、ロット番号やシリアル番号など特定のパターンの長さは柔軟です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:77
msgid ""
"For flexible-length barcode patterns not placed at the end of the GS1 "
"barcode, use the FNC1 separator (`\\\\x1D`) to end the barcode."
msgstr ""
"GS1バーコードの末尾に配置されていない柔軟な長さのバーコードパターンでは、FNC1セパレータ(`x1D`)を使用してバーコードを終了します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:80
msgid ""
"Example: The barcode pattern for lot numbers is 20 characters long. Instead "
"of creating a 20-character lot number barcode, like `LOT00000000000000001`, "
"use the FNC1 separator to make it shorter: `LOT001\\x1D`."
msgstr ""
"例: ロット番号のバーコードパターンは 20 "
"文字です。`LOT000000000000001`のような20文字のロット番号バーコードを作成する代わりに、FNC1セパレータを使用して短くします:`OT001\\x1D`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:84
msgid ""
"Refer to the :ref:`GS1 nomenclature list <barcode/operations/default-"
"gs1-nomenclature-list>` to see a comprehensive list of all barcode patterns "
"and rules to follow. Otherwise, refer to :ref:`this GS1 usage doc "
"<barcode/operations/gs1_usage>` for specific examples of combining |GTIN| to"
" product information and configuring the workflow."
msgstr ""
"全てのバーコードパターンと従うべき規則の包括的なリストを見るには、 :ref:`GS1 表現規則リスト "
"<barcode/operations/default-gs1-nomenclature-list>` "
"を参照して下さい。そうでない場合は、:ref:`このGS1使用ドキュメント <barcode/operations/gs1_usage>` "
"を参照して、プロダクト情報に |GTIN| を組み合わせたり、ワークフローを設定する具体例を参照して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90
msgid ":ref:`Lots workflow <barcode/operations/gs1-lots>`"
msgstr ":ref:`ロットワークフロー <barcode/operations/gs1-lots>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:91
msgid ":ref:`Non-unit quantities workflow <barcode/operations/quantity-ex>`"
msgstr ":ref:`単位数量以外のワークフロー <barcode/operations/quantity-ex>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:98
msgid ""
"GS1 rules are a specific format of information contained in the barcode, "
"beginning with an |AI| and containing a defined length of characters. "
"Scanning GS1 barcodes from the :ref:`default GS1 list "
"<barcode/operations/default-gs1-nomenclature-list>` auto-fills corresponding"
" data in the Odoo database."
msgstr ""
"GS1規則はバーコードに含まれる情報の特定のフォーマットで、|AI|で始まり、定義された長さの文字を含みます。ref:`デフォルトGS1リスト<barcode/operations/default-"
"gs1-nomenclature-list>`からGS1バーコードをスキャンすると、対応するデータがOdooデータベースに自動入力されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103
msgid ""
"Adding GS1 barcode rules in Odoo ensures accurate interpretation of unique, "
"non-standard GS1 formats."
msgstr "OdooにGS1バーコード規則を追加することで、非標準のユニークなGS1フォーマットを正確に解釈することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:106
msgid ""
"To do so, begin by turning on :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` and "
"navigating to the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclatures` list in "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures`. "
"Then, select the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` list item."
msgstr ""
"これを行うには、まず :ref:`開発者モード` をオンにし、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> バーコード表現規則` "
"の :guilabel:`バーコード表現規則` リストに移動します。次に、 :guilabel:`デフォルトGS1表現規則` リスト項目を選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:110
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` page, select :guilabel:`Add a "
"line` at the bottom of the table, which opens a window to create a new rule."
" The :guilabel:`Rule Name` field is used internally to identify what the "
"barcode represents. The barcode :guilabel:`Types` are different "
"classifications of information that can be understood by the system (e.g. "
"product, quantity, best before date, package, coupon). The "
":guilabel:`Sequence` represents the priority of the rule; this means the "
"smaller the value, the higher the rule appears on the table. Odoo follows "
"the sequential order of this table and will use the first rule it matches "
"based on the sequence. The :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern` is how the sequence "
"of letters or numbers is recognized by the system to contain information "
"about the product."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`デフォルトGS1表現規則` ページで、テーブルの一番下にある :guilabel:`明細追加` "
"を選択すると、新しい規則を作成するウィンドウが開きます。guilabel:`規則名` "
"フィールドは、バーコードが何を表しているかを識別するために内部で使用されます。バーコードの :guilabel:`タイプ` "
"フィールドは、システムで理解できる情報の異なる分類です(プロダクト、数量、賞味期限、パッケージ、クーポンなど)。guilabel:`付番`は規則の優先度を表し、値が小さいほど上位に表示されます。Odooはこのテーブルの順序に従い、付番に基づいて最初に合致した規則を使用します。guilabel:バーコードパターン`は、アルファベットや数字の並びがプロダクトに関する情報を含んでいることをシステムが認識する方法です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:120
msgid ""
"After filling in the information, click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to"
" make another rule or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save and return to "
"the table of rules."
msgstr ""
"情報を入力したら、 :guilabel:`保存して新規` ボタンをクリックして別の規則を作成するか、 :guilabel:`保存して閉じる` "
"をクリックして保存し、規則の表に戻ります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:126
msgid "Barcode troubleshooting"
msgstr "バーコードトラブルシューティング"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128
msgid ""
"Since GS1 barcodes are challenging to work with, here are some checks to try"
" when the barcodes are not working as expected:"
msgstr "GS1バーコードは扱いが難しいため、バーコードが期待通りに機能しない場合に試してみるべき確認事項をいくつかご紹介します:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:131
msgid ""
"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` setting is set as "
":menuselection:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`. Jump to the :ref:`nomenclature "
"setup section <barcode/operations/set-up-barcode-nomenclature>` for more "
"details."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`バーコード表現規則` 設定が :menuselection:`デフォルトGS1表現規則` に設定されていることを確認します。詳細は "
":ref:`表現規則設定セクション <barcode/operations/set-up-barcode-nomenclature>` "
"を参照して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:134
msgid ""
"Ensure that the fields scanned in the barcode are enabled in Odoo. For "
"example, to scan a barcode containing lots and serial numbers, make sure the"
" :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is enabled in :ref:`Odoo's "
"settings <barcode/operations/lot-setup>` and :ref:`on the product "
"<barcode/operations/lot-setup-on-product>`."
msgstr ""
"バーコードでスキャンするフィールドがOdooで有効になっていることを確認して下さい。例えば、ロット番号とシリアル番号を含むバーコードをスキャンするには、"
" :ref:`Odoo管理設定 <barcode/operations/lot-setup>` と :ref:`プロダクト上 "
"<barcode/operations/lot-setup-on-product>` で :guilabel:`ロット&シリアル番号` "
"機能が有効になっていることを確認して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138
msgid ""
"Omit punctuation such as parentheses `()` or brackets `[]` between the "
":abbr:`A.I. (Application Identifier)` and the barcode sequence. These are "
"typically used in examples for ease of reading and should **not** be "
"included in the final barcode. For more details on building GS1 barcodes, go"
" to :ref:`this section <barcode/operations/create-GS1-barcode>`."
msgstr ""
"abbr:`A.I.(アプリケーション識別子)`とバーコード付番の間の括弧 `[]` や括弧 `()` "
"などの句読点は省略して下さい。これらは通常、読みやすくするために例で使用されるものであり、最終的なバーコードに含めるべきではありません。GS1バーコードの作成に関する詳細は"
" :ref:`このセクション <barcode/operations/create-GS1-barcode>` を参照して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142
msgid ""
"When a single barcode contains multiple encoded fields, Odoo requires all "
"rules to be listed in the barcode nomenclature for Odoo to read the barcode."
" :ref:`This section <barcode/operations/create-new-rules>` details how to "
"add new rules in the barcode nomenclature."
msgstr ""
"1つのバーコードに複数のエンコードフィールドが含まれる場合、Odooがバーコードを読み取るには、バーコード規則表現に全ての規則がリストされている必要があります。"
" :ref:`このセクション<barcode/operations/create-new-"
"rules>`では、バーコード規則表現に新しい規則を追加する方法を詳しく説明します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:146
msgid ""
"Test barcodes containing multiple encoded fields, piece by piece, to figure "
"out which field is causing the issue."
msgstr "複数のエンコードされたフィールドを含むバーコードを少しずつテストし、どのフィールドが問題を引き起こしているかを突き止めます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:150
msgid ""
"When testing a barcode containing the |GTIN|, lot number, and quantity, "
"start by scanning the |GTIN| alone. Then, test the |GTIN| with the lot "
"number, and finally, try scanning the whole barcode."
msgstr ""
"GTIN|、ロット番号、数量を含むバーコードをテストする場合、まず "
"|GTIN|だけをスキャンします。次に、｜GTIN｜とロット番号をテストし、最後にバーコード全体をスキャンしてみて下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:154
msgid ""
"After diagnosing the encoded field is unknown, :ref:`add new rules "
"<barcode/operations/create-new-rules>` to Odoo's default list to recognize "
"GS1 barcodes with unique specifications."
msgstr ""
"エンコードされたフィールドが不明であることを診断した後、:ref:`新規規則<barcode/operations/create-new-rules>`"
" をOdooのデフォルトリストに追加して、固有の仕様を持つGS1バーコードを認識できるようにします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:159
msgid ""
"While the new field will be read, the information won't link to an existing "
"field in Odoo without developer customizations. However, adding new rules is"
" necessary to ensure the rest of the fields in the barcode are interpreted "
"correctly."
msgstr ""
"新しいフィールドは読み込まれますが、開発者がカスタマイズしない限り、その情報はOdooの既存フィールドにリンクされません。しかし、バーコードの残りのフィールドが正しく解釈されるようにするには、新しい規則を追加する必要があります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:166
msgid "GS1 nomenclature list"
msgstr "GS1表現規則リスト"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:168
msgid ""
"The table below contains Odoo's default list of GS1 rules. Barcode patterns "
"are written in regular expressions. Only the first three rules require a "
"`check digit <https://www.gs1.org/services/check-digit-calculator>`_ as the "
"final character."
msgstr ""
"下の表はOdooのデフォルトのGS1規則リストです。バーコードパターンは正規表現で記述されています。最初の3つの規則だけが最後の文字として数字チェック<https://www.gs1.org/services/check-"
"digit-calculator>`_を必要とします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173
msgid "GS1 Content Type"
msgstr "GS1内容タイプ"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173
msgid "Odoo field"
msgstr "Odooフィールド"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175
msgid "Serial Shipping Container Code"
msgstr "シリアル輸送コンテナコード"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175
msgid "(00)(\\\\d{18})"
msgstr "(00)(\\\\d{18})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189
msgid "Numeric identifier"
msgstr "数値識別子"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175
msgid "Package name"
msgstr "梱包名"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168
msgid "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)"
msgstr "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168
msgid "(01)(\\\\d{14})"
msgstr "(01)(\\\\d{14})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180
msgid "GTIN of contained trade items"
msgstr "含まれる貿易品目のGTIN"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180
msgid "(02)(\\\\d{14})"
msgstr "(02)(\\\\d{14})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:43
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:3
msgid "Packaging"
msgstr "パッケージング"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183
msgid "Ship to / Deliver to global location"
msgstr "世界各地への発送/配達"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186
msgid "Destination location"
msgstr "移動先ロケーション"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183
msgid "(410)(\\\\d{13})"
msgstr "(410)(\\\\d{13})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186
msgid "Ship / Deliver for forward"
msgstr "転送用出荷/配達"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186
msgid "(413)(\\\\d{13})"
msgstr "(413)(\\\\d{13})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186
msgid "Source location"
msgstr "移動元"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189
msgid "I.D. of a physical location"
msgstr "物理的なロケーションI.D."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189
msgid "(414)(\\\\d{13})"
msgstr "(414)(\\\\d{13})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45
msgid "Batch or lot number"
msgstr "バッチまたはロット番号"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191
msgid "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})"
msgstr "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225
msgid "Alpha-numeric name"
msgstr "アルファベット数字名"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194
msgid "Serial number"
msgstr "シリアル番号"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194
msgid "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})"
msgstr "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197
msgid "Packaging date (YYMMDD)"
msgstr "梱包日 (YYMMDD)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197
msgid "Packaging Date"
msgstr "梱包日"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197
msgid "(13)(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr "(13)(\\\\d{6})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203
msgid "Date"
msgstr "日付"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197
msgid "Pack date"
msgstr "梱包日"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200
msgid "Best before date (YYMMDD)"
msgstr "賞味期限 (YYMMDD)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200
msgid "Best before Date"
msgstr "賞味・使用期限日"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200
msgid "(15)(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr "(15)(\\\\d{6})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200
msgid "Best before date"
msgstr "賞味期限"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203
msgid "Expiration date (YYMMDD)"
msgstr "有効期限日 (YYMMDD)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203
msgid "Expiration Date"
msgstr "使用期限日"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203
msgid "(17)(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr "(17)(\\\\d{6})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203
msgid "Expiry date"
msgstr "有効期限日"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171
msgid "Variable count of items"
msgstr "可変アイテム数"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43
msgid "Quantity"
msgstr "数量"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43
msgid "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})"
msgstr "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223
msgid "Measure"
msgstr "測定対象"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206
msgid "UoM: Units"
msgstr "UoM: 単位"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208
msgid "Count of trade items"
msgstr "貿易品目数"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208
msgid "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})"
msgstr "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208
msgid "Qty in units for containers (AI 02)"
msgstr "コンテナ単位数量 (AI 02)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211
msgid "Net weight: kilograms (kg)"
msgstr "正味重量:キログラム(kg)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171
msgid "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211
msgid "Qty in kg"
msgstr "数量kg"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213
msgid "Length in meters (m)"
msgstr "長さ(m)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213
msgid "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213
msgid "Qty in m"
msgstr "数量m"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215
msgid "Net volume: liters (L)"
msgstr "正味容積: リットル(L)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215
msgid "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215
msgid "Qty in L"
msgstr "数量L"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217
msgid "Net volume: cubic meters (m\\ :sup:`3`)"
msgstr "正味容積:立方メートル (m\\ :sup:`3`)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217
msgid "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217
msgid "Qty in m\\ :sup:`3`"
msgstr "数量 m\\ :sup:`3`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219
msgid "Length in inches (in)"
msgstr "長さインチ (in)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219
msgid "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219
msgid "Qty in inches"
msgstr "数量インチ"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221
msgid "Net weight/volume: ounces (oz)"
msgstr "正味重量/容量: オンす (oz)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221
msgid "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221
msgid "Qty in oz"
msgstr "数量オンス"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223
msgid "Net volume: cubic feet (ft\\ :sup:`3`)"
msgstr "正味容積:立方フィート (ft\\ :sup:`3`)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223
msgid "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223
msgid "Qty in ft\\ :sup:`3`"
msgstr "数量フィート\\ :sup:`3`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225
msgid "Packaging type"
msgstr "梱包タイプ"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225
msgid "Packaging Type"
msgstr "梱包タイプ"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225
msgid "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})"
msgstr "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:126
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:77
msgid "Package type"
msgstr "梱包タイプ"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:3
msgid "GS1 barcode usage"
msgstr "GS1バーコード使用"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:10
msgid ""
"GS1 barcodes provide a standardized format that barcode scanners can "
"interpret. They encode information in a :ref:`specific structure recognized "
"globally <barcode/operations/gs1>`, allowing scanners to understand and "
"process supply chain data consistently."
msgstr ""
"GS1 "
"バーコードは、バーコードスキャナが解釈できる標準化されたフォーマットを提供します。GS1バーコードは、グローバルに<barcode/operations/gs1>`として認識される:ref:`特有の構造で情報をエンコードし、スキャナがサプライチェーンデータを一貫して理解し処理できるようにします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:14
msgid ""
"Odoo *Barcode* interprets and prints GS1 barcodes, automating product "
"identification and tracking in warehouse operations such as receiving, "
"picking, and shipping."
msgstr ""
"Odoo *バーコード*はGS1バーコードを解釈して印刷し、入荷、ピッキング、出荷などの倉庫業務におけるプロダクト識別とトラッキングを自動化します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:17
msgid ""
"The following sections contain examples of how Odoo uses GS1 barcodes "
"provided by the business to identify common warehouse items and automate "
"certain warehouse workflows."
msgstr ""
"以下のセクションでは、Odooがビジネスから提供されたGS1バーコードを使用して、一般的な倉庫アイテムを識別し、特定の倉庫ワークフローを自動化する例を紹介します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:21
msgid ""
"Odoo **does not** create GS1 barcodes. Businesses must purchase a unique "
"Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) from GS1. Then, they can combine their "
"existing GS1 barcodes with product and supply chain information (also "
"provided by GS1) to create barcodes in Odoo."
msgstr ""
"OdooはGS1バーコードを作成しません。企業はGS1から固有のGlobal Trade Item Number "
"(GTIN)を購入する必要があります。その後、既存のGS1バーコードと(同じくGS1が提供する)プロダクトやサプライチェーン情報を組み合わせて、Odooでバーコードを作成することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:26
msgid "`Purchase GTINs <https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes>`_"
msgstr "GTINの購入 <https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:27
msgid ":ref:`GS1 nomenclature <barcode/operations/gs1>`"
msgstr ":ref:`GS1表現規則<barcode/operations/gs1>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:32
msgid "Configure barcodes for product, quantity, and lots"
msgstr "プロダクト、数量、ロットのバーコードを設定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:34
msgid ""
"To build a GS1 barcode that contains information about a product, its "
"quantities, and the lot number, the following barcode patterns and "
"Application Identifiers (A.I.) are used:"
msgstr ""
"プロダクト、数量、ロット番号に関する情報を含む GS1 "
"バーコードを構築するには、以下のバーコードパターンとアプリケーション識別子(A.I.)を使用します:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166
msgid "Name"
msgstr "名称"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166
msgid "A.I."
msgstr "A.I."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:78
msgid "Product"
msgstr "プロダクト"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:135
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:204
msgid "01"
msgstr "01"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:139
msgid "30"
msgstr "30"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171
msgid ":guilabel:`Units` field on transfer form"
msgstr ":guilabel:転送フォームの`単位` フィールド"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45
msgid "Lot Number"
msgstr "ロット番号"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45
msgid "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})"
msgstr "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45
msgid ":guilabel:`Lot` on Detailed Operations pop-up"
msgstr ":guilabel:詳細オペレーションポップアップの`ロット`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:54
msgid ""
"First, :ref:`enable product tracking using lots "
"<inventory/management/track_products_by_lots>` by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and checking "
"the box for :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` under the "
":guilabel:`Traceability` heading."
msgstr ""
"まず、 :ref:`ロットを使用してプロダクト追跡を可能にする "
"<inventory/management/track_products_by_lots>` で、 :menuselection:`Inventory "
"app --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に移動し、 :guilabel:`トレーサビリティ` の見出しの下にある "
":guilabel:`ロット&シリアル番号` のボックスにチェックを入れます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:58
msgid ""
"Then, set up the product barcode by navigating to the intended product form "
"in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and selecting "
"the product. On the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, in the "
":guilabel:`General Information` tab, fill in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field "
"with the unique 14-digit `Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) "
"<https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes>`_, which is a universally "
"recognized identifying number that is provided by GS1."
msgstr ""
"次に、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> "
"プロダクト`で目的のプロダクトフォームに移動し、プロダクトを選択してプロダクトバーコードを設定します。プロダクトフォームで :guilabel:`編集`"
" をクリックします。次に、 :guilabel:`一般情報` タブの :guilabel:`バーコード` フィールドに、GS1 "
"が提供する世界共通の識別番号である 14 桁の `Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) "
"<https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes>`_ を入力します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:66
msgid ""
"On the product form, omit the |AI| `01` for |GTIN| product barcode pattern, "
"as it is only used to encode multiple barcodes into a single barcode that "
"contains detailed information about the package contents."
msgstr ""
"プロダクトフォームでは、 |GTIN| プロダクトバーコードパターン用の|AI| `01` "
"を省略して下さい。これは、複数のバーコードを、パッケージの内容物に関する詳細情報を含む単一のバーコードにエンコードするためにのみ使用されるからです。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:72
msgid ""
"To record the GS1 barcode for the product, `Fuji Apple`, enter the 14-digit "
"|GTIN| `20611628936004` in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field on the product "
"form."
msgstr ""
"プロダクト`ふじりんご`のGS1バーコードを記録するには、プロダクトフォームの :guilabel:`バーコード` フィールドに14桁の |GTIN| "
"`20611628936004` を入力します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0
msgid "Enter 14-digit GTIN into the Barcode field on product form."
msgstr "プロダクトフォームのバーコード欄に14桁のGTINを入力して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:80
msgid ""
"To view a list of *all* products and their corresponding barcodes in the "
"Odoo database, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration "
"--> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Barcode` heading, click on the "
":guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` button under the :guilabel:`Barcode "
"Scanner` section. Enter the 14-digit |GTIN| into the :guilabel:`Barcode` "
"column, then click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
"Odooデータベース内の全てのプロダクトと対応するバーコードのリストを表示するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> "
"管理設定`に移動します。guilabel:`バーコード` の見出しの下にある :guilabel:`バーコードスキャナ` セクションの下にある "
":guilabel:`プロダクトバーコードを設定` ボタンをクリックします。14桁の |GTIN| を :guilabel:`バーコード` 列に入力し、"
" :guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0
msgid "View the Product Barcodes page from inventory settings."
msgstr "在庫管理設定からのプロダクトバーコードページビュー。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:92
msgid ""
"After activating tracking by lots and serial numbers from the settings page,"
" specify that this feature is to be applied on each product by navigating to"
" the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on the product form. Under "
":guilabel:`Tracking`, choose the :guilabel:`By Lots` radio button."
msgstr ""
"設定ページでロットとシリアル番号による追跡を有効にした後、プロダクトフォームの :guilabel:`在庫` "
"タブに移動して、この機能が各プロダクトに適用されるように指定します。guilabel:`追跡` の下にある :guilabel:`ロット毎` "
"ラジオボタンを選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst-1
msgid ""
"Enable product tracking by lots in the \"Inventory\" tab of the product "
"form."
msgstr "プロダクトフォームの \"在庫\"タブでロット別のプロダクト追跡を有効にします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:101
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:176
msgid "Scan barcode on receipt"
msgstr "入荷時にバーコードをスキャンする"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:103
msgid ""
"To ensure accurate lot interpretation in Odoo on product barcodes scanned "
"during a receipt operation, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to "
"manage the :ref:`receipt picking process <barcode/operations/scan-received-"
"products>`."
msgstr ""
"レシート操作中にスキャンされたプロダクトバーコードをOdooで正確にロット解釈するには、 "
":参照:`入荷ピッキングプロセス<barcode/operations/scan-received-products>`を管理する "
":menuselection:`バーコード` アプリに移動します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:107
msgid ""
"From the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` dashboard, click the "
":guilabel:`Operations` button, then the :guilabel:`Receipts` button to view "
"the list of vendor receipts to process. Receipts generated from :abbr:`POs "
"(Purchase Orders)` are listed, but new receipt operations can also be "
"created directly through the :menuselection:`Barcode` app using the "
":guilabel:`Create` button."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`バーコードスキャン` ダッシュボードから :guilabel:`オペレーション` ボタンをクリックし、次に "
":guilabel:`Receipts` "
"ボタンをクリックすると、未処理の取引先入荷リストが表示されます。PO(購買オーダ)`から生成された入荷が一覧表示されますが、 "
":guilabel:`作成`ボタンを使用して、 :menuselection:`バーコード` "
"アプリから直接新しい入荷オペレーションを作成することもできます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:112
msgid ""
"On the list of receipts, click on the warehouse operation (`WH/IN`) and scan"
" product barcodes and lot numbers with a barcode scanner. The scanned "
"product then appears on the list. Use the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button to "
"open a window and manually enter quantities for specific lot numbers."
msgstr ""
"入荷リストで倉庫オペレーション(`WH/IN`)をクリックし、バーコードスキャナでプロダクトバーコードとロット番号をスキャンします。スキャンしたプロダクトがリストに表示されます。guilabel:`✏️"
" (鉛筆)` ボタンを使ってウィンドウを開き、特定のロット番号の数量を手入力します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:118
msgid ""
"After placing a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for fifty apples, navigate to "
"the associated receipt in the *Barcode* app."
msgstr "りんご50個分の :abbr:`PO (購買オーダ)` をオーダしたら、*バーコード*アプリで関連する入荷に移動します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:121
msgid ""
"Scan the barcode containing the |GTIN|, quantity, and lot number. For "
"testing with a barcode scanner, below is an example barcode for the fifty "
"Fuji apples in Lot 2."
msgstr ""
" "
"|GTIN|、数量、ロット番号を含むバーコードをスキャンします。バーコードスキャナでテストするために、以下はロット2の50個のふじりんごのバーコードの例です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:129
msgid "50 Fuji apples in Lot0002"
msgstr "ロット0002の50個のふじりんご"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:131
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:200
msgid "2D Matrix"
msgstr "2Dマトリクス"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0
msgid ""
"2D matrix of GS1 barcode of 50 fuji apples with an assigned lot number."
msgstr "ロット番号が割り当てられた50個のふじりんごのGS1バーコードの2次元マトリックス。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:134
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:203
msgid "|AI| (product)"
msgstr "|AI| (プロダクト)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:136
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:205
msgid "GS1 Barcode (product)"
msgstr "GS1バーコード(プロダクト)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:137
msgid "20611628936004"
msgstr "20611628936004"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:138
msgid "|AI| (quantity)"
msgstr "|AI| (数量)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:140
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:209
msgid "GS1 Barcode (quantity)"
msgstr "GS1 バーコード (数量)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:141
msgid "00000050"
msgstr "00000050"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:142
msgid "|AI| (lot)"
msgstr "|AI| (lot)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:144
msgid "GS1 Barcode (lot #)"
msgstr "GS1 バーコード (ロット #)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:145
msgid "LOT0002"
msgstr "LOT0002"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:146
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:211
msgid "Full GS1 barcode"
msgstr "フルGS1バーコード"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:147
msgid "0120611628936004 3000000050 10LOT0002"
msgstr "0120611628936004 3000000050 10LOT0002"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:149
msgid ""
":ref:`If the configuration is correct <barcode/operations/troubleshooting>`,"
" `50/50` :guilabel:`Units` processed will be displayed and the "
":guilabel:`Validate` button turns green. Click the :guilabel:`Validate` "
"button to complete the reception."
msgstr ""
"ref:`設定が正しければ<barcode/operations/troubleshooting>`、処理された `50/50` "
":guilabel:`単位` が表示され、 :guilabel:`検証` ボタンが緑色に変わります。guilabel:`検証` "
"ボタンをクリックすると入荷が完了します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0
msgid ""
"Scan the barcode for a product on the reception picking page in the "
"*Barcode* app."
msgstr "*バーコード*アプリの入荷ピッキングページでプロダクトのバーコードをスキャンします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:160
msgid "Configure barcode for product and non-unit quantity"
msgstr "プロダクトおよび数量単位以外のバーコードの設定"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:162
msgid ""
"To build a GS1 barcode that contains products measured in a non-unit "
"quantity, like kilograms, for example, the following barcode patterns are "
"used:"
msgstr "例えば、キログラムのような単位以外の量で測定されたプロダクトを含むGS1バーコードを構築するには、以下のバーコードパターンを使用します:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171
msgid "Quantity in kilograms"
msgstr "キログラムでの数量"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171
msgid "310[0-5]"
msgstr "310[0-5]"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:178
msgid ""
"To confirm that quantities are correctly interpreted in Odoo, place an order"
" in the *Purchase* app using the appropriate unit of measure "
"(:guilabel:`UoM`) for the quantity of products to be purchased."
msgstr ""
"Odooで数量が正しく解釈されていることを確認するには、*購買*アプリで購入するプロダクトの数量に適切な単位(:guilabel:`単位`)を使用してオーダを発注して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:183
msgid ""
":ref:`Simplify vendor unit conversions with UoMs "
"<inventory/product_replenishment/unit-conversion>`"
msgstr ""
":ref:`単位で仕入先の単位変換を簡素化 <inventory/product_replenishment/unit-conversion>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:186
msgid ""
"After the order is placed, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to "
":ref:`receive the vendor shipment <barcode/operations/scan-received-"
"products>`."
msgstr ""
"オーダが発注されたら、:menuselection:`バーコード` アプリに移動して、:ref:`仕入先の配送を入荷する "
"<barcode/operations/scan-received-products>` を実行します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:190
msgid ""
"On the receipt in the *Barcode* app, receive an order for `52.1 kg` of "
"peaches by scanning the barcode containing the |GTIN| and quantity of "
"peaches in kilograms."
msgstr ""
"バーコード*アプリの入荷で、|GTIN| と桃の数量(キログラム)を含むバーコードをスキャンして、桃`52.1 kg`のオーダを入荷します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:198
msgid "52.1 kg of Peaches"
msgstr "52.1 kgの桃"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0
msgid "2D matrix of GS1 barcode of 52.1 kg of peaches."
msgstr "52.1 kgの桃のGS1bアーコードの2Dマトリックス"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:206
msgid "00614141000012"
msgstr "00614141000012"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:207
msgid "|AI| (kg, 1 decimal point)"
msgstr "|AI| (kg, 小数点以下1桁)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:208
msgid "3101"
msgstr "3101"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:210
msgid "000521"
msgstr "000521"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:212
msgid "0100614141000012 3101000521"
msgstr "0100614141000012 3101000521"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:214
msgid ""
":ref:`If the configuration is correct <barcode/operations/troubleshooting>`,"
" `52.1 / 52.1` :guilabel:`kg` will be displayed and the :guilabel:`Validate`"
" button turns green. Finally, press :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the "
"validation."
msgstr ""
"ref:`設定が正しければ <barcode/operations/troubleshooting>`, `52.1 / 52.1` "
":guilabel:`kg` が表示され、 :guilabel:`検証` ボタンが緑色に変わります。最後に :guilabel:`検証` "
"を押して検証を完了します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0
msgid "Scan barcode screen for a reception operation in the Barcode app."
msgstr "バーコードアプリで入荷オペレーションをするためのバーコードスキャン画面。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:223
msgid "Verify product moves"
msgstr "プロダクト移動を検証する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:225
msgid ""
"For additional verification, the quantities of received products are also "
"recorded on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report, accessible by navigating "
"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Product Moves`."
msgstr ""
"さらに確認するために、入荷したプロダクトの数量は :guilabel:`プロダクト移動` レポートにも記録され、 "
":menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> レポーティング --> プロダクト移動` からアクセスできます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:229
msgid ""
"The items on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report are grouped by product by "
"default. To confirm the received quantities, click on a product line to open"
" its collapsible drop-down menu, which displays a list of *stock move lines*"
" for the product. The latest stock move matches the warehouse reception "
"reference number (e.g. `WH/IN/00013`) and quantity processed in the barcode "
"scan, demonstrating that the records processed in the *Barcode* app were "
"properly stored in *Inventory*."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`プロダクト移動` "
"レポートの項目は、デフォルトでプロダクトごとにグループ化されています。入荷数量を確認するには、プロダクトラインをクリックすると折りたたみ式のドロップダウンメニューが開き、そのプロダクトの*在庫移動明細*のリストが表示されます。最新の在庫移動は、倉庫入荷参照番号(例：`WH/IN/00013`)とバーコードスキャンで処理された数量と一致し、*バーコード*アプリで処理されたレコードが*在庫*に適切に保存されていることを証明します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst-1
msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches."
msgstr "桃52.1kgのに入荷在庫移動レコード。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:3
msgid "Process receipts and deliveries with barcodes"
msgstr "バーコードで入荷や配送を処理"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:7
msgid ""
"The *Barcode* app can be used to process receipts, deliveries, and other "
"types of operations in real time using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile "
"app."
msgstr "*バーコード*アプリは、バーコードスキャナまたはOdooモバイルアプリを使用して、入荷や配送などの処理をリアルタイムで行うことができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:10
msgid ""
"This makes it possible to process operations on the warehouse floor when "
"they happen, instead of having to wait to validate transfers from a "
"computer. Processing operations this way can help to properly attribute "
"barcodes to the appropriate products, pickings, locations, and more."
msgstr ""
"これにより、コンピュータからの転送を検証するのを待つ代わりに、倉庫の現場でオペレーションが発生したときに処理することが可能になります。このようにオペレーションを処理することで、バーコードを適切なプロダクト、ピッキング、ロケーションなどに適切に割当てることができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:15
msgid ""
"To use the *Barcode* app to process transfers, it must be installed by "
"enabling the feature from the settings of the *Inventory* app."
msgstr "移動処理に*バーコード*アプリを使用するには、*在庫*アプリの設定から機能を有効にしてインストールする必要があります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:20
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:18
msgid ""
"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click "
"the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature."
msgstr ""
"これを行うには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定`に進みます。次に、 :guilabel:`バーコード` "
"セクションまでスクロールダウンし、 :guilabel:`バーコードスキャナ` 機能の横にあるチェックボックスをクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:26
msgid ""
"Once the page has refreshed, new options will be displayed under the "
":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with "
"a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default "
"Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected."
msgstr ""
"ページがリフレッシュされると、新しいオプションが :guilabel:`バーコードスキャナ` 機能の下に表示されます： "
":guilabel:`バーコード表現規則`(対応するドロップダウンメニュー付き)。ここで :guilabel:`デフォルト表現規則` または "
":guilabel:`デフォルトGS1表現規則` のどちらかを選択できます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:30
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:29
msgid ""
"There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, "
"and a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands and a "
"barcode demo sheet."
msgstr ""
"また、:guilabel:`プロダクトバーコードを設定`の内部リンク矢印と、バーコードコマンドとバーコードデモシートを印刷するための一連の:guilabel:`印刷`ボタンがあります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:37
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:36
msgid ""
"For more on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` app, refer to"
" the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and "
":doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` documentation "
"pages."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`バーコード`アプリのセットアップと設定については、 :doc:`バーコードスキャナのセットアップ "
"<../setup/hardware>`と :doc:`Odooでバーコードを有効にする "
"<../setup/software>`のドキュメントページを参照して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:44
msgid "Scan barcodes for receipts"
msgstr "入荷用にバーコードをスキャンする"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:46
msgid ""
"To process warehouse receipts for incoming products, there first needs to be"
" a purchase order (PO) created, and a receipt operation to process."
msgstr "入荷するプロダクトの入荷を処理するには、まず購買オーダ(PO)を作成し、入荷オペレーションを処理する必要があります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:49
msgid ""
"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Create` to create a new request for "
"quotation (RFQ)."
msgstr ""
"abbr:`PO(購買オーダ)`を作成するには、 :menuselection:`購買アプリ --> "
"作成`に移動し、新しい見積依頼(RFQ)を作成します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:52
msgid ""
"From the blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, click the drop-down"
" menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to add a vendor. Then, on the "
":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click "
":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the "
"quotation."
msgstr ""
"空白の :abbr:`見積依頼` フォームから、 :guilabel:`仕入先` "
"フィールドの隣にあるドロップダウンメニューをクリックして仕入先を追加します。次に、 :guilabel:`プロダクト` タブの "
":guilabel:`プロダクト` 明細で、 :guilabel:`プロダクトを追加` をクリックし、見積に追加したいプロダクトを選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:57
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, then click "
":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`"
" to a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`."
msgstr ""
"準備ができたら、フォーム上部の :guilabel:`保存` をクリックし、次に :guilabel:`オーダを確認` をクリックして "
":abbr:`見積依頼` を確認して :abbr:`購買オーダ` にします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1
msgid "Completed purchase order for barcode product."
msgstr "バーコードプロダクトの購買オーダ完了。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:64
msgid ""
"To process and scan barcodes for warehouse receipts, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Barcode app`."
msgstr "倉庫の入荷用にバーコードを処理しスキャンするには、 :menuselection:`バーコードアプリ` に移動します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:66
msgid ""
"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` "
"screen displaying different options is presented. To process receipts, click"
" on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This "
"navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` overview page."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`バーコードアプリ`の中に入ると、さまざまなオプションを表示する :guilabel:`バーコードスキャニング` "
"画面が表示されます。入荷を処理するには、画面下部の :guilabel:`オペレーション` ボタンをクリックします。これにより "
":menuselection:`オペレーション` の概要ページに移動します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:74
msgid ""
"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Receipts` card, and click the "
":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding receipts. Then, "
"select the desired receipt operation to process. This navigates to the "
"barcode transfer screen."
msgstr ""
"このページから :guilabel:`入荷` カードを探し、 :guilabel:`# 未処理` "
"ボタンをクリックすると、未処理の入荷が全て表示されます。次に、処理したい入荷オペレーションを選択します。これでバーコード転送画面に移動します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:79
msgid ""
"If *only* using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app, the barcodes for "
"each transfer of a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be "
"processed easily. Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing "
"transfer can be scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as "
"well. Once all products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed "
"with the stock moves."
msgstr ""
"バーコードスキャナまたはOdooモバイルアプリのみを使用する場合、対応するオペレーションタイプの各振込のバーコードをスキャンして簡単に処理することができます。一度スキャンすると、既存の転送に含まれるプロダクトをスキャンしたり、新しいプロダクトを転送に追加することができます。全てのプロダクトがスキャンされたら、在庫移動を進めるために転送を検証します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:85
msgid ""
"From this screen, an overview of all receipts to process within that "
"transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are "
"options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if "
"products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation should"
" be validated at once."
msgstr ""
"この画面から、その転送(**WH/IN/000XXX**)内で処理する全ての入荷の概要が表示されます。画面下部には、プロダクトをオペレーションに追加する必要があるか、オペレーション全体を一度に検証する必要があるかによって、"
" :guilabel:`プロダクトを追加` または :guilabel:`検証` のオプションがあります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1
msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to scan."
msgstr "スキャン転送中の入荷の概要。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:94
msgid ""
"To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product "
"line. The :guilabel:`+#` button (in this case, :guilabel:`+10`) can be "
"clicked to indicate receipt of that product, or the :guilabel:`pencil` icon "
"can be clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line."
msgstr ""
"各プロダクトを個別に処理してスキャンするには、特定のプロダクト明細を選択します。guilabel:`+#`ボタン(この場合、:guilabel:`+10`)をクリックすると、そのプロダクトの入荷を表示でき、:guilabel:`鉛筆`アイコンをクリックすると、そのプロダクト明細を編集するための新しい画面を開くことができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:98
msgid ""
"From this screen, the product that's being received is listed. Under the "
"product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the"
" `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` "
"button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the "
"quantity ordered from the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`."
msgstr ""
"この画面から、入荷するプロダクトがリスト表示されます。プロダクト名の下にある :guilabel:`数量` "
"行を編集することができます。この行の`0`を希望の数量に変更するか、 :guilabel:`/# 単位`ボタン(この場合は "
":guilabel:`/10単位`)をクリックすると、 :abbr:`購買オーダ` からオーダされた数量が自動的に入力されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:104
msgid ""
"In the reception operation `WH/IN/00019`, `10 Units` of the `Barcode "
"Product` is expected to be received. `[BARCODE_PROD]` is the "
":guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product form. Scan the barcode of "
"the `Barcode Product` to receive one unit. Afterwards, click the "
":guilabel:`pencil` icon to manually enter the received quantities."
msgstr ""
"入荷オペレーション `WH/IN/00019` では、`バーコードプロダクト` の `10単位` を入荷する予定です。`[BARCODE_PROD]` "
"はプロダクトフォームに設定されている :guilabel:`ない部参照` "
"です。バーコードプロダクト`のバーコードをスキャンして1個を入荷します。その後、 :guilabel:`鉛筆` "
"アイコンをクリックして、入荷済数量を手入力します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:0
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0
msgid "Product line editor for individual transfer in Barcode app."
msgstr "バーコードアプリの個別転送用プロダクトラインエディタ。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:113
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:179
msgid ""
"Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked "
"to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the :guilabel:`number keys` "
"can be used to add quantity, as well."
msgstr ""
"さらに、:guilabel:`+1`と:guilabel:`-1`のボタンをクリックすると、プロダクトの数量を追加または減算することができ、:guilabel:`数量キー`を使用して数量を追加することもできます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:116
msgid ""
"Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which "
"reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another *location* is listed on the "
"product itself. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional "
"locations to choose from."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`数字キー`の下には :guilabel:`ロケーション` "
"という行があり、プロダクトに別のロケーションが記載されていない限り、デフォルトでは `WH/Stock` "
"と表示されます。この行をクリックすると、ドロップダウンメニューが表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:120
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:194
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:158
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:211
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes made to the "
"product line."
msgstr "準備ができたら、:guilabel:`確認`をクリックしてプロダクト明細の変更を確認します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:122
msgid ""
"Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that "
"transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product "
"line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The "
"receipt has now been processed, and the :guilabel:`Barcode app` can be "
"closed out."
msgstr ""
"次に、その転送 (**WH/IN/000XX**) 内で処理する全ての入荷が表示された概要ページから、入荷するプロダクトの :guilabel:`+#`"
" ボタンをクリックし、 :guilabel:`検証` をクリックします。これで入荷が処理され、 :guilabel:`バーコードアプリ` "
"を終了することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1
msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to validate."
msgstr "未検証の転送の入荷の概要。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:132
msgid "Scan barcodes for delivery orders"
msgstr "配送オーダ用にバーコードをスキャンする"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:134
msgid ""
"To process warehouse deliveries for outgoing products, there first needs to "
"be a sales order (SO) created, and a delivery operation to process."
msgstr "出荷プロダクトの倉庫配送を処理するには、まず販売オーダを作成し、配送オペレーションを処理する必要があります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:137
msgid ""
"To create a :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales "
"app --> Create` to create a new quotation."
msgstr "abbr:`販売オーダ` を作成するには、 :menuselection:`販売アプリ --> 作成` に移動し、新しい見積を作成します、"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:140
msgid ""
"From the blank quotation form, click the drop-down menu next to the "
":guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer. Then, on the "
":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click "
":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the "
"quotation."
msgstr ""
"空白の見積フォームから、 :guilabel:`顧客` フィールドの横にあるドロップダウンメニューをクリックして顧客を追加します。次に、 "
":guilabel:`オーダ明細` タブの :guilabel:`プロダクト` 明細で、 :guilabel:`プロダクトを追加` "
"をクリックし、見積に追加したいプロダクトを選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:144
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, and click "
":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the quotation to a :abbr:`SO (sales "
"order)`."
msgstr ""
"準備ができたら、フォーム上部の :guilabel:`保存` をクリックし、 :abbr:`販売オーダ` に見積を確認するために "
":guilabel:`オーダ確認` をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1
msgid "Completed sales order for barcode product."
msgstr "バーコードプロダクトの完了済販売オーダ。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:151
msgid ""
"To process and scan barcodes for warehouse deliveries, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Barcode app`."
msgstr "倉庫配送用のバーコードを処理しスキャンするには、 :menuselection:`バーコードアプリ` に移動します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:153
msgid ""
"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` "
"screen displaying different options is presented. To process deliveries, "
"click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This"
" navigates to an :guilabel:`Operations` overview page."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`バーコードアプリ`の中に入ると、様々なオプションを表示する :guilabel:`バーコードスキャニング` "
"画面が表示されます。配達物を処理するには、画面下部の :guilabel:`オペレーション` ボタンをクリックします。これにより "
":guilabel:`オペレーション` の概要ページに移動します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:157
msgid ""
"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and click the "
":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding deliveries. Then, "
"select the desired delivery order to process. This navigates to the barcode "
"transfer screen."
msgstr ""
"このページから :guilabel:`配送オーダ` カードを探し、 :guilabel:`# 未処理` "
"ボタンをクリックすると、未処理の配達が全て表示されます。次に、処理したい配送オーダを選択します。バーコード転送画面に移動します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1
msgid "Operations overview page in Barcode app dashboard."
msgstr "バーコードアプリのダッシュボードにあるオペレーション概要ページ。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:165
msgid ""
"From this screen, an overview of all deliveries to process within that "
"transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are"
" options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if"
" products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation "
"should be validated at once."
msgstr ""
"この画面では、その転送(**WH/OUT/000XXX**)内で処理する全ての配送の概要が表示されます。画面下部には、プロダクトをオペレーションに追加する必要があるか、オペレーション全体を一度に検証する必要があるかによって、"
" :guilabel:`プロダクトを追加` または :guilabel:`検証` のオプションがあります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:170
msgid ""
"To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product "
"line. The :guilabel:`+1` button can be clicked to indicate delivery of that "
"product, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be clicked to open a new screen "
"to edit that product line."
msgstr ""
"各プロダクトを個別に処理しスキャンするには、特定のプロダクト明細を選択します。guilabel:`+1`ボタンをクリックすると、そのプロダクトの配送を示すことができ、:guilabel:`鉛筆アイコン`をクリックすると、そのプロダクト明細を編集するための新しい画面を開くことができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:174
msgid ""
"From this screen, the product that's being delivered is listed. Under the "
"product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the"
" `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` "
"button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the "
"quantity ordered from the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`."
msgstr ""
"この画面では、配送するプロダクトがリスト表示されます。プロダクト名の下にある :guilabel:`数量` "
"行を編集することができます。この行の`0`を希望の数量に変更するか、 :guilabel:`/#単位`ボタン(この場合は "
":guilabel:`/10単位`)をクリックすると、 :abbr:`販売オーダ`からオーダされた数量が自動的に入力されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:182
msgid ""
"Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which "
"reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another location is listed on the "
"product itself."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`数字キー`の下には :guilabel:`ロケーション` 明細があり、プロダクト自体に別の場所が記載されていない限り、デフォルトでは"
" `WH/Stock` と表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:185
msgid ""
"This is the location that the product is being pulled from for delivery. "
"Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose"
" from (if this product is stored in multiple locations in the warehouse)."
msgstr ""
"これは、配送のためにプロダクトが引き出される場所です。この明細をクリックすると、追加のロケーションを選択するドロップダウンメニューが表示されます(このプロダクトが倉庫内の複数のロケーションに保管されている場合）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:190
msgid ""
"For warehouses that have multiple different storage locations, putaway "
"rules, and removal strategies, additional steps can be added for various "
"operation types, while using the *Barcode* app."
msgstr ""
"複数の異なる保管ロケーション、保管規則、廃棄戦略を持つ倉庫の場合、*バーコード*アプリを使用しながら、様々なオペレーションタイプに追加のステップを追加することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:196
msgid ""
"Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that "
"transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product "
"line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The "
"delivery has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out."
msgstr ""
"次に、その転送(**WH/OUT/000XXX**)内で処理する全ての入荷が表示された概要ページから、入荷するプロダクトの :guilabel:`+#`"
" ボタンをクリックし、 :guilabel:`検証` をクリックします。これで配送が処理され、*バーコード*アプリを終了できます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1
msgid "Overview of deliveries in transfer to validate."
msgstr "未検証の移動における配送の概要。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3
msgid "Create and process transfers with barcodes"
msgstr "バーコードによる転送の作成と処理"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5
msgid ""
"The *Barcode* app can be used to process internal transfers for all types of"
" products, including transfers for products tracked using lots or serial "
"numbers. Transfers can be created from scratch in real time using an Odoo-"
"compatible barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app."
msgstr ""
"バーコード*アプリは、ロット番号やシリアル番号で追跡されたプロダクトを含む、あらゆるタイプのプロダクトの内部移動処理に使用できます。Odoo互換のバーコードスキャナーまたはOdooモバイルアプリを使用して、リアルタイムでゼロから移動を作成できます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:9
msgid ""
"For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware "
"for the *Inventory* app, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • Hardware page "
"<https://www.odoo.com/app/inventory-hardware>`_."
msgstr ""
"Odooと互換性のあるバーコードモバイルスキャナーや*在庫*アプリ用のその他のハードウェアのリストは、`Odoo在庫 - ハードウエアページ "
"<https://www.odoo.com/app/inventory-hardware>`_をご参照下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:24
msgid ""
"When the page has refreshed, new options are displayed under the "
":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with "
"a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default "
"Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected. The "
"nomenclature selected changes how scanners interpret barcodes in Odoo."
msgstr ""
"ページがリフレッシュされると、:guilabel:`バーコードスキャナ`機能の下に新しいオプションが表示されます: "
":guilabel:`バーコード表現規則`(対応するドロップダウンメニューつき)ここでは、:guilabel:`デフォルト表現規則`または:guilabel:`デフォルトGS1表現規則`を選択できます。選択した表現規則によって、スキャナがOdooでバーコードを解釈する方法が変わります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:41
msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfers"
msgstr "内部移動用にバーコードをスキャンする"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:43
msgid ""
"To create and process internal transfers for products in a warehouse, the "
":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` features "
"**must** be enabled."
msgstr ""
"倉庫内のプロダクトの内部移動を作成し処理するには、 :guilabel:`保管場所` と :guilabel:`複数ステップルート` "
"機能を有効にする必要があります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:46
msgid ""
"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click"
" the checkboxes next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-"
"Step Routes`."
msgstr ""
"これを行うには、 :menuselection:`Inventory app --> 設定 --> 管理設定`に進みます。そして "
":guilabel:`倉庫` セクションまでスクロールダウンし、 :guilabel:`保管場所` と :guilabel:`複数ステップルート` "
"の隣にあるチェックボックスをクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:50
msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page to save changes."
msgstr "その後、ページ上部の :guilabel:`保存` をクリックして変更を保存します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:53
msgid "Create an internal transfer"
msgstr "内部移動を作成する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:55
msgid ""
"To process existing internal transfers, there first needs to be an internal "
"transfer created, and an operation to process."
msgstr "既存の内部移動を処理するためには、まず内部移動が作成され、処理するためのオペレーションが必要です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:58
msgid ""
"To create an internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory "
"app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard, locate the "
":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click on the :guilabel:`0 To "
"Process` button."
msgstr ""
"内部移動を作成するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ` に移動します。guilabel:`在庫概要` ダッシュボードから "
":guilabel:`内部移動` カードを探し、 :guilabel:`0未処理` ボタンをクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:62
msgid ""
"Then, click :guilabel:`Create` in the top left of the resulting page. This "
"navigates to a new :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` form."
msgstr ""
"次に、表示されたページの左上にある :guilabel:`作成` をクリックします。これで新しい :guilabel:`内部移動` "
"フォームに移動します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:65
msgid ""
"On this blank form, the :guilabel:`Operation Type` is automatically listed "
"as :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`. Under that field, the :guilabel:`Source "
"Location` and :guilabel:`Destination Location` are set as "
":guilabel:`WH/Stock` by default, but can be changed to whichever locations "
"the products are being moved from, and moved to."
msgstr ""
"この空白のフォームでは、 :guilabel:`オペレーションタイプ` は自動的に :guilabel:`内部移動 "
"としてリストされます。このフィールドの下にある :guilabel:`移動元ロケーション` と :guilabel:`移動先ロケーション` "
"は、デフォルトでは :guilabel:`WH/Stock` に設定されていますが、プロダクトの移動元と移動先のロケーションに変更することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1
msgid ""
"Blank internal transfer form with source location and destination location."
msgstr "移動元と移動先が記載された空白の内部移動フォーム。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:74
msgid ""
"Once the desired locations have been selected, products can be added to the "
"transfer. On the :guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` "
"tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to "
"add to the transfer."
msgstr ""
"希望するロケーションを選択したら、プロダクトを移動に追加することができます。guilabel:`プロダクト` タブの :guilabel:`プロダクト`"
" 明細で :guilabel:`プロダクトを追加` をクリックし、移動に追加したいプロダクトを選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:78
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save the new "
"internal transfer. Once saved, click the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` "
"icon (four lines, at the far right of the :guilabel:`Product` line) to open "
"the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window."
msgstr ""
"準備ができたら、フォームの一番上にある :guilabel:`保存` をクリックして、新しい内部移動を保存します。保存が完了したら、 "
":guilabel:`詳細オペレーション` アイコン(4明細、 :guilabel:`プロダクト` 明細の右端）をクリックして "
":guilabel:`詳細オペレーション` ポップアップウィンドウを開きます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1
msgid "Internal transfer detailed operations pop-up window."
msgstr "内部移動の詳細オペレーションポップアップウィンドウ。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:86
msgid "From the pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`."
msgstr "ポップアップから :guilabel:`明細を追加`をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:88
msgid ""
"Then, in the :guilabel:`To` column, change the location from "
":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to a different location, where the products should be "
"moved."
msgstr "次に、 :guilabel:`移動先`列で、 :guilabel:`WH/Stock`からプロダクトを移動させる場所を変更します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:91
msgid ""
"Next, in the :guilabel:`Done` column, change the quantity to the desired "
"quantity to transfer. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close out the"
" pop-up window."
msgstr ""
"次に、 :guilabel:`完了`列で、数量を希望する移動数量に変更します。準備ができたら :guilabel:`確認` "
"をクリックしてポップアップウィンドウを閉じます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:95
msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfer"
msgstr "内部移動用にバーコードをスキャンする"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:97
msgid ""
"To process and scan barcodes for internal transfers, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Barcode app`."
msgstr "内部移動用にバーコードを処理しスキャンするには、 :menuselection:`バーコードアプリ` に移動します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:99
msgid ""
"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` "
"screen displaying different options is presented."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`バーコードアプリ`の中に入ると、様々なオプションを表示する :guilabel:`バーコードスキャン`画面が表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:102
msgid ""
"To process internal transfers, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at"
" the bottom of the screen. This navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` "
"overview page."
msgstr ""
"内部移動を処理するには、画面下部の :guilabel:`オペレーション` ボタンをクリックします。これは "
":menuselection:`オペレーション` の概要ページに移動します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:109
msgid ""
"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click "
"the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding internal "
"transfers. Then, select the desired operation to process. This navigates to "
"the barcode transfer screen."
msgstr ""
"このページから :guilabel:`内部移動` カードを探し、 :guilabel:`# 未処理` "
"ボタンをクリックすると、未処理の内部送金がすべて表示されます。次に、処理したい処理を選択します。これにより、バーコード移動画面に移動します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:114
msgid ""
"When using the *Barcode* app without the *Inventory* app (**only** if using "
"a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app), the barcodes for each transfer of"
" a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be processed easily."
msgstr ""
"*在庫*アプリを使用せずに*バーコード*アプリを使用する場合（バーコードスキャナまたはOdooモバイルアプリを使用する場合**のみ**）、対応するオペレーションタイプの各移動のバーコードをスキャンして簡単に処理することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:118
msgid ""
"Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing transfer can be "
"scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as well. Once all "
"products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed with the stock "
"moves."
msgstr ""
"一度スキャンすると、既存の移動の一部であるプロダクトをスキャンすることができ、同様に新しいプロダクトを移動に追加することができます。全てのプロダクトがスキャンされたら、在庫移動を進めるために移動を検証します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:122
msgid ""
"From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that "
"specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the"
" screen, there are options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or "
":guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if products need to be added to the "
"operation, or if the whole operation should be validated at once."
msgstr ""
"この画面から、特定の内部移動(**WH/INT/000XXX**)内で処理する全てのプロダクトの概要が表示される。画面の下部には、プロダクトをオペレーションに追加する必要があるか、オペレーション全体を一度に検証する必要があるかによって、"
" :guilabel:`プロダクトを追加` または :guilabel:`検証` のオプションがあります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:131
msgid ""
"Then, scan the barcode of the product to process the internal transfer."
msgstr "次に、プロダクトのバーコードをスキャンして、内部移動を処理します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:133
msgid ""
"Or, to process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product"
" line. The :guilabel:`+ 1` button can be clicked to add additional quantity "
"of that product to the transfer, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be "
"clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line."
msgstr ""
"または、各プロダクトを個別に処理しスキャンするには、特定のプロダクト明細を選択します。guilabel:`+ 1` "
"ボタンをクリックすると、そのプロダクトの追加数量を移動に追加することができ、 :guilabel:`鉛筆アイコン` "
"をクリックすると、そのプロダクト明細を編集するための新しい画面を開くことができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:137
msgid ""
"In the product's pop-up window, the product and the units to process is "
"displayed with a number pad. Under the product name, the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Change the number in the line to "
"the quantity listed to be transferred on the internal transfer form."
msgstr ""
"プロダクトのポップアップウィンドウには、プロダクトと処理単位が数字パッドで表示されます。プロダクト名の下にある :guilabel:`数量` "
"行を編集することができます。この行の数字を、内部移動フォームに記載されている移動数量に変更します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:142
msgid ""
"In the internal transfer operation `WH/INT/000XX`, `50 Units` of the "
"`Transfer Product` is moved from `WH/Stock` to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. "
"`[TRANSFER_PROD]` is the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product "
"form. Scan the barcode of the `Transfer Product` to receive one unit. "
"Afterwards, click the :guilabel:`pencil icon` to manually enter the "
"transferred quantities."
msgstr ""
"内部移動オペレーション `WH/INT/000XX` では、`50単位` の `振替プロダクト` が `WH/在庫` から `WH/在庫/棚1` "
"に移動されます。TRANSFER_PROD]` はプロダクトフォームに設定されている :guilabel:`内部参照` "
"です。TRANSFER_PROD` のバーコードをスキャンして、1個を受け取ります。その後、 :guilabel:`鉛筆アイコン` "
"をクリックして、移動された数量を手入力します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:151
msgid ""
"Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked "
"to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used "
"to add quantity, as well."
msgstr ""
"さらに、:guilabel:`+1`と:guilabel:`-1`のボタンをクリックすると、プロダクトの数量を足したり引いたりすることができ、数字キーも同様に数量を足すのに使うことができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:154
msgid ""
"Below the number keys are the two :guilabel:`location` lines, which read "
"whichever locations were previously specified on the internal transfer form,"
" in this case `WH/Stock` and `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. Click these lines to reveal"
" a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose from."
msgstr ""
"番号キーの下には2つの "
":guilabel:`ロケーション`行があり、内部移動フォームで以前に指定されたロケーション、この場合は`WH/在庫`と`WH/在庫/棚1`を読み取ります。これらの行をクリックすると、追加のロケーションを選択するドロップダウンメニューが表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:160
msgid ""
"Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that "
"transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The receipt has now"
" been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out."
msgstr ""
"次に、その転送(***WH/INT/000XXX**)内で処理する全てのプロダクトの概要ページから、:guilabel:`検証`をクリックします。これでレシートが処理され、*バーコード*アプリを終了することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:165
msgid ""
"The *Barcode* app can also be used to scan products in internal transfers "
"containing unique lot numbers and serial numbers."
msgstr "また、*バーコード*アプリは、固有のロット番号とシリアル番号を含む内部転送のプロダクトをスキャンするために使用することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:168
msgid ""
"From the barcode transfer screen, scan the barcode of a lot or serial "
"number, and Odoo automatically increases the quantity of the product to the "
"quantity recorded in the database. If the same lot or serial number is "
"shared between different products, scan the product barcode first, then the "
"barcode of the lot/serial number."
msgstr ""
"バーコード転送画面からロット番号またはシリアル番号のバーコードをスキャンすると、Odooは自動的にプロダクトの数量をデータベースに記録されている数量に増やします。同じロットまたはシリアル番号が異なるプロダクト間で共有されている場合は、まずプロダクトのバーコードをスキャンし、次にロット/シリアル番号のバーコードをスキャンして下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:174
msgid "Create a transfer from scratch"
msgstr "ゼロから移動を作成する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:176
msgid ""
"In addition to processing and scanning barcodes for existing, previously-"
"created internal transfers, the *Barcode* app can also be used to create "
"transfers from scratch, simply by scanning a printed operation type barcode."
msgstr ""
"また、*バーコード*アプリは、印刷されたオペレーションタイプのバーコードをスキャンするだけで、既存の、以前に作成された内部移動のバーコードを処理し、スキャンするだけでなく、ゼロから送金を作成するためにも使用することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:182
msgid ""
"Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the"
" features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be "
"printed from the home screen of the app. To access this demo data, navigate "
"to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and click :guilabel:`stock barcodes "
"sheet` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up above the "
"scanner."
msgstr ""
"Odooの*バーコード*アプリケーションは、アプリの機能を試すためのバーコード付きデモデータを提供します。これらはテスト目的で使用することができ、アプリのホーム画面から印刷することができます。このデモデータにアクセスするには、"
" :menuselection:`バーコードアプリ` に移動し、スキャナーの上の情報ポップアップで :guilabel:`在庫バーコードシート` "
"(太字で青くハイライトされている)をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:191
msgid ""
"To do this, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app`. Once inside "
"the *Barcode* app, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` screen displaying "
"different options is presented."
msgstr ""
"これを行うには、まず :menuselection:`バーコードアプリ` に移動します。*バーコード*アプリに入ると、さまざまなオプションを表示する "
":guilabel:`バーコードスキャン` 画面が表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:194
msgid ""
"From this screen, when using a USB or bluetooth barcode scanner, directly "
"scan the product barcode."
msgstr "USBまたはBluetoothバーコードスキャナを使用する場合は、この画面からプロダクトバーコードを直接スキャンします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:196
msgid ""
"When using a smartphone as the barcode scanner, click the :guilabel:`Tap to "
"Scan` button (next to the camera icon, at the center of the screen). This "
"opens a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` pop-up screen that enables the camera of"
" the device being used."
msgstr ""
"バーコードスキャナとしてスマートフォンを使用する場合は、 :guilabel:`タップしてスキャン` "
"ボタン(画面中央のカメラアイコンの隣)をクリックします。これにより :guilabel:`バーコードスキャナ` "
"ポップアップ画面が開き、使用するデバイスのカメラが有効になります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:200
msgid ""
"Face the camera toward the printed operation type barcode to scan it. Doing "
"so processes the barcode, and navigates to a barcode transfer screen."
msgstr "印刷されたオペレーションタイプのバーコードにカメラを向けてスキャンします。バーコードが処理され、バーコード移動画面に移動します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:203
msgid ""
"From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that "
"specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. Since this is a new "
"transfer created from scratch, however, there should not be any products "
"listed on the page."
msgstr ""
"この画面では、特定の内部移動(***WH/INT/000XXX**)で処理する全プロダクトの概要が表示されます。しかし、これはゼロから作成された新しい移動であるため、このページにはプロダクトが表示されていないはずです。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:207
msgid ""
"To add products, scan the product barcode. If the barcode is not available, "
"manually enter the product into the system by clicking the :guilabel:`Add "
"Product` button at the bottom of the screen, and add the products and "
"product quantities that should be transferred."
msgstr ""
"プロダクトを追加するには、プロダクトのバーコードをスキャンします。バーコードがない場合は、画面下部の :guilabel:`プロダクトを追加` "
"ボタンをクリックして手動でプロダクトをシステムに入力し、移動するプロダクトと数量を追加します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1
msgid "Blank product editor in scratch internal transfer."
msgstr "ゼロからの内部移動の空のプロダクトエディタ。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:217
msgid ""
"Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that "
"transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The internal "
"transfer has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out."
msgstr ""
"次に、その転送内で処理するすべてのプロダクトの概要ページ(***WH/INT/000XXX**)から、 "
":guilabel:`検証`をクリックします。これで内部移動が処理され、*バーコード*アプリを終了できます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5
msgid "Setup"
msgstr "セットアップ"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3
msgid "Set up your barcode scanner"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7
msgid ""
"Follow this guide to choose and set up a barcode scanner compatible with "
"Odoo's *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps."
msgstr "このガイドに従って、Odooの*設定*および*バーコード*アプリと互換性のあるバーコードスキャナを選択し、設定して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:14
msgid "An image of an example barcode scanner."
msgstr "バーコードスキャナーの一例。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:17
msgid "Scanner types"
msgstr "スキャナタイプ"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:19
msgid ""
"Before setting up a barcode scanner, it is important to determine which "
"scanner type best meets the needs of the business. There are three main "
"types, each with their own benefits and use cases:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:22
msgid ""
"**USB scanners** are connected to a computer, and are suitable for "
"businesses that scan products at a fixed location, like at the checkout in a"
" grocery store. Ensure the chosen USB scanner is compatible with the "
"keyboard layout of the computer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:26
msgid ""
"**Bluetooth scanners** pair with a smartphone or tablet, making them an "
"ideal cost-effective and portable barcode scanner option. In this scenario, "
"Odoo is installed on the smartphone, allowing warehouse operators to handle "
"operations, and check stock directly through their mobile devices."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:30
msgid ""
"**Mobile computer scanners** are mobile devices with a built-in barcode "
"scanner. First, ensure the device can run the Odoo mobile app properly. "
"Recent models that use Android OS with the Google Chrome browser, or Windows"
" OS with Microsoft Edge, should work. However, testing is crucial due to the"
" variety of available models and configurations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:36
msgid ""
"`Compatible hardware with Odoo Inventory "
"<https://www.odoo.com/app/inventory-hardware>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:41
msgid ""
"When setting up the barcode scanner, make sure the following configurations "
"are correct so the scanner can properly interpret barcodes with Odoo."
msgstr "バーコードスキャナをセットアップする際、スキャナがOdooで適切にバーコードを解釈できるよう、以下の設定が正しいことを確認して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45
msgid "Keyboard layout"
msgstr "キーボードレイアウト"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47
msgid ""
"When using a USB barcode scanner, match its keyboard layout with the "
"operating system's layout for proper interpretation of characters. "
"Generally, the scanning mode should be set to accept a USB keyboard (HID), "
"with the language set based on the keyboard that is in use."
msgstr ""
"USBバーコードスキャナを使用する場合は、文字を適切に解釈するために、そのキーボードレイアウトをオペレーティングシステムのレイアウトと一致させて下さい。一般的に、スキャンモードはUSBキーボード(HID)を受け入れるように設定し、言語は使用中のキーボードに基づいて設定する必要があります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:51
msgid ""
"To configure the keyboard layout for a **Zebra** scanner, scan the keyboard "
"wedge barcode for the desired language in the scanner's user manual."
msgstr ""
"**Zebra**スキャナのキーボードレイアウトを設定するには、スキャナのユーザマニュアルで希望の言語のキーボードウェッジバーコードをスキャンします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57
msgid "Example of a user manual for keyboard layout."
msgstr "キーボードレイアウトのユーザマニュアルの例。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57
msgid ""
"Examples of keyboard language settings in the Zebra scanner user manual."
msgstr "Zebraスキャナのユーザマニュアルにあるキーボード言語設定の例。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:60
msgid "Automatic carriage return"
msgstr "自動キャリッジリターン"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:62
msgid ""
"Odoo has a default 100-millisecond delay between scans to prevent accidental"
" double scanning. To synchronize with the barcode scanner, set it to include"
" a *carriage return* (:dfn:`character like the \"Enter\" key on a keyboard`)"
" after each scan. Odoo interprets the carriage return as the end of the "
"barcode input; so Odoo accepts the scan, and waits for the next one."
msgstr ""
"Odooでは誤って2重にスキャンされるのを防ぐため、スキャン間にデフォルトで100ミリ秒の遅延があります。バーコードスキャナと同期させるには、スキャンの後に*キャリッジリターン*（:dfn:`キーボードの\"Enter\""
" "
"キーのような文字`）を含むように設定して下さい。Odooはキャリッジリターンをバーコード入力の終了と解釈し、スキャンを受け付け、次のスキャンを待ちます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:67
msgid ""
"Typically, on the scanner, a carriage return is included by default. Ensure "
"it is set by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual, like `CR suffix"
" ON` or `Apply Enter for suffix`."
msgstr ""
"通常、スキャナでは、キャリッジリターンがデフォルトで含まれています。ユーザマニュアルにある特定のバーコード、例えば `CR suffix ON` や "
"`Apply Enter for suffix` をスキャンして設定されていることを確認して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:71
msgid "Zebra scanner"
msgstr "Zebraスキャナ"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:73
msgid ""
"When using Zebra scanners, ensure the following keystroke configurations are"
" set to prevent errors."
msgstr "Zebraスキャナを使用する場合は、エラーを防ぐために以下のキーストローク設定がされていることを確認して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:75
msgid ""
"Begin on the Zebra scanner's home screen, and select the "
":guilabel:`DataWedge` app (the icon for the app is a light blue barcode). On"
" the :guilabel:`DataWedge Profiles` page, select the profile option to "
"access the Zebra scanner's settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:79
msgid ""
"Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Keyboard Output` option, and ensure the "
":guilabel:`Enable/disable keystroke output` option is :guilabel:`Enabled`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst-1
msgid "Show keystroke option in the Zebra scanner's DataWedge app."
msgstr "ZebraスキャナのDataWedgeアプリのキーストローク表示オプション。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:86
msgid ""
"Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Profile` options page, and select "
":guilabel:`Key event options`. Here, ensure the :guilabel:`Send Characters "
"as Events` option is checked."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:3
msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo"
msgstr "Odooでバーコードを有効化する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:7
msgid ""
"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost "
"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly "
"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to "
"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with "
"the barcode scanner."
msgstr ""
"バーコードスキャン機能は、通常キーボード、マウス、スキャナを切り替えて操作する時間を大幅に節約できます。バーコードをプロダクトやピッキングロケーションなどに適切に割当てることで、ほぼバーコードスキャナーのみでソフトウェアをコントロールし、より効率的に作業することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:16
msgid ""
"To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality "
"via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you "
"have ticked the feature, you can hit save."
msgstr ""
"この機能を使用するには、まず :menuselection:`在庫 --> 管理設定 --> バーコードスキャナ` で *バーコード* "
"機能を有効にする必要があります。この機能にチェックを入れたら、保存を押して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:24
msgid "Set Product Barcodes"
msgstr "プロダクトバーコードを設定する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:26
msgid ""
"You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the "
"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure "
"Products Barcodes`."
msgstr ""
"*在庫*アプリを使って、異なるプロダクトにバーコードを簡単に割当てることができます。そのためには、 :menuselection:`管理設定 --> "
"プロダクトバーコードを設定`にアクセスして下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:32
msgid ""
"Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly "
"at creation on the product form."
msgstr "そして、プロダクト作成時にプロダクトに直接バーコードを割当てることができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:42
msgid ""
"Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the "
"template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them."
msgstr ""
"テンプレートプロダクトではなく、プロダクトバリエーションに直接バーコードを追加するように注意して下さい。そうしないと、それらを区別することができません。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:49
msgid "Set Locations Barcodes"
msgstr "ロケーションバーコードを設定する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:51
msgid ""
"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a "
"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the"
" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
"Locations`."
msgstr ""
"複数のロケーションを管理する場合、それぞれのロケーションにバーコードをつけておくと便利です。ロケーションのバーコードは "
":menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> ロケーション` で設定できます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:62
msgid ""
"You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the "
"*Print* menu."
msgstr "ロケーションに割当てたバーコードは、*印刷*メニューから簡単に印刷できます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:66
msgid "Barcode Formats"
msgstr "バーコードふぉまっと"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:68
msgid ""
"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes, also known as GTIN (Global Trade "
"Identification Numbers). GTIN are used by companies to uniquely identify "
"their products and services. While GTIN and UPC are often used synonymously,"
" GTIN refers to the number a barcode represents, while UPC refers to the "
"barcode itself. More information about GTIN can be found on the GS1 website."
msgstr ""
"ほとんどのリテールプロダクトは、GTIN(Global Trade Identification "
"Numbers)としても知られるEAN-13バーコードを使用しています。GTINは、企業が製品やサービスを一意に識別するために使用されます。GTINとUPCはしばしば同義に使われますが、GTINはバーコードが表す番号を指し、UPCはバーコードそのものを指します。GTINの詳細については、GS1のウェブサイトをご覧下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:73
msgid ""
"In order to create GTIN for items, a company must have a GS1 Company Prefix."
" This prefix is the number that will appear at the beginning of each GTIN, "
"and will identify the company as the owner of the barcode any the products "
"it appears on. To learn more about GS1 Company Prefixes, or purchase a "
"license for a prefix, visit the GS1 Company Prefix page."
msgstr ""
"プロダクトのGTINを作成するには、企業はGS1企業プレフィクスを持つ必要があります。このプレフィクスは、各GTINの先頭に表示される番号で、バーコードの所有者である企業を識別します。GS1企業プレフィクスの詳細、またはプレフィクスのライセンスの購入については、GS1企業プレフィクスのページをご覧下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:78
msgid ""
"Odoo users are able to use GTIN barcodes to identify their products. "
"However, since Odoo supports any numeric string as a barcode, it is also "
"possible to define a custom barcode for internal use."
msgstr ""
"Odooユーザはプロダクトを識別するためにGTINバーコードを使用することができます。しかし、Odooは任意の数値文字列をバーコードとしてサポートしているため、社内用にカスタムバーコードを定義することも可能です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8
msgid "Inventory"
msgstr "在庫管理"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10
msgid ""
"Odoo *Inventory* is both an inventory application and a warehouse management"
" system. The app allows users to easily manage lead times, automate "
"replenishment, configure advanced routes, and more."
msgstr ""
"Odoo "
"*在庫*は在庫管理アプリケーションであり、倉庫管理システムでもあります。ユーザはこのアプリでリードタイムの管理、補充の自動化、高度なルートの設定などを簡単に行うことができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:14
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_"
msgstr "`Odooチュートリアル: 在庫 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management.rst:5
msgid "Product management"
msgstr "プロダクト管理"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:9
msgid "Configure product"
msgstr "プロダクトを設定する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:11
msgid "A group of products in Odoo can be further defined using:"
msgstr "Odooのプロダクトグループは、さらに以下を使用して定義することができます:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:13
msgid ""
":doc:`Units of measure (UoM) <configure/uom>`: a standard quantity for "
"specifying product amounts (e.g., meters, yards, kilograms). Enables "
"automatic conversion between measurement systems in Odoo, such as "
"centimeters to feet."
msgstr ""
":doc:`単位 (UoM) <configure/uom>`: "
"プロダクトの量を指定するための標準量(メートル、ヤード、キログラムなど)。Odooで、センチメートルからフィートなど、測定システムの自動変換を可能にします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:17
msgid ""
"*Ex: Purchasing fabric measured in meters but receiving it in yards from a "
"vendor.*"
msgstr "*例: 仕入先にメートル単位で注文したのに、ヤード単位で生地が納品された。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:19
msgid ""
":doc:`configure/package`: A physical container used to group products "
"together, regardless of whether they are the same or different."
msgstr ""
":doc:`設定/梱包`: "
"プロダクトをグループ化するために使用される物理的なコンテナです。プロダクトが同じか異なるかに関わらず、グループ化することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:22
msgid ""
"*Ex: A box containing assorted items for delivery, or a storage box of two "
"hundred buttons on a shelf.*"
msgstr "*例: 配送用の各種アイテムが入った箱、または棚に保管された200個のボタンの箱。* "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:25
msgid ""
":doc:`configure/packaging`: groups the *same* products together to receive "
"or sell them in specified quantities."
msgstr ":doc:`設定/梱包`: 同じプロダクトをグループ化し、指定された数量で入荷したり販売したりできるようにします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:28
msgid "*Ex: Cans of soda sold in packs of six, twelve, or twenty-four.*"
msgstr "*例: 6本、12本、24本入りパックで販売されているソーダの缶*"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:31
msgid "Comparison"
msgstr "比較"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:33
msgid ""
"This table provides a detailed comparison of units of measure, packages, and"
" packaging to help businesses evaluate which best suits their requirements."
msgstr "この表は、要件に最適なものを評価するのに役立つ、単位、梱包、パッケージの詳細な比較です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:40
msgid "Feature"
msgstr "機能"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:41
msgid "Unit of measure"
msgstr "単位"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:42
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:3
msgid "Packages"
msgstr "梱包"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:44
msgid "Purpose"
msgstr "目的"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:45
msgid "Standardized measurement for product units (e.g., cm, lb, L)"
msgstr "プロダクトユニットの標準測定単位 (例: cm, lb, L)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:46
msgid "Tracks the specific physical container and its contents"
msgstr "特定の物理的コンテナと中身を追跡"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:47
msgid ""
"Groups a fixed number of items together for easier management (e.g., packs "
"of 6, 12 or 24)"
msgstr "管理を容易にするために、固定数のアイテムをまとめてグループ化します(例: 6個、12個、24個入り)。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:48
msgid "Product uniformity"
msgstr "プロダクト均一性"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:49
msgid "Defined per product; saved as one |UoM| in the database"
msgstr "プロダクトごとに定義され、データベースに1つの |UoM| として保存されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:50
msgid "Allows mixed products"
msgstr "混合プロダクトを許可"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:51
msgid "Same products only"
msgstr "同一プロダクトのみ"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:52
msgid "Flexible"
msgstr "柔軟"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:53
msgid "Converts between vendor/customer |UoMs| and database |UoM|"
msgstr "仕入先/顧客 |UoM| およびデータベース |UoM| の変換"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:54
msgid "Items can be added or removed from the container"
msgstr "コンテナにアイテムを追加したり、コンテナからアイテムを削除したりすることができます"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:55
msgid "Quantities are fixed (e.g., always packs of 6, 12 or 24)"
msgstr "数量が固定されます (例: 常に6, 12 または 24個パック)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:56
msgid "Complexity"
msgstr "複雑性"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:57
msgid "Simplest for unit conversions"
msgstr "単位変換が最も簡単"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:58
msgid "More complex due to container-level inventory tracking"
msgstr "コンテナ単位の在庫追跡により、さらに複雑になります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:59
msgid "Simpler; suitable for uniform product groupings"
msgstr "よりシンプルで、均一なプロダクトのグループ分けに適しています。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:60
msgid "Inventory tracking"
msgstr "在庫追跡"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:61
msgid ""
"Tracks product quantities within the warehouse in the specific |UoM| defined"
" in the product form"
msgstr "プロダクトフォームで定義された特定の |UoM| 内で、倉庫内のプロダクト数量を追跡します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:63
msgid "Tracks package location and contents within the warehouse"
msgstr "倉庫内の梱包場所と中身を追跡"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:64
msgid "Tracks grouped quantities but not individual items' locations"
msgstr "トラックは数量をグループ化しますが、個々のアイテムの位置はグループ化しません。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:65
msgid "Smooth barcode operations"
msgstr "スムーズな在庫オペレーション"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:66
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:74
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:78
msgid "Not available"
msgstr "利用不可"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:67
msgid ""
"Requires scanning both the package and individual items for reception. (even"
" if there are 30 items in a package). Can enable the :ref:`Move Entire "
"Packages <inventory/product_management/move-entire-pack>` feature to update "
"the package's contained items' locations, when moving the package"
msgstr ""
"梱包と個々のアイテムの両方をスキャンして受付する必要があります。(梱包に30個のアイテムが入っていても同様です)。梱包を移動する際に、:ref:`梱包全体を移動"
" <inventory/product_management/move-entire-pack>` "
"機能を有効にすると、梱包内のアイテムの場所を更新することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:71
msgid ""
"Scanning a packaging barcode automatically records all included units. (e.g."
" 1 pack = 12 units)"
msgstr "パッケージングのバーコードをスキャンすると、含まれる全てのユニットが自動的に記録されます。(例：1パック＝ 12ユニット)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:73
msgid "Product lookup"
msgstr "プロダクト検索"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:75
msgid ""
"Scanning a product's barcode identifies its typical storage location in the "
"Odoo database"
msgstr "プロダクトのバーコードをスキャンすると、Odooデータベース内のそのプロダクトの代表的な保管場所が特定されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:76
msgid "Barcode identifies grouped quantity, not storage location"
msgstr "バーコードは、グループ化された数量を識別するものであり、保管場所を識別するものではありません。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:77
msgid "Unique barcodes"
msgstr "一意のバーコード"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:79
msgid "Unique barcodes for individual packages (e.g. Pallet #12)"
msgstr "それぞれの梱包に一意のバーコード (例: パレット #12)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:80
msgid "Barcodes set at the packaging type level (e.g. for a pack of 6)"
msgstr "梱包タイプレベルで設定されたバーコード (例: 6個入り)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:81
msgid "Reusability"
msgstr "再利用性"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:82
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:87
msgid "Not applicable"
msgstr "適用不可"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:83
msgid ""
"Can be disposable or reusable, configured via the :ref:`Package Use "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/cluster-pack>` field"
msgstr ""
"使い捨てまたは再利用可能は、:ref:`梱包使用 <inventory/warehouses_storage/cluster-pack>` "
"フィールドで設定できます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:85
msgid "Disposable only"
msgstr "使い捨てのみ"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:86
msgid "Container weight"
msgstr "コンテナ重量"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:88
msgid ""
"Weight of the container itself is included in the *Shipping Weight* field of"
" a package (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Packages`)"
msgstr ""
"コンテナ自体の重量は、パッケージの *配送重量* フィールド（:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> "
"梱包`）に含まれています。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:90
msgid "Weight of the container is defined in the *Package Type* settings"
msgstr "コンテナの重量は、*梱包タイプ* の設定で定義されています。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:91
msgid "Lot/serial number tracking"
msgstr "ロット/シリアル番号追跡"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:92
msgid ""
"Requires manual adjustments to track |UoMs| via lots (See :ref:`use case "
"<inventory/product_management/lots-uom>` for details)"
msgstr ""
"ロット単位で |UoM| を追跡するには、手動での調整が必要です(詳細は、:ref:`ユースケース "
"<inventory/product_management/lots-uom>` を参照してください）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:94
msgid "Applies only to contained products"
msgstr "含まれるプロダクトのみに適用されます"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:95
msgid "Applies to both contained products and the container"
msgstr "含まれているプロダクトとコンテナの両方に適用されます"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:96
msgid "Custom routes"
msgstr "カスタムルート"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:97
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:98
msgid "Cannot be set"
msgstr "設定できません"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:99
msgid ""
"Routes can define specific warehouse paths for a particular packaging type"
msgstr "ルートにより、特定の梱包タイプに対して特定の倉庫経路を定義することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:102
msgid "Use cases"
msgstr "使用ケース"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:104
msgid ""
"After comparing the various features, consider how these businesses, with "
"various inventory management and logistics workflows, came to their "
"decision."
msgstr "さまざまな機能を比較した上で、これらの企業が、色々な在庫管理と物流のワークフローをどのようにして決定したのかを考えてみましょう。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:108
msgid "Pallets of items using packaging"
msgstr "パッケージングを使用したアイテムのパレット"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:110
msgid ""
"A warehouse receives shipments of soap organized on physical pallets, each "
"containing 96 bars. These pallets are used for internal transfers and are "
"also sold as standalone units. For logistical purposes, the pallet's weight "
"must be included in the total shipping weight for certain deliveries. "
"Additionally, the pallet requires a barcode to facilitate tracking, and the "
"number of individual bars of soap must be included in the stock count when "
"the pallet is received."
msgstr ""
"倉庫には、物理的なパレットに整理された石鹸の荷物が届きます。各パレットには96個の石鹸が入っています。これらのパレットは内部運送に使用され、単体でも販売されています。ロジスティックの理由から、特定の配送については、パレットの重量を総重量に含める必要があります。さらに、パレットの追跡を容易にするためにバーコードが必要であり、パレット入荷時には、在庫数に個々の石鹸の数を加える必要があります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:116
msgid ""
"After evaluating various options, *product packaging* was the most suitable "
"solution. Packaging enables assigning a barcode to a pallet, identifying it "
"as a \"pallet type\" containing 96 soap bars. This barcode streamlines "
"operations by automatically registering the grouped quantity. Key "
"distinctions include:"
msgstr ""
"さまざまなオプションを評価した結果、*プロダクトパッケージング* "
"が最も適したソリューションであることが分かりました。パッケージングにより、パレットにバーコードを割当て、96個の石鹸を収納した \"パレットタイプ\" "
"として識別することが可能になります。このバーコードにより、グループ化された数量が自動的に登録されるため、オペレーションが効率化されます。主な特徴は以下の通りです。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:121
msgid ""
"**Warehouse tracking limitations**: Odoo tracks only the total quantity, not"
" the number of packagings. For instance, if a pallet with 12 and 24 "
"quantities is received, Odoo records 36 quantities, not the pallet details."
msgstr ""
"**倉庫追跡の制限**：Odooは総数量のみを追跡し、梱包数については追跡しません。例えば、12個と24個の数量が記載されたパレットが納品された場合、Odooはパレットの詳細ではなく、36個の数量を記録します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:124
msgid ""
"**Packaging barcodes are type-specific, not unique**: Barcodes represent "
"packaging types (e.g., \"pallet of 96 soap bars\") but do not uniquely "
"identify individual pallets, such as Pallet #1 or Pallet #2."
msgstr ""
"**パッケージングバーコードは種類別のものであり、一意ではありません**。バーコードはパッケージングタイプ(例: 石鹸96個入りパレット) "
"を表しますが、パレット#1やパレット#2といった個々のパレットを識別するものではありません。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:129
msgid "Capture product information using barcode"
msgstr "バーコードを使用してプロダクト情報を取得します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:131
msgid ""
"An Odoo user expects the **Barcode** app to display the typical storage "
"location of a product by scanning a barcode for a container."
msgstr ""
"Odooのユーザは、**バーコード** アプリがコンテナのバーコードをスキャンすることで、プロダクトの典型的な保管場所を表示することを期待しています。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:134
msgid ""
"*Packages* was the most suitable. When the :ref:`appropriate setting is "
"enabled <inventory/warehouses_storage/enable-package>`, scanning a package "
"barcode displays its contents in the **Barcode** app."
msgstr ""
"*梱包* が最も適していました。:ref:`適切な設定が有効になっている場合 <inventory/warehouses_storage/enable-"
"package>` 、梱包のバーコードをスキャンすると、**バーコード** アプリにその内容が表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:138
msgid ""
"Packages represent physical containers, enabling detailed tracking of the "
"items they hold. Scanning a package provides visibility into its contents "
"and facilitates operations, like inventory moves."
msgstr ""
"パッケージングは物理的な容器を表し、中身のアイテムを詳細に追跡することを可能にします。梱包をスキャンすると、その内容物が可視化され、在庫の仕訳などのオペレーションが容易になります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:145
msgid "Track different units of measure in storage"
msgstr "保管されている異なる測定単位を追跡"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:147
msgid "A fruit juice distributor tracks multiple |UoMs| for their operations:"
msgstr "あるフルーツジュース販売業者は、オペレーションで複数の |UoM| を追跡しています。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:149
msgid "Fruits are purchased in tons."
msgstr "果物はトン単位で購入されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:150
msgid "Juice is produced and stored in kilograms."
msgstr "果汁はキログラム単位で生産され、保管されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:151
msgid "Small samples are stored in grams for recipe testing."
msgstr "レシピのテスト用に少量のサンプルがグラム単位で保存されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:153
msgid ""
"*Unit of Measure* was most suitable. Odoo automatically converts tons to "
"kilograms during receipts. However, since Odoo tracks only one |UoM| per "
"product in the database, the company uses lot numbers to differentiate "
"|UoMs|:"
msgstr ""
"*単位* が最も適しています。Odooは入荷時にトンを自動的にキログラムに変換します。しかし、Odooはデータベース内のプロダクトにつき1つの "
"|UoM| のみを追跡するため、会社はロット番号を使用して |UoM| を区別しています。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:157
msgid "LOT1: Grams (g)"
msgstr "ロット1: グラム (g)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:158
msgid "LOT2: Kilograms (kg)"
msgstr "ロット2: キログラム (kg)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:160
msgid ""
"Manual inventory adjustments are required to convert between lots, such as "
"subtracting 1 kg from LOT2 to add 1,000 g to LOT1. While functional, this "
"workaround can be time-consuming and prone to errors."
msgstr ""
"ロット間の変換には、手動での在庫調整が必要となります。例えば、LOT2から1kgを減らし、LOT1に1,000gを追加するといった操作です。機能的には有効ですが、この回避策は時間がかかり、エラーが発生しやすいという欠点があります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:7
msgid ""
"A *package* is a physical container holding one or more products. Packages "
"can also be used to store items in bulk."
msgstr ""
"*梱包*とは、1つまたは複数のプロダクトを収納する物理的な容器のことです。梱包はまた、バルクでアイテムを格納するために使用することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:10
msgid "Packages are commonly used for the following purposes:"
msgstr "梱包は一般的に以下のような目的で使用されます:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:12
msgid ""
":ref:`Grouping products to move them in bulk "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/pack>`."
msgstr ":ref:`プロダクトをグループ化して一括移動 <inventory/warehouses_storage/pack>`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:13
msgid ""
":ref:`Shipping to customers <inventory/warehouses_storage/package-type>`: "
"configure package types to align with shipping carriers' size and weight "
"requirements, streamlining the packing process, and ensuring compliance with"
" carrier shipping specifications."
msgstr ""
":ref:`顧客へ配送 <inventory/warehouses_storage/package-type>`: "
"輸送業者のサイズと重量要件に合わせて梱包タイプを設定し、梱包プロセスを合理化し、輸送業者の出荷仕様に準拠します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:16
msgid "Storing items in bulk."
msgstr "商品をまとめて保管"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:18
msgid ""
"*Package use* is a field on the package form in Odoo that is only visible by"
" enabling the *Batch Transfers* and *Packages* features "
"(:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`)."
msgstr ""
"*梱包の使用* はOdooの梱包フォームにあるフィールドで、*一括転送* と *梱包* "
"機能を有効にしないと表示されません（:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 設定`）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:21
msgid ""
"By default, the *Package Use* field on a packages form is set to *Disposable"
" Box*. Change this field to *Reusable Box* **only** when configuring "
"packages for :ref:`cluster pickings <inventory/warehouses_storage/cluster-"
"pack>`."
msgstr ""
"デフォルトでは、梱包フォームの *梱包使用* フィールドは *使い捨てボックス* "
"に設定されています。ref:`一括ピッキング<inventory/warehouses_storage/cluster-pack>` "
"の梱包を設定する場合のみ、このフィールドを **再利用可能箱* ** に変更してください。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:25
msgid ""
"*Package type* is an optional feature used for :doc:`calculating shipping "
"cost <../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration>`, based on real shipping"
" weight. Create package types to include the weight of the package itself "
"(e.g. boxes, pallets, other shipping containers) in shipping cost "
"calculations."
msgstr ""
" *梱包タイプ* は、実際の重量に基づいて送料を計算する際に使用するオプション機能です。梱包タイプを作成すると、パッケージ自体 (例: "
"箱、パレット、その他の輸送用容器など) の重量を送料の計算に含めることができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:31
msgid ""
"While packages are commonly used in the :doc:`three-step delivery route "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`, they can "
"be used in any workflow involving storable products."
msgstr ""
"梱包は :doc:`3ステップ配送ルート "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>` "
"でよく使用されますが、保管可能なプロダクトを含むどのようなワークフローでも使用することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:40
msgid ""
"To use packages, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration"
" --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Operations` heading, activate the "
":guilabel:`Packages` feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
"パッケージを使用するには、まず :menuselection:`配送アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` "
"にアクセスします。guilabel:`オペレーション` の下にある :guilabel:`梱包` 機能を有効にします。そして "
":guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst-1
msgid ""
"Activate the *Packages* setting in Inventory > Configuration > Settings."
msgstr "在庫 > 設定 > 管理設定(在庫 > 構成 > 設定)の *梱包* 設定を有効にします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:50
msgid ""
"When moving packages internally, the *Move Entire Packages* feature can be "
"enabled on an operation type to update a package's contained item's location"
" upon updating the package's location."
msgstr ""
"梱包を社内で移動する際、オペレーションタイプで *梱包全体を移動* "
"機能を有効にすると、梱包の場所を更新した際に、梱包に含まれるアイテムの場所も更新されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:53
msgid ""
"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Operations Types` and select the desired operation this feature will apply "
"to (may have to set it for multiple)."
msgstr ""
"これを行うには、次の場所に移動します: :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> "
"オペレーションタイプ`。この機能が適用されるオペレーションを選択します(複数設定する必要がある場合もあります)。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:56
msgid ""
"On the operation type page, in the :guilabel:`Packages` section, tick the "
":guilabel:`Move Entire Packages` checkbox."
msgstr ""
"オペレーションタイプのページで、:guilabel:`梱包` セクションの :guilabel:`梱包全体を移動` "
"チェックボックスにチェックを入れます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:62
msgid "Pack items"
msgstr "商品を梱包する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:64
msgid "Products can be added to packages in any transfer by:"
msgstr "プロダクトは、どのような転送でも梱包に追加することができます:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:66
msgid ""
"Clicking each :ref:`Detailed Operations "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/detailed-operations>` icon on the product "
"line."
msgstr ""
"プロダクトラインの :ref:`詳細オペレーション <inventory/warehouses_storage/detailed-"
"operations>` アイコンをクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:68
msgid ""
"Using the :ref:`Put in Pack <inventory/warehouses_storage/put-in-pack>` "
"button to place everything in the transfer into a package."
msgstr ""
":ref:`梱包に入れる <inventory/warehouses_storage/put-in-pack>` "
"ボタンを使って、移動されたものを全て梱包します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:74
msgid "Detailed operations"
msgstr "詳細オペレーション"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:76
msgid ""
"On any warehouse transfer (e.g. receipt, delivery order), add a product to a"
" package by clicking the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon in the "
":guilabel:`Operations` tab."
msgstr ""
"倉庫内移動(入荷や配送オーダなど)の際、 :guilabel:`オペレーション` タブの :guilabel:`⦙≣(箇条書きリスト)` "
"アイコンをクリックしてプロダクトを梱包に追加します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst-1
msgid "Show \"Detailed Operations\" icon in the product line."
msgstr "プロダクトラインに \"詳細オペレーション\"アイコンを表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:83
msgid ""
"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window for the "
":guilabel:`Product`."
msgstr "そうすると、その :guilabel:`プロダクト` の :guilabel:`詳細オペレーション` ポップアップウィンドウが開きます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:85
msgid ""
"To put the :guilabel:`Product` in a package, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, "
"and assign the product to a :guilabel:`Destination Package`. Select an "
"existing package, or create a new one by typing the name of the new package,"
" then select :guilabel:`Create...`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`プロダクト` を梱包に入れるには、 :guilabel:`明細追加` をクリックし、プロダクトを :guilabel:`先梱包` "
"に割当てます。既存の梱包を選択するか、新しい梱包の名前を入力して :guilabel:`作成...` を選択して新しい梱包を作成します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:93
msgid "Assign a package to \"Destination Package\" field."
msgstr " \"先梱包フィールド\" に梱包を割当てます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:93
msgid "Twelve units of `Acoustic Bloc Screen` are placed in `PACK0000001`."
msgstr "PACK0000001` には `アコースティックブラックスクリーン` が12個入っています。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:95
msgid ""
"Then, specify the quantity of items to go into the package in the "
":guilabel:`Done` column. Repeat the above steps to place the "
":guilabel:`Product` in different packages. Once finished, click "
":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the window."
msgstr ""
"そして :guilabel:`完了` 列に梱包する商品の数量を指定します。上記のステップを繰り返して、 :guilabel:`プロダクト` "
"を別の梱包に入れます。完了したら :guilabel:`確認` をクリックしてウィンドウを閉じます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:100
msgid ""
":doc:`Ship one order in multiple packages "
"<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack>`"
msgstr ""
":doc:`1オーダを複数梱包で出荷する "
"<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:106
msgid "Put in pack"
msgstr "梱包する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:108
msgid ""
"Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button on **any** warehouse"
" transfer to create a new package, and place all the items in the transfer "
"in that newly-created package."
msgstr ""
"別の方法として、**任意の**倉庫運送で :guilabel:`梱包する` "
"ボタンをクリックして新しい梱包を作成し、運送内の全ての項目をその新しく作成された梱包に入れて下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:112
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button appears on receipts, delivery orders, and"
" other transfer forms with the *Packages* feature enabled in "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""
"menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定`で*梱包*機能を有効にすると、入荷、配送オーダ、その他の転送フォームに "
":guilabel:`梱包する` ボタンが表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:120
msgid "Image of the \"Put in Pack\" button being clicked."
msgstr " \"梱包する\" ボタンをクリックしたイメージ。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:120
msgid ""
"In batch transfer `BATCH/00003`, the :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button was "
"clicked to create a new package, `PACK0000002`, and assign all items to it "
"in the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field."
msgstr ""
"一括転送 `BATCH/00003` で :guilabel:`梱包する` ボタンがクリックされ、新しい梱包 `PACK0000002` が作成され、 "
":guilabel:`先梱包` フィールドに全てのアイテムが割当てられました。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:128
msgid ""
"Create package types by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Package Types`, in order to set custom dimensions and "
"weight limits. This feature is mainly used to calculate package weights for "
"shipping costs."
msgstr ""
"menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> "
"梱包タイプ`に移動して梱包タイプを作成し、カスタム寸法と重量制限を設定します。この機能は主に送料のために梱包重量を計算するために使用されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:133
msgid ""
":doc:`Shipping carriers "
"<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`"
msgstr ""
":doc:`運送会社 "
"<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:134
msgid ":doc:`../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration`"
msgstr ":doc:`../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:136
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Package Types` list, clicking :guilabel:`New` opens a "
"blank package type form. The fields of the form are as follows:"
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`梱包タイプ` リストで :guilabel:`新規` "
"をクリックすると、空白の梱包タイプフォームが開きます。フォームのフィールドは以下の通りです:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:139
msgid ":guilabel:`Package Type` (required): define the package type's name."
msgstr ":guilabel:`梱包タイプ` (必須): パッケージタイプの名前を定義します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:140
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Size`: define the dimensions of the package in millimeters (mm). "
"The fields, from left to right, define the :guilabel:`Length`, "
":guilabel:`Width`, and :guilabel:`Height`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`サイズ`: 梱包の寸法をミリメートル(mm)で定義します。左から :guilabel:`長さ`、 :guilabel:`幅`、 "
":guilabel:`高さ` を定義します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:142
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Weight`: weight of an empty package (e.g. an empty box, pallet)."
msgstr ":guilabel:`重量`: 空の梱包(例:空箱、パレット)の重量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:145
msgid ""
"Odoo calculates the package's weight by adding the weight of the empty "
"package plus the weight of the item(s), which can be found in the "
":guilabel:`Weight` field, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, of each product "
"form."
msgstr ""
"Odooは空の梱包の重量と、各プロダクトフォームの:guilabel:`在庫`タブの:guilabel:`重量`フィールドにあるアイテムの重量を加算して梱包重量を計算します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:149
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Max Weight`: maximum shipping weight allowed in the package."
msgstr ":guilabel:`最大重量`: 梱包に許容される最大発送重量です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:150
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Barcode`: define a barcode to identify the package type from a "
"scan."
msgstr ":guilabel:`バーコード`: スキャンから梱包タイプを識別するためのバーコードを定義します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:151
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: specify a company to make the package type available "
"**only** at the selected company. Leave the field blank if it is available "
"at all companies."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`会社`: 会社を指定して、選択した会社でのみ梱包タイプを利用できるようにします。全ての会社で利用可能な場合は空欄にして下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:153
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Carrier`: specify the intended shipping carrier for this package "
"type."
msgstr ":guilabel:`運送会社`: この梱包タイプの運送会社を指定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:154
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Carrier Code`: define a code that is linked to the package type."
msgstr ":guilabel:`運送会社コード`: 梱包タイプにリンクするコードを定義します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst-1
msgid "Package type for FedEx's 25 kilogram box."
msgstr "FedEx 25kg用梱包タイプ"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:163
msgid "Cluster packages"
msgstr "一括梱包"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:165
msgid ""
"To use *cluster packages*, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app "
"--> Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the :guilabel:`Batch "
"Transfers` feature, located in the :guilabel:`Operations` section. Doing so "
"makes the *Package Use* field become visible on a package form."
msgstr ""
"一括梱包*を使うには、まず :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に移動し、 "
":guilabel:`オペレーション` セクションにある :guilabel:`一括転送` 機能を有効にします。そうすることで、*梱包使用* "
"フィールドが梱包フォームに表示されるようになります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst-1
msgid ""
"Activate the *Batch Transfers* feature in Inventory > Configuration > "
"Settings."
msgstr "在庫 > 設定 > 管理設定で*一括転送*機能を有効にします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:174
msgid ""
"Add new packages by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> "
"Packages`. Then, click :guilabel:`New`, or select an existing package. Doing"
" so opens the package form, which contains the following fields:"
msgstr ""
"menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> 梱包`で新しい梱包を追加します。次に :guilabel:`新規` "
"をクリックするか、既存の梱包を選択します。そうすると、以下のフィールドを含む梱包フォームが開きます:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:178
msgid ":guilabel:`Package Reference` (required): name of the package."
msgstr ":guilabel:`梱包参照` (必須): パッケージ名。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:179
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Package Type`: used for :ref:`configuring shipping boxes to ship "
"to the customer <inventory/warehouses_storage/package-type>`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`梱包タイプ`: used for :ref:`顧客に発送するための配送ボックスの設定 "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/package-type>`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:183
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Package Type` is unnecessary for configuring packages for cluster"
" pickings."
msgstr ":guilabel:`梱包タイプ` は一括ピッキング用の梱包の設定には不要です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:185
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Shipping Weight`: used to input the weight of the package after "
"measuring it on a scale."
msgstr ":guilabel:`配送重量`: はかりで梱包重量を測定し、入力するために使用します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:187
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: specify a company to make the package available "
"**only** at the selected company. Leave the field blank if the package is "
"available at all companies."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`会社`: "
"会社を指定して、選択した会社で**のみ**梱包を利用できるようにします。全ての会社で梱包を利用する場合は空欄にして下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:189
msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: current location of the package."
msgstr ":guilabel:`ロケーション`: 梱包用の現在のロケーション。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:190
msgid ":guilabel:`Pack Date`: the date the package was created."
msgstr ":guilabel:`梱包日付`: 梱包が作成された日付。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:191
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Package Use`: choose :guilabel:`Reusable` for packages used for "
"moving products within the warehouse; :guilabel:`Disposable` for packages "
"used to ship products to customers."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`梱包使用`: 倉庫内でのプロダクトの移動に使用する梱包には "
":guilabel:`再利用可`を、顧客へのプロダクトの発送に使用する梱包には :guilabel:`使い捨て`を選択してください。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst-1
msgid "Display package form to create a cluster pack."
msgstr "一括梱包を作成するための梱包フォームを表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:199
msgid ""
":doc:`Using cluster packages "
"<../../shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster>`"
msgstr ":doc:`一括梱包を使用 <../../shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:5
msgid ""
"In Odoo *Inventory*, *packaging* refers to disposable containers holding "
"multiple units of a specific product."
msgstr " Odoo *在庫*では、*梱包* とは特定のプロダクトを複数個収納する使捨て容器を指します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:8
msgid ""
"For example, different packages for cans of soda, such as a 6-pack, a "
"12-pack, or a case of 36, **must** be configured on the individual product "
"form. This is because packagings are product specific, not generic."
msgstr ""
" "
"例えば、6本入り、12本入り、36本入りなど、缶入りソーダの色々な梱包は、個々のプロダクトフォームで設定する必要があります。これは、梱包が汎用的なものではなく、プロダクト固有のものであるためです。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:13
msgid ""
"Packaging can be used in conjunction with Odoo :ref:`Barcode "
"<inventory/barcode/software>`. When receiving products from suppliers, "
"scanning the packaging barcode automatically adds the number of units in the"
" packaging to the internal count of the product."
msgstr ""
"梱包はOdoo "
":ref:`バーコード<inventory/barcode/software>`と組み合わせて使用できます。サプライヤからプロダクトを受け取る際、梱包バーコードをスキャンすることで、プロダクトの内部カウントに梱包の個数が自動的に追加されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:20
msgid ""
"To use packagings, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`. Then, under the :guilabel:`Products` heading, "
"enable the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` feature, and click "
":guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
"梱包を使用するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に移動します。次に、 "
":guilabel:`プロダクト` の見出しの下にある :guilabel:`プロダクト梱包` 機能を有効にし、 :guilabel:`保存` "
"をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst-1
msgid "Enable packagings by selecting \"Product Packagings\"."
msgstr "\"プロダクト梱包\"を選択して梱包を有効にします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:31
msgid "Create packaging"
msgstr "梱包を作成"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:33
msgid ""
"Packagings can be created directly on the product form, or from the "
":guilabel:`Product Packagings` page."
msgstr "梱包はプロダクトフォームで直接作成することも、 :guilabel:`プロダクト梱包` ページから作成することもできます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:37
msgid "From product form"
msgstr "プロダクトフォームから"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:39
msgid ""
"Create packagings on a product form by going to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"app --> Products --> Products`, and select the desired product."
msgstr ""
"menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> プロ策と`で必要なプロダクトを選択し、プロダクトフォームに梱包を作成します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:42
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, scroll down to the "
":guilabel:`Packaging` section, and click :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the "
"table, fill out the following fields:"
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`在庫` タブの下にある :guilabel:`梱包` セクションまでスクロールダウンし、 :guilabel:`明細追加` "
"をクリックします。テーブルで、以下のフィールドに入力します:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:45
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Packaging` (required): name of packaging that appears on "
"sales/purchase orders as a packaging option for the product."
msgstr ":guilabel:`梱包` (必須): 販売/購入オーダでプロダクトの梱包オプションとして表示される梱包の名前。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:47
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Contained quantity` (required): amount of product in the "
"packaging."
msgstr ":guilabel:`入数` (必須): 梱包に含まれるプロダクトの量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:48
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` (required): measurement unit for quantifying the"
" product."
msgstr ":guilabel:`単位` (必須): プロダクトを定量化するための測定単位。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:49
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Sales`: check this option for packagings intended for use on "
"sales orders."
msgstr ":guilabel:`販売`: 販売オーダ用の梱包の場合、このオプションをチェックして下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:50
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Purchase`: check this option for packagings intended for use on "
"purchase orders."
msgstr ":guilabel:`購買`: オーダで使用する梱包材はこのオプションをチェックしてく下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:53
msgid ""
"Access additional fields in the :guilabel:`Packaging` table below by "
"clicking the :guilabel:`(sliders)` icon to the far-right of the column "
"titles in the :guilabel:`Packaging` section, and selecting the desired "
"options from the drop-down menu that appears."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`梱包`セクションの列タイトルの右端にある :guilabel:`(スライダー)` "
"アイコンをクリックし、表示されるドロップダウンメニューから必要なオプションを選択することで、以下の :guilabel:`梱包` "
"テーブルの追加フィールドにアクセスできます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:0
msgid "Show the additional options menu's icon: sliders."
msgstr "追加オプションメニューのアイコン:スライダーを表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:61
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Barcode`: identifier for tracing packaging in stock moves or "
"pickings, using the :ref:`Barcode app <barcode/operations/intro>`. Leave "
"blank if not in use."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`バーコード`: :ref:`バーコードアプリ <barcode/operations/intro>` "
"を使用して、在庫移動やピッキングで梱包をトレースするための識別子です。使用しない場合は空白のままにします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:63
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: indicates the packaging is only available at the "
"selected company. Leave blank to make the packaging available across all "
"companies."
msgstr ":guilabel:`会社`: 選択した会社でのみ梱包が可能であることを示します。全ての会社で梱包を利用する場合は空白のままにして下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:67
msgid ""
"To create a packaging type for six units of the product, `Grape Soda`, begin"
" by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the line, name the "
":guilabel:`Packaging` `6-pack`, and set the :guilabel:`Contained quantity` "
"to `6`. Repeat this process for additional packagings."
msgstr ""
"グレープソーダ`というプロダクトの6ユニット用の梱包タイプを作成するには、まず :guilabel:`明細を追加` をクリックします。明細の "
":guilabel:`梱包` に `6-梱包` という名前を付け、 :guilabel:`入数` を `6` "
"に設定します。さらに梱包を追加する場合はこの作業を繰返します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:0
msgid "Create 6-pack case for product."
msgstr "プロダクト用に6-パックケースを作成する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:76
msgid "From product packagings page"
msgstr "プロダクト梱包ページから"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:78
msgid ""
"To view all packagings that have been created, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Packagings`. "
"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` page with a complete "
"list of all packagings that have been created for all products. Create new "
"packagings by clicking :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""
"作成された全ての梱包を見るには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> プロダクト梱包` に進みます。そうすると "
":guilabel:`プロダクト梱包` "
"ページが表示され、全てのプロダクトに対して作成された梱包の完全なリストが表示されます。guilabel:`新規`をクリックして新しい梱包を作成します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:84
msgid ""
"Two soda products, `Grape Soda` and `Diet Coke`, have three types of "
"packagings configured. On the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` page, each "
"product can be sold as a `6-Pack` that contains 6 products, as a `12-Pack` "
"of 12 products, or as a `Case` of 32 products."
msgstr ""
"グレープソーダ`とダイエットコーラ`の2つのソーダプロダクトには3種類の梱包が設定されています。guilabel:`プロダクト梱包`ページでは、各プロダクトを6個入りの`6-梱包`、12個入りの`12-梱包`、32個入りの`ケース`として販売することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:0
msgid "List of different packagings for products."
msgstr "プロダクトの梱包一覧。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:93
msgid "Partial reservation"
msgstr "部分引当"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:95
msgid ""
"After :ref:`completing the packaging setup "
"<inventory/product_management/packaging-setup>`, packagings can be reserved "
"in full or partial quantities for outgoing shipments. Partial packaging "
"flexibility expedites order fulfillment by allowing the immediate shipment "
"of available items, while awaiting the rest."
msgstr ""
":ref:`梱包セットアップの完了 <inventory/product_management/packaging-"
"setup>`の後、出荷用に梱包を全量または一部の数量を引当することができます。 "
"梱包の一部を柔軟に使用できるようにすることで、残りの商品が準備できるまで、利用可能な商品の即時出荷が可能となり、オーダの履行が迅速化されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:100
msgid ""
"To configure packaging reservation methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. Then, click :guilabel:`New`, "
"or select the desired product category."
msgstr ""
"梱包引当方法を設定するには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ -- 設定 --> プロダクトカテゴリ` に移動します。そして "
":guilabel:`新規` をクリックするか希望のプロダクトカテゴリを選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:103
msgid ""
"On the product category's form, in the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, "
":guilabel:`Reserve Packagings` can be set to :guilabel:`Reserve Only Full "
"Packagings` or :guilabel:`Reserve Partial Packagings`."
msgstr ""
"プロダクトカテゴリのフォームの :guilabel:`ロジスティクス` セクションで、:guilabel:`梱包を引当` を "
":guilabel:`全パッケージングのみ引当` または :guilabel:`部分パッケージング引当` に設定できます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:107
msgid ""
"To see the :guilabel:`Reserve Packaging` field, the :guilabel:`Product "
"Packaging` feature **must** be enabled. To enable this feature, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll to the"
" :guilabel:`Products` section, tick the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` "
"checkbox, and click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
" :guilabel:`パッケージング引当` フィールドを表示するには、:guilabel:`プロダクトパッケージング` "
"機能を有効にする必要があります。この機能を有効にするには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` "
"に移動し、:guilabel:`プロダクト` セクションまでスクロールして、:guilabel:`プロダクトパッケージング` "
"チェックボックスにチェックを入れ、:guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst-1
msgid "Show Reserve Packagings field on the product categories page."
msgstr "プロダクトカテゴリページにパッケージング引当フィールドを表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:117
msgid ""
"To better evaluate the options based on business needs, consider the "
"following example:"
msgstr "ビジネスニーズに基づくオプションをより適切に評価するために、次の例を考慮して下さい:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:119
msgid "a product is sold in twelve units per packaging."
msgstr "プロダクトは1梱包あたり12個単位で販売されています。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:120
msgid "an order demands two packagings."
msgstr "1オーダで2パッケージング必要です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:121
msgid "there are only twenty-two units in stock."
msgstr "在庫には22ユニットしかありません。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:123
msgid ""
"When :guilabel:`Reserve Only Full Packagings` is selected, only twelve units"
" are reserved for the order."
msgstr ":guilabel:`全パッケージングのみ引当` が選択された場合、このオーダ用には12個のユニットのみが予約されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:126
msgid ""
"Conversely, when :guilabel:`Reserve Partial Packagings` is selected, twenty-"
"two units are reserved for the order."
msgstr "逆に、:guilabel:`部分パッケージング引当` が選択された場合、オーダに対して22個のユニットが引当されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:130
msgid "Apply packagings"
msgstr "梱包を適用する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:132
msgid ""
"When creating a sales order in the :menuselection:`Sales` app, specify the "
"packagings that should be used for the product. The chosen packaging is "
"displayed on the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` under the :guilabel:`Packaging` "
"field."
msgstr ""
"menuselection:`販売` アプリで販売オーダを作成する際に、プロダクトに使用する梱包を指定します。選択した梱包は "
":abbr:`SO(販売オーダ)` の :guilabel:`梱包` フィールドに表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:137
msgid ""
"18 cans of the product, `Grape Soda`, is packed using three 6-pack "
"packagings."
msgstr "プロダクト `グレープソーダ`18缶は、3つの6パックで梱包。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:0
msgid "Assign packagings on the Sales Order Line."
msgstr "販売オーダラインで梱包を割当てます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:3
msgid "Units of measure"
msgstr "単位"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:11
msgid ""
"In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary."
" For example, a business can buy products from a country that uses the "
"metric system, and then sell those products in a country that uses the "
"imperial system. In that case, the business needs to convert the units."
msgstr ""
"場合によっては、異なる単位でプロダクトを扱う必要があります。例えば、メートル法を採用している国からプロダクトを購入し、そのプロダクトをインペリアル法を採用している国で販売することがあります。その場合、単位を変換する必要があります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:15
msgid ""
"Another case for unit conversion is when a business buys products in a big "
"pack from a supplier, and then sells those products in individual units."
msgstr "単位変換のもう一つのケースは、企業がサプライヤから大きなパックでプロダクトを購入し、そのプロダクトを個々の単位で販売する場合です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:18
msgid ""
"Odoo can be set up to use different *units of measure (UoM)* for one "
"product."
msgstr "Odooでは1つのプロダクトに対して異なる単位(UoM)*を使用するように設定することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:23
msgid ""
"To use different units of measure in Odoo, first go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the"
" :guilabel:`Products` section, activate the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` "
"setting. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
"Odooで異なる単位を使用するには、まず :menuselection:`倉庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に進み、 "
":guilabel:`プロダクト` セクションで :guilabel:`単位` 設定を有効にします。そして :guilabel:`保存` "
"をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst-1
msgid "Enable Units of Measure in the Inventory settings."
msgstr "在庫の設定で単位を有効にします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:32
msgid "Units of measure categories"
msgstr "単位カテゴリ"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:34
msgid ""
"After enabling the *Units of Measure* setting, view the default units of "
"measure categories in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"UoM Categories`. The category is important for unit conversion; Odoo can "
"convert a product's units from one unit to another **only** if both units "
"belong to the same category."
msgstr ""
"*単位*設定を有効にした後、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> "
"単位カテゴリ`でデフォルトの単位カテゴリを表示します。Odooがプロダクトの単位を別の単位に変換できるのは、両方の単位が同じカテゴリに属している場合のみです。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst-1
msgid "Set units of measure categories."
msgstr "単位カテゴリを設定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:43
msgid ""
"Each units of measure category has a reference unit. The reference unit is "
"highlighted in blue in the :guilabel:`Uom` column of the :guilabel:`Units of"
" Measure Categories` page. Odoo uses the reference unit as a base for any "
"new units."
msgstr ""
"各単位カテゴリには参照単位があります。基準単位は :guilabel:`単位` ページの :guilabel:`単位カテゴリ` "
"列で青くハイライトされます。Odooは新しい単位のベースとして参照単位を使用します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:47
msgid ""
"To create a new unit, first select the correct category from the "
":guilabel:`Units of Measure Categories` page. For example, to sell a product"
" in a box of six units, click the :guilabel:`Unit` category line. Then, on "
"the category page that appears, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the "
":guilabel:`Units of Measure` tab. Then, in the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` "
"field, title the new unit, such as `Box of 6`, then in the :guilabel:`Type` "
"field, select the appropriate size reference, such as :guilabel:`Bigger than"
" the reference Unit of Measure`."
msgstr ""
"新しい単位を作成するには、まず :guilabel:`単位カテゴリ` "
"ページから正しいカテゴリを選択します。例えば、6個入りのボックスでプロダクトを販売するには、 :guilabel:`単位` "
"カテゴリ明細をクリックします。次に、表示されたカテゴリページで、 :guilabel:`単位` タブの :guilabel:`明細を追加` "
"をクリックします。次に、 :guilabel:`単位` フィールドで、`6個入り箱` のように新しい単位のタイトルを付け、 "
":guilabel:`タイプ` フィールドで、 :guilabel:`基準単位より大きい` のように適切なサイズの参照を選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:54
msgid ""
"If applicable, enter a :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category`, which is a globally "
"recognized `code managed by GS1 <https://www.unspsc.org/>`_, that **must** "
"be purchased in order to use."
msgstr ""
"該当する場合は、:guilabel:`UNSPSCカテゴリ` を入力して下さい。これは、GS1 <https://www.unspsc.org/>`_ "
"が管理する世界的に認知された `コード` で、使用するには **必ず** 購入する必要があります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:57
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Ratio` field, enter how many individual units are in the "
"new |UOM|, such as `6.00000` when using the example of the `6-Pack` (since a"
" box of six is six times *bigger* than the reference unit, `1.00000`)."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:``フィールドには、新しい|UOM|に含まれる個々の単位がいくつであるかを入力します。例えば`6-Pack`の例では`6.00000`のように入力します(6個入りの箱は基準単位である`1.00000`の6倍*大きい*ため)。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst-1
msgid ""
"Convert products from one unit to another as long as they belong to the same"
" category."
msgstr "同じカテゴリに属するプロダクトであれば、あるユニットから別のユニットに変換することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:66
msgid "Specify a product's units of measure"
msgstr "プロダクトの単位指定"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:68
msgid ""
"To set units of measure on a product, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"app --> Products --> Products` and select a product to open its product form"
" page."
msgstr ""
"プロダクトの単位を設定するには、まず :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> プロダクト` "
"に進み、プロダクトを選択してプロダクトフォームページを開きます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:71
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, edit the :guilabel:`Unit of "
"Measure` field to specify the unit of measure that the product is sold in. "
"The specified unit is also the unit used to keep track of the product's "
"inventory and internal transfers."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`一般情報`タブで、 "
":guilabel:`単位`フィールドを編集し、プロダクトの販売単位を指定します。指定した単位は、プロダクトの在庫や内部移動の記録に使用される単位でもあります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:75
msgid ""
"Edit the :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` field to specify the unit of measure that "
"the product is purchased in."
msgstr "guilabel:`購買単位`フィールドを編集して、プロダクトの購買単位を指定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:81
msgid "Unit conversion"
msgstr "単位変換"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:83
msgid ""
"Odoo automatically converts unit measurements when products have different "
":abbr:`UoMs (Units of Measure)` and purchase :abbr:`UoMs (Units of "
"Measure)`."
msgstr "プロダクトの :abbr:`UOM(単位)`と購買 :abbr:`UoM(単位)`が異なる場合、Odooは自動的に単位を変換します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:86
msgid "This occurs in various scenarios, including:"
msgstr "これは様々なシナリオで発生します:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:88
msgid ""
":ref:`Vendor orders <inventory/product_replenishment/buy-in-uom>`: purchase "
"|UOM| on purchase orders (POs) converts to |UOM| on internal warehouse "
"documents"
msgstr ""
":ref:`仕入先オーダ <inventory/product_replenishment/buy-in-uom>`: "
"購買オーダ(PO)の購買|UOM|は倉庫内ドキュメントの|UOM|に変換されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:90
msgid ""
":ref:`Automatic replenishment <inventory/product_replenishment/replenish>`: "
"generates |POs| when the stock levels of a product (tracked in |UOM|) dips "
"below a certain level. But, the |POs| are created using the purchase |UOM|"
msgstr ""
":ref:`自動補充<inventory/product_replenishment/replenish>`:(|UOM|で追跡される)プロダクトの在庫レベルが一定レベル以下になると、|PO|を生成します。しかし、|POs|"
" は仕入 |UOM| を使って作成されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:93
msgid ""
":ref:`Sell products <inventory/product_replenishment/sell-in-uom>`: if a "
"different |UOM| is used on the sales order (SO), the quantity is converted "
"to the warehouse's preferred |UOM| on the delivery order"
msgstr ""
":ref:`プロダクト販売 <inventory/product_replenishment/sell-in-uom>`: "
"販売オーダ(SO)で異なる|UOM|が使用されている場合、数量は納品オーダで倉庫が希望する|UOM|に変換されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:100
msgid "Buy products in the purchase UoM"
msgstr "購買UOMでプロダクトを購入"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:102
msgid ""
"When creating a new request for quotation (RFQ) in the *Purchase* app, Odoo "
"automatically uses the product's specified purchase unit of measure. If "
"needed, manually edit the :guilabel:`UoM` value on the |RFQ|."
msgstr ""
"*購買*アプリで新規見積依頼(RFQ)を作成する際、Odooは自動的にプロダクトの購買単位を使用します。必要であれば、|RFQ|の:guilabel:`UOM`値を手動で編集して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:106
msgid ""
"After the |RFQ| is confirmed into a |PO|, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` "
"smart button at the top of the |PO|."
msgstr " |RFQ|が|PO|に確定されたら、|PO|の上部にある:guilabel:`領収書`スマートボタンをクリックして下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:109
msgid ""
"Odoo automatically converts the purchase unit of measure into the product's "
"sales/inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the "
"delivery receipt shows the converted quantity."
msgstr ""
"Odooは自動的に購入単位をプロダクトの販売/在庫単位に変換するため、納品書の:guilabel:`要求`列には変換後の数量が表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:113
msgid ""
"When the product's purchase :guilabel:`UoM` is `Box of 6`, and its "
"sales/inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the |PO| shows the quantity in "
"boxes of six, and the receipt (and other internal warehouse documents) shows"
" the quantity in units."
msgstr ""
"プロダクトの購入 :guilabel:`UOM` が `6個入り箱` で、販売/在庫の単位が `単位` である場合、|PO| には 6 "
"箱単位の数量が表示され、領収書(およびその他の倉庫内のドキュメント)には単位単位の数量が表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:0
msgid "Image of a purchase order that is using the purchase unit of measure."
msgstr "購買単位を使用している購買オーダの画像。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:121
msgid ""
"An order of three quantities is placed using the purchase \"UoM\": `Box of "
"6`."
msgstr "\"単位\"購入で3個オーダをする:6個入り箱"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:0
msgid "Image of receipt displaying the unit of measure."
msgstr "単位を表示したレシートの画像。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:127
msgid ""
"Upon warehouse receipt, the recorded quantities are in the internal \"Unit "
"of Measure\": `Units`."
msgstr "倉庫に入庫されると、記録された数量は社内の\"単位\"で表示されます:`単位`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:133
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:6
msgid "Replenishment"
msgstr "補充"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:135
msgid ""
"A request for quotation for a product can also be generated directly from "
"the product form using the :guilabel:`Replenish` button."
msgstr "guilabel:`補充`ボタンを使ってプロダクトフォームから直接見積依頼を生成することもできます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:138
msgid ""
"After clicking :guilabel:`Replenish`, a replenish assistant box pops up. The"
" purchase unit of measure can be manually edited in the :guilabel:`Quantity`"
" field, if needed. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to create the |RFQ|."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`補充` をクリックすると、補充アシスタントボックスがポップアップ表示されます。必要であれば、購入単位を :guilabel:`数量`"
" フィールドで手動で編集することができます。次に、:guilabel:`確定`をクリックして、|RFQ|を作成します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:143
msgid ""
"A |PO| can **only** be automatically generated if at least **one** vendor is"
" listed in the product form's :guilabel:`Purchase` tab."
msgstr ""
"|PO|はプロダクトフォームの :guilabel:`購買` タブに少なくとも**1つ**の仕入先がリストされている場合にのみ自動的に生成されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst-1
msgid "Click Replenish button to manually replenish."
msgstr "手動で補充する場合は、補充ボタンをクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:150
msgid ""
"Navigate to the created |PO| by clicking the :guilabel:`Forecasted` smart "
"button on the product form. Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Forecasted "
"Inventory` section, and in the :guilabel:`Requests for quotation` line, "
"click the |RFQ| reference number to open the draft |RFQ|. If necessary, the "
"purchase |UOM| can be edited directly on the |PO|."
msgstr ""
"プロダクトフォームの :guilabel:`予測` スマートボタンをクリックして、作成された |PO| に移動します。guilabel:`予測在庫` "
"セクションまでスクロールダウンし、:guilabel:`見積もり依頼` 明細で |RFQ| 参照番号をクリックしてドラフト |RFQ| "
"を開きます。必要に応じて、購入|UOM| を |PO|上で直接編集することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:158
msgid "Sell in a different UoM"
msgstr "異なる単位で販売"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:160
msgid ""
"When creating a new quotation in the *Sales* app, Odoo automatically uses "
"the product's specified unit of measure. If needed, the :guilabel:`UoM` can "
"be manually edited on the quotation."
msgstr ""
"*販売*アプリで新しい見積書を作成する際、Odooは自動的にプロダクトの指定単位を使用します。必要であれば、見積書上で:guilabel:`単位`を手動で編集することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:163
msgid ""
"After the quotation is sent to the customer, and confirmed into a sales "
"order (SO), click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the "
"|SO|. Odoo automatically converts the unit of measure into the product's "
"inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the delivery "
"shows the converted quantity."
msgstr ""
"見積書が顧客に送信され、販売オーダ(SO)に確定されたら、 |SO|の上部にある :guilabel:`納品` "
"スマートボタンをクリックします。Odooは自動的に単位をプロダクトの在庫単位に変換するので、納品の :guilabel:`需要` "
"列には変換後の数量が表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:168
msgid ""
"For example, if the product's |UOM| on the |SO| was changed to `Box of 6`, "
"but its inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the |SO| shows the quantity in"
" boxes of six, and the delivery shows the quantity in units."
msgstr ""
"例えば、プロダクトの|SO| 上の|UOM| が「6個入りの箱」に変更され、在庫の単位が `単位`であった場合、 |SO| "
"は6個入りの箱の数量を表示し、納品は単位の数量を表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation.rst:5
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:280
msgid "Inventory valuation"
msgstr "在庫評価"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3
msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:7
msgid ""
"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows the user to include additional costs "
"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:13
msgid ""
"First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> "
"Valuation` and activate the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` feature. Odoo also "
"gives the option to set a :guilabel:`Default Journal` in which the landed "
"costs accounting entries will be recorded."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1
msgid "Activate the landed cost feature in Inventory settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:22
msgid "Add costs to products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25
msgid "Receive the vendor bill"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:27
msgid ""
"After a vendor fulfills a purchase order and sends a bill, click "
":guilabel:`Create Bill` on the purchase order to create a vendor bill in "
"Odoo. If the vendor bill includes landed costs, such as custom duties, tick "
"the box in the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` column on the vendor bill invoice "
"line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1
msgid "Enable Landed Costs option on vendor bill line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:35
msgid ""
"For charges that are always landed costs, create a landed cost product in "
"Odoo. That way, the landed cost product can be quickly added to the vendor "
"bill as an invoice line instead of manually entering the landed cost "
"information every time a vendor bill comes in."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39
msgid ""
"First, create a new product in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> "
"Products --> Create`. Next, name the landed cost product. Then, set the "
":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service`. A landed cost product must "
"always be a service product type. After that, go to the :guilabel:`Purchase`"
" tab and check the box next to :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost`. Finally, click "
":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the landed cost product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45
msgid ""
"If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the "
"product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1
msgid "Option to define a product as a landed cost."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52
msgid ""
"Once the landed cost is added to the vendor bill (either by checking the "
":guilabel:`Landed Cost` option on the invoice line or adding a landed cost "
"product to the bill), click the :guilabel:`Create Landed Costs` button at "
"the top of the bill. Odoo automatically creates a landed cost record with "
"the set landed cost pre-filled in the :guilabel:`Additional Costs` product "
"lines. From here, decide which picking the additional costs apply to by "
"clicking :guilabel:`Edit` and selecting the picking reference number from "
"the :guilabel:`Transfers` drop-down menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1
msgid ""
"Use a warehouse transfer to cover a landed cost in the accounting journal."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:64
msgid ""
"After setting the picking, click :guilabel:`Compute` on the landed cost "
"record. Then, go to the :guilabel:`Valuation Adjustments` tab to see the "
"impact of the landed costs. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to post the "
"landed cost entry to the accounting journal."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:68
msgid ""
"The user can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed "
"cost by clicking on the :guilabel:`Journal Entry`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:72
msgid ""
"The product that the landed cost is applied to must have a product category "
"set to a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` or an :abbr:`AVCO (Average "
"Costing)` method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1
msgid "Landed cost journal entry"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:80
msgid ""
"Landed cost records can also be directly created in "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`, it is not "
"necessary to create a landed cost record from the vendor bill."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:3
msgid "Inventory valuation configuration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7
msgid ""
"All of a company's stock on-hand contributes to the valuation of its "
"inventory. That value should be reflected in the company's accounting "
"records to accurately show the value of the company and all of its assets."
msgstr ""
"会社の在庫の評価には、手元にある在庫の全てが関わってきます。その価値は、会社の会計記録に反映され、会社およびその資産の価値を正確に表示する必要があります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11
msgid ""
"By default, Odoo uses a periodic inventory valuation (also known as manual "
"inventory valuation). This method implies that the accounting team posts "
"journal entries based on the physical inventory of the company, and that "
"warehouse employees take the time to count the stock. In Odoo, this method "
"is reflected inside each product category, where the :guilabel:`Costing "
"Method` field will be set to `Standard Price` by default, and the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field will be set to `Manual`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1
msgid ""
"The Inventory Valuation fields are located on the Product Categories form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21
msgid ""
"Alternatively, automated inventory valuation is an integrated valuation "
"method that updates the inventory value in real-time by creating journal "
"entries whenever there are stock moves initiated between locations in a "
"company's inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:26
msgid ""
"Automated inventory valuation is a method recommended for expert "
"accountants, given the extra steps involved in journal entry configuration. "
"Even after the initial setup, the method will need to be periodically "
"checked to ensure accuracy, and adjustments may be needed on an ongoing "
"basis depending on the needs and priorities of the business."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:34
msgid "Types of accounting"
msgstr "会計タイプ"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36
msgid ""
"Accounting entries will depend on the accounting mode: *Continental* or "
"*Anglo-Saxon*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:39
msgid ""
"Verify the accounting mode by activating the :ref:`developer-mode` and "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:42
msgid ""
"Then, in the search bar, look for :guilabel:`Anglo-Saxon Accounting`, to see"
" if the feature is enabled. If it is **not** enabled, Continental accounting"
" mode is in use."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
msgid "Show the Anglo-Saxon accounting mode feature."
msgstr "英米会計モード機能を表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49
msgid ""
"In *Anglo-Saxon* accounting, the costs of goods sold (COGS) are reported "
"when products are sold or delivered. This means that the cost of a good is "
"only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. So "
"for **manual** valuation method, set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to "
"`Stock Valuation` for the current asset type; for **automatic** valuation "
"method, set the the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to an *Expenses* or a *Cost "
"of Revenue* type (e.g. `Cost of Production`, `Cost of Goods Sold`, etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56
msgid ""
"In *Continental* accounting, the cost of a good is reported as soon as a "
"product is received into stock. Because of this, the :guilabel:`Expense "
"Account` can be set to **either** *Expenses* or a *Cost of Revenue* type, "
"however, it is more commonly set to an *Expenses* account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61
msgid ""
":ref:`Details about configuring Expense and Stock accounts "
"<inventory/management/config-inventory-valuation>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:67
msgid ""
"Make changes to inventory valuation options by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. In "
"the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` section, select the desired "
":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` options."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:72
msgid ""
"It is possible to use different valuation settings for different product "
"categories."
msgstr "異なるプロダクトカテゴリに対して異なる評価設定を使用することが可能です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1
msgid "Show inventory valuation configuration options."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81
msgid "Costing method"
msgstr "原価計算法"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83
msgid ""
"From the product category's configuration page, choose the desired "
":guilabel:`Costing Method`:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:88
msgid "Standard Price"
msgstr "標準原価"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90
msgid ""
"The default costing method in Odoo. The cost of the product is manually "
"defined on the product form, and this cost is used to compute the valuation."
" Even if the purchase price on a purchase order differs, the valuation is "
"the cost defined on the product form."
msgstr ""
"Odooのデフォルトの原価計算法。プロダクトの原価はプロダクトフォーム上で手動で定義され、この原価は評価額の計算に使用されます。購買オーダ上の購買価格が異なっていたとしても、評価額はプロダクトフォーム上で定義された原価となります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:98
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:210
msgid "Operation"
msgstr "工程"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211
msgid "Unit Cost"
msgstr "単位原価"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212
msgid "Qty On Hand"
msgstr "手持在庫数"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:101
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213
msgid "Incoming Value"
msgstr "入荷額"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214
msgid "Inventory Value"
msgstr "在庫金額"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:104
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:114
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:119
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:124
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221
msgid "$10"
msgstr "$10"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217
msgid "0"
msgstr "0"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:107
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:148
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:216
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219
msgid "$0"
msgstr "$0"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:149
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220
msgid "Receive 8 products for $10/unit"
msgstr "プロダクト1ユニットにつき10ドルで入荷"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:110
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:151
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:222
msgid "8"
msgstr "8"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:223
msgid "8 * $10"
msgstr "8 * $10"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:112
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:153
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:224
msgid "$80"
msgstr "$80"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:113
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:225
msgid "Receive 4 products for $16/unit"
msgstr "$16/個で4つのプロダクトを入荷"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:156
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:227
msgid "12"
msgstr "12"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:116
msgid "4 * $10"
msgstr "4 * $10"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117
msgid "$120"
msgstr "$120"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:118
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:159
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230
msgid "Deliver 10 products"
msgstr "10プロダクトを配送"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:120
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:161
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232
msgid "2"
msgstr "2"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:121
msgid "-10 * $10"
msgstr "-10 * $10"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:122
msgid "$20"
msgstr "$20"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123
msgid "Receive 2 products for $9/unit"
msgstr "$9/個で2つのプロダクトを入荷"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:166
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238
msgid "4"
msgstr "4"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126
msgid "2 * $10"
msgstr "2 * $10"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127
msgid "$40"
msgstr "$40"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129
msgid "Average Cost (AVCO)"
msgstr "移動平均原価(AVCO)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131
msgid ""
"Calculates the valuation of a product based on the average cost of that "
"product, divided by the total number of available stock on-hand. With this "
"costing method, inventory valuation is *dynamic*, and constantly adjusts "
"based on the purchase price of products."
msgstr ""
"プロダクトの平均原価を基に、在庫総数で割ったプロダクトの評価額を算出します。この原価計算方法では、在庫評価は *動的* "
"であり、常にプロダクトの購買価格に基づいて調整されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:155
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:160
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226
msgid "$12"
msgstr "$12"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:157
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228
msgid "4 * $16"
msgstr "4 * $16"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:158
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229
msgid "$144"
msgstr "$144"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:162
msgid "-10 * $12"
msgstr "-10 * $12"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:163
msgid "$24"
msgstr "$24"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:164
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236
msgid "Receive 2 products for $6/unit"
msgstr "$6/個で2つのプロダクトを入荷"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165
msgid "$9"
msgstr "$9"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:167
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:239
msgid "2 * $6"
msgstr "2 * $6"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:168
msgid "$36"
msgstr "$36"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:170
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242
msgid "How are unit cost and inventory value calculated at each step?"
msgstr "各ステップにおける単価と在庫価値の計算方法"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:172
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:244
msgid "When receiving four products for $16 each:"
msgstr "4つのプロダクトを1つあたり$16で購入した場合:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:174
msgid ""
"Inventory value is calculated by adding the previous inventory value with "
"the incoming value: :math:`$80 + (4 * $16) = $144`."
msgstr "在庫価値は、前回の在庫価値と入荷価値を加算することで算出されます。:math:`$80 + (4 * $16) = $144`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:176
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:248
msgid ""
"Unit cost is calculated by dividing the inventory value by the quantity on-"
"hand: :math:`$144 / 12 = $12`."
msgstr " 単価は、在庫金額を手持数量で割って算出します: :math:`$144 / 12 = $12`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:179
msgid ""
"When delivering ten products, the average unit cost is used to calculate the"
" inventory value, regardless of the purchase price of the product. "
"Therefore, inventory value is :math:`$144 + (-10 * $12) = $24`."
msgstr ""
"10個のプロダクトを納品する際には、プロダクトの購買価格に関わらず、平均単価が在庫価値の算出に使用されます。したがって、在庫価値は "
":math:`$144 + (-10 * $12) = $24` です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:183
msgid "Receive two products for $6 each:"
msgstr "各$6で2つのプロダクトを入荷:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:185
msgid "Inventory value: :math:`$24 + (2 * $6) = $36`"
msgstr "在庫価値: :math:`$24 + (2 * $6) = $36`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:186
msgid "Unit cost: :math:`$36 / 4 = $9`"
msgstr "単価: :math:`$36 / 4 = $9`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:189
msgid ""
"When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing "
"Method`, changing the numerical value in the *Cost* field for products in "
"the respective product category creates a new record in the *Inventory "
"Valuation* report to adjust the value of the product. The *Cost* amount is "
"then automatically updated, based on the average purchase price of both the "
"inventory on-hand and the costs accumulated from validated purchase orders."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`原価計算方法` として:guilabel:`平均原価 (AVCO)` を選択し、それぞれのプロダクトカテゴリのプロダクトの "
"*原価* フィールドの数値を変更すると、*在庫評価* レポートに新しいレコードが作成され、プロダクトの値が調整されます。 *原価* "
"の金額は、手元在庫の平均購入価格と検証済の購買オーダから集計されたコストの両方に基づいて自動的に更新されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196
msgid "First In First Out (FIFO)"
msgstr "先入先出(FIFO)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:198
msgid ""
"Tracks the costs of incoming and outgoing items in real-time, and uses the "
"real price of the products to change the valuation. The oldest purchase "
"price is used as the cost for the next good sold, until an entire lot of "
"that product is sold. When the next inventory lot moves up in the queue, an "
"updated product cost is used based on the valuation of that specific lot."
msgstr ""
"入庫および出庫の原価をリアルタイムで追跡し、プロダクトの実際の価格を使用して評価を変更します。 "
"そのプロダクトのロット全体が販売されるまで、最も古い購買価格が次の販売商品の原価として使用されます。 "
"次の在庫ロットがキューで上位に移動すると、その特定のロットの評価に基づく更新されたプロダクト原価が使用されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:203
msgid ""
"This method is arguably the most accurate inventory valuation method for a "
"variety of reasons, but it is highly sensitive to input data and human "
"error."
msgstr "この方法は、さまざまな理由から、おそらく最も正確な在庫評価方法ですが、入力データや人的ミスの影響を非常に受けやすいという欠点があります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:231
msgid "$16"
msgstr "$16"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
msgid "-8 * $10"
msgstr "-8 * $10"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
msgid "-2 * $16"
msgstr "-2 * $16"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235
msgid "$32"
msgstr "$32"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237
msgid "$11"
msgstr "$11"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240
msgid "$44"
msgstr "$44"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:246
msgid ""
"Inventory value is calculated by adding the previous inventory value to the "
"incoming value: :math:`$80 + (4 * $16) = $144`."
msgstr "在庫価値は、前回の在庫価値と入荷価値を加算することで計算されます。:math:`$80 + (4 * $16) = $144`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251
msgid ""
"When delivering ten products, eight units were purchased for $10, and two "
"units were purchased for $16."
msgstr "10個のプロダクトを納品する際、8個は$10で、2個は$16で購入されました。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:254
msgid ""
"First, the incoming value is calculated by multiplying the on-hand quantity "
"by the purchased price: :math:`(-8 * $10) + (-2 * $16) = -112`."
msgstr ""
"まず、入庫値は、手持数量に購買価格を掛けることで算出されます: :math:`(-8 * $10) + (-2 * $16) = -112` "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:256
msgid ""
"The inventory value is calculated by subtracting the incoming value from the"
" previous inventory value: :math:`$144 - $112 = $32`."
msgstr "在庫価値は、前回の在庫価値から入庫価値を差引いて計算されます。:math:`$144 - $112 = $32`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:258
msgid ""
"Unit cost is calculated by dividing the inventory value by the remaining "
"quantity: :math:`$32 / 2 = $16`."
msgstr "在庫金額を残りの数量で割ると、単価が算出されます。:math:`$32 / 2 = $16`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:261
msgid ""
"When receiving two products for $6, inventory value is :math:`$32 + $12 = "
"$44`. Unit cost is :math:`$44 / 4 = $11`."
msgstr ""
"2つのプロダクトを6ドルで受け取った場合、在庫価値は :math:`$32 + $12 = $44` です。 単価は :math:`$44 / 4 = "
"$11` です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265
msgid ""
"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It is "
"highly recommended to consult an accountant first before making any "
"adjustments here."
msgstr "原価計算方法を変更すると、在庫評価に大きな影響を与えます。 調整を行う前に、まず会計士に相談することを強くお勧めします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:269
msgid ":doc:`using_inventory_valuation`"
msgstr ":doc:`using_inventory_valuation`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:271
msgid ""
"When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock "
"that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change "
"value; rather, the existing units keep their value, and any product moves "
"from then on affect the average cost, and the cost of the product will "
"change. If the value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field on a product form is "
"changed manually, Odoo will generate a corresponding record in the "
"*Inventory Valuation* report."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282
msgid ""
"Inventory valuation in Odoo can be set to be updated manually or "
"automatically. While *Expense* accounts apply to both, the *Stock Input* and"
" *Stock Output* accounts are only used for automated valuation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286
msgid ""
"Refer to the :ref:`Expense <inventory/management/expense-account>` and "
":ref:`Stock input/output <inventory/management/stock-account>` sections for "
"details on configuring each account type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292
msgid "Expense account"
msgstr "費用勘定"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294
msgid ""
"To configure the *expense account*, go to the :guilabel:`Account Properties`"
" section of the intended product category (:menuselection:`Inventory app -->"
" Configuration --> Product Categories`). Then, choose an existing account "
"from the :guilabel:`Expense Account` drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:298
msgid ""
"To ensure the chosen account is the correct :guilabel:`Type,` click the "
"|right arrow| icon to the right of the account. Then, set the account type "
"based on the information below."
msgstr ""
"選択したアカウントが適正な  :guilabel:`タイプ` "
"であることを確認するには、アカウントの右にある右矢印アイコンをクリックします。次に、以下の情報に基づいてアカウントタイプを設定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:371
msgid "Anglo-Saxon"
msgstr "英米式"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:307
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:334
msgid "Automated"
msgstr "自動"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:309
msgid ""
"In Anglo-Saxon accounting for automated inventory valuation, set the "
":guilabel:`Expense Account` to the `Expenses` account. Then, click the "
"|right arrow| icon to the right of the account."
msgstr ""
"英米会計における自動在庫評価では、:guilabel:`経費勘定` を `経費` "
"(経費)に設定します。次に、その勘定の右にある右矢印アイコンをクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313
msgid ""
"In the pop-up window, choose :guilabel:`Expenses` or :guilabel:`Cost of "
"Revenue` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
"ポップアップウィンドウで、:guilabel:`タイプ` ドロップダウンメニューから :guilabel:`経費`または  "
":guilabel:`収益原価`を選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
msgid "Show **Expense Account** field, and external link icon."
msgstr "**経費勘定** フィールド、および外部リンクアイコンを表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:320
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:206
msgid "Manual"
msgstr "手動"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:322
msgid ""
"To configure the :guilabel:`Expense Account`, choose :guilabel:`Stock "
"Valuation` from the field's drop-down menu. Verify the account's type by "
"clicking the |right arrow| icon, and then ensure the :guilabel:`Type` is "
":guilabel:`Current Assets`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`経費勘定` を設定するには、フィールドのドロップダウンメニューから:guilabel:`在庫評価` "
"を選択します。右矢印アイコンをクリックして、勘定科目の種類を確認し、:guilabel:`タイプ` が:guilabel:`流動資産` "
"であることを確認します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
msgid "Show the **Expense Account** field."
msgstr "**経費勘定** フィールドを表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:330
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:389
msgid "Continental"
msgstr "大陸式"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:336
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341
msgid ""
"Set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to the :guilabel:`Expenses` or "
":guilabel:`Cost of Revenue` account type."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`経費アカウント` を :guilabel:`経費` または :guilabel:`収益原価` の勘定科目タイプに設定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:347
msgid "Stock input/output (automated only)"
msgstr "在庫入荷/出荷 (自動化のみ)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:349
msgid ""
"To configure the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and :guilabel:`Stock Output"
" Account`, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product"
" Categories` and select the desired product category."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`在庫入荷勘定` および :guilabel:`在庫出荷勘定` を設定するには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> "
"設定 --> プロダクトカテゴリ` に行き、希望のプロダクトカテゴリを選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:353
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field, select :guilabel:`Automated`. "
"Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` section appear. "
"These accounts are defined as follows:"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`在庫評価` フィールドで、:guilabel:`自動` を選択します。 "
"そうすると、:guilabel:`アカウント在庫プロパティ` セクションが表示されます。 これらのアカウントは以下のように定義されています。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:356
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is "
"enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the "
"products."
msgstr ":guilabel:`在庫評価勘定`: プロダクトで自動在庫評価が有効になっている場合、この勘定科目はプロダクトの現在の価値を保持します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:358
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Stock Journal`: accounting journal where entries are "
"automatically posted when a product's inventory valuation changes."
msgstr ":guilabel:`在庫仕訳帳`: プロダクトの在庫評価が変更された際に、仕訳が自動的に記帳される会計仕訳帳。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:360
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming "
"stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific "
"valuation account set on the source location. This is the default value for "
"all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each "
"product."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`在庫入力勘定`: "
"仕入先から入荷する在庫の移動に関する仕訳帳項目は、仕入先で特定の評価勘定が設定されていない限り、この勘定で計上されます。これは、特定のカテゴリ内の全てのプロダクトのデフォルト値であり、各プロダクトに直接設定することもできます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:364
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing"
" stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific "
"valuation account set on the destination location. This is the default value"
" for all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each "
"product."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`在庫出力勘定`: "
"移動先で特定の評価勘定が設定されていない限り、在庫の移動に関する全ての仕訳帳項目は、この勘定で計上されます。これは、特定のカテゴリ内の全てのプロダクトのデフォルト値であり、各プロダクトに直接設定することもできます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:373
msgid ""
"In Anglo-Saxon accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and "
":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to *different* :guilabel:`Current "
"Assets` accounts. This way, delivering products and invoicing the customer "
"balance the *Stock Output* account, while receiving products and billing "
"vendors balance the *Stock Input* account."
msgstr ""
"英米式会計では、 :guilabel:`在庫入力勘定`と :guilabel:`在庫出力勘定` は *異なる* :guilabel:`流動資産` "
"勘定に設定されます。こうすることで、プロダクトの配送と顧客への請求書は *在庫出力* 勘定でバランスをとり、プロダクトの入荷と仕入先への請求書は "
"*在庫入力* 勘定でバランスをとります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378
msgid ""
"To modify the account type, go to the click the |right arrow| icon to the "
"right of the stock input/output account. In the pop-up window, choose "
":guilabel:`Current Assets` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
"会計の種類を変更するには、在庫の入出力口座の右側にある右矢印アイコンをクリックします。ポップアップウィンドウの :guilabel:`タイプ` "
"ドロップダウンメニューから :guilabel:`流動資産` を選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
msgid "Display account setup page, highlighting the **Type** field."
msgstr "勘定設定ページ、**タイプ** フィールドをハイライト表示。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:386
msgid ""
"The *Stock Input* account is set to `Stock Interim (Received)`, a *Current "
"Asset* account type."
msgstr "*在庫インプット* 勘定は `入荷済未請求在庫`、*流動資産* 勘定タイプに設定されています。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:391
msgid ""
"In Continental accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and "
":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to **the same** :guilabel:`Current "
"Assets` account. That way, one account can be balanced when items are bought"
" and sold."
msgstr ""
"大陸式会計では、 :guilabel:`在庫入力勘定` と :guilabel:`在庫出力勘定` は **同じ** :guilabel:`流動資産` "
"勘定に設定されます。そうすることで、商品の売買の際に1つの勘定科目でバランスを取ることができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:396
msgid ""
"The stock input and output accounts are both set to `Stock Interim "
"(Received)`, a :guilabel:`Current Assets` account type. They can also be set"
" to the `Stock Interim (Delivered)`, as long as the input and output "
"accounts are assigned to the **same** account."
msgstr ""
"在庫の入力勘定と出力勘定はどちらも :guilabel:`流動資産` 勘定タイプである `入荷済未請求在庫` に設定されています。入力会計と出力会計が "
"**同じ** 勘定に割当てられる限り、これらは `出庫済未請求在庫` に設定することもできます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
msgid "Show the Stock Input and Output accounts."
msgstr "在庫入力・出力勘定を表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:406
msgid "Inventory valuation reporting"
msgstr "在庫評価レポーティング"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:408
msgid ""
"To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`."
" At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to "
":guilabel:`Today`, and adjust the filtering :guilabel:`Options` to "
":guilabel:`Unfold All` in order to see all of the latest data displayed, all"
" at once."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:414
msgid ":doc:`../../../../finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet`"
msgstr ":doc:`../../../../finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:416
msgid ""
"Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested "
":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of "
"all of the inventory on hand is displayed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:420
msgid ""
"Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation "
"Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` "
"to see an itemized view of all of the journal entries, or by selecting "
":guilabel:`Journal Items` to review all of the individualized journal "
"entries that were submitted to the account. As well, annotations to the "
":guilabel:`Balance Sheet` can be added by choosing :guilabel:`Annotate`, "
"filling in the text box, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1
msgid "See the full inventory valuation breakdown in Odoo Accounting app."
msgstr "在庫評価の内訳はOdoo会計アプリでご確認下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3
msgid "Using inventory valuation"
msgstr "在庫評価を使用"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:7
msgid ""
"*Inventory valuation* is a quintessential accounting procedure that "
"calculates the value of on-hand stock. Once determined, the inventory "
"valuation amount is then incorporated into a company's overall value."
msgstr "*在庫評価* は、手持ち在庫の価値を計算する重要な会計処理です。一度決定された在庫評価額は、会社全体の価値に組込まれます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:11
msgid ""
"In Odoo, this process can be conducted manually— by warehouse employees "
"physically counting the products— or automatically through the database."
msgstr "Odooでは、このプロセスを倉庫の従業員が手作業で(物理的にプロダクトを数える)、またはデータベースを通して自動的に行うことができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:15
msgid "Automatic inventory valuation"
msgstr "自動在庫評価"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:17
msgid ""
"To use Odoo to automatically generate a trail of inventory valuation "
"entries, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Product Categories` list by "
"going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product "
"Categories` and select the desired product category. On the form, set the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated` and the "
":guilabel:`Costing Method` to any of the three options."
msgstr ""
"Odooを使って在庫評価の仕訳を自動生成するには、まず :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> プロダクトカテゴリ`から "
":menuselection:`プロダクトカテゴリ` リストに行き、希望のプロダクトカテゴリを選択します。フォーム上で、:guilabel:`在庫評価`"
" を:guilabel:`自動化` に、:guilabel:`原価計算法` を3つのオプションのいずれかに設定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24
msgid ":doc:`Set up inventory valuation <inventory_valuation_config>`"
msgstr ":doc:`在庫評価を設定する <inventory_valuation_config>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:26
msgid ""
"In order to understand how moving products in and out of stock affects the "
"company's overall value, consider the following product and stock moves "
"scenario below."
msgstr ""
"在庫へのプロダクトの入出庫が会社全体の価値にどのような影響を与えるかを理解するために、以下のプロダクトと在庫の移動シナリオを考えてみましょう。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30
msgid "Receive a product"
msgstr "プロダクトを入荷する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:32
msgid ""
"To track the value of incoming products, such as a simple *table*, configure"
" the product category on the the product itself. To get there, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and click the "
"desired product. On the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)`"
" icon beside the :guilabel:`Product Category` field, which opens an internal"
" link to edit the product category. Next, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method`"
" as :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)` and :guilabel:`Inventory "
"Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated`."
msgstr ""
"例えば、シンプルな *テーブル* "
"のような、入荷プロダクトの価値を追跡するには、プロダクト自体のプロダクトカテゴリを設定します。それを行うには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ"
" --> プロダクト --> プロダクト` に行き、希望のプロダクトをクリックします。プロダクトフォームで、:guilabel:`プロダクトカテゴリ` "
"フィールドの横にある :guilabel:`➡️ (右矢印)` "
"アイコンをクリックして、プロダクトカテゴリを編集するための内部リンクを開きます。次に、:guilabel:`原価計算法` を "
":guilabel:`先入先出 (FIFO)` に、 :guilabel:`在庫価値` を :guilabel:`自動` に設定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:40
msgid ""
"Alternatively access the :guilabel:`Product Categories` dashboard by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product "
"Categories` and select the desired product category."
msgstr ""
"または、:guilabel:`プロダクトカテゴリ` ダッシュボードにアクセスするには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> "
"プロダクトカテゴリ` に移動し、希望するプロダクトカテゴリを選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44
msgid ""
"Next, assume 10 tables are purchased at a price of $10.00, each. The "
":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for those tables will show the subtotal of the "
"purchase as $100, plus any additional costs or taxes."
msgstr ""
"次に、10個のテーブルをそれぞれ10ドルで購入したと仮定します。:abbr:`PO (購買オーダ)` "
"購買の小計として100ドル、それに追加の原価や税が加算された金額が表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10.00 each."
msgstr "10台のテーブルプロダクトを1台あたり$10.00で購買するための購買オーダ。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:51
msgid ""
"After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, the"
" :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button is enabled. Clicking on this button "
"displays a report showing how the inventory valuation for the table was "
"affected by this purchase."
msgstr ""
":abbr:`PO "
"(購買オーダ)`で:guilabel:`検証`を選択すると、:guilabel:`評価`スマートボタンが有効になります。このボタンをクリックすると、この購買がテーブルの在庫評価にどのような影響を与えたかを示すレポートが表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:56
msgid ""
":ref:`Developer mode <developer-mode>` **must** be turned on to see the "
":guilabel:`Valuation` smart button."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`評価` スマートボタンを表示するには、:ref:`開発者モード <developer-mode>` をオンにする "
"**必要があります** 。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:60
msgid ""
"The :doc:`consignment "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock>` feature allows "
"ownership to items in stock. Thus, products owned by other companies are not"
" accounted for in the host company's inventory valuation."
msgstr ""
" :doc:`委託 <../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock>` "
"機能により、在庫アイテムの所有権を設定することができます。 つまり、他社が所有するプロダクトは、ホスト会社の在庫評価には含まれません。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
msgid "See Valuation smart button on a receipt, with Developer mode enabled."
msgstr "開発者モードが有効になっている状態で、入荷上の評価スマートボタンを確認します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68
msgid ""
"For a comprehensive dashboard that includes the inventory valuation of all "
"product shipments, inventory adjustments, and warehouse operations, refer to"
" the :ref:`stock valuation report <inventory/management/reporting/valuation-"
"report>`."
msgstr ""
"全てのプロダクト出荷の在庫評価、在庫調整、および倉庫オペレーションを含む包括的なダッシュボードについては、:ref:`在庫評価レポート "
"<inventory/management/reporting/valuation-report>`を参照して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:73
msgid "Deliver a product"
msgstr "プロダクトを配送する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:75
msgid ""
"In the same logic, when a table is shipped to a customer and leaves the "
"warehouse, the stock valuation decreases. The :guilabel:`Valuation` smart "
"button on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`, likewise, displays the stock "
"valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`."
msgstr ""
"同じロジックで、顧客にテーブルが発送され、倉庫から出荷されると、在庫評価が減少します。 :abbr:`PO (購買オーダ)` の "
":guilabel:`評価` スマートボタンも同様に、 :abbr:`PO (購買オーダ)` の場合と同様に、在庫評価レコードを表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
msgid "Decreased stock valuation after a product is shipped."
msgstr "プロダクトが出庫された後の在庫評価の減少。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:86
msgid "Inventory valuation report"
msgstr "在庫評価レポート"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:88
msgid ""
"To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, first turn on "
":ref:`Developer mode <developer-mode>` and navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`. The "
":guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard displays detailed records of products "
"with the :guilabel:`Date`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, :guilabel:`Unit Value`, and"
" :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory."
msgstr ""
"倉庫にある全てのプロダクトの現在の価値を表示するには、まず :ref:`開発者モード <developer-mode>` を設定して "
":menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> レポーティング --> 評価` に移動します。:guilabel:`在庫評価` "
"ダッシュボードに在庫の :guilabel:`日付`、:guilabel:`数量`、 :guilabel:`単価`、:guilabel:`合計価格` "
"という詳細が表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:95
msgid ""
":ref:`Developer mode <developer-mode>` **must** be enabled to see the "
":guilabel:`Valuation` option under :guilabel:`Reporting`."
msgstr ""
"be enabled to see the :guilabel:`Valuation` option under :guilabel:`レポーティング`"
" で :guilabel:`評価` オプションを表示するには、:ref:`開発者モード <developer-mode>` を有効化する "
"**必要があります**。 "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
msgid "Inventory valuation report showing multiple products."
msgstr "複数のプロダクトを示す在庫評価レポート。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:102
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Valuation At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of "
"the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page, reveals a pop-up window. In this pop-"
"up, the inventory valuation of products available during a prior specified "
"date can be seen and selected."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`日付指定評価` ボタンは、:guilabel:`在庫評価` "
"ページの左上隅にあり、ポップアップウィンドウを表示します。このポップアップでは、以前に指定した日付に利用可能であったプロダクトの在庫評価を確認し、選択することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:107
msgid ""
"View a detailed record of a product's inventory value, stock move, and on-"
"hand stock by selecting the teal :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` button to the "
"right of the :guilabel:`Reference` column value."
msgstr ""
"プロダクトの在庫価値、在庫仕訳、手元在庫の詳細な記録を表示するには、 :guilabel:`参照` 列の値の右にある緑色 "
":guilabel:`➡️(右矢印) `ボタンを選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:112
msgid "Update product unit price"
msgstr "プロダクト単価を更新する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:114
msgid ""
"For any company: lead times, supply chain failures, and other risk factors "
"can contribute to invisible costs. Although Odoo attempts to accurately "
"represent the stock value, *manual valuation* serves as an additional tool "
"to update the unit price of products."
msgstr ""
"どの会社にとっても、リードタイム、サプライチェーンの障害、その他のリスク要因は、見えないコストにつながる可能性があります。Odooは在庫価値を正確に表示しようとしていますが、*手動評価*"
" はプロダクトの単価を更新するための追加ツールとして機能します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:119
msgid ""
"Manual valuation is intended for products that can be purchased and received"
" for a cost greater than 0, or have product categories set with "
":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` or "
":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`."
msgstr ""
"手動評価は、0より大きい原価で購買および受領可能なプロダクト、またはプロダクトカテゴリが :guilabel:`原価計算法` に "
":guilabel:`平均原価 (AVCO)` または :guilabel:`先入先出 (FIFO)` "
"のいずれかが設定されているプロダクトを対象としています。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
msgid "Add manual valuation of stock value to a product."
msgstr "プロダクトに在庫価値の手動評価を追加します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:127
msgid ""
"Create manual valuation entries on the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard"
" by first navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> "
"Valuation`. Next, to enable the *product revaluation* feature, select "
":menuselection:`Group by --> Product` to organize all the records by "
"product. Click on the gray :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` icon to "
"reveal stock valuation line items below, as well as a teal :guilabel:`➕ "
"(plus)` button on the right."
msgstr ""
"まず最初に :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> レポート --> 評価` に移動し、:guilabel:`在庫評価` "
"ダッシュボード上で手動評価仕訳を作成します。次に、*プロダクト再評価* 機能を有効にするには、:menuselection:`グループ化 --> "
"プロダクト` を選択して、全てのレコードをプロダクト別に整理します。灰色の:guilabel:`▶️ (ドロップダウン三角)` "
"アイコンをクリックすると、在庫評価の明細が表示され、右側に青緑色の :guilabel:`➕ (プラス)` ボタンが表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:133
msgid ""
"Click the teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button to open up the :guilabel:`Product"
" Revaluation` form. Here, the inventory valuation for a product can be "
"recalculated, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product."
msgstr ""
"青緑色の :guilabel:`+ (プラス)` ボタンをクリックして、:guilabel:`プロダクト再評価` フォームを開きます。 "
"ここでは、各プロダクトの単価を増減することで、プロダクトの在庫評価を再計算することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:138
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` and :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` buttons are"
" only visible after grouping entries by product."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`▶️(ドロップダウン三角)` と:guilabel:`➕ (プラス)` "
"ボタンは、仕訳をプロダクトごとにグループ化すると表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
msgid ""
"Product revaluation form adding a value of $1.00 with the reason being "
"inflation."
msgstr "インフレを理由に$1.00の価値を追加するプロダクト再評価フォーム。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:146
msgid "Inventory valuation journal entries"
msgstr "在庫評価仕訳"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:148
msgid ""
"In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the "
":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries` "
"dashboard. On this comprehensive list of accounting entries, inventory "
"valuation records are identified by checking values in the "
":guilabel:`Journal` column, or looking for the :guilabel:`Reference` column "
"value which matches the warehouse operation reference (e.g. `WH/IN/00014` "
"for receipts)."
msgstr ""
"Odooでは、自動在庫評価記録も、:menuselection:`会計アプリ --> 会計 --> 仕訳` "
"ダッシュボードに記録されます。この会計仕訳の包括的なリストでは、在庫評価記録は、:guilabel:`仕訳帳` "
"列の値を確認するか、または倉庫オペレーションの参照 (例えば、入荷の場合は`WH/IN/00014`) と一致する :guilabel:`参照` "
"列の値を探すことで特定できます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:154
msgid ""
"Clicking on an inventory valuation journal entry opens a *double-entry "
"accounting* record. These records are generated by Odoo to track the change "
"of value in inventory valuation as products are moved in and out of the "
"warehouse."
msgstr ""
"在庫評価の仕訳帳をクリックすると、*複式簿記* "
"のレコードが開きます。これらの記録は、プロダクトが倉庫に入出庫される際に在庫評価の価値の変化を追跡するために、Odooによって生成されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:159
msgid ""
"To view the inventory valuation of 10 *tables*, costing $10.00 each, upon "
"reception from the vendor, go to the :menuselection:`Journal Entries` page "
"found in :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries`."
" Here, click the journal line where the :guilabel:`Reference` column value "
"matches the reference on the receipt, `WH/IN/00014`."
msgstr ""
"仕入先からの入荷時に、10個の *テーブル* を1つあたり$10.00で仕入れた場合の在庫評価を確認するには、:menuselection:`仕訳` "
"ページに移動します。:menuselection:`会計アプリ --> 会計 --> 仕訳`。ここで、:guilabel:`参照` "
"列の値が入荷の参照番号 `WH/IN/00014` と一致する仕訳の明細をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0
msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment."
msgstr "出荷内のプロダクトを表示する在庫評価ページ。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:168
msgid ""
"`Stock interim` is a holding account for money intended to pay vendors for "
"the product. The `stock valuation` account stores the value of all on-hand "
"stock."
msgstr ""
"`未請求在庫` はプロダクトの仕入先への支払いに充てる金額を保留する勘定科目です。 `在庫評価` 勘定には、手持在庫の価値が全て記帳されています。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0
msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables."
msgstr "10台のテーブルの在庫評価に関する会計仕訳。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:176
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorial: Inventory Valuation "
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/2795/share>`_"
msgstr "`Odooチュートリアル: 在庫評価 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/2795/share>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:6
msgid "Product tracking"
msgstr "プロダクト追跡"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:8
msgid ""
"*Lots* and *serial numbers* are the two ways to identify and track products "
"in Odoo. While there are similarities between the two traceability methods, "
"there are also notable differences that affect receipts, deliveries, and "
"inventory reports."
msgstr ""
"*ロット*と*シリアル番号*はOdooでプロダクトを識別・追跡する2つの方法です。2つのトレーサビリティ方法には類似点がありますが、領収書、納品、在庫レポートに影響する顕著な相違点もあります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:12
msgid ""
"A *lot* usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is "
"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse. However, it can also "
"pertain to a batch of products manufactured in-house, as well."
msgstr ""
"ロット(*lot*)は通常、倉庫から入荷、保管、出荷された商品の特定のバッチを示します。しかし、社内で製造されたプロダクトのバッチを指すこともあります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:16
msgid ""
"A *serial number* is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or "
"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items"
" or products."
msgstr ""
"*シリアル番号*は、アイテムやプロダクトに段階的(または連続的)に割当てられた固有の識別子であり、他のアイテムやプロダクトと区別するために使用されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:20
msgid ":doc:`product_tracking/lots`"
msgstr ":doc:`product_tracking/lots`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:21
msgid ":doc:`product_tracking/serial_numbers`"
msgstr ":doc:`product_tracking/serial_numbers`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:24
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:28
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:20
msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers"
msgstr "ロットとシリアル番号を有効化する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:26
msgid ""
"To track products using lots and serial numbers, the *Lots & Serial Numbers*"
" feature must be enabled."
msgstr "ロット番号とシリアル番号を使用してプロダクトを追跡するには、*ロット番号とシリアル番号*機能を有効にする必要があります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:29
msgid ""
"To do that, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click "
"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the "
":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes."
msgstr ""
"そのためには :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に行き、 :guilabel:`トレーサビリティ` "
"セクションまでスクロールダウンし、 :guilabel:`ロット&シリアル番号` の隣のボックスをクリックします。その後、 :guilabel:`保存`"
" ボタンをクリックして変更を保存します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1
msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings."
msgstr "在庫設定でロットとシリアル番号機能を有効にしました。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:38
msgid "When to use lots"
msgstr "ロット使用時"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:40
msgid ""
"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large "
"quantities, such as clothes or food. Lots and can be used to trace a product"
" back to a group, which is especially useful when managing product recalls "
"or expiration dates."
msgstr ""
"ロットは、衣料品や食品など、大量に製造または入荷されるプロダクトに便利です。ロットは、プロダクトのリコールや賞味期限を管理する際に特に便利です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:0
msgid "Created lot with quantity of products in it."
msgstr "プロダクトが大量に入ったロットを作成。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:49
msgid ""
"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common "
"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. "
"This helps identify a number of products in a single group, and allows for "
"end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their life "
"cycles."
msgstr ""
"製造業者は、共通の特性を持つプロダクトのグループにロット番号を割当てます。これにより、複数の製品が同じロット番号を共有することになります。これにより、1つのグループ内の多数のプロダクトを識別することができ、ライフサイクルの各段階を通じて、これらのプロダクトのエンドツーエンドのトレーサビリティが可能になります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:55
msgid "When to use serial numbers"
msgstr "シリアル番号を使用する場合"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:57
msgid ""
"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure "
"every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply "
"chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-"
"sales services related to products they sell and deliver."
msgstr ""
"個々のプロダクトにシリアル番号を割当てする目的は、サプライチェーンを通じてすべてのアイテムの履歴を識別できるようにすることです。これは、販売・納入したプロダクトに関連するアフターサービスを提供するメーカーにとって特に有用です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:0
msgid "List of serial numbers for product."
msgstr "プロダクトのシリアル番号のリスト。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:66
msgid ""
"Serial numbers can contain many different types of characters: numbers, "
"letters, typographical symbols, or a mixture of all three types."
msgstr "シリアル番号には、数字、文字、記号、あるいはこれら3種類の文字が全て混在したものなど、様々な種類の文字が含まれます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:70
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:321
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114
msgid "Traceability"
msgstr "トレーサビリティ"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:72
msgid ""
"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the "
"entire life cycle of a product. These reports include vital information, "
"like where it came from (and when), where it was stored, and to whom it was "
"sent."
msgstr ""
"メーカーや企業は、トレーサビリティレポートを参照して、プロダクトのライフサイクル全体を確認することができます。これらのレポートには、製品の出所(およびその時期)、保管場所、送付先などの重要な情報が含まれています。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:76
msgid ""
"To see the full traceability of a product, or group products by lots and/or "
"serial numbers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> "
"Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` "
"dashboard."
msgstr ""
"プロダクトの完全なトレーサビリティを確認したり、ロットやシリアル番号でプロダクトをグループ化するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ "
"--> プロダクト --> ロット/シリアル番号` に進みます。そうすると :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` ダッシュボードが表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:80
msgid ""
"From here, products with lots or serial numbers assigned to them are listed "
"by default. They can also be expanded to show what lots or serial numbers "
"have been specifically assigned to them."
msgstr ""
"ここから、ロット番号やシリアル番号が割当てられたプロダクトがデフォルトで表示されます。また、どのロットやシリアル番号が割り当てられているかを表示するために、拡大することもできます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:83
msgid ""
"To group by lots or serial numbers, first remove any default filters from "
"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, "
"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down "
"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, "
"and click :guilabel:`Apply`."
msgstr ""
"ロットやシリアル番号でグループ分けをするには、まず右上の検索バーからデフォルトのフィルタを全て外します。次に、 :guilabel:`グループ化` "
"をクリックし、 :guilabel:`カスタムグループを追加` "
"を選択すると、ミニドロップダウンメニューが表示されます。このミニドロップダウンメニューから :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` を選択し、 "
":guilabel:`適用` をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:88
msgid ""
"Doing so reveals all existing lots and serial numbers, and each can be "
"expanded to show all product quantities with that assigned number. For "
"unique serial numbers that are *not* reused, there should *only* be one "
"product per serial number."
msgstr ""
"そうすることで、既存のロットとシリアル番号が全て表示され、それぞれを拡張してその割当て番号のプロダクトの数量を全て表示することができます。再利用*されない*ユニークなシリアル番号の場合、1つのシリアル番号につき、1つのプロダクトしか存在しないはずです。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst-1
msgid "Reporting page with drop-down lists of lots and serial numbers."
msgstr "ロットとシリアル番号のドロップダウンリストを備えたレポートページ。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:97
msgid ""
"For additional information regarding an individual lot number or serial "
"number, click the line item for the lot or serial number to reveal that "
"specific number's :guilabel:`Lot` or :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From "
"this form, click the :guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart"
" buttons to see all stock on-hand using that serial number. Any operations "
"made using that lot or serial number can be found here, as well."
msgstr ""
"個々のロット番号またはシリアル番号に関する追加情報については、ロット番号またはシリアル番号の行項目をクリックすると、その番号の "
":guilabel:`ロット` または :guilabel:`シリアル番号` フォームが表示されます。このフォームから "
":guilabel:`ロケーション` と :guilabel:`トレーサビリティ` "
"スマートボタンをクリックすると、そのシリアル番号を使用した手持ち在庫が全て表示されます。また、そのロット番号やシリアル番号を使用して行われた作業もここで確認することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:3
msgid "Expiration dates"
msgstr "有効期限"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:7
msgid ""
"In Odoo, *expiration dates* can be used to manage and track the lifecycles "
"of perishable products, from purchase to sale. Using expiration dates "
"reduces product loss due to unexpected expiry, and helps to avoid sending "
"expired products to customers."
msgstr ""
"Odooでは*有効期限日*を使用して、生鮮プロダクトの購入から販売までのライフサイクルを管理・追跡することができます。有効期限日を使用することで、予期せぬ有効期限切れによるプロダクトロスを減らし、有効期限切れのプロダクトを顧客に送ることを回避することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:11
msgid ""
"In Odoo, only products that are tracked using *lots* and *serial numbers* "
"can be assigned expiration information. Once a lot or serial number has been"
" assigned, an expiration date can be set. This is especially helpful for "
"companies (such as food manufacturers) that consistently, or exclusively, "
"buy and sell perishable products."
msgstr ""
"Odooでは、*ロット*と*シリアル番号*を使用して追跡されるプロダクトのみ有効期限情報を割当てられます。ロット番号やシリアル番号を割当てると、有効期限日を設定することができます。これは、生鮮品を一貫して、または専門に売買している企業(食品メーカーなど)にとって特に便利です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:17
msgid ":doc:`../product_tracking/lots`"
msgstr ":doc:`../product_tracking/lots`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:18
msgid ":doc:`../product_tracking/serial_numbers`"
msgstr ":doc:`../product_tracking/serial_numbers`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:21
msgid "Enable expiration dates"
msgstr "有効期限日を有効化する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:23
msgid ""
"To enable the use of *expiration dates*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app"
" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the "
":guilabel:`Traceability` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable the "
":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature."
msgstr ""
"*有効期限日*の使用を有効にするには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に進み、 "
":guilabel:`トレーサビリティ` セクションまでスクロールダウンします。次に、チェックボックスをクリックして "
":guilabel:`ロット&シリアル番号` 機能を有効にします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:27
msgid ""
"Once that feature is activated, a new option will appear to enable "
":guilabel:`Expiration Dates`. Click that checkbox to enable the feature, and"
" be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes."
msgstr ""
"その機能を有効にすると、 :guilabel:`有効期限日` "
"を有効にする新しいオプションが表示されます。そのチェックボックスをクリックして機能を有効にし、必ず :guilabel:`保存` して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1
msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers and expiration dates settings."
msgstr "ロット、シリアル番号、有効期限の設定を有効にしました。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:35
msgid ""
"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, additional "
"features appear to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery "
"Slips`; to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Invoices`; and to "
":guilabel:`Display Expiration Dates on Delivery Slips`. Activating these "
"features helps with end-to-end traceability, making it easier to manage "
"product recalls, identify \"bad\" batches of products, and more."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`ロット&シリアル番号` 機能が活動化されると、 :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号を配送伝票に表示` や "
":guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号を請求書に表示` 、 :guilabel:`有効期限日を配送伝票に表示` "
"などの追加機能が表示されます。これらの機能を有効にすることで、エンドツーエンドのトレーサビリティに役立ち、プロダクトのリコール管理や \"不良\" "
"ロットの特定などが容易になります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:42
msgid "Configure expiration dates on products"
msgstr "プロダクトの有効期限日の設定"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:44
msgid ""
"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` and :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` "
"features have been enabled in the settings of the *Inventory* app, "
"expiration information can be configured on individual products."
msgstr ""
"*在庫*アプリの設定で :guilabel:`ロット&シリアル番号` と :guilabel:`有効期限日` "
"機能を有効にすると、個々のプロダクトに有効期限情報を設定することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:48
msgid ""
"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, "
"and select a product to edit. Selecting a product reveals the product form "
"for that particular item. Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` "
"in the upper-left corner to make changes."
msgstr ""
"そのためには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> "
"プロダクト`と進み、編集したいプロダクトを選択します。プロダクトを選択すると、そのアイテムのプロダクトフォームが表示されます。プロダクトフォームに移動したら、左上の"
" :guilabel:`編集` をクリックして変更を加えます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:53
msgid ""
"To be tracked using lots or serial numbers, or to configure expiration "
"information, products *must* have their :guilabel:`Product Type` set as "
":guilabel:`Storable Product` under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab."
msgstr ""
"ロット番号やシリアル番号を使って追跡したり、有効期限情報を設定するには、プロダクトは :guilabel:`一般情報` タブの "
":guilabel:`プロダクトタイプ` が :guilabel:`保存可能なプロダクト` に設定されている必要があります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:57
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll down to the "
":guilabel:`Traceability` section. From here, make sure that either "
":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots` is checked."
msgstr ""
"次に :guilabel:`在庫` タブをクリックし、 :guilabel:`トレーサビリティ` セクションまでスクロールダウンします。ここから、 "
":guilabel:`固有のシリアル番号` または :guilabel:`ロット` のいずれかにチェックが入っていることを確認します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:61
msgid ""
"Once it is, a new :guilabel:`Expiration Date` checkbox appears that must "
"also be clicked. When both are enabled, a new :guilabel:`Dates` field "
"appears to the right."
msgstr ""
"有効化されると、新しい :guilabel:`有効期限日` チェックボックスが表示され、クリックする必要があります。両方が有効になると、右側に新しい "
":guilabel:`日付` フィールドが現れます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:65
msgid ""
"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or "
"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed in order "
"to assign lot numbers to the existing stock."
msgstr ""
"ロット番号またはシリアル番号によるトラッキングを活動する前に、プロダクトに在庫がある場合、既存の在庫にロット番号を割当て、在庫調整を行う必要がある場合があります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:70
msgid ""
"For processing large quantities of products on receipts or deliveries, it is"
" recommended to track using lots, so multiple products can be traced back to"
" the same lot, if any issues arise."
msgstr "大量のプロダクトを入荷や配送時に処理する場合は、ロットを使用して追跡することをお勧めします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1
msgid "Expiration dates configuration on the product form."
msgstr "プロダクトフォーム上の有効期限日設定。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:77
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Dates` field, there are four categories of expiration "
"information to configure for the product:"
msgstr "guilabel:`日付`フィールドには、プロダクトの有効期限情報を設定する4つのカテゴリーがあります:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:80
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Expiration Time`: the number of days after receiving products "
"(either from a vendor or in stock after production) in which goods may "
"become dangerous and should not be used or consumed."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`有効期限時間`: "
"プロダクト(仕入先または生産後の在庫)が入荷してから、商品が危険な状態になる可能性があり、使用または消費されるべきではない日数。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:82
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Best Before Time`: the number of days before the expiration date "
"in which the goods start deteriorating, **without** necessarily being "
"dangerous yet."
msgstr ":guilabel:`賞味期限`: 商品が劣化し始める期限までの日数。必ずしも危険である必要は**ない**。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:84
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Removal Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in "
"which the goods should be removed from stock."
msgstr ":guilabel:`払出時間`: 商品が在庫から取り除かれるべき有効期限日までの日数です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:86
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Alert Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in "
"which an alert should be raised on goods in a particular lot or containing a"
" particular serial number."
msgstr ":guilabel:`警告時間`: 特定のロットの商品、または特定のシリアル番号を含む商品に対して警告を発するべき有効期限日までの日数。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:90
msgid ""
"The values entered into these fields automatically compute the expiration "
"date for goods entered into stock, whether purchased from a vendor or "
"manufactured in-house."
msgstr ""
"これらのフィールドに入力された値は、仕入先から購入したものであれ、自社で製造したものであれ、在庫として入力された商品の有効期限日を自動的に計算します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:93
msgid ""
"Once all the expiration information has been configured, click "
":guilabel:`Save` to save all changes."
msgstr "全ての有効期限情報を設定したら、 :guilabel:`保存`をクリックして全ての変更を保存します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:96
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field is not populated with any values for "
"expiration information, dates (and lots) can be manually assigned upon "
"receipts and deliveries in and out of the warehouse. Even when assigned, "
"they can still be overwritten and changed manually if needed, as well."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`日付`フィールドに有効期限日情報の値が入力されていない場合、日付(とロット)は入出庫時に手動で割当てられます。割当てられた場合でも、必要に応じて手動で上書きしたり変更することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:101
msgid "Set expiration dates on receipts with lots & serial numbers"
msgstr "ロット番号とシリアル番号で領収書に有効期限日を設定"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:103
msgid ""
"Generating expiration dates for **incoming** goods can be done directly from"
" the purchase order. To create a purchase order, go to the "
":menuselection:`Purchase` app and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new "
"request for quotation (RFQ)."
msgstr ""
"**入荷** 品の有効期限は購買オーダから直接作成することができます。購買オーダを作成するには、 :menuselection:`購買` アプリに行き、"
" :guilabel:作成` をクリックして新しい見積依頼書(RFQ)を作成します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:107
msgid ""
"Then, fill out the information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and add "
"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a "
"product`."
msgstr ""
"次に、 :guilabel:`仕入先` を追加して情報を入力し、 :guilabel:`プロダクト` 明細に :guilabel:`プロダクトを追加` "
"をクリックしてプロダクトを追加します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:110
msgid ""
"Choose the desired quantity to order by changing the number in the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This "
"converts the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`数量`列の数字を変更してオーダする数量を選択し、:guilabel:`オーダ確認`をクリックします。これで "
":abbr:`RFQ(見積依頼書)` がオーダに変換されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:114
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the purchase order "
"to be taken to the warehouse receipt form."
msgstr "購買オーダの上部にある:guilabel:`入荷`スマートボタンをクリックすると、倉庫の入荷フォームに移動します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:118
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the "
"ordered product quantities causes a :guilabel:`User Error` popup to appear. "
"The popup requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products."
" The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` cannot be validated without an "
"assigned lot or serial number."
msgstr ""
"オーダ済プロダクトの数量にシリアル番号を割当てる前に :guilabel:`検証` をクリックすると、 :guilabel:`ユーザエラー` "
"ポップアップが表示されます。このポップアップでは、オーダ済プロダクトのロット番号またはシリアル番号を入力する必要があります。abbr:`RFQ(見積依頼)`"
" は割当てられたロット番号またはシリアル番号なしでは検証できません。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:0
msgid "User error popup when validating an order with no lot number."
msgstr "ロット番号のないオーダを検証する際のユーザエラーポップアップ。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:127
msgid ""
"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu (hamburger) icon "
"located on the far-right of the product line. When clicked, a "
":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up will appear."
msgstr ""
"ここから、プロダクトラインの右端にある :guilabel:`追加オプション` メニュー(ハンバーガー)のアイコンをクリックします。クリックすると "
":guilabel:`詳細オペレーション` ポップアップが表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:130
msgid ""
"In this pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and assign a lot or serial "
"number under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` field."
msgstr ""
"このポップアップで :guilabel:`明細を追加` をクリックし、 :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号名` "
"フィールドでロット番号またはシリアル番号を割当てます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:133
msgid ""
"An expiration date automatically populates, based on the configuration on "
"the product form (if previously configured)."
msgstr "有効期限は、プロダクトフォームの設定に基づいて自動的に入力されます(以前に設定されている場合)。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:137
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field on the product form has not been configured, "
"this date can be manually entered."
msgstr "プロダクトフォームの :guilabel:`日付` フィールドが設定されていない場合、この日付は手動で入力することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:140
msgid ""
"After the expiration date has been established, mark the :guilabel:`Done` "
"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Finally, "
"click :guilabel:`Validate`."
msgstr ""
"有効期限日が設定されたら、:guilabel:`完了`の数量をマークし、:guilabel:`確定`をクリックしてポップアップを閉じます。最後に "
":guilabel:`検証` をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1
msgid ""
"Detailed operations popup showing expiration dates for ordered products."
msgstr "オーダ済プロダクトの有効期限日を表示する詳細オペレーションポップアップ。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:147
msgid ""
"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the "
"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated "
":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` "
"document; the :guilabel:`Product` being traced; the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial "
"#`; and more."
msgstr ""
"入荷を検証すると :guilabel:`トレーサビリティ` "
"スマートボタンが表示されます。guilabel:`トレーサビリティ`スマートボタンをクリックすると、更新された "
":guilabel:`トレーサビリティレポート` が表示され、 :guilabel:`参照ドキュメント`、 "
":guilabel:`トレース対象のプロダクト`、 :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` などが表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:153
msgid "Set expiration dates on manufactured products"
msgstr "プロダクトの有効期限日の設定"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:155
msgid ""
"Expiration dates can also be generated for products manufactured in-house. "
"To assign expiration dates to manufactured products, a manufacturing order "
"(MO) needs to be completed."
msgstr ""
"有効期限日は、社内で製造されたプロダクトにも設定できます。製造されたプロダクトに有効期限日を割当てるには、製造オーダ(MO)を作成する必要があります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:158
msgid ""
"To create a :abbr:`MO (manufacturing order)`, go to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, "
"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Choose a product to manufacture from the "
":guilabel:`Product` field drop-down menu, then select the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` to produce."
msgstr ""
"abbr:`MO(製造オーダ)` を作成するには、 :menuselection:`製造アプリ --> オペレーション --> 製造オーダ` に進み、 "
":guilabel:作成` をクリックします。製造するプロダクトを :guilabel:`プロダクト` "
"フィールドのドロップダウンメニューから選択し、製造する :guilabel:`数量` を選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1
msgid "Manufacturing order for product with expiration date."
msgstr "有効期限日のあるプロダクトの製造オーダ。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:167
msgid ""
"To manufacture a product, there must be materials to consume in the lines in"
" the :guilabel:`Product` column. This can be achieved either by creating a "
":guilabel:`Bill of Material` for the :guilabel:`Product`, or manually adding"
" materials to consume by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`."
msgstr ""
"プロダクトを製造するには、 :guilabel:`プロダクト`列の明細に消費する材料がなければなりません。これは :guilabel:`プロダクト` の"
" :guilabel:`部品表` を作成するか、 :guilabel:`明細を追加` をクリックして消費する材料を手動で追加することで行えます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:172
msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr "準備ができたら :guilabel:`確認` をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:174
msgid ""
"Next to :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, either select an existing lot number "
"from the drop-down menu, or click the green :guilabel:`+` sign to "
"automatically assign a new lot number."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号`の横にあるドロップダウンメニューから既存のロット番号を選択するか、緑色の "
":guilabel:`+`記号をクリックして新しいロット番号を自動的に割当てます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:177
msgid ""
"Then, select a number of units for the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, and click"
" :guilabel:`Mark as Done`."
msgstr "次に、 :guilabel:`数量` フィールドの単位数を選択し、 :guilabel:`完了としてマーク` をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:180
msgid ""
"Click on the :guilabel:`External Link` icon in the assigned "
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field. A pop-up appears, revealing a detail "
"form for that specific number."
msgstr ""
"割当てられた :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` フィールドの :guilabel:`外部リンク` "
"アイコンをクリックします。ポップアップが表示され、その番号の詳細フォームが表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:183
msgid ""
"On that pop-up, under the :guilabel:`Dates` tab, all expiration information "
"that was previously configured for the product is displayed. That same "
"information is also available on the detail form for that specific product, "
"or by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial "
"Numbers`."
msgstr ""
"そのポップアップの :guilabel:`日付` "
"タブの下に、プロダクトに設定されている全ての有効期限情報が表示されます。同じ情報は、そのプロダクトの詳細フォームや、 "
":menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> ロット/シリアル番号` からも見ることができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1
msgid "Dates tab with expiration information for specific lot number."
msgstr "日付タブには、特定のロット番号の有効期限情報が表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:193
msgid "Sell products with expiration dates"
msgstr "有効期限日のあるプロダクトを販売する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:195
msgid ""
"Selling perishable products with expiration dates is done the same as any "
"other type of product. The first step in selling perishable products is to "
"create a sales order."
msgstr ""
"有効期限日のある生鮮品の販売は、他のタイプのプロダクトと同じように行います。生鮮プロダクトを販売する最初のステップは、販売オーダを作成することです。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:198
msgid ""
"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new "
"quotation, and fill out the information on the sales order form."
msgstr "そのためには :menuselection:`販売アプリ --> 作成` で新しい見積書を作成し、販売オーダフォームに情報を記入します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:201
msgid ""
"Add a :guilabel:`Customer`, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the "
"desired products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, and set a "
":guilabel:`Quantity` for the products."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`顧客` を追加し、 :guilabel:`プロダクトを追加` をクリックして、必要なプロダクトを :guilabel:`プロダクト`"
" 行に追加し、プロダクトの :guilabel:`数量` を設定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:204
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Delivery` "
"section, change the :guilabel:`Delivery Date` to a date after the expected "
"date, and click the :guilabel:`green checkmark` icon to confirm the date. "
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the sales order."
msgstr ""
"次に :guilabel:`他の情報` タブをクリックします。guilabel:`配送` セクションで、 :guilabel:`配送日` "
"を予定日以降の日付に変更し、 :guilabel:`緑チェックマーク` アイコンをクリックして日付を確定します。最後に :guilabel:`確認` "
"をクリックして販売オーダを確定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:208
msgid ""
"Next, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales "
"order to see the warehouse receipt form."
msgstr "次に、販売オーダの上部にある:guilabel:`配送`スマートボタンをクリックすると、倉庫の入荷フォームが表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:211
msgid ""
"On the warehouse receipt form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and then "
":guilabel:`Apply` in the accompanying pop-up window, to automatically "
"process all :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and deliver the products to the "
"customer."
msgstr ""
"倉庫入荷フォームで :guilabel:`検証` をクリックし、付属のポップアップウィンドウで :guilabel:`適用` をクリックすると、全ての "
":guilabel:`完了` 数量が自動的に処理され、プロダクトが顧客に配送されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:215
msgid ""
"If the products are delivered before the :guilabel:`Alert Date` set on the "
"product form, then no alerts will be created."
msgstr "プロダクトがプロダクトフォームで設定された :guilabel:`警告日` より前に配送された場合、警告は作成されません。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:219
msgid ""
"To sell perishable products with expiration dates, the :guilabel:`Removal "
"Strategy` for the :guilabel:`Location` the products are stored in must be "
"set to :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`. If there is not enough stock "
"of perishable products in one lot, Odoo will automatically take the "
"remaining quantity required from a second lot with the next-soonest "
"expiration date. Removal strategies can also be set on :guilabel:`Product "
"Categories`."
msgstr ""
"賞味期限のある生鮮食品を販売するには、プロダクトが保管されている :guilabel:`ロケーション` の :guilabel:`払出戦略` を "
":abbr:`FEFO "
"(有効期限先出)`に設定する必要があります。生鮮食品の在庫が1ロットで足りない場合、Odooは自動的に賞味期限が最も近い2番目のロットから必要な残量を取り出します。削除戦略は"
" :guilabel:`プロダクトカテゴリ` にも設定できます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:226
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:190
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:105
msgid ":doc:`../../shipping_receiving/removal_strategies`"
msgstr ":doc:`../../shipping_receiving/removal_strategies`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:229
msgid "View expiration dates for lots & serial numbers"
msgstr "ロット番号とシリアル番号の有効期限の表示"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:231
msgid ""
"To view (and/or group) all products with expiration dates by lot number, go "
"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`."
msgstr ""
"ロット番号で賞味期限のあるプロダクトを全て表示(および/またはグループ化)するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト "
"--> ロット/シリアル番号`にアクセスして下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:234
msgid ""
"Once there, remove any default search filters from the :guilabel:`Search...`"
" bar. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, choose :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`,"
" and select the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` parameter from the drop-down "
"menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the filter."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`検索...`バーからデフォルトの検索フィルタを削除します。次に、 :guilabel:`グループ化` をクリックし、 "
":guilabel:`カスタムグループを追加` を選択し、ドロップダウンメニューから :guilabel:`有効期限日` パラメータを選択します。最後に"
" :guilabel:`適用` をクリックしてフィルタを適用します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:238
msgid ""
"Doing so breaks down all perishable products, their expiration dates, and "
"the assigned lot number."
msgstr "その際、全ての生鮮プロダクト、その賞味期限、割当てられたロット番号を分解します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1
msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page."
msgstr "ロットとシリアル番号のページで有効期限ごとにグループ分け。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:245
msgid "Expiration alerts"
msgstr "有効期限アラート"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247
msgid ""
"To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products "
"--> Lots/Serial Numbers`."
msgstr ""
"有効期限アラートを表示するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> ロット/シリアル番号`にアクセスして下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249
msgid ""
"Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. "
"Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail "
"form, click the :guilabel:`Dates` tab to see all expiration information "
"related to the products."
msgstr ""
"次に、:guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号`の生鮮プロダクトをクリックします。そうすると、シリアル番号の詳細フォームが表示されます。シリアル番号の詳細フォームで、:guilabel:`日付`タブをクリックすると、プロダクトに関連する全ての有効期限日情報が表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:253
msgid ""
"To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the "
"form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or "
"earlier), and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
msgstr ""
"フォームを編集するには、フォームの左上にある :guilabel:`編集` をクリックし、 :guilabel:`有効期限日` "
"を今日の日付(またはそれ以前)に変更し、 :guilabel:`保存` をクリックして変更を保存します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:257
msgid ""
"After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration "
"Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are "
"either expired or expiring soon. From here, click back to the "
":guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` page (via the breadcrumbs)."
msgstr ""
"保存後、ロット番号フォームの上部に赤い :guilabel:`使用期限警告` "
"が表示され、このロットのプロダクトが期限切れか、またはもうすぐ期限切れになることを示します。ここから :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` "
"ページに(パンくずリストで)戻って下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:261
msgid ""
"To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that "
"are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the"
" :guilabel:`Search...` bar on the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard."
msgstr ""
"新しい有効期限アラート、または期限切れ(またはもうすぐ期限切れ)のプロダクトの有効期限アラートを表示するには、 "
":guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` ダッシュボードの :guilabel:`検索...` バーから検索フィルタを全て削除して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:265
msgid ""
"Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`."
msgstr "次に、 :guilabel:`フィルタ` をクリックし、 :guilabel:`有効期限アラート` を選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1
msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date."
msgstr "使用期限を過ぎたプロダクトの使用期限警告。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:3
msgid "Lot numbers"
msgstr "ロット番号"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:8
msgid ""
"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. They "
"typically represent a specific batch of products that were received, stored,"
" shipped, or manufactured in-house."
msgstr ""
"*ロット*はOdooでプロダクトを識別・追跡する2つの方法のうちの1つです。ロットは通常、入荷、保管、出荷、自社製造されたプロダクトの特定のバッチを表します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:11
msgid ""
"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products sharing common "
"properties, facilitating end-to-end traceability through their lifecycles."
msgstr ""
"メーカーは、共通の特性を持つプロダクトのグループにロット番号を割当て、ライフサイクルを通じたエンドツーエンドのトレーサビリティを容易にします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:14
msgid ""
"Lots are useful for managing large quantities of manufactured or received "
"products, aiding in tracing items back to their group, particularly for "
"product recalls or :doc:`expiration dates <expiration_dates>`."
msgstr ""
"ロットは、大量に製造された製品や入荷した製品を管理するのに便利で、特に製品のリコールや :doc:`使用期日 "
"<expiration_dates>`のために、アイテムをそのグループまで遡るのに役立ちます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:19
msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`"
msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24
msgid ""
"To track products by lots, enable the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature. Then,"
" configure each product to be tracked by serial numbers on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:30
msgid ""
"To track products using lots, enable the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature. Go"
" to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, "
"scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and tick the checkbox "
"next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
"ロットを使用してプロダクトを追跡するには、*ロットとシリアル番号*機能を有効にします。menuselection:在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> "
"管理設定`に進み、 :guilabel:`トレーサビリティ` セクションまでスクロールダウンし、 :guilabel:`ロット & "
"シリアル番号`の横にあるチェックボックスにチェックを入れます。そして :guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:36
msgid ":doc:`Tracking expiration dates <expiration_dates>`"
msgstr ":doc:`使用期日の追跡 <expiration_dates>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:37
msgid ""
":ref:`Print GS1 barcodes for lots and serial numbers "
"<barcode/operations/gs1-lots>`"
msgstr ":ref:`ロット番号とシリアル番号用のGS1バーコードの印刷 <barcode/operations/gs1-lots>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:46
msgid "Track by lots"
msgstr "ロットによる追跡"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:48
msgid ""
"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, configure "
"individual products to be tracked using lots. To do this, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and choose a "
"product to configure."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`ロット & シリアル番号`機能が有効化されたら、個々のプロダクトをロットを使って追跡するように設定します。これを行うには "
":menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> プロダクト` に行き、設定するプロダクトを選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:52
msgid ""
"On the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the "
":guilabel:`Traceability` section, select the :guilabel:`By Lots` option in "
"the :guilabel:`Tracking` field. Now, new or existing lot numbers can be "
"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product."
msgstr ""
"プロダクトフォームの :guilabel:`在庫` タブに移動します。guilabel:`トレーサビリティ` セクションの :guilabel:`追跡`"
" フィールドで :guilabel:`ロット` "
"オプションを選択します。これで、新規または既存のロット番号を、このプロダクトの新規入荷または製造バッチに割当てられます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:57
msgid ""
"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or "
"serial numbers, use an :doc:`inventory adjustment "
"<../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products>` to assign "
"lot numbers to existing products in stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1
msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form."
msgstr "プロダクトフォームのロット別追跡機能を有効にしました。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:66
msgid "Assign lots for shipping and receiving"
msgstr "入出荷ロットの割当"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:68
msgid ""
"Assign new lot numbers to :ref:`incoming goods "
"<inventory/product_management/assign-lots>` on the receipt form. When "
"shipping :ref:`outgoing goods <inventory/product_management/assign-lots-"
"delivery>`, select products with specific lot numbers on the delivery order "
"form."
msgstr ""
"入荷フォームで :ref:`入荷品 <inventory/product_management/assign-lots>` "
"に新しいロット番号を割当てます。ref:`出荷品 <inventory/product_management/assign-lots-"
"delivery>` を出荷する場合は、配送オーダフォームで特定のロット番号のプロダクトを選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:76
msgid "On receipts"
msgstr "入荷時"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:78
msgid ""
"Assigning new or existing lot numbers to incoming goods can be done directly"
" on receipts."
msgstr "入荷品への新規または既存のロット番号の割当ては、入荷時に直接行うことができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:80
msgid ""
"To begin, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app to `create and confirm "
"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=o_uI718P1Dc>`_ a |PO| for products tracked "
"by lot numbers. Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button that "
"appears at the top of the page to navigate to the warehouse receipt form."
msgstr ""
"まず、ロット番号で追跡されるプロダクトの 購買オーダ |PO| を  :menuselection:`購買` アプリで `作成して確認 "
"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=o_uI718P1Dc>`_ します。次に、ページ上部に表示される "
":guilabel:`入荷` スマートボタンをクリックして、倉庫入荷フォームに移動します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:86
msgid ""
"Alternatively, navigate to an existing receipt by going to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` app, clicking the :guilabel:`Receipts` Kanban "
"card, and choosing the desired receipt."
msgstr ""
"または、 :menuselection:`在庫`アプリに行き、 "
":guilabel:`入荷`かんばんカードをクリックし、希望の入荷を選択して、既存の入荷に移動します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:90
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number triggers a "
":guilabel:`User Error`, indicating that a lot number **must** be assigned "
"before validating the receipt."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0
msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup."
msgstr "ロット/シリアル番号のユーザエラーポップアップを追加しました。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:97
msgid ""
"On the receipt form, on the product line in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, "
"select the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon to the right of the product "
"that is tracked by lot numbers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:104
msgid "Show the bulleted list icon on the product line."
msgstr "プロダクト明細に箇条書きのアイコンを表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:104
msgid "The bulleted list icon on the product line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106
msgid ""
"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, where the "
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` and :guilabel:`Done` quantity are assigned."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:109
msgid ""
"The two ways to assign lot numbers are **manually** and **copy/paste**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:112
msgid "Manual assignment"
msgstr "手動割当"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:114
msgid ""
"To manually assign lot numbers, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and choose the"
" location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. "
"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and specify the "
":guilabel:`Done` quantity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:119
msgid ""
"To assign multiple lot numbers, or store to multiple locations, click "
":guilabel:`Add a line`, and type a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` for "
"additional quantities. Repeat until the total in the :guilabel:`Done` column"
" matches the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` at the top."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1
msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup."
msgstr "ロット番号の割当て詳細操作ポップアップ。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:128
msgid "Copy and paste"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:130
msgid ""
"From a spreadsheet with all of the lot numbers received from the supplier "
"(or manually chosen to assign upon receipt), click :guilabel:`Add a line`, "
"and proceed to copy and paste the lot numbers, in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial "
"Number` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1
msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet."
msgstr "エクセルのスプレッドシートにコピーされたロット番号のリスト。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142
msgid "Lot numbers copied to the lot number line."
msgstr "ロット番号明細にコピーされたロット番号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142
msgid ""
"Lot numbers copied to the lot number line, with each lot number on its own "
"line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:144
msgid ""
"After clicking away from the text field, Odoo automatically generates the "
"necessary lot number lines. The quantities in the :guilabel:`Done` column "
"match the first entry. Manually adjust the :guilabel:`To` locations and "
":guilabel:`Done` quantities for each lot number, as needed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:148
msgid ""
"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click "
":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up window. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Validate` on the receipt form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:152
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:201
msgid ""
":ref:`Traceability report for lot numbers <inventory/product_management/lot-"
"traceability>`"
msgstr ""
":ref:`ロット番号用のトレーサビリティレポート <inventory/product_management/lot-traceability>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:157
msgid "On delivery orders"
msgstr "配送オーダ時"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:159
msgid ""
"Odoo makes it possible to specify which lot numbers for a product are chosen"
" for outgoing shipment on a delivery order form."
msgstr "Odooでは配送オーダフォームでプロダクトのロット番号を指定して出荷することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:162
msgid ""
"To begin, create or select an existing quotation from the "
":menuselection:`Sales` app. After confirming the |SO|, the "
":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button becomes available. Click the "
":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt form for "
"that specific |SO|."
msgstr ""
"まず、:menuselection:`販売`アプリから見積を作成するか、既存の見積を選択します。SO|を確認すると、:guilabel:`配送`スマートボタンが利用可能になります。guilabel:`配送`スマートボタンをクリックすると、特定の|SO|の入荷フォームが表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:167
msgid ""
"Alternatively, navigate to delivery orders by going to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`"
" Kanban card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:170
msgid ""
"Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button opens the the delivery order "
"form, where lot numbers are picked for delivery. In the "
":guilabel:`Operations` tab, click the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon to"
" the right of the product that is tracked by lot numbers. Clicking that icon"
" reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:175
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, a "
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is chosen, with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` "
"quantity taken from that specific lot (if there is enough stock in that "
"particular lot)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:179
msgid ""
"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the "
":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity "
"in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the "
"total quantity."
msgstr ""
"そのロットに十分な在庫がない場合、または :guilabel:`需要`の部分的な数量を複数のロットから取る必要がある場合は、 "
":guilabel:`完了`列の数量を変更し、総数量の特定の部分のみを含めるようにします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:184
msgid ""
"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the "
"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO "
"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It also "
"depends on the ordered quantity, and whether the lot's on-hand quantity is "
"enough to fulfill the order."
msgstr ""
"配送オーダに自動的に選択されるロットは、選択された払出方針(:abbr:`FIFO (先入先出)`、:abbr:`LIFO (後入先出)`、または "
":abbr:`FEFO (使用期限順先出)`）によって異なります。また、オーダ数量やロットの手持在庫数量がオーダを満たすのに十分かどうかにも依存します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:192
msgid ""
"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select a different :guilabel:`Lot/Serial"
" Number`, apply the remaining :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and click "
":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up window. Lastly, click the "
":guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1
msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order."
msgstr "販売オーダにおけるソースロット番号の詳細オペレーションポップアップ。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:204
msgid "Lot management"
msgstr "ロット管理"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:206
msgid ""
"Manage and view existing lot numbers for products in the "
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` dashboard by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号`ダッシュボードでプロダクトの既存のロット番号を管理、表示するには :menuselection:`在庫アプリ "
"--> プロダクト --> ロット/シリアル番号` に進みます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:209
msgid ""
"By default, lot numbers are grouped by product, and selecting the drop-down "
"menu for each product displays the existing lot numbers. Select a lot number"
" to :ref:`modify or add details <inventory/product_management/edit-lot>` "
"linked to the lot. Lot numbers can also be :ref:`created "
"<inventory/product_management/create-new-lot>` from this page, by clicking "
"the :guilabel:`New` button."
msgstr ""
"デフォルトでは、ロット番号はプロダクトごとにグループ化されており、各プロダクトのドロップダウンメニューを選択すると、既存のロット番号が表示されます。ロット番号を選択すると、そのロットにリンクされている"
" :ref:`詳細を変更または追加<inventory/product_management/edit-"
"lot>`することができます。また、このページから :guilabel:`新規` ボタンをクリックして、ロット番号を "
":ref:`作成<inventory/product_management/create-new-lot>` することもできます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:219
msgid "Show the \"Lot/Serial Number\" dashboard."
msgstr "\"ロット/シリアル番号\"ダッシュほーどを表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:219
msgid ""
"Display lot numbers, grouped by products, on the **Lot/Serial Number** "
"dashboard."
msgstr "**ロット/シリアル番号**ダッシュボードに、プロダクトごとにグループ化されたロット番号を表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:224
msgid "Modify lot"
msgstr "ロットを変更する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:226
msgid ""
"Clicking a lot from the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` dashboard reveals a "
"separate page where additional information can be provided about the lot."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号`ダッシュボードからロットをクリックすると、ロットに関する追加情報を提供できる別ページが表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:230
msgid ""
"Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to follow "
"the most recent number. However, it can be edited, by clicking the line "
"under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and changing the generated "
"number to any desired one."
msgstr ""
"Odooは最新の番号に続く新しい:guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号`を自動的に生成します。ただし、:guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号`フィールドの下の明細をクリックし、生成された番号を任意の番号に変更することで編集することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:234
msgid "On the lot number form, the following fields can be modified:"
msgstr "ロット番号フォームでは、以下のフィールドを変更することができます:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:236
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: Change the lot number linked to the "
":guilabel:`Product`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:237
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Internal Reference`: Records an alternative lot/serial number "
"used within the warehouse that differs from the one used by the supplier "
"manufacturer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:239
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: Specify the company where the lot number is available."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:240
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Description`: Add extra details about the lot or serial number in"
" this text field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:243
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`Quantity` fields **cannot** be "
"modified, as the lot numbers are linked with existing stock moves."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1
msgid "Show the lot number form."
msgstr "ロット番号フォームを表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:251
msgid ":doc:`Set expiration dates for lots <expiration_dates>`"
msgstr ":doc:`ロット用に使用期限を設定する <expiration_dates>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:256
msgid "Reserve lot number for a product"
msgstr "プロダクト用にロット番号を引当てる"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:258
msgid ""
"To create a lot number for a product, begin by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lot/Serial Numbers`, and "
"click :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""
"プロダクトのロット番号を作成するには、まず :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> ロット/シリアル番号` に行き、 "
":guilabel:`新規` をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262
msgid ""
"Creating a lot number reserves it for a product but **does not** assign it. "
"To assign lot numbers, refer to the section on :ref:`assigning lot numbers "
"on receipts <inventory/product_management/assign-lots>`."
msgstr ""
"ロット番号の作成はプロダクト用にロット番号を保留しますが、割当てを行い**ません**。ロット番号を割当てるには、 :ref:`入荷ロット番号の割当て "
"<inventory/product_management/assign-lots>` のセクションを参照して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:267
msgid ""
"While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to "
"follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired "
"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field "
"on the lot form, and changing the generated number."
msgstr ""
"Odooは自動的に新しい:guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号`を生成し、最新の番号に追従させますが、ロットフォームの:guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号`フィールドの下の行をクリックし、生成された番号を変更することで、任意の番号に編集・変更することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:271
msgid ""
"Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank "
"field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this "
"menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned."
msgstr ""
"新しい :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` が生成されたら、 :guilabel:`プロダクト` "
"の隣にある空欄をクリックしてドロップダウンメニューを表示します。このメニューから、この新しい番号を割り当てるプロダクトを選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:276
msgid "The lot number, `0000011`, is created for the product, `Drawer Black`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0
msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product."
msgstr "割当てプロダクトによる新規ロット番号作成フォーム。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:282
msgid ""
"After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired "
"product, the lot number is saved as an existing lot number linked to the "
"product, and can be selected when :ref:`assigning lot numbers to products on"
" a receipt <inventory/product_management/assign-lots>`, or when making an "
"inventory adjustment."
msgstr ""
"新しいロット番号が作成され、保存され、目的のプロダクトに割当てられた後、そのロット番号はプロダクトにリンクされた既存のロット番号として保存され、 "
":ref:`入荷時にプロダクトにロット番号を割当てる<inventory/product_management/assign-"
"lots>`時や在庫調整を行う時に選択することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:288
msgid ""
"After creating the lot number, `0000011` appears as an option for `Drawer "
"Black` when assigning lot numbers on the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` "
"page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0
msgid "Show how to assign serial numbers on the Inventory Adjustment page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:296
msgid "Manage lots for different operations types"
msgstr "様々なオペレーションに対応したロット管理"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:298
msgid ""
"By default, new lots can only be created when receiving products, and "
"existing lot numbers cannot be used. For sales orders, only existing lot "
"numbers can be utilized, and new ones cannot be created on the delivery "
"order."
msgstr ""
"デフォルトでは、新規ロットの作成はプロダクトの入荷時のみで、既存のロット番号は使用できません。販売オーダでは、既存のロット番号のみが利用可能で、配送オーダで新しいロット番号を作成することはできません。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:302
msgid ""
"To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation "
"type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Operations Types`, and select the desired operation type."
msgstr ""
"どのオペレーションタイプでも新しいロット番号（または既存のロット番号）を使用できるように変更するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ "
"--> 設定 --> オペレーションタイプ`に進み、希望するオペレーションタイプを選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:306
msgid ""
"On the operation type form, under the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` "
"section, tick the :guilabel:`Create New` checkbox to enable new lot numbers "
"to be created during this operation type. Choose :guilabel:`Use Existing "
"ones` if only existing lot numbers can be selected."
msgstr ""
"オペレーションタイプのフォームで、 :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` セクションの下にある :guilabel:` 新規作成` "
"チェックボックスにチェックを入れて、このオペレーションタイプで新規ロット番号を作成できるようにします。既存のロット番号しか選択できない場合は、 "
":guilabel:`既存のものを使用` を選択して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1
msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form."
msgstr "業務種別フォームのトレーサビリティ設定を有効にしました。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:315
msgid ""
"For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be "
"useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for"
" warehouse receipts."
msgstr ""
"ロットで追跡されるプロダクトを含む倉庫間移動の場合、倉庫のレシートで :guilabel:`既存のロット/シリアル番号を使用` "
"オプションを有効にすると便利です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:323
msgid ""
"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the "
"entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from, when it arrived, where it"
" was stored, who it went to (and when)."
msgstr ""
"製造業者や企業は、トレーサビリティレポートを参照することで、プロダクトのライフサイクル全体(どこから来たのか、いつ届いたのか、どこに保管されていたのか、誰に(いつ)渡ったのか)を確認することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:326
msgid ""
"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing "
"so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard."
msgstr ""
"プロダクトの完全なトレーサビリティを見る、またはロットごとにグループ化するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト -->"
" ロット/シリアル番号`に進みます。そうすると :menuselection:ロット/シリアル番号` ダッシュボードが表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:330
msgid ""
"From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by "
"default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have "
"assigned to them."
msgstr ""
"ここから、ロット番号が割当てられたプロダクトがデフォルトでリストされ、それらのプロダクトに割当てられたロット番号を表示するために拡張することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:333
msgid ""
"To group by lots, begin by removing any filters in the :guilabel:`Search...`"
" bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down menu, select "
":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from "
"the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:337
msgid ""
"Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded "
"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number."
msgstr "そうすることで、既存のロットとシリアル番号が全て表示され、その割当て番号を持つプロダクトの全数量を表示するように拡張することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1
msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report."
msgstr "ロット/シリアル番号のトレーサビリティレポート。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:345
msgid "Traceability report"
msgstr "トレーサビリティレポート"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:347
msgid ""
"To view a full stock moves report for a lot number, select the lot number "
"line from the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Number` dashboard. On the lot number "
"form, click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button."
msgstr ""
"ロット番号の完全な在庫移動レポートを表示するには、 :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` "
"ダッシュボードからロット番号明細を選択します。ロット番号フォームで :guilabel:`トレーサビリティ` スマートボタンをクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1
msgid "Show the Traceability Report for a lot, that displays the stock moves."
msgstr "在庫の動きを表示するロットのトレーサビリティレポートを表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:356
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:319
msgid ":doc:`../product_tracking`"
msgstr ":doc:`../product_tracking`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:3
msgid "Use serial numbers to track products"
msgstr "シリアル番号によるプロダクトの追跡"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:5
msgid ""
"*Serial numbers* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in "
"Odoo. A serial number is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or "
"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items"
" and products."
msgstr ""
"*シリアル番号*はOdooでプロダクトを識別・追跡する2つの方法のうちの1つです。シリアル番号はアイテムやプロダクトに割当てられた一意の識別子で、他のアイテムやプロダクトと区別するために使用されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:9
msgid ""
"Serial numbers can consist of many different types of characters: they can "
"be strictly numerical, they can contain letters and other typographical "
"symbols, or they can be a mix of all of the above."
msgstr ""
"シリアル番号は、厳密に数字で構成されるもの、文字やその他の記号で構成されるもの、上記の全てが混在するものなど、様々な種類の文字で構成されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:12
msgid ""
"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure "
"that every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply"
" chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-"
"sales services to products that they sell and deliver."
msgstr ""
"個々のプロダクトに通し番号を割当てる目的は、サプライチェーンを通過する際、全てのアイテムの履歴を確実に識別できるようにすることです。これは、販売・納入したプロダクトにアフターサービスを提供するメーカーにとって特に有用です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:17
msgid ""
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots`"
msgstr ""
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:22
msgid ""
"To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial "
"Numbers` feature must be enabled. To enable this, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down "
"to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click the box next to "
":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Remember to click the :guilabel:`Save` "
"button to save changes."
msgstr ""
"シリアル番号を使ってプロダクトを追跡するには、 :guilabel:`ロット& シリアル番号` 機能を有効にする必要があります。これを有効にするには、 "
":menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に進み、 :guilabel:`トレーサビリティ` "
"セクションまでスクロールダウンし、 :guilabel:`ロット & シリアル番号` の横のボックスをクリックします。変更を保存するには "
":guilabel:`保存` ボタンをクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1
msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting."
msgstr "ロット/シリアル番号の設定を有効にします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:34
msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products"
msgstr "プロダクトのシリアル番号追跡の設定"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:36
msgid ""
"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, "
"individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure "
"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and "
"choose a desired product to track."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`ロット & シリアル番号`設定を活動させると、個々のプロダクトをシリアル番号を使って追跡できるようになります。これを設定するには、 "
":menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> プロダクト` に行き、追跡したいプロダクトを選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:40
msgid ""
"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the "
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab."
msgstr "プロダクトフォームで :guilabel:`編集` をクリックし、 :guilabel:`在庫` タブをクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:42
msgid ""
"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the "
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` "
"section. Then, select the :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` option, and "
"click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes. Existing or new serial numbers "
"can now be selected and assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches "
"of this product."
msgstr ""
"プロダクトフォームで :guilabel:`編集` をクリックし、 :guilabel:`在庫` タブに移動し、 "
":guilabel:`トレーサビリティ` セクションまでスクロールします。次に、 :guilabel:`固有のシリアル番号` オプションを選択し、 "
":guilabel:`保存` "
"をクリックして変更を保存します。これで、既存または新規のシリアル番号を選択し、このプロダクトの新規受領または製造バッチに割り当てることができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1
msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form."
msgstr "プロダクトフォームでシリアル番号の追跡を可能にしました。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:52
msgid ""
"If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-"
"up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock"
" have no lot/serial number. However, a lot/serial number can be assigned to "
"the product by making an inventory adjustment."
msgstr ""
"プロダクトにシリアル番号が割当てられていない場合、ユーザエラーのポップアップウィンドウが表示されます。エラーメッセージには、在庫のプロダクトにロット/シリアル番号がないことが記載されています。ただし、在庫調整を行うことで、プロダクトにロット/シリアル番号を割当てることができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:57
msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock"
msgstr "すでに在庫のあるプロダクトに新しいシリアルナンバーを作成します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:59
msgid ""
"New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no "
"assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so "
"reveals a blank lots/serial numbers form. On this form, a new "
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
"すでに在庫があり、割当てのないプロダクトに対して新しいシリアル番号を作成することができます。これを行うには :menuselection:`在庫 -->"
" プロダクト --> ロット/シリアル番号` に行き、 :guilabel:`作成` "
"をクリックします。空白のロット/シリアル番号フォームが表示されます。このフォームでは、新しい :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` "
"が自動的に生成されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:65
msgid ""
"While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the "
"most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by "
"clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and "
"changing the generated number."
msgstr ""
"Odooは最新の番号に続く新しいロット/シリアル番号を自動的に生成しますが、:guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号`フィールドの下の行をクリックし、生成された番号を変更することで、任意の番号に編集・変更することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:69
msgid ""
"Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field "
"next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, "
"select the product to which this new number will be assigned."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号`が生成されたら、:guilabel:`プロダクト`の隣にある空欄をクリックしてドロップダウンメニューを表示します。このメニューから、この新しい番号を割り当てるプロダクトを選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:73
msgid ""
"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to "
"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability "
"purposes), and to assign this specific lot/serial number configuration to a "
"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-"
"website environment)."
msgstr ""
"このフォームでは、 :guilabel:`数量` を調整したり、一意の :guilabel:`内部参照` 番号を割当てたり(トレーサビリティのため)、 "
":guilabel:`ウェブサイト` "
"フィールドでこの特定のロット/シリアル番号設定を特定のウェブサイトに割当てるオプションも提供します(複数のウェブサイト環境で作業している場合)。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:78
msgid ""
"A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added "
"in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below."
msgstr "この特定のロット/シリアル番号の詳細な説明は、下の :guilabel:`説明` タブに追加することもできます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:81
msgid ""
"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` "
"button to save all changes."
msgstr "全ての設定が完了したら、 :guilabel:`保存`ボタンをクリックして全ての変更を保存します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1
msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock."
msgstr "既存のプロダクト在庫に新しいシリアル番号を作成。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:87
msgid ""
"After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product,"
" and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to "
":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the product that this "
"newly-created serial number was just assigned to."
msgstr ""
"新しいシリアル番号が作成され、希望のプロダクトに割当てられ、保存された後、プロダクトフォームに戻り、 :menuselection:`プロダクト -->"
" プロダクト`に進み、新しく作成されたシリアル番号が割当てられたプロダクトを選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:91
msgid ""
"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` "
"smart button to view the new serial number."
msgstr ""
"そのプロダクトの詳細フォームで :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` スマートボタンをクリックすると、新しいシリアル番号が表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:95
msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving"
msgstr "配送と入荷時のシリアル番号管理"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:97
msgid ""
"Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods."
" For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase "
"order form. For outgoing goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the "
"sales order form."
msgstr ""
"シリアル番号は **入荷** 品と **出荷** "
"品の両方に割当てられます。入荷品の場合、シリアル番号は購買オーダフォームで直接割当てられます。出荷品の場合、シリアル番号は販売オーダフォームで直接割当てられます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:102
msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:104
msgid ""
"Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the"
" purchase order (PO)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:106
msgid ""
"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase "
"app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) "
"form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:109
msgid ""
"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, fill out the necessary "
"information, by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and by adding the desired "
"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a "
"product`, under the :guilabel:`Products` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:113
msgid ""
"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number "
"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:116
msgid ""
"When the necessary configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm "
"Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a "
"purchase order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:119
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the "
"warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:123
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the "
"ordered product quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to "
"appear. The pop-up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered "
"products. The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated "
"without a serial number being assigned."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1
msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry."
msgstr "シリアル番号の入力を促すユーザエラーのポップアップ。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:132
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:230
msgid ""
"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a "
"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the "
":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). "
"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up."
msgstr ""
"ここから :guilabel:`オペレーション` タブの :guilabel:`単位` カラムの右側にある4本の横線のアイコンで表される "
":guilabel:`追加オプション` メニューをクリックします。このアイコンをクリックすると :guilabel:`詳細オペレーション` "
"ポップアップが表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:136
msgid ""
"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the "
"assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the "
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, located at the bottom of the pop-"
"up."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:140
msgid ""
"There are three ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, "
"automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from"
" a spreadsheet."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:144
msgid "Assign serial numbers manually"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:146
msgid ""
"To assign serial numbers manually, click :guilabel:`Add a line` from the "
":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where "
"the product will be stored under the :guilabel:`To` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:150
msgid ""
"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the "
":guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:153
msgid ""
"Repeat this process for the quantity of products shown in the "
":guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field "
"displays the correct (matching) number of products processed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:157
msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically"
msgstr "シリアル番号の自動割当て"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:159
msgid ""
"If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to "
"them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of "
"the individual products."
msgstr ""
"大量のプロダクトに個別のシリアル番号を割当てる必要がある場合、Odooは自動的にシリアル番号を生成し、個々のプロダクトに割当てることができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:162
msgid ""
"To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the "
":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial "
"number in the desired order to be assigned."
msgstr ""
"そのためには、 :guilabel:`詳細オペレーション` ポップアップウィンドウの :guilabel:`最初のシリアル番号` "
"フィールドから始め、割当てたい順番の最初のシリアル番号を入力して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:165
msgid ""
"Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items "
"that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them."
msgstr ""
"次に、 :guilabel:`Number of SN` "
"フィールドに、新しく生成された固有のシリアル番号を割当てなければならないアイテムの総数を入力します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:168
msgid ""
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate "
"with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products."
msgstr ""
"最後に :guilabel:`シリアル番号を割当てる` をクリックすると、オーダーしたプロダクトの数量に合った新しいシリアル番号がリストに表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1
msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup."
msgstr "詳細オペレーションポップアップでのシリアル番号を自動割当て。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:176
msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet"
msgstr "スプレッドシートからシリアル番号をコピー/ペーストする"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:178
msgid ""
"To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first "
"populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the "
"supplier (or manually chosen upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the"
" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create "
"the necessary number of lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the "
"column."
msgstr ""
"既存のスプレッドシートからシリアル番号をコピー＆ペーストするには、まずサプライヤーから入荷した(または入荷時に手動で選択した)シリアル番号を全てスプレッドシートに入力します。次に、そのシリアル番号をコピーして"
" :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号名` 列に貼付けます。Odooは列に貼付けられた数字の量に応じて、必要な行数を自動的に作成します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:183
msgid ""
"From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can "
"be manually entered in each of the serial number lines."
msgstr ""
"ここから、 :guilabel:`宛先`の場所と :guilabel:`完了`の量をそれぞれのシリアル番号の行に手動で入力することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1
msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet."
msgstr "エクセルスプレッドシートにコピーされたシリアル番号リスト"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:191
msgid ""
"For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, "
"the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign "
"serial numbers using the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` button located on"
" the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`. This prevents any serial numbers from "
"being reused or duplicated, and improves traceability reporting."
msgstr ""
"大量のプロダクトを受け取るオーダでは、 :abbr:`PO(購買オーダ)`にある :guilabel:`シリアル番号を割当てる` "
"ボタンを使って自動的にシリアル番号を割当てます。これにより、シリアル番号の再使用や重複を防ぎ、トレーサビリティレポートを改善することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:196
msgid ""
"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the "
":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Validate`."
msgstr ""
"全てのプロダクトにシリアル番号が割当てられたら、 :guilabel:`確認` ボタンをクリックしてポップアップを閉じます。次に "
":guilabel:`検証` をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:199
msgid ""
"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt."
" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated "
":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` "
"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial "
"#`, and more."
msgstr ""
"入荷を確認すると :guilabel:`トレーサビリティ` "
"スマートボタンが表示されます。guilabel:`トレーサビリティ`スマートボタンをクリックすると、更新された "
":guilabel:`トレーサビリティレポート` が表示され、 :guilabel:`参照ドキュメント`、トレース対象の "
":guilabel:`プロダクト`、 :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` などが表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:204
msgid ""
"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click "
":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A "
":guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the "
"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated "
":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` "
"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial "
"#`, and more."
msgstr ""
"全てのプロダクトにシリアル番号が割当てられたら、 :guilabel:`確認`をクリックしてポップアップを閉じ、 "
":guilabel:`検証`をクリックします。入荷を確認すると :guilabel:`トレーサビリティ` "
"スマートボタンが表示されます。guilabel:`トレーサビリティ` スマートボタンをクリックすると、更新された "
":guilabel:`トレーサビリティレポート` が表示されます。このレポートには、 :guilabel:`参照` ドキュメント、トレース対象の "
":guilabel:`プロダクト` 、 :guilabell:`ロット/シリアル番号` などが含まれます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:211
msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders"
msgstr "配送オーダ上でシリアル番号を管理する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:213
msgid ""
"Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the"
" sales order (SO)."
msgstr "販売オーダ(SO)から直接、**出荷** 品にシリアル番号を割当てます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:215
msgid ""
"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing "
"so reveals a new, blank quotation form. On this blank quotation form, fill "
"out the necessary information, by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding "
"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines (in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` "
"tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`."
msgstr ""
"SO(販売オーダ)`を作成するには、 :menuselection:`販売` アプリに移動し、 :guilabel:`作成` "
"ボタンをクリックします。そうすると、新しい空白の見積フォームが表示されます。この空白の見積フォームで、必要な情報を入力します。 "
":guilabel:`顧客` を追加し、 :guilabel:`オーダ明細` タブの :guilabel:`プロダクト` 明細にプロダクトを追加します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:221
msgid ""
"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` column."
msgstr "次に、 :guilabel:`数量` 列の数字を変更して、販売する数量を選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:223
msgid ""
"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button"
" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation "
"becomes an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button"
" appears."
msgstr ""
"見積の入力が完了したら、見積を確定するために :guilabel:`確認` ボタンをクリックします。見積が確定されると、見積は "
":abbr:`SO（販売オーダ）` となり、 :guilabel:`配送` スマートボタンが表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:227
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt "
"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`."
msgstr "guilabel:`納品`スマートボタンをクリックすると、その特定の :abbr:`SO (販売オーダ)` の倉庫入荷が表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:234
msgid ""
"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, "
"with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with "
"their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)."
msgstr ""
"ポップアップでは、デフォルトで :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` が選択され、合計 :guilabel:`予約済` "
"数量の各プロダクトが固有のシリアル番号とともに表示されます(ほとんどの場合、順番に表示されます)。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:238
msgid ""
"To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under"
" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial "
"number. Then, mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and click "
":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up."
msgstr ""
"プロダクトのシリアル番号を手動で変更するには、 :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` "
"の下にあるドロップダウンメニューをクリックし、希望のシリアル番号を選択(または入力)します。その後、 :guilabel:`完了済` の数量をマークし、"
" :guilabel:`確認` をクリックしてポップアップを閉じます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:242
msgid ""
"Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products."
msgstr "最後に :guilabel:`検証` ボタンをクリックしてプロダクトを配信します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1
msgid "Serial numbers listed in detailed operations popup."
msgstr "詳細オペレーションポップアップに表示されるシリアル番号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:248
msgid ""
"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button "
"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated "
":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` "
"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and "
"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned."
msgstr ""
"配送オーダを確認すると、 :guilabel:`トレーサビリティ` "
"スマートボタンが表示されます。guilabel:`トレーサビリティ`スマートボタンをクリックすると、更新された "
":guilabel:`トレーサビリティレポート` が表示されます。このレポートには、 :guilabel:`参照ドキュメント`、トレース対象の "
":guilabel:`プロダクト`、 :guilabel:`日付`、割当済の :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` が含まれます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:253
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`"
" receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product "
"quantities shared a serial number assigned during receipt of that specific "
":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`トレーサビリティレポート`は、プロダクトの数量が特定の :abbr:`PO(購買オーダ)` "
"の入荷時に割当てられたシリアル番号を共有している場合、以前の購買オーダ(PO)の :guilabel:`参照` 入荷を含めることもできます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:258
msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types"
msgstr "オペレーションタイプ別のシリアル番号管理"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:260
msgid ""
"By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon "
"**receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers "
"cannot be used. For sales orders, the opposite is true: new serial numbers "
"cannot be created on the delivery order, only existing serial numbers can be"
" used."
msgstr ""
"Odooのデフォルトでは、新しいシリアル番号の作成はオーダからのプロダクト**入荷**時のみ許可されます。**既存のシリアル番号は使用できません。販売オーダではその逆で、配送オーダで新しいシリアル番号を作成することはできません。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:265
msgid ""
"To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any "
"operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`."
msgstr ""
"どのオペレーションタイプでも新しい(または既存の)シリアル番号を使用できるようにするには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 "
"--> オペレーションタイプ` に進み、必要な :guilabel:`オペレーションタイプ` を選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:269
msgid ""
"For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the "
":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial "
"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Receipts` from the "
":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then "
"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial "
"Numbers` option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the"
" :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`オペレーションタイプ` ページにある :guilabel:`入荷` オペレーションタイプの "
":guilabel:`既存のロット/シリアル番号を使用` オプションを有効にするには、.guilabel:`オペレーションタイプ` ページから "
":guilabel:`入荷` を選択して :guilabel:`編集` をクリックし、 :guilabel:`既存のロット/シリアル番号を使用` "
"の横にあるチェックボックスをクリックします： guilabel:`オペレーションタイプ`ページから :guilabel:`入荷`を選択し、 "
":guilabel:`編集`をクリックし、 :guilabel:`トレーサビリティ`セクションの "
":guilabel:`既存のロット/シリアル番号を使用する`オプションの横のチェックボックスをクリックします。最後に :guilabel:`保存` "
"ボタンをクリックして変更を保存します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:275
msgid ""
"For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the "
":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial "
"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` "
"from the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and "
"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` "
"option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Be sure to click "
":guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`オペレーションタイプ` ページにある :guilabel:`配送オーダ` オペレーションタイプでは、 "
":guilabel:`新規ロット/シリアル番号を作成` オプションを有効にすることができます： guilabel:`オペレーションタイプ` ページから "
":guilabel:`配送オーダ` を選択し、 :guilabel:`編集` をクリックして :guilabel:`新規ロット/シリアル番号` "
"オプションの横にあるチェックボックスをクリックします(:guilabel:`トレーサビリティ` セクション内)。必ず :guilabel:`保存` "
"をクリックして変更を保存して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1
msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form."
msgstr "オペレーションタイプフォームのトレーサビリティ設定を有効にしました。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:286
msgid "Serial number traceability"
msgstr "シリアル番号トレーサビリティ"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:288
msgid ""
"Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the"
" entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was "
"stored, and who it went to."
msgstr ""
"製造業者や企業は、トレーサビリティレポートを参照することで、プロダクトのライフサイクル全体(いつ、どこから来て、どこに保管され、誰に渡ったのか)を確認することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:291
msgid ""
"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to"
" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing "
"so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard."
msgstr ""
"プロダクトの完全なトレーサビリティを見る、またはシリアル番号でグループ化するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト "
"--> ロット/シリアル番号` に進みます。そうすると :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` ダッシュボードが表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:295
msgid ""
"From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by "
"default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been "
"specifically assigned to them."
msgstr ""
"ここから、シリアル番号が割当てられたプロダクトがデフォルトで一覧表示され、拡張してどのシリアル番号が割当てられたかを表示することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:298
msgid ""
"To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from "
"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, "
"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down "
"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, "
"and click :guilabel:`Apply`."
msgstr ""
"シリアル番号(またはロット)でグループ分けをするには、まず右上の検索バーからデフォルトのフィルタを全て外します。次に、 "
":guilabel:`グループ化` をクリックし、 :guilabel:`カスタムグループを追加` "
"を選択すると、ミニドロップダウンメニューが表示されます。このミニドロップダウンメニューから :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` を選択し、 "
":guilabel:`適用` をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:303
msgid ""
"Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded "
"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique "
"serial numbers that are not reused, there should be just one product per "
"serial number."
msgstr ""
"そうすることで、既存のシリアル番号とロットが全て表示され、その割当て番号を持つプロダクトの全ての数量を表示するように拡張することができます。再利用されないユニークなシリアル番号の場合、1つのシリアル番号につきプロダクトは1つだけであるべきです。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1
msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists."
msgstr "ドロップダウンリストによるシリアル番号のレポートページ。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:312
msgid ""
"For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot "
"number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific "
"serial number's :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From this form, click the "
":guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart buttons to see all "
"stock on-hand using that serial number, and any operations made using that "
"serial number."
msgstr ""
"個々のシリアル番号(またはロット番号)に関する追加情報については、シリアル番号の行項目をクリックすると、そのシリアル番号の "
":guilabel:`シリアル番号` フォームが表示されます。このフォームから :guilabel:`ロケーション` と "
":guilabel:`トレーサビリティ` "
"スマートボタンをクリックすると、そのシリアル番号を使用した手持ちの在庫や、そのシリアル番号を使用したオペレーションを全て確認することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving.rst:5
msgid "Shipping and receiving"
msgstr "配送と入荷"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:6
msgid "Inbound and outbound flows"
msgstr "インバウンド・アウトバンドフロー"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:8
msgid ""
"There are several ways to handle how a warehouse receives products "
"(receipts) and ships products (deliveries). Depending on several factors, "
"such as the type of products stocked and sold, warehouse size, and the "
"amount of daily confirmed receipts and delivery orders, the way products are"
" handled when coming in and out of the warehouse can vary a lot. Different "
"settings can be configured for receipts and deliveries; they do not have to "
"be configured to have the same number of steps."
msgstr ""
"倉庫へのプロダクトの入荷 (入荷) と出荷 (配送) の処理方法にはいくつかの方法があります。 "
"在庫および販売する商品の種類、倉庫の規模、日次で確定する入荷オーダと配送オーダの量など、いくつかの要因によって、プロダクトの入出庫の処理方法は大きく異なります。"
" 入荷と配送に対して異なる設定を行うことができます。同じステップ数で設定する必要はありません。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:15
msgid ""
"`Using Routes (eLearning Tutorial) <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/using-"
"routes-1018>`_"
msgstr ""
"`ルートを使用する(eラーニングチュートリアル) <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/using-"
"routes-1018>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:16
msgid ""
"`Push & Pull Rules (eLearning Tutorial) "
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/push-pull-rules-1024>`_"
msgstr ""
"`プッシュ& プル規則 (eラーニングチュートリアル) <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/push-pull-"
"rules-1024>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:20
msgid "Choosing the right inventory flow to handle receipts and deliveries"
msgstr "入荷と出荷を処理するための適切な在庫フローの選択"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:22
msgid ""
"By default, Odoo handles shipping and receiving in three different ways: in "
"one, two, or three steps. The simplest configuration is one step, which is "
"the default. Each additional step required for a warehouse for either the "
"receiving or shipping process will add an additional layer of operations to "
"perform before a product is either received or shipped. These configurations"
" depend entirely on the requirements for the products stored, such as "
"performing quality checks on received products, or using special packaging "
"on shipped products."
msgstr ""
"デフォルトでは、Odooは出荷と入荷を3つの異なる方法で処理します。最もシンプルな設定は1ステップで、これがデフォルトです。倉庫で入荷または出荷プロセスに追加のステップが必要な場合は、プロダクトの入荷または出荷される前に実施するオペレーションが追加されます。これらの設定は、保管するプロダクトの要件に完全に依存します。例えば、入荷したプロダクトの品質チェックの実施や、出荷するプロダクトに特別なパッケージングを使用するなどです。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:30
msgid "One-step flow"
msgstr "1ステップフロー"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:32
msgid ""
"The receiving and shipping rules for a one-step configuration are as "
"follows:"
msgstr "1ステップ構成での入出荷規則は以下の通りです:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:34
msgid ""
"**Receipt**: Receive products directly into stock. No intermediate steps "
"between receipt and stock occur, such as a transfer to a quality control "
"location."
msgstr "**入荷**:プロダクトを直接在庫として入荷します。品質チェック場所への転送など、入荷と在庫の間に中間ステップは発生しません。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:36
msgid ""
"**Shipping**: Ship products directly from stock. No intermediate steps "
"between stock and shipping occur, such as a transfer to a packing location."
msgstr "**配送**: 在庫から直接プロダクトを出荷します。在庫から出荷までの間、梱包場所への転送などの中間ステップは発生しません。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:38
msgid ""
"Can only be used if not using :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, "
":abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First "
"Out)` removal strategies."
msgstr ""
":abbr:`FIFO (先入先出)`, :abbr:`LIFO (後入先出)`, または :abbr:`FEFO (使用期限順先出)` "
"の払出方針を使用していない場合にのみ使用可能です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:40
msgid "Receipts and/or deliveries are handled quickly."
msgstr "入荷および/または出荷は素早く処理されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:41
msgid ""
"Recommended for small warehouses with low stock levels, and for non-"
"perishable items."
msgstr "在庫レベルの低い小規模な倉庫や生鮮食品以外の商品にお勧めです。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:42
msgid "Items are received or shipped directly into/from stock."
msgstr "商品は在庫から直接入荷または出荷されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:45
msgid ":doc:`daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step`"
msgstr ":doc:`daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:48
msgid "Two-step flow"
msgstr "2ステップフロー"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:50
msgid ""
"The receiving and shipping rules for a two-step configuration are as "
"follows:"
msgstr "2ステップ構成の場合の入出荷規則は以下の通りです:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:52
msgid ""
"**Input + stock**: Bring products to an input location *before* moving into "
"stock. Products can be organized by different internal storage locations, "
"such as various shelves, freezers, and locked areas, before being stocked in"
" the warehouse."
msgstr ""
"**入力 + 在庫**: 在庫に入れる "
"*前*に、プロダクトを入力場所に移動します。プロダクトは、倉庫に保管される前に、さまざまな棚、冷凍庫、施錠されたエリアなど、異なる内部保管場所に整理することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:55
msgid ""
"**Pick + ship**: Bring products to an output location before shipping. "
"Packages can be organized by different carriers or shipping docks before "
"being shipped."
msgstr "**ピック + 出荷**: 出荷前にプロダクトを出荷場所に移動します。出荷前に、梱包を運送会社や配送ドックごとに整理することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:57
msgid ""
"Minimum requirement to use lot numbers or serial numbers to track products "
"with a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`"
" or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy."
msgstr ""
":abbr:`FIFO (先入先出)`, :abbr:`LIFO (後入先出)` または :abbr:`FEFO (使用期限順先出)` "
"払出方針のプロダクトを追跡するためのロット番号またはシリアル番号を使用するための最小条件。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:60
msgid ""
"Recommended for larger warehouses with high stock levels, or when stocking "
"large items (such as mattresses, large furniture, heavy machinery, etc.)."
msgstr "在庫量が多い大型倉庫、または大型商品(マットレス、大型家具、重機など)の在庫管理に最適です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:62
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:83
msgid ""
"Products received will not be available for manufacturing, shipping, etc., "
"until they are transferred into stock."
msgstr "入荷プロダクトは、在庫に振替えられる(運送される)まで製造・出荷等ができません。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:66
msgid ":doc:`daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps`"
msgstr ":doc:`daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:69
msgid "Three-step flow"
msgstr "3ステップフロー"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:71
msgid ""
"The receiving and shipping rules for a three-step configuration are as "
"follows:"
msgstr "3ステップ構成の場合の入出荷規則は以下の通りです:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:73
msgid ""
"**Input + quality + stock**: Receive products at the input location, "
"transfer them to a quality control area, and move the ones that pass "
"inspection into stock."
msgstr "**受入+品質+在庫*: 受入場所でプロダクトを受取り、品質管理エリアに転送し、検査に合格したものを在庫に移動します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:75
msgid ""
"**Pick + pack + ship**: Pick products according to their removal strategy, "
"pack them in a dedicated packing area, and bring them to an output location "
"for shipping."
msgstr "**ピック+梱包+出荷**: 払出方針に従ってプロダクトをピッキングし、専用梱包エリアで梱包し、出荷用に出荷ロケーションへ運びます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:77
msgid ""
"Can be used when tracking products by lot or serial numbers when using a "
":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or "
":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy."
msgstr ""
":abbr:`FIFO (先入先出)`, :abbr:`LIFO (後入後出)`, または :abbr:`FEFO (使用期限順先出)` "
"払出方針を使用している際に、ロットまたはシリアル番号によってプロダクトを追跡する時に使用できます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:80
msgid "Recommended for very large warehouses with very high stock levels."
msgstr "在庫レベルの非常に高い大規模な倉庫にお勧めです。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:81
msgid ""
"Required for any warehouse needing to perform quality control inspections "
"before receiving items into stock."
msgstr "在庫品を入荷する前に品質管理検査を行う必要がある倉庫に必要です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:87
msgid ":doc:`daily_operations/receipts_three_steps`"
msgstr ":doc:`daily_operations/receipts_three_steps`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:88
msgid ":doc:`daily_operations/delivery_three_steps`"
msgstr ":doc:`daily_operations/delivery_three_steps`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:3
msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse"
msgstr "倉庫内のクロスドックの整理"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:5
msgid ""
"Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly "
"to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply"
" unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load "
"another truck."
msgstr ""
"クロスドッキングとは、入荷したプロダクトを在庫に入れず、直接顧客に配送することです。トラックを*クロスドック*エリアに降ろし、プロダクトを整理して別のトラックに積み込むだけです。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:13
msgid ""
"For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What"
" is cross-docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-"
"hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`_"
msgstr ""
"倉庫を整理する方法については、当社のブログをお読み下さい: `クロスドッキングとは？自分に活用できるか？  "
"<https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-"
"is-it-for-me-270>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:20
msgid ""
"In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and"
" activate the *Multi-Step Routes*."
msgstr "*在庫*アプリで、:menuselection:`設定 --> 管理設定`を開き、*複数ステップルート*を有効化します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:27
msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature."
msgstr "そうすることで、*保管場所*機能も有効になります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:29
msgid ""
"Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work "
"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse."
msgstr ""
"これで、*入荷*と*出荷*の両方が2ステップで動作するように設定されるはずです。設定を変更するには、 :menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定"
" --> 倉庫`に行き、倉庫を編集して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:36
msgid ""
"This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that "
"can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`."
msgstr "この変更により、*クロスドッキング*ルートが作成され、 :menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> ルート`にあります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:43
msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route"
msgstr "クロスドックルートでプロダクトを設定する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:45
msgid ""
"Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the "
"inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the "
"purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price "
"for it."
msgstr ""
"*クロスドックルート*を使用するプロダクトを作成し、在庫タブでルート*購買*と*クロスドック*を選択します。次に、購買タブで、プロダクトの仕入先を指定し、価格を設定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:55
msgid ""
"Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will "
"automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. "
"The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output "
"Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* "
"area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to "
"your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* "
"because we still need to order the product to our supplier."
msgstr ""
"プロダクトの販売オーダを作成し、確認します。Odooは自動的に販売オーダにリンクされる2つの運送を作成します。1つ目は*入荷ロケーション*から*出荷ロケーション*への転送で、*クロスドック*エリアでのプロダクトの移動に対応します。2つ目は、*出荷ロケーション*から*顧客ロケーションへの配送オーダです。どちらもまだサプライヤーにプロダクトをオーダする必要があるため、*他のオペレーション待ち*の状態です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:68
msgid ""
"Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that "
"has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the "
"products in the *Input Location*."
msgstr ""
"次に、*購買*アプリにアクセスして下さい。そこには、システムによって自動的にトリガされた購買オーダがあります。それを確認し、プロダクトを*入荷ロケーション*で入荷します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:77
msgid ""
"When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to "
"your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to "
"*Output*."
msgstr "プロダクトがサプライヤーから届いたら、最初の販売オーダに戻り、*入荷*から*出荷*への内部運送を検証することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:86
msgid ""
"The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too."
msgstr "配送オーダを処理する準備が整い、検証することも可能です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:3
msgid "Three-step delivery"
msgstr "3ステップ配送"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:5
msgid ""
"Some companies process large amounts of deliveries every day, many of which "
"include multiple products or require special packaging. To make this "
"efficient, a packing step is needed before shipping out products. For this, "
"Odoo has a three step process for delivering goods."
msgstr ""
"毎日大量の配送を処理する企業もあり、その多くは複数のプロダクトを含んでいたり、特別な梱包が必要だったりします。これを効率的に行うには、プロダクトを発送する前に梱包のステップが必要です。このため、Odooでは商品配送の3つのステップを用意しています。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:9
msgid ""
"In the default three-step delivery process, products that are part of a "
"delivery order are picked in the warehouse according to their removal "
"strategy, and brought to a packing zone. After the items have been packed "
"into the different shipments in the packing zone, they are brought to an "
"output location before being shipped. These steps can be modified if they do"
" not fit the needs of the business."
msgstr ""
"デフォルトの3ステップ配送プロセスでは、配送オーダの一部であるプロダクトは、払出方針に従って倉庫でピッキングされ、梱包ゾーンに運ばれます。商品は梱包ゾーンでさまざまな貨物に梱包された後、出荷前に出荷ロケーションに運ばれます。これらのステップは、ビジネスのニーズに合わない場合は変更することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:18
msgid ""
"To change delivery settings from :doc:`one step "
"<receipts_delivery_one_step>` to three steps, make sure the *Multi-Step "
"Routes* option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration"
" --> Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step "
"Routes` will also activate *Storage Locations*."
msgstr ""
"配送設定を :doc:`1ステップ <receipts_delivery_one_step>` から3ステップに変更するには、*複数ステップルート* "
"オプションが :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定 --> 倉庫` "
"で有効化されていることを確認して下さい。:guilabel:`複数ステップルート` は *保管場所* も有効化することに注意して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in inventory settings."
msgstr "在庫管理設定で複数ステップルートと保管場所を有効化します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:27
msgid ""
"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three step deliveries. To do "
"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`,"
" and click on the :guilabel:`warehouse` to edit. Then, select "
":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)` for "
":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`."
msgstr ""
"次に、倉庫を3ステップ配送用に設定する必要があります。これを行うには :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 倉庫` "
"に行き、編集する :guilabel:`倉庫` をクリックします。そして :guilabel:`配送` の "
":guilabel:`梱包して出荷用置場に移動後配送(3ステップ)` を選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
msgid "Set outgoing shipment option to deliver in three steps."
msgstr "3ステップで配送する発送オプションを設定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:36
msgid ""
"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal "
"locations: a *Packing Zone* (WH/Packing Zone), and *Output* (WH/Output). To "
"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Locations`, click on the :guilabel:`Location` to change, "
"and update the name."
msgstr ""
"3ステップの受取と配達を有効化すると、2つの新しい内部ロケーションが作成されます：*梱包ゾーン*(WH/梱包ゾーン)と*出荷*(WH/出荷)です。これらの場所の名前を変更するには、"
" :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> ロケーション`に行き、変更したい :guilabel:`ロケーション` "
"をクリックし、名前を更新します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:42
msgid "Deliver in three steps (pick + pack + ship)"
msgstr "3ステップで配送(ピッキング + 梱包 + 配送)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:45
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:89
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:139
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:35
msgid "Create a sales order"
msgstr "販売オーダを作成"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:47
msgid ""
"To create a new quote, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create`, "
"which reveals a blank quotation form. On the blank quotation form, select a "
":guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click "
":guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""
"新規見積を作成するには、 :menuselection:`販売アプリ --> 作成` に移動し、空白の見積フォームを表示します。空白の見積フォームで "
":guilabel:`顧客` を選択し、在庫可能な :guilabel:`プロダクト` を追加し、 :guilabel:`確認` をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:51
msgid ""
"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears in the top right of the "
"quotation form. Clicking it shows the picking order, packing order, and the "
"delivery order associated with the sales order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing three items\n"
"associated with it."
msgstr ""
"販売オーダを確認すると、それに関連した配送スマートボタンが\n"
"表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:60
msgid "Process a picking"
msgstr "ピッキングを実行"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:62
msgid ""
"The picking, packing, and delivery orders will be created once the sales "
"order is confirmed. To view these transfers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory"
" --> Operations --> Transfers`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Ready status for the pick operation while the packing and delivery operations are waiting\n"
"another operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:70
msgid ""
"The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must "
"be picked from stock before it can be packed. The status of the packing "
"order and delivery order will both be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`,"
" since the packing and delivery cannot happen until the picking is "
"completed. The status of the delivery order will only change to "
":guilabel:`Ready` when the packing has been marked :guilabel:`Done`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:76
msgid ""
"The receipt can also be found in the *Inventory* application. In the "
":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart "
"button in the :guilabel:`Pick` kanban card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:83
msgid ""
"Click on the picking to process. If the product is in stock, Odoo will "
"automatically reserve the product. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to mark the "
"picking as done, and complete the transfer to the :guilabel:`Packing Zone`. "
"Then the packing order will be ready. Since the documents are linked, the "
"products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the"
" packing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid "Validate the picking by clicking Validate."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:93
msgid "Process a packing"
msgstr "梱包を実行"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:95
msgid ""
"The packing order will be ready to be processed once the picking is "
"completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application "
":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart "
"button in the :guilabel:`Pack` kanban card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
msgid "The packing order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:103
msgid ""
"Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on "
":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing."
msgstr "販売オーダに関連付けられている梱包オーダをクリックし、 :guilabel:`検証`をクリックして梱包を完了します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Click Validate on the packing order to transfer the product from the packing zone to the\n"
"output location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:111
msgid ""
"Once the packing order is validated, the product leaves the "
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` location and moves to the :guilabel:`WH/Output` "
"location. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`."
msgstr ""
"梱包オーダが認証されると、プロダクトは :guilabel:`WH/梱包ゾーン` ロケーションを離れ、 :guilabel:`WH/出荷` "
"ロケーションに移動します。その後、ドキュメントのステータスは :guilabel:`完了` に変わります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:116
msgid "Process a delivery"
msgstr "配送を実行"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:118
msgid ""
"The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the packing is "
"completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application "
":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart "
"button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Delivery Orders Kanban view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:126
msgid ""
"Click on the delivery order associated with the sales order, then click on "
":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Click Validate on the delivery order to transfer the product from the output location to\n"
"the customer location."
msgstr ""
"配送オーダの検証をクリックし、プロダクトを出荷ロケーションから顧客ロケーションに\n"
"転送します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:134
msgid ""
"Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the "
":guilabel:`WH/Output` location and moves to the "
":guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of the document "
"will change to :guilabel:`Done`."
msgstr ""
"配送オーダが検証されると、プロダクトは :guilabel:`WH/出荷` ロケーションを離れ、 :guilabel:`取引先/顧客` "
"ロケーションに移動します。その後、ドキュメントのステータスは :guilabel:`完了` に変わります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:3
msgid "Use dropshipping to ship directly from suppliers to customers"
msgstr "ドロップシッピングを利用したサプライヤーから顧客への直接出荷"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:5
msgid ""
"Dropshipping is an order fulfillment strategy that allows sellers to have "
"items shipped directly from suppliers to customers. Normally, a seller "
"purchases a product from a supplier, stores it in their inventory, and ships"
" it to the end customer once an order is placed. With dropshipping, the "
"supplier is responsible for storing and shipping the item. This benefits the"
" seller by reducing inventory costs, including the price of operating "
"warehouses."
msgstr ""
"直送は、販売者が商品をサプライヤーから直接顧客に発送するオーダフルフィルメント戦略です。通常、販売者はサプライヤーからプロダクトを購入し、在庫として保管し、オーダが入るとエンド顧客に発送します。直送では、商品の保管と発送はサプライヤーが行います。これにより、販売者は倉庫の運営費などの在庫コストを削減することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:12
msgid "Configure products to be dropshipped"
msgstr "直送するプロダクトの設定"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:14
msgid ""
"To use dropshipping as a fulfillment strategy, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Purchase` app and select :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Logistics` heading, click the "
":guilabel:`Dropshipping` checkbox, and :guilabel:`Save` to finish."
msgstr ""
"フルフィルメント戦略として直送を使用するには、 :menuselection:`購買` アプリに移動し、 :menuselection:`設定 --> "
"管理設定` を選択します。guilabel:`物流`見出しの下にある :guilabel:`直送`チェックボックスをクリックし、 "
":guilabel:`保存` で完了です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:18
msgid ""
"Next, go to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, click :menuselection:`Products "
"--> Products` and choose an existing product or select :guilabel:`Create` to"
" configure a new one. On the :guilabel:`Product` page, make sure that the "
":guilabel:`Can be Sold` and :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkboxes are "
"enabled."
msgstr ""
"次に、 :menuselection:`販売` アプリに移動し、 :menuselection:`プロダクト --> プロダクト` "
"をクリックして既存のプロダクトを選択するか、 :guilabel:`作成` を選択して新しいプロダクトを設定します。guilabel:`プロダクト` "
"ページで、 :guilabel:`販売可能` と :guilabel:`購買可能` チェックボックスが有効になっていることを確認します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1
msgid ""
"Enable the \"Can be Sold\" and \"Can be Purchased\" checkboxes on the "
"product form."
msgstr "プロダクトフォームの \"販売可能\"と\"購買可能\"チェックボックスを有効にします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:27
msgid ""
"Click on the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a vendor and the price "
"that they sell the product for. Multiple vendors can be added, but the "
"vendor at the top of the list will be the one automatically selected for "
"purchase orders."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`購買`タブをクリックし、仕入先とプロダクトの販売価格を指定します。複数の仕入先を追加することもできますが、リストの一番上にある仕入先が購買オーダの際に自動的に選択されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1
msgid "The product form with a vendor specified."
msgstr "仕入先が指定されたプロダクトフォーム。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:35
msgid ""
"Finally, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the "
":guilabel:`Dropship` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section."
msgstr ""
"最後に :guilabel:`在庫` タブを選択し、 :guilabel:`ルート` セクションの :guilabel:`直送` "
"チェックボックスを有効にします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1
msgid "Enable the Dropship option in the product inventory tab."
msgstr "プロダクト在庫タブで直送オプションを有効にします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:43
msgid "Fulfill orders using dropshipping"
msgstr "直送を利用したオーダへの対応"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:45
msgid ""
"When a customer completes an online purchase for a dropshipped product, a "
"sales order will be automatically created with an associated request for "
"quotation (:abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`) for the supplier. Sales "
"orders can be viewed in the :menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting "
":menuselection:`Orders --> Orders`. Click the :guilabel:`Purchase` smart "
"button at the top right of a sales order to view the associated :abbr:`RFQ "
"(Request for Quotation)`."
msgstr ""
"顧客がオンラインで直送プロダクトの購買を完了すると、自動的に販売オーダが作成され、関連する仕入先への見積依頼(:abbr:`RFQ "
"(見積依頼)`)が作成されます。販売オーダは :menuselection:`販売` アプリで :menuselection:`オーダ --> オーダ`"
" を選択すると表示されます。販売オーダの右上にある :guilabel:`購買` スマートボタンをクリックすると、関連する "
":abbr:`RFQ(見積依頼)` が表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:52
msgid ""
"Dropship sales orders can also be created manually through the "
":menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting :menuselection:`Orders --> Orders "
"--> Create` and adding a product configured for dropshipping."
msgstr ""
"販売オーダは、 :menuselection:`販売` アプリから :menuselection:`オーダ --> オーダ --> 作成` "
"を選択し、直送用に設定されたプロダクトを追加することで、手動で作成することもできます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1
msgid ""
"A dropship sales order with the Purchase smart button in the top right "
"corner."
msgstr "右上にスマート購買ボタンがある直送オーダ。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:60
msgid ""
"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` is confirmed, it becomes a "
"purchase order and a dropship receipt is created and linked to it. The "
"receipt can be viewed by clicking the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button in "
"the top right corner of the purchase order form."
msgstr ""
":abbr:`RFQ "
"(見積依頼)`が確認されると、それは購買オーダとなり、直送レシートが作成され、それにリンクされます。領収書は購買オーダフォームの右上にある "
":guilabel:`入荷` スマートボタンをクリックすると表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1
msgid ""
"A dropship purchase order with the Receipt smart button in the top right "
"corner."
msgstr "右上に入荷スマートボタンがある直送購買オーダ。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:68
msgid ""
"The dropship receipt will list the supplier in the :guilabel:`Receive From` "
"section and the customer in the :guilabel:`Destination Location` section. "
"Upon delivery of the product to the customer, click on the "
":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top left of the dropship receipt to "
"confirm the delivered quantity."
msgstr ""
"直送入荷には :guilabel:`入荷元` セクションにサプライヤー、 :guilabel:`移動先ロケーション` "
"セクションに顧客が記載されます。プロダクトが顧客に配達されたら、直送レシートの左上にある :guilabel:`検証` "
"ボタンをクリックして、配達された数量を確認します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1
msgid "Validate the dropship receipt after delivery."
msgstr "配送後、直送入荷を確認します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:77
msgid ""
"To view all dropship orders, simply navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard and click the teal"
" :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the :guilabel:`Dropship` card."
msgstr ""
"全ての直送オーダを表示するには、 :menuselection:`在庫` :guilabel:`概要` ダッシュボードに移動し、 "
":guilabel:`直送` カードのティール :guilabel:`未処理数` ボタンをクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1
msgid ""
"Click the green button on the Dropship card to view all dropship orders."
msgstr "直送カードの緑色のボタンをクリックすると、全ての直送オーダが表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:3
msgid "Consignment: buy and sell stock without owning it"
msgstr "委託販売: 在庫を所有せずに売買"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:5
msgid ""
"Most of the time, products stored in a company's warehouse are either "
"purchased from suppliers, or are manufactured in-house. However, suppliers "
"will sometimes let companies store and sell products in the company's "
"warehouse, without having to buy those items up-front. This is called "
"*consignment*."
msgstr ""
"通常、企業の倉庫に保管されるプロダクトは、サプライヤーから購買するか、自社で製造するかのどちらかです。しかし、サプライヤーは、企業が前もってそれらの商品を購入することなく、企業の倉庫に製品を保管し、販売することを許可することがあります。これは*委託*と呼ばれています。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:10
msgid ""
"Consignment is a useful method for suppliers to launch new products, and "
"easily deliver to their customers. It's also a great way for the company "
"storing the products (the consignee) to earn something back for their "
"efforts. Consignees can even charge a fee for the convenience of storing "
"products they don't actually own."
msgstr ""
"委託販売は、サプライヤーが新しいプロダクトを発表し、簡単に顧客に届けることができる便利な方法です。また、プロダクトを保管する企業(委託先)にとっても、その労力に見合った収入を得ることができる優れた方法です。委託先側は、実際に所有していないプロダクトを保管する利便性に対して手数料を請求することもできます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:16
msgid "Enable the consignment setting"
msgstr "委託在庫設定を有効にする"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:18
msgid ""
"To receive, store, and sell consignment stock, the feature needs to be "
"enabled in the settings. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Traceability` section,"
" check the box next to :guilabel:`Consignment`, and then click "
":guilabel:`Save` to finish."
msgstr ""
"委託在庫を受け取り、保管し、販売するには、設定でこの機能を有効にする必要があります。これを行うには、 :menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定"
" --> 詳細設定` に進み、 :guilabel:`トレーサビリティ` セクションの下にある :guilabel:`委託在庫` "
"の隣にあるチェックボックスをオンにし、 :guilabel:`保存` をクリックして終了します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst-1
msgid "Enabled Consignment setting in Inventory configuration."
msgstr "在庫設定で有効化済の委託在庫の管理設定"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:28
msgid "Receive (and store) consignment stock"
msgstr "委託在庫を入荷(および保管)する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:30
msgid ""
"With the feature enabled in Odoo, consignment stock can now be received into"
" a warehouse. From the main :menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, click into"
" the :guilabel:`Receipts` section. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""
"Odooでこの機能を有効にすると、委託在庫を倉庫に入荷することができるようになります。メインの :menuselection:`在庫` "
"ダッシュボードから :guilabel:`入荷` セクションをクリックします。次に :guilabel:`作成` をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:35
msgid ""
"Consignment stock is not actually purchased from the vendor; it is simply "
"received and stored. Because of this, there are no quotations or purchase "
"orders involved in receiving consignment stock. So, *every* receipt of "
"consignment stock will start by creating manual receipts."
msgstr ""
"委託在庫は、実際に仕入先から購買されるわけではなく、単に入荷して保管されるだけです。このため、委託在庫の受領には見積や購買オーダは必要ありません。そのため、委託在庫の入荷は全て手作業で行われます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:39
msgid ""
"Choose a vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Receive From` field, and then "
"choose the same vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Assign Owner` field."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`入荷元` フィールドに入力する仕入先を選択し、 :guilabel:`オーナーを割当` フィールドに入力する同じ仕入先を選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:43
msgid ""
"Since the products received from the vendor will be owned by the same "
"vendor, the :guilabel:`Receive From` and :guilabel:`Assign Owner` fields "
"must match."
msgstr ""
"仕入先から受け取ったプロダクトは同じ仕入先が所有することになるので、 :guilabel:`入荷元` と :guilabel:`オーナーを割当` "
"フィールドは一致しなければなりません。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:46
msgid ""
"Once the vendor-related fields are set, enter products into the "
":guilabel:`Product` lines, and set the quantities to be received into the "
"warehouse under the :guilabel:`Done` column. If the :guilabel:`Units of "
"Measure` feature is enabled, the :abbr:`UoM (Units of Measure)` can be "
"changed, as well. Once all the consignment stock has been received, "
":guilabel:`Validate` the receipt."
msgstr ""
"仕入先関連のフィールドを設定したら、 :guilabel:`プロダクト` 明細にプロダクトを入力し、 :guilabel:`完了` "
"列に倉庫に入荷する数量を設定します。もし :guilabel:`単位` 機能が有効であれば、 "
":abbr:`単位`も変更することができます。委託在庫を全て入荷したら、 :guilabel:`検証` して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst-1
msgid "Matching vendor fields in consignment Receipt creation."
msgstr "委託入荷作成における仕入先フィールドのマッチング。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:56
msgid "Sell and deliver consignment stock"
msgstr "委託在庫の販売と配送"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:58
msgid ""
"Once consignment stock has been received into the warehouse, it can be sold "
"the same as any other in-stock product that has the :guilabel:`Can Be Sold` "
"option enabled on the product form."
msgstr ""
"委託在庫が倉庫に入荷されると、プロダクトフォームで :guilabel:`販売可能` "
"オプションが有効になっている他の在庫プロダクトと同じように販売することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:61
msgid ""
"To create a sales order, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, and "
"from the :guilabel:`Quotations` overview, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, "
"choose a customer to enter into the :guilabel:`Customer` field."
msgstr ""
"販売オーダを作成するには、 :menuselection:`販売` アプリに移動し、 :guilabel:`見積` の概要から "
":guilabel:`作成` をクリックします。次に、 :guilabel:`顧客` フィールドに入力する顧客を選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:66
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Customer` *must* be different from the :guilabel:`Vendor` "
"that supplied the consignment stock received (and stored) in the warehouse."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`顧客` は、倉庫で入荷した(そして保管されている)委託在庫を供給した :guilabel:`仕入先` "
"と異なっている*必要があります*。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:69
msgid ""
"Add the consignment product under the :guilabel:`Product` column in the "
"order lines, set the :guilabel:`Quantity`, and fill out any other pertinent "
"product details on the form. Once the quotation is complete, click "
":guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""
"オーダ明細の :guilabel:`プロダクト` 列に委託プロダクトを追加し、 :guilabel:`数量` "
"を設定します。フォームに他の必要事項をご記入下さい。見積が完了したら、 :guilabel:`確認` をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst-1
msgid "Sales order of consignment stock."
msgstr "委託在庫の販売オーダ。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:77
msgid ""
"Once the quotation has been confirmed, it becomes a sales order. From here, "
"the products can be delivered by clicking on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart "
"button, and selecting :guilabel:`Validate` to validate the delivery."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:82
msgid "Traceability and reporting of consignment stock"
msgstr "委託在庫のトレーサビリティとレポーティング"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:84
msgid ""
"Although consignment stock is owned by the vendor who supplied it, and not "
"by the company storing it in their warehouse, consignment products will "
"*still* appear in certain inventory reports."
msgstr ""
"委託在庫は倉庫に保管している会社ではなく、それを供給した仕入先が所有していますが、委託プロダクトは*それでも*特定の在庫レポートに表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:87
msgid ""
"To find inventory reports, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting`, "
"and choose a report to view."
msgstr "在庫レポートを見るには :menuselection:`在庫 --> レポーティング` に行き、見たいレポートを選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:91
msgid ""
"Since the consignee does not actually own consignment stock, these products "
"are *not* reflected in the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` report, and have no "
"impact on the consignee's inventory valuation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:96
msgid "Product moves report"
msgstr "プロダクト移動レポート"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:98
msgid ""
"To view all information about on-hand stock moves, navigate to the "
":guilabel:`Product Moves` dashboard by going to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. For consignment products, the information "
"in this report is the same as any other product: the history of its product "
"moves can be reviewed; the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` and "
":guilabel:`Reference` document are available; and its :guilabel:`Locations` "
"are available, as well. The consignment stock will originate from "
":guilabel:`Partner Location/Vendors`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:106
msgid ""
"To view a consignment product's moves by ownership, select the "
":guilabel:`Group By` filter, choose the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` "
"parameter, and then select :guilabel:`From Owner`, and :guilabel:`Apply` to "
"finish."
msgstr ""
"委託プロダクトの移動を所有者別に表示するには、:guilabel:`グループ化` フィルタを選択し、:guilabel:`カスタムグループを追加` "
"パラメータを選択し、:guilabel:`所有者から` を選択し、:guilabel:`適用` で終了します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst-1
msgid "Consignment stock moves history."
msgstr "委託在庫の移動履歴"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:115
msgid ""
"To see forecasted units of consignment stock, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Forecasted Inventory`."
msgstr "委託在庫の予測単位を見るには、 :menuselection:`在庫 --> レポーティング --> 予測在庫`にアクセスして下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:119
msgid "Stock on hand report"
msgstr "手持在庫レポート"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:121
msgid ""
"View the :guilabel:`Stock On Hand` dashboard by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Report`. From this "
"report, the :guilabel:`Locations` of all stock on-hand are displayed, in "
"addition to the quantities per location. For consignment products, the "
":guilabel:`Owner` column will be populated with the owner of those products,"
" or the original vendor who supplied the products in the first place."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:3
msgid "Putaway rules"
msgstr "置場規則"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:5
msgid ""
"Putaway is the process of routing products to appropriate storage locations "
"upon shipment arrival."
msgstr "プッタウェイ(置場)とは、貨物の到着後、プロダクトを適切な保管場所に移動させるプロセスのことです。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:7
msgid ""
"Odoo can accomplish this seamlessly using *putaway rules*, which dictate how"
" products move through specified warehouse locations."
msgstr ""
"Odooは、プロダクトが指定された倉庫ロケーションをどのように移動するかを指示する*置場規則*を使用して、シームレスにこれを実行することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:10
msgid ""
"Upon shipment arrival, operations are generated based on putaway rules to "
"efficiently move products to specified locations, and ensure easy retrieval "
"for future delivery orders."
msgstr ""
"貨物が到着すると、置場規則に基づいてオペレーションが生成され、プロダクトを指定された場所に効率的に移動させ、将来の配送オーダ時に簡単に取り出せるようにします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:13
msgid ""
"In warehouses that process specific kinds of products, putaway rules can "
"also prevent volatile substances from being stored in close proximity, by "
"directing them to different locations determined by the warehouse manager."
msgstr ""
"特定の種類のプロダクトを処理する倉庫では、揮発性物質を倉庫管理者が決めた別の場所に誘導することで、揮発性物質が近くに保管されるのを防ぐこともできます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:18
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Putaway Rules "
"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nCQMf6sj_w8>`_"
msgstr "`Odooチュートリアル: 置場規則 <https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nCQMf6sj_w8>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:23
msgid ""
"To use putaway rules, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` "
"feature under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. By doing so, the "
":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically activated."
msgstr ""
"置場規則を使用するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に移動し、 :guilabel:`倉庫` "
"セクションの下にある :guilabel:`複数ステップルート` 機能を有効化します。そうすることで、 :guilabel:`保管場所` "
"機能も自動的に有効化されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:27
msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr "最後に、:guilabel:`保存`をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst-1
msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes in Inventory configuration settings."
msgstr "在庫設定で複数ステップルートを有効化します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:36
msgid "Define putaway rule"
msgstr "置場規則を定義する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:38
msgid ""
"To manage where specific products are routed for storage, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. Use the "
":guilabel:`Create` button to configure a new putaway rule on a "
":guilabel:`Product` or :guilabel:`Product Category` that the rule affects."
msgstr ""
"特定のプロダクトの保管場所を管理するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 置場規則` "
"に移動します。guilabel:`プロダクト` または :guilabel:`プロダクトカテゴリ` に新しい保管規則を設定するには "
":guilabel:`作成` ボタンを使用します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:43
msgid ""
"Putaway rules can be defined either per product/product category, and/or "
"package type (the *Packages* setting must be enabled in "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` for that)."
msgstr ""
"置場規則は、プロダクト/プロダクトカテゴリ、梱包タイプごとに定義することができます（:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> "
"管理設定`で*梱包*設定を有効にする必要があります）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:47
msgid ""
"In the same line, the :guilabel:`When product arrives in` location is where "
"the putaway rule is triggered to create an operation to move the product to "
"the :guilabel:`Store to` location."
msgstr ""
"同じ行の :guilabel:`プロダクト受入` のロケーションでは、置場規則がトリガされて、プロダクトを :guilabel:`保管先` "
"の場所に移動するオペレーションが作成されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:50
msgid ""
"For this to work, the :guilabel:`Store to` location must be a *sub-location*"
" of the first (e.g., `WH/Stock/Fruits` is a specific, named location inside "
"`WH/Stock` to make the products stored here easier to find)."
msgstr ""
"これが機能するためには、:guilabel:`保管先` ロケーションは最初のロケーションの *サブロケーション* "
"でなければなりません(例えば、`WH/在庫/果物` は `WH/在庫` "
"内の特定の名前のロケーションで、ここに保管されているプロダクトを見つけやすくするためです)。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:55
msgid ""
"In a warehouse location, **WH/Stock**, there are the following sub-"
"locations:"
msgstr "倉庫のロケーション、**WH/在庫**には、以下のサブロケーションがあります: "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:57
msgid "WH/Stock/Fruits"
msgstr "WH/倉庫/果物"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:58
msgid "WH/Stock/Vegetables"
msgstr "WH/倉庫/矢先"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:60
msgid ""
"Ensure all apples are stored in the fruits section by filling the field "
":guilabel:`Store to` with the location `WH/Stock/Fruits` when the "
":guilabel:`Product`, `Apple` arrives in `WH/Stock`."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`プロダクト`、 `リンゴ` が `WH/在庫` に到着したら、 :guilabel:`保管先` フィールドに `WH/在庫/果物` "
"という場所を入力することで、全てのリンゴが果物セクションに保管されるようにします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:63
msgid "Repeat this for all products and hit :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr "これを全てのプロダクトに対して繰り返し、:guilabel:`保存`を押して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:0
msgid "Create putaway rules for apples and carrots."
msgstr "リンゴとニンジンの置場規則を作成します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:70
msgid "Putaway rule priority"
msgstr "置場規則優先"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:72
msgid ""
"Odoo selects a putaway rule based on the following priority list (from "
"highest to lowest) until a match is found:"
msgstr "Odooは一致する規則が見つかるまで、以下の優先順位リスト(高いものから低いもの)にもとづいて置場規則を選択します: "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:75
msgid "Package type and product"
msgstr "梱包タイプとプロダクト"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:76
msgid "Package type and product category"
msgstr "梱包タイプとプロダクトカテゴリ"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:79
msgid "Product category"
msgstr "プロダクトカテゴリ"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:82
msgid "The product `Lemonade can` has the following putaway rules configured:"
msgstr "プロダクト`レモネード缶`には以下の置場規則が設定されています:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:84
msgid ""
"When receiving a `Pallet` (:guilabel:`Package Type`) of `Lemonade cans`, it "
"is redirected to `WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1`."
msgstr ""
"レモネード缶 `パレット` (:guilabel:`梱包タイプ`) を受け取ると、`WH/在庫/パレット/PAL1` にリダイレクトされます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:86
msgid ""
"`Lemonade can`'s :guilabel:`Product Category` is `All/drinks`, and when "
"receiving a `Box` of any item in this product category, items are redirected"
" to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`."
msgstr ""
"レモネード缶`の :guilabel:`プロダクトカテゴリ` は `全て/飲料` で、このプロダクトカテゴリのアイテムの `箱` "
"を受け取ると、アイテムは `WH/在庫/棚1` にリダイレクトされます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:88
msgid "Any product on a `Pallet` is redirected to `WH/Stock/Pallets`"
msgstr "パレット上のプロダクトは `WH/在庫/パレット` にリダイレクトされます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:89
msgid "The product `Lemonade can` is redirected to `WH/Stock/Shelf 2`"
msgstr "プロダクト `レモネード缶` は `WH/在庫/棚2` にリダイレクトされます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:90
msgid ""
"Items in the `All/drinks` product category are redirected to `WH/Stock/Small"
" Refrigerator`."
msgstr "全て/飲料`のプロダクトカテゴリの商品は、`WH/在庫/小冷蔵庫`にリダイレクトされます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:0
msgid "Some examples of putaway rules."
msgstr "置場規則の例。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:3
msgid "One-step receipt and delivery"
msgstr "1ステップ入荷・配送"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:5
msgid ""
"By default, incoming shipments are configured to be received directly into "
"stock, and outgoing shipments are configured to be delivered directly from "
"stock to the customer; the default setting for warehouses in Odoo is one "
"step receipts and deliveries."
msgstr ""
"デフォルトでは、入荷は在庫に直接入庫され、出荷は在庫から顧客に直接配送されるように設定されています。Odooの倉庫のデフォルト設定は、入荷と配送が1ステップになっています。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:10
msgid ""
"Incoming and outgoing shipments do not need to be configured with the same "
"steps. For example, products can be received in one step, but shipped in "
"three steps."
msgstr "入荷と出荷を同じステップで構成する必要はありません。例えば、プロダクトを1つのステップで受け取り、3つのステップで出荷することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:13
msgid ""
"In the following example, one step will be used for both receipts and "
"deliveries."
msgstr "以下の例では、1つのステップで入荷と配送の両方に使用します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:18
msgid "Configure the warehouse"
msgstr "倉庫を設定する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20
msgid ""
"If another receiving or shipping configuration is set on the warehouse, they"
" can easily be set back to the one step setting."
msgstr "倉庫に別の入出庫設定がされている場合、簡単に1ステップ設定に戻すことができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:23
msgid ""
"Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
"Warehouses`, and click on the desired warehouse to edit. Next, on the "
":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, under the :guilabel:`Shipments` "
"section, select :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)` for "
":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and/or :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 "
"step)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`."
msgstr ""
"まず :menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> 倉庫` に移動し、編集したい倉庫をクリックします。次に、 "
":guilabel:`倉庫設定` タブの :guilabel:`運送` セクションで、 :guilabel:`入荷` の :guilabel:`直接入荷"
" (1ステップ)`、または :guilabel:`配送` の :guilabel:`直接配送 (1ステップ)`を選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
msgid ""
"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in one "
"step."
msgstr "入出荷オプションを設定することで、ワンステップで入出荷を行うことができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:34
msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)"
msgstr "直接入荷(1ステップ)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:37
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:67
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:46
msgid "Create a purchase order"
msgstr "購買オーダを作成"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69
msgid ""
"On the main :menuselection:`Purchase` application dashboard, start by making"
" a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then, select (or create) a "
":guilabel:`Vendor` from the drop-down field, add a storable "
":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` "
"to finalize the quote as a new purchase order."
msgstr ""
"メインの :menuselection:`購買` アプリケーションのダッシュボードで、まず :guilabel:`新規` "
"をクリックして新規見積を作成します。次に、ドロップダウンフィールドから :guilabel:`仕入先` を選択(または作成)し、在庫可能な "
":guilabel:`プロダクト` をオーダ明細に追加し、 :guilabel:`オーダ確認` をクリックして見積を新規購買オーダとして確定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:44
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:96
msgid ""
"A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of "
"the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` form — click it to reveal the associated "
"receipt for the purchase order."
msgstr ""
"abbr:`PO(購買オーダ)`フォームの右上に :guilabel:`入荷` "
"スマートボタンが表示されます。クリックすると、その購買オーダに関連する入荷が表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
msgid "Receipt smart button appears on the confirmed purchase order."
msgstr "確認済の購買オーダに入荷スマートボタンが表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:52
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:89
msgid ""
"Purchase order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` "
"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# "
"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card."
msgstr ""
"オーダ入荷は :menuselection:`在庫` アプリケーションでも確認できます。guilabel:`概要` ダッシュボードで、 "
":guilabel:`入荷` かんばんカードの :guilabel:`未処理数` スマートボタンをクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0
msgid "Receipt kanban card's 1 to Process smart button."
msgstr "入荷かんばんカードの1から処理スマートボタン。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:61
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:98
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97
msgid "Process the receipt"
msgstr "入荷処理"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:63
msgid ""
"When viewing the receipt (associated with the purchase order above), click "
":guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the receipt."
msgstr "入荷(上記の購買オーダに関連付けられている)を表示する場合は、:guilabel:`検証`をクリックして入荷を完了させて下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
msgid "Validate the purchase order via the Validate smart button."
msgstr "検証スマートボタンで購買オーダを検証します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:71
msgid ""
"If :guilabel:`Storage Locations` are activated, clicking the :guilabel:`≣ "
"(bullet list)` details icon next to the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` delete icon "
"enables the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` screen to pop-up. This allows "
"the location(s) to be specified for the received product(s)."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`保管ロケーション`が有効化されている場合、 :guilabel:`🗑️(ゴミ箱)`削除アイコンの隣にある "
":guilabel:`≣(箇条書きリスト)`詳細アイコンをクリックすると、 "
":guilabel:`詳細オペレーション`画面がポップアップ表示されます。これにより、入荷済プロダクトのロケーションを指定することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0
msgid ""
"Select the Storage Location for the products being received in the Detailed Operations\n"
"pop-up."
msgstr ""
"詳細操作ポップアップで、入荷プロダクトの保管ロケーションを\n"
"選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:80
msgid ""
"Once the receipt is validated, the product leaves the :guilabel:`Supplier "
"Location` and enters the :guilabel:`WH/Stock Location`. Once it arrives "
"here, it will be available for manufacturing, sales, etc. Then, the status "
"of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`, thus completing the "
"reception process in one step."
msgstr ""
"入荷が確認されると、プロダクトは :guilabel:`仕入先ロケーション` を離れ、 :guilabel:`WH/在庫ロケーション` "
"に入ります。ここに到着すると、製造や販売などが可能になります。その後、ドキュメントのステータスが :guilabel:`完了` "
"に変わり、1ステップで入荷が完了します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:86
msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)"
msgstr "直接配送(1ステップ)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:91
msgid ""
"Start my navigating to the main :menuselection:`Sales` app dashboard, and "
"make a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then select (or create) a "
":guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down field, add a storable "
":guilabel:`Product` that is in stock to the order lines, and click "
":guilabel:`Confirm` to finalize the quotation as a sales order."
msgstr ""
"まずメインの :menuselection:`販売` アプリのダッシュボードに移動し、 :guilabel:`新規` "
"をクリックして新規見積を作成します。次に、ドロップダウンフィールドから :guilabel:`顧客` を選択(または作成)し、在庫可能な "
":guilabel:`プロダクト` をオーダ明細に追加し、 :guilabel:`確認` をクリックして見積を販売オーダとして確定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:99
msgid ""
"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of "
"the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated "
"delivery order for the sales order."
msgstr ""
"abbr:`SO(販売オーダ)`フォームの右上に :guilabel:`配送` "
"スマートボタンが表示されます。クリックすると、販売オーダに関連する配送オーダが表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
msgid "The Delivery smart button appears after the sales order is confirmed."
msgstr "配送スマートボタンは、販売オーダ確定後に表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:107
msgid ""
"Delivery orders can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` "
"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# "
"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card."
msgstr ""
"配送オーダは :menuselection:`在庫` アプリケーションでも確認できます。guilabel:`概要` ダッシュボードで、 "
":guilabel:`配送オーダ`かんばんカードの :guilabel:`未処理数` スマートボタンをクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0
msgid "Delivery Orders kanban card's 1 to Process smart button."
msgstr "配送オーダかんばんカードの1から処理スマートボタン。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:116
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:192
msgid "Process the delivery"
msgstr "配送処理"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:118
msgid ""
"When viewing the delivery order (associated with the sales order above), "
"click :guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the delivery."
msgstr "配送オーダ(上記の販売オーダに関連付けられたもの)を表示したら、:guilabel:`検証`をクリックして配送を完了します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
msgid "Validate the delivery order."
msgstr "配送オーダを検証します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:125
msgid ""
"Once the picking order is validated, the product leaves the "
":guilabel:`WH/Stock location` and moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers"
" location`. Then, the status of the document will change to "
":guilabel:`Done`, thus completing delivery in one step."
msgstr ""
"ピッキングのオーダが認証されると、プロダクトは :guilabel:`WH/在庫ロケーション` を離れ、 "
":guilabel:`取引先/顧客ロケーション` に移動します。その後、ドキュメントのステータスは :guilabel:`完了済` "
"に変わり、1ステップで配送が完了します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:3
msgid "Two-step receipt and delivery"
msgstr "２ステップ入荷・出荷"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:5
msgid ""
"Depending on a company's business processes, multiple steps may be needed "
"before receiving or shipping products. In the two-step receipt process, "
"products are received in an input area, then transferred to stock. Two-step "
"receipts work best when various storage locations are being used, such as "
"locked or secured areas, freezers and refrigerators, or various shelves."
msgstr ""
"企業のビジネスプロセスによっては、プロダクトの入荷や出荷までに複数のステップが必要になる場合があります。2ステップ入荷プロセスでは、プロダクトは入荷エリアで入荷され、その後在庫に移されます。2ステップ入荷は、施錠された場所や安全な場所、冷凍庫や冷蔵庫、色々な棚など、さまざまな保管場所を使用する場合に最適です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:10
msgid ""
"Products can be sorted according to where they are going to be stored, and "
"employees can stock all the products going to a specific location. The "
"products are not available for further processing until they are transferred"
" into stock."
msgstr ""
"プロダクトは保管場所によって分類され、従業員は特定の場所に向かうプロダクトを全て保管することができます。プロダクトは保管に移されるまで、それ以上の処理はできません。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:14
msgid ""
"In the two-step delivery process, products that are part of a delivery order"
" are picked from the warehouse according to their removal strategy, and "
"brought to an output location before being shipped."
msgstr "2ステップ配送プロセスでは、配送オーダの一部であるプロダクトは、払出方針に従って倉庫からピッキングされ、出荷前に出力場所に運ばれます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:18
msgid ""
"One situation where this would be useful is when using either a :abbr:`FIFO "
"(First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO "
"(First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, where the products that are "
"being picked need to be selected based on their receipt date or expiration "
"date."
msgstr ""
"これが役に立つ状況としては、 :abbr:`FIFO (先入先出)`、 :abbr:`LIFO (後入先出)`、 :abbr:`FEFO "
"(先消費先出)`のいずれかの払出方針を使用する場合で、ピッキングされるプロダクトを入荷日や使用期限に基づいて選択する必要がある場合です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:23
msgid ""
"Odoo is configured by default to :doc:`receive and deliver goods in one step"
" <receipts_delivery_one_step>`, so the settings need to be changed in order "
"to utilize two-step receipts and deliveries. Incoming and outgoing shipments"
" do not need to be set to have the same steps. For example, products can be "
"received in two steps, but shipped in one step. In the following example, "
"two steps will be used for both receipts and deliveries."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:30
msgid "Configure multi-step routes"
msgstr "複数ステップルートを設定"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:32
msgid ""
"First, make sure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` option is enabled in "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the "
":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. After enabling the setting, :guilabel:`Save` "
"the changes."
msgstr ""
"まず、 :menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> 管理設定` の :guilabel:`倉庫` の見出しの下にある "
":guilabel:`複数ステップルート` オプションが有効になっていることを確認します。設定を有効にしたら :guilabel:`保存` して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:37
msgid ""
"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting will also activate the "
":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature."
msgstr "guilabel:`複数ステップルート` の設定を有効化すると、 :guilabel:`保管ロケーション` 機能も有効化されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:44
msgid ""
"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for two-step receipts and "
"deliveries. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
"Warehouses`, and click on the warehouse to change the warehouse settings."
msgstr ""
"次に、倉庫を2ステップの入荷と配送に設定する必要があります。menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> "
"倉庫`に移動し、倉庫をクリックして倉庫の設定を変更します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:48
msgid ""
"Then, select :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)` for"
" :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Send goods in output and "
"then deliver (2 steps)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`."
msgstr ""
"次に、:guilabel:`入荷` には :guilabel:`入荷場所で受入後在庫(2ステップ) ` を、:guilabel:`配送` には "
":guilabel:`出荷用置場に移動後配送(2ステップ)` を選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in two "
"steps."
msgstr "入出荷オプションを設定し、2つのステップで入出荷を行います。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:57
msgid ""
"Activating two-step receipts and deliveries will create new *input* and "
"*output* locations, which by default, are labeled :guilabel:`WH/Input` and "
":guilabel:`WH/Output`, respectively, on the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard."
" To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Locations`, and select the :guilabel:`Location` to change. On the location "
"form, update the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any other changes (if "
"necessary)."
msgstr ""
"2ステップ入荷と配達を有効化すると、新しい*入力*場所と*出力*場所が作成され、デフォルトではそれぞれ :guilabel:`WH/入荷` と "
":guilabel:`WH/出荷` というラベルが :guilabel:`ロケーション` "
"ダッシュボードに表示されます。これらの場所の名前を変更するには、 :menuselection:`設定 --> ロケーション` に行き、変更する "
":guilabel:`ロケーション` を選択します。ロケーションフォームで :guilabel:`ロケーション名` "
"を更新し、(必要であれば)その他の変更も行います。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:64
msgid "Process a receipt in two steps (input + stock)"
msgstr "入荷を2ステップで処理(入力＋在庫)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:75
msgid ""
"For businesses with multiple warehouses that have different step "
"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase "
"Order)` form may need to be specified as the correct *input location* "
"connected to the two-step warehouse, which can be done by selecting the "
"warehouse from the drop-down selection that includes the `Receipts` label at"
" the end of the name."
msgstr ""
"abbr:`PO(購買オーダ)`フォームの :guilabel:`配送先` フィールドは、2つのステップの倉庫に接続されている正しい "
"*入荷ロケーション* "
"として指定する必要があるかもしれません。これは、名前の最後に`入荷`ラベルを含むドロップダウンから倉庫を選択することにより可能です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:81
msgid ""
"After confirming the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, a :guilabel:`Receipt` "
"smart button will appear in the top of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` form "
"— click it to reveal the associated receipt."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear."
msgstr "購買オーダを確認すると、入荷スマートボタンが表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:0
msgid "One receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:100
msgid ""
"The receipt and internal transfer will be created once the purchase order is"
" confirmed. The status of the receipt will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the "
"receipt must be processed first. The status of the internal transfer will be"
" :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the transfer cannot happen "
"until the receipt is completed. The status of the internal transfer will "
"only change to :guilabel:`Ready` once the receipt has been marked as "
":guilabel:`Done`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:106
msgid ""
"Click on the :guilabel:`Receipt` associated with the purchase order, then "
"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to "
"the :guilabel:`Input Location`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Validate the receipt by clicking Validate, then the product will be transferred to the\n"
"WH/Input location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:115
msgid "Process the internal transfer"
msgstr "内部運送処理"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:117
msgid ""
"Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer"
" is ready to move the product into stock. Navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` "
"dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# To Process` smart button in the "
":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` kanban card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"One Internal Transfer ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban "
"view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:126
msgid ""
"Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then "
"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to "
"stock. Once the transfer is validated, the product enters the stock and is "
"available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to stock."
msgstr "商品を在庫に移動するための内部運送を検証します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:136
msgid "Process a delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)"
msgstr "配送オーダを2ステップで処理(ピッキング＋発送)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:141
msgid ""
"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking "
":guilabel:`New`. Select (or create) a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable "
":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and then click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""
"menuselection:`販売` アプリケーションで、 :guilabel:`新規` "
"をクリックして新しい見積書を作成します。guilabel:`顧客` を選択(または作成)し、オーダ明細に在庫可能な :guilabel:`プロダクト` "
"を追加し、 :guilabel:`確認` をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:145
msgid ""
"After confirming the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart "
"button will appear in the top, above the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form. "
"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal the associated "
"receipt."
msgstr ""
"abbr:`SO(販売オーダ)`を確認すると、上部の:abbr:`SO(販売オーダ)`フォームの上に :guilabel:`配送` "
"スマートボタンが表示されます。guilabel:`配送`スマートボタンをクリックすると、関連する入荷が表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing two items\n"
"associated with it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:155
msgid ""
"Sales order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` "
"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# "
"To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Pick` kanban card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:0
msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:164
msgid "Process the picking"
msgstr "ピッキング処理"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:166
msgid ""
"The picking and delivery order will be created once the sales order is "
"confirmed. When the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears, click it to "
"reveal the :guilabel:`Transfers` dashboard, which lists both the picking and"
" the delivery orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:170
msgid ""
"The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must "
"be picked from stock before it can be shipped. The status of the delivery "
"order will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the delivery "
"cannot happen until the picking is completed. The status of the delivery "
"order will only change to :guilabel:`Ready` once the picking has been marked"
" as :guilabel:`Done`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Ready status for the pick operation while the delivery operation is Waiting Another\n"
"Operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:181
msgid ""
"Click on the picking delivery order to begin processing it. If the product "
"is in stock, Odoo will automatically reserve the product. Click "
":guilabel:`Validate` to mark the picking as :guilabel:`Done`, then the "
"delivery order will be ready for processing. Since the documents are linked,"
" the products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved "
"on the delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:194
msgid ""
"The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the picking is "
"completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application, "
"on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`# To "
"Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card to "
"begin."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:199
msgid ""
"The delivery order associated with the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` can also be "
"quickly accessed by clicking on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button again,"
" and choosing the delivery order on the :guilabel:`Transfers` page (which "
"should now be marked as :guilabel:`Ready`)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:207
msgid ""
"Click on the delivery order associated with the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, "
"then click on :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:215
msgid ""
"Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the "
":guilabel:`WH/Output` location on the :guilabel:`Transfers` dashboard and "
"moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of "
"the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:3
msgid "Three-step receipt"
msgstr "3ステップ入荷"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:5
msgid ""
"Some companies require a quality control process before receiving goods from"
" suppliers. To accomplish this, Odoo has a three-step process for receiving "
"goods."
msgstr ""
"会社によってはサプライヤーから商品を入荷する前に品質管理プロセスを必要とします。そのため、Odooでは3段階の商品入荷プロセスを用意しています。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:8
msgid ""
"In the three-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, "
"then transferred to a quality area for inspection. Products that pass the "
"quality inspection are then transferred into stock. The products are not "
"available for further processing until they are transferred out of the "
"quality area and into stock."
msgstr ""
"3ステップの入荷プロセスでは、プロダクトは入荷エリアで入荷され、次に品質エリアに移動して検査が行われます。品質検査に合格したプロダクトは、在庫に移されます。プロダクトは、品質エリアから在庫に移されるまで、それ以降の処理はできません。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:16
msgid ""
"Odoo is configured by default to :doc:`receive and deliver goods in one step"
" <receipts_delivery_one_step>`, so the settings need to be changed in order "
"to utilize three-step receipts. First, make sure the *Multi-Step Routes* "
"option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
"Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` "
"will also activate *Storage Locations*."
msgstr ""
"Odooはデフォルトで :doc:`商品を1ステップで入荷・配送する <receipts_delivery_one_step>` "
"に設定されているため、3ステップの入荷を利用するには設定を変更する必要があります。まず、*複数ステップルート* オプションが "
":menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> 管理設定 --> 倉庫` "
"で有効になっていることを確認して下さい。:guilabel:`複数ステップルート` を有効化すると、*保管場所* も有効化されることに注意して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in Inventory settings."
msgstr "在庫設定で複数ステップルートと保管場所を有効化します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:26
msgid ""
"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. To do "
"that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`,"
" and select the desired warehouse to be edited. Doing so reveals the detail "
"form for that specific warehouse."
msgstr ""
"次に、倉庫を3ステップ入荷用に設定する必要があります。そのためには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> "
"倉庫`に行き、編集したい倉庫を選択します。そうすると、その倉庫の詳細フォームが表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:30
msgid ""
"On that :guilabel:`Warehouse` detail form page, select :guilabel:`Receive "
"goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for "
":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`."
msgstr ""
"その :guilabel:`倉庫` 詳細フォームページで、:guilabel:`入荷` の "
":guilabel:`入荷場所での商品の入荷、品質、在庫(3ステップ)` を選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps."
msgstr "3つのステップで入荷する入荷オプションを設定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:37
msgid ""
"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal "
"locations: *Input* (WH/Input), and *Quality Control* (WH/Quality Control). "
"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Locations`, then click on the desired location to change "
"(or update) the name."
msgstr ""
"3ステップの入荷と配送を有効化すると、2つの新しい内部ロケーションが作成されます： "
"*入荷*(WH/入荷)と*品質管理*（WH/品質管理）です。これらの場所の名前を変更するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定"
" --> ロケーション`に行き、希望のロケーションをクリックして名前を変更(または更新)します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:43
msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)"
msgstr "3ステップ入荷(受入+品質+在庫)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48
msgid ""
"To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Purchase app --> New`, which reveals a blank :abbr:`RfQ "
"(Request for Quotation)` form page. On this page, select a "
":guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click "
":guilabel:`Confirm Order`."
msgstr ""
"新しい :abbr:`RFQ(見積依頼)` を作成するには、 :menuselection:`購買アプリ --> 新規` に移動し、空白の "
":abbr:`RFQ(見積依頼)` フォームページを表示します。このページで :guilabel:`仕入先` を選択し、 "
":guilabel:`プロダクト` を在庫可能品として追加し、 :guilabel:`オーダ確認` をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:52
msgid ""
"A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top right, and the "
"receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the "
":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order."
msgstr ""
"右上に :guilabel:`入荷` "
"スマートボタンが表示され、入荷は購買オーダと関連付けられます。guilabel:`入荷`スマートボタンをクリックすると、入荷オーダが表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:61
msgid "Process a receipt"
msgstr "入荷処理"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63
msgid ""
"One receipt and two internal transfers (one transfer to quality, and a "
"subsequent transfer to stock) will be created once the purchase order is "
"confirmed. To view these transfers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Operations --> Transfers`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"The status of the three receipt transfers will show which operation is ready and which ones\n"
"are waiting another operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:72
msgid ""
"The status of the receipt transferring the product to the input location "
"will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the receipt must be processed before any "
"other operation can occur. The status of the two internal transfers will be "
":guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the transfers cannot be "
"processed until the linked step before each transfer is completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:77
msgid ""
"The status of the first internal transfer to *quality* will only change to "
":guilabel:`Ready` when the receipt has been marked :guilabel:`Done`. The "
"status for the second internal transfer to *stock* will be marked "
":guilabel:`Ready` only after the transfer to quality has been marked "
":guilabel:`Done`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:82
msgid ""
"The receipt can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application."
" In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` "
"smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
msgid "One Receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:90
msgid ""
"Click on the receipt associated with the purchase order, then click "
":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to the "
":guilabel:`Input Location`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Validate the receipt by clicking Validate, and the product will be transferred to the\n"
"WH/Quality location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:99
msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control"
msgstr "品質管理へ移動処理する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101
msgid ""
"Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer"
" is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Quality Control`. In the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the "
":guilabel:`1 To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` "
"kanban card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:110
msgid ""
"Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then "
"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product to "
"the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location. Once the transfer is validated, "
"the product is ready for the quality inspection, but is not available for "
"manufacturing or delivery orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Validate the internal transfer to move the item to the Quality Control "
"location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:120
msgid "Process a transfer to stock"
msgstr "在庫への運送を処理する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:122
msgid ""
"Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location, the final "
"internal transfer is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Stock`. In the "
":guilabel:`Inventory` overview dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process`"
" smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` Kanban card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:126
msgid ""
"Click on the final :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, "
"then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the "
"product to stock. Once the transfer is validated, the product enters the "
"stock and is available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:3
msgid "Sell stock from multiple warehouses using virtual locations"
msgstr "バーチャルロケーションを利用した複数倉庫からの在庫販売"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:5
msgid ""
"While keeping stock and selling inventory from one warehouse might work for "
"smaller companies, bigger companies might need to keep stock in, or sell "
"from, multiple warehouses in multiple locations."
msgstr ""
"小規模な企業であれば、1つの倉庫で在庫を保管し、在庫を販売することも可能かもしれませんが、大企業では、複数の場所にある複数の倉庫に在庫を保管したり、複数の倉庫から在庫を販売したりする必要があるかもしれません。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:9
msgid ""
"Sometimes products included in a single sales order might take stock from "
"two (or more) warehouses; in Odoo, pulling products from multiple warehouses"
" to satisfy sales demands can be done using *virtual locations*."
msgstr ""
"1つの販売オーダに含まれるプロダクトが、2つ(またはそれ以上)の倉庫から在庫を引く場合があります。Odooでは、*バーチャルロケーション*を使用して販売オーダを満たすために複数の倉庫からプロダクトを引き出すことができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:14
msgid ""
"The solution in this document, describing the use of a virtual warehouse to "
"fulfill orders for multiple warehouses, has some limitations. Consider the "
"following before proceeding:"
msgstr ""
"このドキュメントでは、複数の倉庫のオーダを処理するためにバーチャル倉庫を使用することを説明していますが、このソリューションにはいくつかの制限があります。先に進む前に、以下の点を考慮して下さい:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:17
msgid ""
"When the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field is set to a virtual warehouse on a "
"sales order, the virtual warehouse's address is indicated on the picking, "
"packing, and delivery forms, **not** the actual warehouse's address."
msgstr ""
"販売オーダで :guilabel:`倉庫` "
"フィールドが仮想倉庫に設定されている場合、ピッキング、梱包、配送フォームには仮想倉庫の住所が表示され、実際の倉庫の住所は表示されません。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:20
msgid ""
"Each location has a `warehouse_id` (hidden field). This means that the stock"
" in the virtual warehouse will **not** be the sum of the stock of the real "
"warehouses, but rather the sum of the stock in the locations whose warehouse"
" ID is the virtual warehouse."
msgstr ""
"各ロケーションは`warehouse_id`(隠しフィールド)を持っています。つまり、仮想倉庫の在庫は実際の倉庫の在庫の合計ではなく、倉庫IDが仮想倉庫のロケーションの在庫の合計になります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:25
msgid ""
"Potential limitation for those using :doc:`two "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` or "
":doc:`three-step delivery "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`:"
msgstr ""
"doc:`2 "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` または"
" :doc:`3ステップ配送 "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>` "
"を使用している場合に制限される可能性があります: "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:29
msgid ""
"The output or packing zone on the various forms is incorrectly listed as the"
" virtual warehouse's address."
msgstr "各種フォームに記載されている出荷ゾーンまたは梱包ゾーンが、仮想倉庫の住所として誤って記載されています。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:31
msgid "There is no workaround for two or three-step deliveries."
msgstr "2ステップまたは3ステップ配送に対する回避策はありません。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:32
msgid ""
"Proceed **only** if setting a virtual warehouse's address as the output or "
"packing zone makes sense for the company's workflow."
msgstr "仮想倉庫の住所を出力または梱包ゾーンとして設定することが、企業のワークフローにとって理にかなっている場合のみ**実行して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:36
msgid ""
"In order to create virtual locations in warehouses, and proceed to the "
"following steps, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step"
" Routes` features **must** be enabled."
msgstr ""
"倉庫内に仮想の場所を作成し、次のステップに進むためには、 :guilabel:`保管場所` と :guilabel:`複数ステップルート` "
"機能を有効にする必要があります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:39
msgid ""
"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and enable the "
":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options. "
"Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes to finish."
msgstr ""
"そのためには :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に行き、 :guilabel:`倉庫` "
"セクションまでスクロールダウンし、 :guilabel:`保管場所` と :guilabel:`複数ステップルート` オプションを有効にします。そして、"
" :guilabel:`保存` で変更を終了します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:47
msgid "Create virtual parent location"
msgstr "仮想親場所を作成する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:49
msgid ""
"Before creating any virtual stock locations, create a new warehouse that "
"acts as a *virtual* warehouse — the *parent* location of other physical "
"warehouses."
msgstr "仮想保管場所を作成する前に、*仮想*倉庫として機能する新しい倉庫、他の実際の倉庫の*親*ロケーションを作成します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:54
msgid ""
"Virtual warehouses are great for companies with multiple physical "
"warehouses. This is because a situation might arise when one warehouse runs "
"out of stock of a particular product, but another warehouse still has stock "
"on-hand. In this case, stock from these two (or more) warehouses could be "
"used to fulfill a single sales order."
msgstr ""
"仮想倉庫は、実倉庫を複数持つ企業に最適です。というのも、ある倉庫で特定のプロダクトの在庫が切れても、別の倉庫にはまだ在庫があるという状況が発生するかもしれないからです。この場合、これらの2つ(またはそれ以上)の倉庫からの在庫は、単一の販売オーダを満たすために使用することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:59
msgid ""
"The \"virtual\" warehouse acts as a single aggregator of all the inventory "
"stored in a company's physical warehouses, and is used (for traceability "
"purposes) to create a hierarchy of locations in Odoo."
msgstr ""
"\"仮想\" "
"倉庫は企業の実際の倉庫に保管されている全ての在庫を集約する役割を果たし、Odoo内で(トレーサビリティの目的のため)ロケーションの階層を作成するために使用されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:63
msgid ""
"To create a new warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. From here, the "
"warehouse :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Short Name` can be changed, and "
"other warehouse details can be changed under the :guilabel:`Warehouse "
"Configuration` tab."
msgstr ""
"新しい倉庫を作成するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 倉庫` に進み、 :guilabel:`作成` "
"をクリックします。ここから倉庫の :guilabel:`名前` と :guilabel:`略称` を変更し、その他の倉庫の詳細は "
":guilabel:`倉庫設定` タブで変更できます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:68
msgid ""
"Lastly, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating a *regular* warehouse. "
"Continue following the steps below to finish configuring the virtual parent "
"warehouse."
msgstr ""
"最後に、:guilabel:`保存`をクリックし、*通常の*倉庫の作成を終了します。仮想親倉庫の設定を完了するには、以下の手順を続けて下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst-1
msgid "New warehouse form."
msgstr "新規倉庫フォーム。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:76
msgid ""
":doc:`Warehouse configurations "
"<../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses>`"
msgstr ""
":doc:`倉庫設定 <../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:77
msgid ""
":ref:`Incoming and outgoing shipments "
"<inventory/receipts_delivery_one_step/wh>`"
msgstr ":ref:`入荷および出荷配送 <inventory/receipts_delivery_one_step/wh>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:78
msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses`"
msgstr ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:83
msgid "Create child warehouses"
msgstr "子倉庫を作成する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:85
msgid ""
"Create at least two *child* warehouses to link to the virtual warehouse."
msgstr "仮想倉庫にリンクするために、少なくとも2つの*子*倉庫を作成します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:88
msgid ""
"In order to take stock from multiple warehouses to fulfill a sales order, "
"there needs to be at least **two** warehouses acting as child locations of "
"the virtual parent location warehouse."
msgstr ""
"販売オーダを満たすために複数の倉庫から在庫を引くには、仮想の親ロケーション倉庫の子ロケーションとして機能する倉庫が少なくとも**2つ**必要です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:91
msgid ""
"To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Warehouses`, click :guilabel:`Create`, and follow the :ref:`preceding "
"instructions <inventory/routes/virtual-wh>` to configure the physical stock "
"locations."
msgstr ""
"そのためには :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 倉庫` に移動し、 :guilabel:`作成` をクリックし、 "
":ref:`事前指示 <inventory/routes/virtual-wh>` に従って実際の在庫ロケーションを設定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid "**Parent Warehouse**"
msgstr "**親倉庫**"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Virtual Warehouse`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`親倉庫`: `仮想倉庫`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: `VWH/Stock`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`ロケーション`: `VWH/在庫`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid "**Child Warehouses**"
msgstr "**子倉庫**"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouses`: `Warehouse A` and `Warehouse B`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`倉庫`: `倉庫A` と `倉庫B`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Locations`: `WHA` and `WHB`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`ロケーション`: `WHA` と `WHB`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid ""
"Graphic of child locations 'WHA' and 'WHB' tied to the parent location."
msgstr "親ロケーションに紐づく子ロケーション 'WHA' と 'WHB'のグラフィック。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:110
msgid ""
"While the virtual stock location will be changed to 'View' later, the "
":guilabel:`Location Type` **must** be :guilabel:`Internal Location` at this "
"point to :ref:`link the child warehouses <inventory/routes/link-to-vwh>` in "
"the next section."
msgstr ""
"仮想在庫ロケーションは後で'ビュー'に変更されますが、次のセクションで:ref:`子倉庫<inventory/routes/link-to-"
"vwh>をリンクする`ために、この時点で:guilabel:`ロケーションタイプ`は:guilabel:`内部ロケーション`である**必要があります**。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:117
msgid "Link child warehouses to virtual stock"
msgstr "子倉庫を仮想在庫にリンクする"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:119
msgid ""
"To set physical warehouses as child locations of the virtual location "
"configured in the :ref:`previous step <inventory/routes/virtual-wh>`, "
"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`."
msgstr ""
"ref:`前のステップ <inventory/routes/virtual-wh>` "
"で設定した仮想ロケーションの子ロケーションとして実際の倉庫を設定するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> "
"ロケーション` に移動します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:123
msgid ""
"Remove any filters from the search bar. Then, click the physical warehouse "
":guilabel:`Location` that was previously created to be a child location "
"(e.g. `WHA`), and click :guilabel:`Edit`."
msgstr ""
"検索バーからフィルタを取り除きます。次に、子ロケーション(例：`WHA`)として作成した実際の倉庫 :guilabel:`ロケーション` "
"をクリックし、:guilabel:`編集` をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:126
msgid ""
"Change the :guilabel:`Parent Location` field from :guilabel:`Physical "
"Locations` to the virtual warehouse's **stock location** (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) "
"from the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`親ロケーション` フィールドを :guilabel:`実際のロケーション` "
"から仮想倉庫の**在庫ロケーション**(例：`VWH/在庫`)にドロップダウンメニューから変更し、 :guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:131
msgid ""
"To select the virtual warehouse's stock location in the :guilabel:`Parent "
"Location` drop-down menu, the parent warehouse stock location (e.g. "
"`VWH/Stock`) **must**  have its :guilabel:`Location Type` set to "
":guilabel:`Internal Location`."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`親ロケーション`ドロップダウンメニューで仮想倉庫の在庫ロケーションを選択するには、親倉庫の在庫ロケーション(例：`VWH/在庫`)の"
" :guilabel:`ロケーションタイプ` が :guilabel:`内部ロケーション` に設定されている**必要があります**。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst-1
msgid "Set the child warehouse's *Parent Location* to the virtual warehouse."
msgstr "子倉庫の *親倉庫の場所* を仮想倉庫に設定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:139
msgid "Repeat the preceding steps to configure two or more child warehouses."
msgstr "2つ以上の子倉庫を設定するには、前述の手順を繰り返します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:141
msgid ""
"Once complete, the virtual, parent warehouse (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) fulfills "
"orders using stock from child warehouses (e.g. `WHA` and `WHB`), if there is"
" insufficient stock in any one location."
msgstr "一旦完了すると、仮想の親倉庫(例：`VWH/在庫`)は、子倉庫(例：`WHA`と`WHB`)の在庫を使用してオーダを処理します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:145
msgid "Set virtual stock location as 'view'"
msgstr "仮想在庫ロケーションを'ビュー'として設定"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:147
msgid ""
"Set the virtual stock location's :guilabel:`Location Type` to "
":guilabel:`View`, as it is a non-existent location used to group various "
"physical warehouses together."
msgstr ""
"仮想在庫ロケーションの :guilabel:`ロケーションタイプ` を :guilabel:`ビュー` "
"に設定します。これは、様々な実際の倉庫をグループ化するために使用される存在しないロケーションだからです。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:150
msgid ""
"To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Locations`."
msgstr "そのためには :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> ロケーション` に移動します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:152
msgid ""
"Click the virtual warehouse's stock location (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) that was "
":ref:`previously created <inventory/routes/virtual-wh>`, from the "
":guilabel:`Locations` list."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`ロケーション`リストから、:ref:`前回作成済<inventory/routes/virtual-"
"wh>の`仮想倉庫の在庫ロケーション(例 :` VWH/在庫`)をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:155
msgid ""
"On the location form, under the :guilabel:`Additional Information` heading, "
"set the :guilabel:`Location Type` to :guilabel:`View`. :guilabel:`Save` the "
"changes."
msgstr ""
"ロケーションフォームの :guilabel:`追加情報` 見出しの下にある :guilabel:`ロケーションタイプ` を :guilabel:ビュー`"
" に設定します。 :guilabel:`保存` 変更を保存します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst-1
msgid "Warehouse location types in location creation screen."
msgstr "ロケーション作成スクリーンでの倉庫ロケーションタイプ"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:163
msgid ""
"To view the total quantity across **all** linked child warehouses, go to the"
" product form and click the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button."
msgstr ""
"リンクされている**全て**の子倉庫の合計数量を表示するには、プロダクトフォームに移動し、:guilabel:`手持`スマートボタンをクリックして下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid "Display stock across all linked warehouses."
msgstr "全てのリンク済倉庫の在庫を表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:171
msgid "Example: sell products from a virtual warehouse"
msgstr "例: 仮想倉庫からプロダクトを販売"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:173
msgid ""
"To sell products from multiple warehouses using a virtual parent location, "
"the database must have at least **two** warehouses configured — with at "
"least **one** product, with quantity on-hand in each warehouse, "
"respectively."
msgstr ""
"仮想の親ロケーションを使用して複数の倉庫からプロダクトを販売するには、データベースは少なくとも**2つ**の倉庫が、それぞれ各倉庫に手持ちの数量で、少なくとも**1つ**のプロダクトで構成されている必要があります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:178
msgid ""
"The following product, `Toy soldier`, is available at each location with the"
" quantities:"
msgstr "以下のプロダクト、`おもちゃの兵隊`は各ロケーションに数量があります:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:180
msgid "`WHA/Stock` : 1"
msgstr "`WHA/在庫` : 1"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:181
msgid "`WHB/Stock` : 2"
msgstr "`WHB/在庫` : 2"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:182
msgid ""
"Warehouses `WHA` and `WHB` are child warehouses of the virtual warehouse "
"`VWH`."
msgstr "倉庫 `WHA` と `WHB` は仮想倉庫 `VWH` の子倉庫です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:184
msgid ""
"Create a quotation for the product by navigating to the "
":menuselection:`Sales` app and clicking :guilabel:`Create`. On the quote, "
"add a :guilabel:`Customer`, and click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the "
"two products stored in the two warehouses."
msgstr ""
"menuselection:`販売` アプリに移動して :guilabel:`作成` をクリックし、プロダクトの見積を作成します。見積に "
":guilabel:`顧客` を追加し、 :guilabel:`プロダクト追加` をクリックして2つの倉庫に保管されている2つのプロダクトを追加します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:188
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales order form. Under "
"the :guilabel:`Delivery` section, change the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field "
"value to the virtual warehouse that was :ref:`previously created "
"<inventory/routes/virtual-wh>`. Next, :guilabel:`Confirm` the sales order."
msgstr ""
"次に、販売オーダフォームの :guilabel:`その他情報` タブをクリックします。guilabel:`配送` セクションの "
":guilabel:`倉庫` フィールドの値を :ref:`事前に作成済 <inventory/routes/virtual-wh>` "
"で指定した仮想倉庫に変更します。次に、販売オーダを :guilabel:`確認` します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst-1
msgid ""
"Set virtual warehouse as the *Warehouse* field in sales order's *Other Info*"
" tab."
msgstr "販売オーダの*その他情報*タブの*倉庫*フィールドとして仮想倉庫を設定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:196
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. From the warehouse "
"delivery form, confirm that the :guilabel:`Source Location` value matches "
"the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field value from the sales order. Both should list"
" the virtual warehouse location."
msgstr ""
"次に、 :guilabel:`配送` スマートボタンをクリックします。倉庫配送フォームから、 :guilabel:`移動元ロケーション` "
"の値が販売オーダの :guilabel:`倉庫` フィールドの値と一致することを確認します。両方が仮想倉庫の場所をリストしているはずです。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:200
msgid ""
"Finally, on the warehouse delivery form, under the :guilabel:`Detailed "
"Operations` tab, confirm that the :guilabel:`Locations` in the "
":guilabel:`From` column for each product match the child locations that are "
"tied to the virtual parent location."
msgstr ""
"最後に、倉庫配送フォームの :guilabel:`詳細オペレーション` タブで、各プロプロダクトの :guilabel:`元` 列の "
":guilabel:`ロケーション` が、仮想親ロケーションに紐づく子ロケーションと一致していることを確認します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst-1
msgid "Delivery order with matching source and child locations."
msgstr "移動元と子ロケーションが一致する配送オーダ。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:209
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Source Location` on the warehouse delivery form, and the "
":guilabel:`Warehouse` under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales "
"order, **must** match for products in the sales order to be pulled from "
"different warehouses."
msgstr ""
"倉庫配送フォームの :guilabel:`移動元ロケーション` と販売オーダの :guilabel:`その他情報` タブにある "
":guilabel:`倉庫` は、販売オーダ内のプロダクトが異なる倉庫から引き出されるためには一致する**必要があります**。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:213
msgid ""
"If the virtual warehouse is not in the :guilabel:`Source Location` field on "
"the warehouse delivery form, retry product reservation by:"
msgstr ""
"倉庫配送フォームの :guilabel:`移動元ロケーション` フィールドに仮想倉庫がない場合は、次の方法でプロダクト予約を再試行して下さい:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:216
msgid ""
"Running the scheduler: turn on :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, and "
"then go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`."
msgstr ""
"スケジューラ実行: :ref:`開発者モード<developer-mode>`をオンにし、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> "
"オペレーション -->スケジューラ実行`に進みます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:218
msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Check Availability` on the delivery order."
msgstr "配送オーダで :guilabel:`利用可能確認` をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:219
msgid ""
"If the virtual warehouse is **not** assigned to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` "
"field on the sales order, then cancel it, and create a new sales order with "
"the virtual warehouse set in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field."
msgstr ""
"もし仮想倉庫が販売オーダの :guilabel:`倉庫` フィールドに割当てられて**いない** なら、その販売オーダを取消し、 "
":guilabel:`倉庫` フィールドに仮想倉庫を設定して新規販売オーダを作成します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:222
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field is missing on the sales order form, then "
"the multiple child warehouses may not have been set up correctly. Review the"
" :ref:`previous section <inventory/routes/child-wh>` to ensure the correct "
"settings."
msgstr ""
"販売オーダフォームに :guilabel:`倉庫` "
"フィールドがない場合、複数の子倉庫が正しく設定されていない可能性があります。ref:`前のセクション<inventory/routes/child-"
"wh>`を見直して、正しい設定を確認して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:227
msgid ""
"To use a virtual *parent* location as the default warehouse for sales "
"orders, each salesperson should have the virtual warehouse assigned to them "
"from the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Default Warehouse` on their "
"employee form."
msgstr ""
"バーチャル*親*ロケーションを販売オーダのデフォルト倉庫として使用するには、各営業担当者が、従業員フォームの :guilabel:`デフォルト倉庫` "
"の隣にあるドロップダウンメニューからバーチャル倉庫を割当てなければなりません。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid "Default warehouse location on employee form."
msgstr "従業員フォームのデフォルト倉庫ロケーション。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:3
msgid "Storage categories"
msgstr "保管カテゴリ"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:5
msgid ""
"A *storage category* is used with :doc:`putaway rules <putaway>`, as an "
"extra location attribute to automatically propose optimal storage locations "
"for products."
msgstr ""
"*保管カテゴリ* は :doc:`置場規則 <putaway>` と併せて使用されます。 "
"追加のロケーション属性として、プロダクトに最適な保管場所を自動的に提案します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:8
msgid "Follow these steps to complete the setup:"
msgstr "以下のステップに従い、設定を完了させて下さい:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:10
msgid ""
":ref:`Enable the Storage Category feature <inventory/routes/enable-storage-"
"categories>`"
msgstr ":ref:`保管カテゴリ機能を有効化する <inventory/routes/enable-storage-categories>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:11
msgid ""
":ref:`Define a storage category <inventory/routes/define-storage>` with "
"specific limitations"
msgstr "特定の制限で :ref:`保管カテゴリを定義する <inventory/routes/define-storage>` "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:12
msgid ""
"Assign a :ref:`category to storage locations <inventory/routes/assign-"
"location>`"
msgstr ":ref:`カテゴリを保管場所に <inventory/routes/assign-location>` 割当てます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:13
msgid ""
"Add the storage category as an attribute to a :ref:`putaway rule "
"<inventory/routes/set-putaway-attribute>`"
msgstr ""
":ref:`置場規則 <inventory/routes/set-putaway-attribute>` に属性として置場カテゴリを追加します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:17
msgid ":doc:`putaway`"
msgstr ":doc:`置場`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:20
msgid ""
"Assigning categories to storage locations tells Odoo these locations meet "
"specific requirements, such as temperature or accessibility. Odoo then "
"evaluates these locations, based on defined capacity, and recommends the "
"best one on the warehouse transfer form."
msgstr ""
"保管場所にカテゴリを割当てることで、Odooにその場所が温度やアクセス性などの特定の要件を満たしていることを伝えます。Odooは、定義された容量に基づいてこれらの場所を評価し、倉庫移動フォーム上で最適な場所を推奨します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:28
msgid ""
"To enable storage categories, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, "
"ensure the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` "
"features are enabled."
msgstr ""
"保管カテゴリを有効にするには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` "
"に移動します。次に、:guilabel:`倉庫` セクションで、:guilabel:`保管場所` と:guilabel:`複数ステップルート` "
"機能が有効になっていることを確認します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:32
msgid ""
"Next, activate the :guilabel:`Storage Categories` feature. Finally, click "
":guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr "次に、:guilabel:`保管カテゴリ` 機能を有効にしたら、 :guilabel:`保管` をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst-1
msgid "Show the Storage Categories feature."
msgstr "保管カテゴリ機能を表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:41
msgid "Define storage category"
msgstr "保管カテゴリの定義"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:43
msgid ""
"A storage category with specific limitations **must** be created first, "
"before it is applied to locations, in order to decide the optimal storage "
"location."
msgstr "最適な保管場所を決定するために、ロケーションに適用する前に、特定の制限のある保管カテゴリをまず作成する **必要があります**。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:46
msgid ""
"To create a storage category, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Storage Categories`, and click :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""
"保管カテゴリを作成するには :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 保管カテゴリ` に 行き、:guilabel:`作成` "
"をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:49
msgid ""
"On the storage category form, type a name for the category in the "
":guilabel:`Storage Category` field."
msgstr "保管カテゴリフォームから、カテゴリの名前を :guilabel:`保管カテゴリ` フィールドに入力します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:52
msgid ""
"Options are available to limit capacity by weight, product, and package "
"type."
msgstr "重量、プロダクト、梱包タイプ別に容量を制限するオプションも利用できます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:55
msgid ""
"Weight limits can be combined with capacity by package or product (e.g. a "
"maximum of one hundred products with a total weight of two hundred "
"kilograms)."
msgstr "重量制限は、梱包またはプロダクトごとに容量と組み合わせることができます (例:合計重量200キログラムのプロダクトを最大100個)。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:58
msgid ""
"While it is possible to limit capacity by product and package type at the "
"same location, it may be more practical to store items in different amounts "
"across various locations, as shown in this example of :ref:`capacity by "
"package <inventory/routes/set-capacity-package>`."
msgstr ""
"同一の場所でプロダクトや梱包タイプごとに容量を制限することも可能ですが、この例 :ref:`梱包ごとの容量 <inventory/routes/set-"
"capacity-package>`のように、様々なロケーションに異なる量の商品を保管する方が実用的かもしれません。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:62
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Allow New Product` field defines when the location is "
"considered available to store a product:"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`新規プロダクトを許可` フィールドは、プロダクトを保存するのにそのロケーションが利用可能であるとみなされる条件を定義します:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:65
msgid ""
":guilabel:`If location is empty`: a product can be added there only if the "
"location is empty."
msgstr ":guilabel:`ロケーションが空の場合`: ロケーションが空の場合のみプロダクトを追加できます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:66
msgid ""
":guilabel:`If products are the same`: a product can be added there only if "
"the same product is already there."
msgstr ":guilabel:` プロダクトが同じ場合`: 同じプロダクトが既にある場合のみ、そこにプロダクトを追加することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:68
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Allow mixed products`: several different products can be stored "
"in this location at the same time."
msgstr ":guilabel:`プロダクトの混在を許可`: 複数の異なるプロダクトを同時にこの場所に保管することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:72
msgid ""
"When clicked, the :guilabel:`Location` smart button shows which storage "
"locations the category has been assigned to."
msgstr "クリックすると、:guilabel:`ロケーション` スマートボタンは、カテゴリがどの保管場所に割当てられているかを表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:76
msgid "Capacity by weight"
msgstr "重量ごとの容量"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:78
msgid ""
"On a storage category form (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration "
"--> Storage Categories`), set a maximum product weight in the :guilabel:`Max"
" Weight` field. This limit applies to each location assigned this storage "
"category."
msgstr ""
"保管カテゴリフォーム (:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 保管カテゴリ`)で、:guilabel:`最大重量` "
"フィールドにプロダクトの最大重量を設定します。この制限は、この保管カテゴリが割当てられた各ロケーションに適用されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:83
msgid "Capacity by product"
msgstr "プロダクトごとの容量"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:85
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Capacity by Product` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a Line` to "
"input items, and enter their capacities in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`プロダクトごとの容量` タブで、:guilabel:`明細追加` をクリックして項目を入力し、:guilabel:`容量` "
"フィールドにそれぞれの容量を入力します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:89
msgid ""
"Ensure only a maximum of five `Large Cabinets` and two `Corner Desk Right "
"Sit` are stored at a single storage location, by specifying those amounts in"
" the :guilabel:`Capacity by Product` tab of a storage category form."
msgstr ""
"保管カテゴリフォームの :guilabel:`プロダクトごとの容量` タブでそれらの数量を指定することで、1つの保管場所に保管される "
"`大型キャビネット` は最大5つ、 `コーナーデスク右向き`  は最大2つに抑えることができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:0
msgid "Show storage category limiting by product count."
msgstr "プロダクト数による保管カテゴリの制限を表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:100
msgid "Capacity by package"
msgstr "梱包ごとの容量"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:102
msgid ""
"For companies using :doc:`packages "
"<../../product_management/configure/package>`, it becomes possible to ensure"
" real-time storage capacity checks, based on package types (e.g., crates, "
"bins, boxes, etc.)."
msgstr ""
" :doc:`梱包 <../../product_management/configure/package>` を使用している企業では、梱包の種類 "
"(例:クレート、大型箱、箱など) に基づくリアルタイムの保管容量チェックを確実に実行することが可能になります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:107
msgid ""
"Enable the :guilabel:`Packages` feature in :menuselection:`Inventory app -->"
" Configuration --> Settings` to show the :guilabel:`Capacity by Package` "
"tab."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`梱包` 機能を有効にするには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` で "
":guilabel:`梱包別容量` タブを表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:111
msgid ""
"Create putaway rules for pallet-stored items, by creating the `High "
"Frequency pallets` storage category."
msgstr "`高頻度パレット` の保管カテゴリを作成することで、パレット保管の物品の置場規則を作成します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:114
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Capacity by Package` tab, specify the number of packages "
"for the designated :guilabel:`Package Type`, and set a maximum of `2.00` "
"`Pallets` for a specific location."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`梱包ごとの容量` タブで、指定した :guilabel:`梱包タイプ` の梱包数を指定し、特定の場所の最大数を `2.00` "
"`パレット` に設定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:0
msgid "Create a storage category on the page."
msgstr "ページに収納カテゴリを作成します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:124
msgid "Assign to location"
msgstr "ロケーションに割当る"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:126
msgid ""
"Once the storage category is created, assign it to a location. Navigate to "
"the location by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration -->"
" Locations`, and select the desired location. Then, select the created "
"category in the :guilabel:`Storage Category` field."
msgstr ""
"保管カテゴリが作成されたら、それをロケーションに割当てます。:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> ロケーション` "
"に移動してロケーションを選択します。次に、:guilabel:`保管カテゴリ` フィールドで作成したカテゴリを選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:131
msgid ""
"Assign the `High Frequency pallets` storage category (which limits pallets "
"stored at any location to two pallets) to the `WH/Stock/pallets/PAL 1` sub-"
"location."
msgstr ""
"`高頻度パレット` 保管カテゴリ (いずれのロケーションでも保管されるパレットを制限する) を `WH/Stock/pallets/PAL 1` "
"サブロケーションに割当ます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:0
msgid ""
"When a Storage Category is created, it can be linked to a warehouse "
"location."
msgstr "保管カテゴリが作成されると、倉庫ロケーションにリンクすることができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:141
msgid "Putaway rule"
msgstr "置場規則"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:143
msgid ""
"With the :ref:`storage category <inventory/routes/define-storage>` and "
":ref:`location <inventory/routes/assign-location>` set up, create the "
":doc:`putaway rule <putaway>` by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app"
" --> Configuration --> Putaway Rules`."
msgstr ""
" :ref:`保管カテゴリ <inventory/routes/define-storage>` と :ref:`ロケーション "
"<inventory/routes/assign-location>` 設定で、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> "
"置場規則` に移動し、:doc:`置場規則 <putaway>` を作成して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:147
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Create` button to create the putaway rule. In the "
":guilabel:`Having Category` field of the new putaway rule form, select the "
"storage category."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`作成` ボタンをクリックして置場規則を作成します。新しい置場規則フォームで、:guilabel:`カテゴリあり` "
"フィールドを選択して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:151
msgid ""
"Continuing the example from above, the `High Frequency Pallets` storage "
"category is assigned to the putaway rule directing pallets of lemonade to "
"locations with the `High Frequency Pallets` storage category :ref:`assigned "
"to them <inventory/routes/assign-location>`."
msgstr ""
"引き続き上記の例であれば、:ref:`ロケーションに割当られた <inventory/routes/assign-location>` "
"`高頻度パレット` の保管カテゴリを持つロケーションにレモネードのパレットを置く置場規則 `高頻度パレット` の保管カテゴリが割当てられています。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:0
msgid "Storage Categories used in a variety of putaway rules."
msgstr "様々な置場規則で使用される保管カテゴリ。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:160
msgid "Use case: limit capacity by package"
msgstr "使用例: 梱包ごとに容量を制限します"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:162
msgid ""
"To limit the capacity of a storage location by a specific number of "
"packages, :ref:`create a storage category with a Capacity By Package "
"<inventory/routes/set-capacity-package>`."
msgstr ""
"保管場所の容量を特定の梱包数に制限するには、:ref:`パッケージごとの容量で保管カテゴリを作成  <inventory/routes/set-"
"capacity-package>` します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:165
msgid ""
"Continuing the example from above, the `High Frequency Pallets` storage "
"category is assigned to the `PAL1` and `PAL2` locations."
msgstr "上の例の続きで、`高頻度パレット` 保管カテゴリは`PAL1` と `PAL2` ロケーションに割当られます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:168
msgid ""
"Then, :ref:`putaway rules <inventory/routes/putaway-rule>` are set, so that "
"any pallets received in the warehouse are directed to be stored in `PAL1` "
"and `PAL2` locations."
msgstr ""
"その後、 :ref:`置場規則 <inventory/routes/putaway-rule>` が設定され、 倉庫に入荷したパレットは全て`PAL1`"
" および `PAL2` ロケーションに保管されるよう誘導されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:171
msgid ""
"Depending on the number of pallets on-hand at each of the storage locations,"
" when one pallet of lemonade cans is received, the following scenarios "
"happen:"
msgstr "各保管場所に保管されているパレットの数に応じて、レモネード缶のパレットが1つ届くと、次のような状況が発生します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:174
msgid ""
"If `PAL1` and `PAL2` are empty, the pallet is redirected to "
"`WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1`."
msgstr "PAL1` および `PAL2` が空の場合、パレットは `WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1` に再配置されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:175
msgid ""
"If `PAL1` is full, the pallet is redirected to `WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2`."
msgstr "`PAL1` が満杯の場合、パレットは `WH/在庫/パレット/PAL2` にリダイレクトされます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:176
msgid ""
"If `PAL1` and `PAL2` are full, the pallet is redirected to "
"`WH/Stock/Pallets`."
msgstr "`PAL1` および `PAL2` が満杯の場合パレットは`WH/在庫/パレット` に再配置されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:5
msgid "Routes and push/pull rules"
msgstr "ルートおよびプッシュ/プル規則"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:7
msgid ""
"In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products "
"should be purchased/manufactured, delivered to distribution centers, and "
"made available to the retail channel."
msgstr "在庫管理では、サプライチェーン戦略によって、プロダクトをいつ購買/製造し、配送センタに配送し、小売チャネルに提供するかを決定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:11
msgid ""
"In Odoo, a product's supply chain strategy can be configured using *Routes*,"
" which feature *Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly "
"configured, the Inventory app can automatically generate transfers following"
" the configured push/pull rules."
msgstr ""
"Odooでは、プロダクトのサプライチェーン戦略を*プル/プッシュ規則*を持つ*ルート*を使って設定することができます。全ての設定が完了すると、在庫管理アプリは設定されたプッシュ/プル規則に従って自動的に運送を生成します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:16
msgid "Inside the warehouse"
msgstr "倉庫内"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:18
msgid ""
"In a generic warehouse, there are receiving docks, a quality control area, "
"storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All "
"products go through all these locations. As the products move through the "
"locations, each location triggers the products' specified route and rules."
msgstr ""
"一般的な倉庫には、入荷ドック、品質管理エリア、保管場所、ピッキング・梱包エリア、配送ドックがあります。プロダクトは全てこれらのロケーションを通過します。プロダクトがロケーションを移動するとき、各ロケーションはプロダクトの指定されたルートそして規則をトリガします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area."
msgstr "在庫と品質管理エリアのある一般的な倉庫の様子。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:27
msgid ""
"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered products at the "
"receiving docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. "
"Depending on the product's route and rules, some of these products are sent "
"to a quality control area (for example, products that are components used in"
" the manufacturing process), while others are directly stored in their "
"respective locations."
msgstr ""
"この例では、仕入先のトラックがオーダ製品のパレットを荷受場に降ろします。その後、オペレータが入荷エリアでプロダクトをスキャンします。プロダクトのルートと規則によって、これらのプロダクトのいくつかは品質管理区域に送られ(例えば、製造工程で使用される部品であるプロダクト)、他のものはそれぞれの場所に直接保管されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of a generic push to rule when receiving products."
msgstr "プロダクトを荷受けする時の規則への一般的なプッシュのビュー。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:36
msgid ""
"Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked "
"for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are "
"picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where "
"the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective "
"boxes, and conveyor belts bring them to the shipping docks, ready to be "
"delivered to customers."
msgstr ""
"フルフィルメント・ルートの例です。朝、その日のうちに準備する必要のあるオーダを全てピッキングします。これらの商品は保管場所からピッキングされ、オーダが梱包される場所の近くにあるピッキングエリアに移動します。その後、オーダはそれぞれの箱に詰められ、ベルトコンベアで出荷ドックに運ばれ、顧客に配送されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries."
msgstr "発送準備時の規則からの一般的なプルのビュー。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:46
msgid "Pull rules"
msgstr "プル規則"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:48
msgid ""
"With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while "
"*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location."
msgstr "*プル規則*では、あるプロダクトの需要が調達のトリガとなり、*プッシュ規則*では、プロダクトが特定の場所に到着することがトリガとなります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:51
msgid ""
"Pull Rules are used to fulfill a sales order. Odoo generates a need at the "
"*Customer Location* for each product in the order. Because pull rules are "
"triggered by a need, Odoo looks for a pull rule defined on the *Customer "
"Location*."
msgstr ""
"プル規則は販売オーダを処理するために使用します。Odooはオーダ内の各プロダクトの*顧客ロケーション*にニーズを生成します。プル規則はニーズによってトリガされるため、Odooは*顧客ロケーション*に定義されたプル規則を検索します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:55
msgid ""
"In this case, a \"delivery order\" pull rule that transfers products from "
"the *Shipping Area* to the *Customer Location* is found, and a transfer "
"between the two locations is created."
msgstr ""
"この場合、*配送エリア*から*顧客ロケーション*にプロダクトを転送する*配送オーダ*プル規則が見つかり、2つのロケーション間の運送が作成されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:58
msgid ""
"Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the "
"*Shipping Area*: the \"packing\" rule that transfers products from the "
"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. Finally, other pull rules are "
"triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is "
"created."
msgstr ""
"次に、Odooは*出荷エリア*のニーズを満たそうとする別のプル規則を見つけます：*梱包エリア*から*出荷エリア*へプロダクトを転送する\"梱包\"規則です。最後に、*在庫*と*ピッキングエリア*間の運送が作成されるまで、他のプル規則がトリガされます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:64
msgid ""
"All these product transfers are automatically generated by Odoo based on the"
" pull rules, starting from the end (the customer location) and going "
"backward (the stock warehouse). While working, the operator processes these "
"transfers in the opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, and "
"finally the delivery order."
msgstr ""
"これらのプロダクト転送は全てプル規則に基づいてOdooが自動生成し、末端(顧客ロケーション)から逆方向(在庫倉庫)に進みます。作業中、オペレーターはこれらの運送を逆のオーダで処理します:"
" 最初にピッキング、次に梱包、最後に配送オーダ。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:70
msgid "Push rules"
msgstr "プッシュ規則"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:72
msgid ""
"On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of "
"generating documents based on needs, they are triggered in real time when "
"products arrive in a specific location. Push rules basically say: \"when a "
"product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\""
msgstr ""
"一方、*プッシュ規則*はより理解しやすいものです。ニーズに基づいてドキュメントを生成するのではなく、プロダクトが特定の場所に到着したときにリアルタイムでトリガされます。プッシュ規則は基本的にこう言います:"
" \"プロダクトが特定の場所に到着したら、別の場所に移動して下さい。\""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:76
msgid ""
"An example of a push rule would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt "
"Area*, move it to the *Storage Location*. As different push rules can be "
"applied to different products, the user can assign different storage "
"locations for different products."
msgstr ""
"プッシュ規則の例: "
"プロダクトが*入荷エリア*に到着したら、それを*保管場所*に移動します。異なるプロダクトに異なるプッシュ規則を適用することができるので、ユーザは異なるプロダクトに異なる保管場所を割当てられます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:80
msgid ""
"Another push rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to"
" the *Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them"
" to their *Storage Location*."
msgstr "プロダクトがある場所に到着したら、それを*品質管理エリア*に移動させます。そして、品質チェックが終わったら、*保管場所*に移動します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:84
msgid ""
"Push rules can only be triggered if there are no pull rules that have "
"already generated the product transfers."
msgstr "プッシュ規則は、すでにプロダクト転送を生成したプル規則がない場合にのみトリガできます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:88
msgid ""
"Sets of push/pull rules like those are called *Routes*. The grouping on the "
"rule decides if products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For "
"example, during the picking operation, all orders and their products are "
"grouped in one transfer, whereas the packing operation respects the grouping"
" per customer order."
msgstr ""
"このようなプッシュ/プル規則は*ルート*と呼ばれます。規則上のグループ化は、プロダクトが同じ転送でグループ化されるかどうかを決定します。例えば、ピッキング作業では、全てのオーダとそのプロダクトは1つの運送にグループ化されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:96
msgid "Use routes and rules"
msgstr "ルートと規則を使用する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:98
msgid ""
"Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you "
"manage advanced route configurations such as:"
msgstr "ルート*は*プッシュ規則とプル規則*の集合体であるため、Odooでは以下のような高度なルート設定を管理することができます:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:101
msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains."
msgstr "プロダクト製造チェーンの管理。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:102
msgid "Manage default locations per product."
msgstr "プロダクトごとにデフォルトロケーションを管理します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:103
msgid ""
"Define routes within the stock warehouse according to business needs, such "
"as quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns."
msgstr "品質管理、アフターサービス、サプライヤーからの返品など、ビジネスニーズに応じて在庫倉庫内のルートを定義します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:105
msgid ""
"Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented "
"products."
msgstr "レンタルしたプロダクトの返却を自動生成することで、レンタル管理に役立ちます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:107
msgid ""
"To configure a route for a product, first, open the :guilabel:`Inventory` "
"application and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in "
"the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, enable the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` "
"feature and click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
"プロダクトのルートを設定するには、まず :guilabel:`在庫` アプリケーションを開き、 :menuselection:`設定 --> 管理設定`"
" に進みます。次に、 :guilabel:`倉庫` セクションで :guilabel:`複数ステップルート` 機能を有効にし、 "
":guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "Activate the Multi-Step Routes feature in Odoo Inventory."
msgstr "Odoo在庫の複数ステップルート機能を有効化します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:116
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is automatically activated with "
"the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature."
msgstr "guilabel:`保管場所` 機能は :guilabel:`複数ステップルート` 機能と同時に自動的に有効化されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:119
msgid ""
"Once this first step is completed, the user can use pre-configured routes "
"that come with Odoo, or they can create custom routes."
msgstr "この最初のステップが完了すると、ユーザはOdooに付属している設定済のルートを使用することも、カスタムルートを作成することもできます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:123
msgid "Pre-configured routes"
msgstr "事前設定済ルート"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:125
msgid ""
"To access Odoo's pre-configured routes, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Then, open a warehouse form. In the "
":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, the user can view the warehouse's "
"pre-configured routes for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and "
":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`."
msgstr ""
"Odooの設定済ルートにアクセスするには、 :menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> "
"倉庫`にアクセスして下さい。次に倉庫フォームを開きます。guilabel:`倉庫設定`タブで、ユーザは倉庫で事前に設定された "
":guilabel:`入荷配送` と :guilabel:`出荷配送` のルートを見ることができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "A pre-configured warehouse in Odoo Inventory."
msgstr "Odoo在庫での事前設定済倉庫"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:134
msgid ""
"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are also available. The "
"user can select the route that best fits their business needs. Once the "
":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` routes are"
" set, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` to see"
" the specific routes that Odoo generated."
msgstr ""
"ピッキング-梱包-配送など、より高度なルートもあります。ユーザはビジネスニーズに最適なルートを選択できます。guilabel:`入荷配送`と "
":guilabel:`出荷配送`のルートが設定されたら、 :menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> "
"ルート`にアクセスして、Odooが生成した特定のルートを確認して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers."
msgstr "Odooが提供する全ての事前設定済ルート"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:143
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click on a route to open the route form. In "
"the route form, the user can view which places the route is "
":guilabel:`Applicable On`. The user can also set the route to only apply on "
"a specific :guilabel:`Company`. This is useful for multi-company "
"environments; for example, a user can have a company and warehouse in "
"Country A and a second company and warehouse in Country B."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`ルート`ページでルートをクリックすると、ルートフォームが開きます。ルートフォームでは、ユーザはルートがどの場所が:guilabel:`適用箇所`"
" かを見ることができます。ユーザはルートを特定の :guilabel:`会社` "
"にのみ適用するように設定することもできます。これは複数会社環境で便利です。例えば、ユーザがA国に会社と倉庫を持ち、B国に2つ目の会社と倉庫を持つことができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of a route example applicable on product categories and warehouses."
msgstr "プロダクトカテゴリと倉庫に適用されるルート例のビュー。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:153
msgid ""
"At the bottom of the route form, the user can view the specific "
":guilabel:`Rules` for the route. Each :guilabel:`Rule` has an "
":guilabel:`Action`, a :guilabel:`Source Location`, and a "
":guilabel:`Destination Location`."
msgstr ""
"ルートフォームの下部で、ユーザはルートの :guilabel:`規則` を見ることができます。それぞれの :guilabel:`規則` には "
":guilabel:`アクション`、 :guilabel:`発送元ロケーション`、 :guilabel:`発送先ロケーション` があります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "An example of rules with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory."
msgstr "Odoo在庫でのプッシュ＆プルアクションのあるルールの例"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:162
msgid "Custom Routes"
msgstr "カスタムルート"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:164
msgid ""
"To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration "
"--> Routes`, and click on :guilabel:`Create`. Next, choose the places where "
"this route can be selected. A route can be applicable on a combination of "
"places."
msgstr ""
"カスタムルートを作成するには、 :menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> ルート` に行き、 :guilabel:`作成` "
"をクリックします。次に、このルートを選択できる場所を選択します。ルートは複数の場所に適用することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of a pick-pack-ship route."
msgstr "ピッキング-梱包-配送ルートのビュー。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:172
msgid ""
"Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the "
"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly. Then, configure the "
":guilabel:`Rules` of the route."
msgstr ""
"それぞれの場所で動作が異なるので、有用なものだけにチェックを入れて、それぞれのルートにそれに応じて適合させることが重要です。次に、ルートの "
":guilabel:`規則` を設定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:175
msgid ""
"If the route is applicable on a product category, the route still needs to "
"be manually set on the product category form by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. Then, "
"select the product category and open the form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` "
"and under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, set the :guilabel:`Routes`."
msgstr ""
"ルートがプロダクトカテゴリに適用される場合、ルートは :menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> プロダクトカテゴリ` "
"のプロダクトカテゴリフォームで手動で設定する必要があります。次に、プロダクトカテゴリを選択し、フォームを開きます。次に :guilabel:`編集` "
"をクリックし、 :guilabel:`ロジスティクス` セクションで :guilabel:`ルート` を設定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:180
msgid ""
"When applying the route on a product category, all the rules configured in "
"the route are applied to **every** product in the category. This can be "
"helpful if the business uses the dropshipping process for all the products "
"from the same category."
msgstr ""
"プロダクトカテゴリにルートを適用すると、ルートに設定された規則は全て、そのカテゴリ内の**全ての**プロダクトに適用されます。これは、ビジネスが同じカテゴリの全てのプロダクトに直送プロセスを使用する場合に役立ちます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of a route applied to the \"all\" product category."
msgstr "\"全ての\" プロダクトカテゴリに適用されたルートのビュー。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:188
msgid ""
"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If the route can apply to "
":guilabel:`Warehouses`, all the transfers occurring inside the chosen "
"warehouse that meet the conditions of the route's rules will then follow "
"that route."
msgstr ""
"同じ動作が倉庫にも適用されます。ルートが :guilabel:`倉庫` "
"に適用できる場合、選択された倉庫の内部で発生する転送で、ルートの規則の条件を満たすものは全てそのルートに従います。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of the warehouse drop-down menu when selecting applicable on warehouse."
msgstr "倉庫で適用を選択した場合の倉庫ドロップダウンメニューのビュー。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:196
msgid ""
"If the route is applicable on :guilabel:`Sales Order Lines`, it is more or "
"less the opposite. The route must be manually chosen when creating a "
"quotation. This is useful if some products go through different routes."
msgstr ""
"もしルートが :guilabel:`販売オーダ明細` "
"に適用される場合は、多かれ少なかれその逆になります。ルートは見積を作成する際に手動で選択する必要があります。これはいくつかのプロダクトが異なるルートを通る場合に便利です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:200
msgid ""
"Remember to toggle the visibility of the :guilabel:`Route` column on the "
"quotation/sales order. Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the "
"quotation/sales order."
msgstr ""
"見積/販売オーダの :guilabel:`ルート` "
"列の表示を切替えを忘れずに行って下さい。そうすれば、見積/販売オーダの各明細でルートを選択することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders."
msgstr "販売オーダに新規明細を追加するためのメニュー。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:207
msgid ""
"Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more "
"or less like the product categories: once selected, the route must be "
"manually set on the product form."
msgstr ""
"最後に、プロダクトに適用できるルートがあります。これらのルートはプロダクトカテゴリとほぼ同じように機能します:一度選択すると、ルートはプロダクトフォーム上で手動で設定する必要があります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:210
msgid ""
"To set a route on a product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products "
"--> Products` and select the desired product. Then, go to the "
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab and under the :guilabel:`Operations` section, "
"select the :guilabel:`Routes`."
msgstr ""
"プロダクトにルートを設定するには、 :menuselection:`在庫 --> プロダクト --> プロダクト` "
"に進み、目的のプロダクトを選択します。次に :guilabel:`在庫` タブに移動し、 :guilabel:`オペレーション` セクションで "
":guilabel:`ルート` を選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of a product form, where the route must be selected."
msgstr "ルートを選択する必要があるプロダクトフォームのビュー。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:219
msgid "Rules must be set on the route in order for the route to work."
msgstr "ルートが機能するためには、ルールがルートに設定されている必要があります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:222
msgid "Rules"
msgstr "規則"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:224
msgid ""
"The rules are defined on the route form. First, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` and open the desired"
" route form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` and in the :guilabel:`Rules` "
"section, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`."
msgstr ""
"規則はルートフォームで定義します。まず :menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> ルート` "
"に行き、目的のルートフォームを開きます。次に :guilabel:`編集` をクリックし、 :guilabel:`規則` セクションで "
":guilabel:`明細を追加` をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules."
msgstr "新しい規則を追加できる規則メニュー。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:232
msgid ""
"The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and "
"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Each rule has an "
":guilabel:`Action`:"
msgstr ""
"利用可能な規則は様々なアクションをトリガします。Odooが*プッシュ*と*プル*規則を提供している場合、他の規則も利用できます。各規則は "
":guilabel:`アクション` を持っています："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:235
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Pull From`: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a"
" specific location. The need can come from a sales order being validated or "
"from a manufacturing order requiring a specific component. When the need "
"appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking to fulfill "
"this need."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`以下からプル:`: "
"この規則は特定の場所でプロダクトが必要とされた場合にトリガされます。このニーズは販売オーダから発生することもあれば、特定の部品を必要とする製造オーダから発生することもあります。仕向地にニーズが表示されると、Odooはこのニーズを満たすためにピッキングを生成します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:239
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Push To`: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products "
"in the defined source location. In the case of the user moving products to "
"the source location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the "
"destination location."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`以下へプッシュ`: "
"この規則は、定義された移動元にプロダクトが到着した場合にトリガされます。ユーザが移動元ロケーションにプロダクトを移動した場合、Odooはそれらのプロダクトを移動先ロケーションに移動するピッキングを生成します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:242
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Pull & Push`: this rule allows the generation of pickings in the "
"two situations explained above. This means that when products are required "
"at a specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to "
"fulfill that need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule "
"is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products "
"are pushed to the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`プル & プッシュ`: "
"この規則では、上で説明した2つの状況でピッキングを生成することができます。つまり、特定の場所でプロダクトが必要になった場合、そのニーズを満たすために前の場所から転送が作成されます。これにより、前の場所でニーズが発生し、それを満たすための規則がトリガされます。つ目のニーズが満たされると、プロダクトは目的地にプッシュされ、全てのニーズが満たされます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:247
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Buy`: when products are needed at the destination location, a "
"request for quotation is created to fulfill the need."
msgstr ":guilabel:`購買`: 目的地でプロダクトが必要な場合、そのニーズを満たすために見積依頼が作成されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:249
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Manufacture`: when products are needed in the source location, a "
"manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need."
msgstr ":guilabel:`製造`: プロダクトがソースロケーションで必要とされるとき、必要を満たすために製造オーダが作成されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid ""
"Overview of a \"Pull From\" rule that creates a transfer between the stock and the packing\n"
"zone."
msgstr ""
"在庫と梱包ゾーン間の転送を作成する \"以下からプル:\"規則の\n"
"概要。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:257
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Operation Type` must also be defined on the rule. This "
"defines which kind of picking is created from the rule."
msgstr "guilabel:`オペレーションタイプ` も規則で定義する必要があります。これは規則からどの種類のピッキングが作成されるかを定義します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:260
msgid ""
"If the rule's :guilabel:`Action` is set to :guilabel:`Pull From` or "
":guilabel:`Pull & Push`, a :guilabel:`Supply Method` must be set. The "
":guilabel:`Supply Method` defines what happens at the source location:"
msgstr ""
"規則の :guilabel:`アクション` が :guilabel:`以下からプル:` または :guilabel:`プル & プッシュ` "
"に設定されている場合、 :guilabel:`調達方法` "
"を設定する必要があります。guilabel:`調達方法`は移動元ロケーションで何が起こるかを定義します:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:264
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: the products are taken from the available stock"
" of the source location."
msgstr ":guilabel:`在庫を消費`: プロダクトは移動元の在庫から取り出されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:266
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: the system tries to find a stock rule to "
"bring the products to the source location. The available stock is ignored."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`他のルールをトリガ`: "
"システムはソースロケーションにプロダクトを運ぶための在庫規則を見つけようとします。利用可能な在庫は無視されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:268
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule`: the "
"products are taken from the available stock of the source location. If there"
" is no stock available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the "
"products to the source location."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`在庫を消費、もし利用不可能な場合、他の規則をトリガ`: "
"プロダクトは移動元ロケーションの利用可能な在庫から取り出されます。利用可能な在庫がない場合、システムは移動元ロケーションにプロダクトを運ぶ規則を見つけようとします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:273
msgid "Example flow"
msgstr "フロー例"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:275
msgid ""
"In this example, let's use a custom *Pick - Pack - Ship* route to try a full"
" flow with an advanced custom route."
msgstr "この例では、カスタム*ピッキング - 梱包 - 配送*ルートを使って、高度なカスタムルートによるフルフローを試してみましょう。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:278
msgid ""
"First, a quick look at the route's rules and their supply methods. There are"
" three rules, all :guilabel:`Pull From` rules. The :guilabel:`Supply "
"Methods` for each rule are the following:"
msgstr ""
"最初に、ルートの規則とその調達方法を簡単に見てみましょう。3つの規則があり、全て :guilabel:`以下からプル:` の規則です。各規則の "
":guilabel:`調達方法` は以下の通りです:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:281
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: When products are needed in the "
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`, *picks* (internal transfers from "
":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`) are created from "
":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to fulfill the need."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`在庫を消費`: guilabel:`WH/梱包ゾーン`にプロダクトが必要な場合、*ピッキング* "
"(:guilabel:`WH/在庫` から :guilabel:`WH/梱包ゾーン` への内部転送) が :guilabel:`WH/在庫` "
"から作成されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:284
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in "
":guilabel:`WH/Output`, *packs* (internal transfers from "
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to :guilabel:`WH/Output`) are created from "
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to fulfill the need."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`を参照して下さい: "
"guilabel:`WH/出荷`でプロダクトが必要になると、*梱包*(内部転送： :guilabel:`WH/梱包ゾーン`から "
":guilabel:`WH/出荷` へ)が :guilabel:`WH/出荷ゾーン` から作成されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:287
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in "
":guilabel:`Partner Locations/Customers`, *delivery orders* are created from "
":guilabel:`WH/Output` to fulfill the need."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`他のルールをトリガ`を参照して下さい: guilabel:`取引先ロケーション/顧客` "
"でプロダクトが必要になると、その必要を満たすために :guilabel:`WH/出荷` から *配送オーダ* が作成されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "Overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route."
msgstr "ピックアップ-梱包-出荷ルートで作成された全ての転送の概要。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:295
msgid ""
"This means that, when a customer orders products that have a *pick - pack - "
"ship* route set on it, a delivery order is created to fulfill the order."
msgstr ""
"つまり、*ピックアップ - 梱包 - 配送*ルートが設定されているプロダクトを顧客がオーダすると、配送オーダが作成され、オーダが履行されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of the operations created by a pull from transfer."
msgstr "運送からのプルによって作成されたオペレーションのビュー。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:303
msgid ""
"If the source document for multiple tranfers is the same sales order, the "
"status is not the same. The status will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another "
"Operation` if the previous transfer in the list is not done yet."
msgstr ""
"複数の転送元ドキュメントが同じ販売オーダの場合、ステータスは同じではありません。リストの前の転送がまだ完了していない場合、ステータスは "
":guilabel:`他の処理待ち` になります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of the transfers' various statuses at the beginning of the process."
msgstr "処理開始時の運送の様々なステータスのビュー。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:311
msgid ""
"To prepare the delivery order, packed products are needed at the output "
"area, so an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone."
msgstr "配送オーダを準備するため、出力エリアでは梱包されたプロダクトが必要となり、梱包ゾーンから内部運送が要求されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and "
"output zones."
msgstr "梱包ゾーンと出荷ゾーン間の運送の詳細オペレーションのビュー。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:318
msgid ""
"Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an "
"internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the "
"required products from the warehouse."
msgstr ""
"当然ながら、梱包ゾーンには梱包準備の整ったプロダクトが必要です。そこで、内部運送を在庫に要請し、従業員は倉庫から必要なプロダクトを集めることができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing"
" zones."
msgstr "在庫ゾーンと梱包ゾーン間の運送の詳細オペレーションのビュー。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:325
msgid ""
"As explained in the introduction of the documentation, the last step in the "
"process (for this route, the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, "
"which then triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process"
" (here, the internal transfer from the stock to the packing area). Now, "
"everything is ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered "
"items."
msgstr ""
"ドキュメントの紹介で説明したように、プロセスの最後のステップ(このルートでは配送オーダ)が最初にトリガされ、その後、プロセスの最初のステップ(ここでは在庫から梱包エリアへの内部運送)に到達するまで、他の規則がトリガされます。これで、オーダされた商品を顧客が受け取れるように、全てが処理される準備が整いました。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:330
msgid ""
"In this example, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules"
" have been triggered and the transfers are done."
msgstr "この例では、全ての規則がトリガされ転送が完了すると、プロダクトが顧客に配送されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of the transfers' statuses when the route is completed."
msgstr "ルート完了時の運送ステータスのビュー。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods.rst:5
msgid "Picking methods"
msgstr "ピッキング方法"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:3
msgid "Batch picking"
msgstr "バッチピッキング"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:7
msgid ""
"*Batch picking* enables a single picker to handle multiple orders at once, "
"reducing the time needed to navigate to the same location in a warehouse."
msgstr ""
"*バッチピッキング*により、1人のピッカーが複数のオーダを一度に処理することが可能になり、倉庫内の同じ場所への移動に必要な時間を短縮します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:10
msgid ""
"When picking in batches, orders are grouped and consolidated into a picking "
"list. After the picking, the batch is taken to an output location, where the"
" products are sorted into their respective delivery packages."
msgstr ""
"バッチピッキングの場合、オーダはグループ化され、ピッキングリストに統合されます。ピッキングの後、バッチは出力場所に運ばれ、そこでプロダクトはそれぞれの配送梱包に分類されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:15
msgid ""
":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings <inventory/management/barcode_picking>`"
msgstr ":ref:`ピッキングにバーコードアプリを使用 <inventory/management/barcode_picking>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:17
msgid ""
"Since orders *must* be sorted at the output location after being picked, "
"this picking method suits businesses with a few products that are ordered "
"often. Storing high-demand items in easily accessible locations can increase"
" the number of orders that are fulfilled efficiently."
msgstr ""
"オーダはピッキングされた後、出荷ロケーションで仕分けする必要があるため、このピッキング方法は、オーダの多いプロダクトが少ないビジネスに適しています。アクセスしやすい場所に需要の高い商品を保管することで、効率的に対応できるオーダの数を増やすことができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:24
msgid ""
"To activate the batch picking option, begin by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the "
":guilabel:`Operations` section, check the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` box."
msgstr ""
"バッチピッキングオプションを有効化するには、まず :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` "
"にアクセスします。guilabel:`オペレーション` セクションで :guilabel:`一括転送` ボックスをチェックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1
msgid "Enable the *Batch Transfers* in Inventory > Configuration > Settings."
msgstr "在庫 > 設定 > 管理設定の*バッチ転送* を可能にします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:32
msgid ""
"Since batch picking is a method to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, "
"the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options "
"under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading must also be checked on this "
"settings page. When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
"バッチピッキングはOdooで*ピッキング*作業を最適化する方法なので、この設定ページでは :guilabel:`倉庫` の下にある "
":guilabel:`保管ロケーション` と :guilabel:`マルチステップルート` オプションもチェックする必要があります。設定が完了したら "
":guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst-1
msgid ""
"Enable *Storage Locations* and *Multi-Step Routes* Inventory > Configuration"
" > Settings."
msgstr " *保管ロケーション* と*複数ステップルート*を有効化します。在庫 > 設定 > 管理設定。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:40
msgid ""
"Lastly, enable the warehouse picking feature, by navigating to the warehouse"
" settings page, which is accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Warehouses`."
msgstr ""
"最後に、倉庫設定ページに移動して、倉庫ピッキング機能を有効にします。これは :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 倉庫` "
"からアクセスできます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:43
msgid ""
"From here, select the desired warehouse from the list. Then, from the radio "
"options available for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`, select either the "
":guilabel:`Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)` or "
":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)`."
msgstr ""
"ここから、リストから希望する倉庫を選択します。次に、:guilabel:`出荷配送`で利用可能なラジオオプションから、:guilabel:`出荷用置場に移動後配送(2ステップ)`または:guilabel:`梱包して出荷用置場に移動後配送(3ステップ)`のいずれかを選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:48
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:128
msgid ""
":doc:`Delivery in two steps "
"<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`"
msgstr ":doc:`2ステップ配送 <../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:49
msgid ":doc:`../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps`"
msgstr ":doc:`../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1
msgid "Set up 2-step or 3-step outgoing shipments."
msgstr "2または3ステップ出荷配送を設定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:56
msgid "Create batch transfers"
msgstr "バッチ転送を作成"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:58
msgid ""
"Manually create batch transfers directly from the :menuselection:`Inventory "
"app --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` page. Click the :guilabel:`New` "
"button to begin creating a batch transfer."
msgstr ""
"menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> オペレーション --> "
"一括転送`ページから直接、手動で一括転送を作成します。guilabel:`新規`ボタンをクリックして一括転送の作成を開始します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:61
msgid "On the batch transfer form, fill the following fields out accordingly:"
msgstr "一括転送フォームに以下の項目を入力して下さい:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:63
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Responsible`: employee assigned to the picking. Leave this field "
"blank if *any* worker can fulfill this picking."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`担当者`: "
"ピッキングに割当てられた従業員。*どの作業者でも*このピッキングを遂行できる場合は、このフィールドは空白のままにしておいて下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:65
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Operation Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the operation "
"type under which the picking is categorized."
msgstr ":guilabel:`オペレーションタイプ`: ドロップダウンメニューから、ピッキングが分類されるオペレーションタイプを選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:67
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: specifies the date by which the "
":guilabel:`Responsible` person should complete the transfer to the output "
"location."
msgstr ":guilabel:`計画日`: :guilabel:`担当者`が出荷ロケーションへの転送を完了する日付を指定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:70
msgid ""
"Next, in the :guilabel:`Transfers` list, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to "
"open the :guilabel:`Add: Transfers` window."
msgstr ""
"次に :guilabel:`運送` リストで :guilabel:`明細追加` をクリックして :guilabel:`追加: 運送` "
"ウィンドウを開きます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:73
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Operation Type` field was filled, the list will filter "
"transfer records matching the selected :guilabel:`Operation Type`."
msgstr ""
"もし :guilabel:`オペレーションタイプ` フィールドが埋まっていた場合、リストは選択された :guilabel:`オペレーションタイプ` "
"に一致する転送レコードをフィルタリングします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:76
msgid "Click the :guilabel:`New` button to create a new transfer."
msgstr "guilabel:`新規`ボタンをクリックして、新しい転送を作成します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:78
msgid ""
"Once the transfer records are selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm"
" the batch picking."
msgstr "一括転送レコードを選択したら、 :guilabel:`確認`をクリックして一括ピッキングを確定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:81
msgid ""
"A new batch transfer assigned to the :guilabel:`Responsible`, `Joel Willis`,"
" for the `Pick` :guilabel:`Operation Type`. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` "
"is set to `August 11`."
msgstr ""
"`ピッキング`:guilabel:`オペレーションタイプ` の :guilabel:`担当者`、`Joel Willis` "
"に新規一括転送が割当てられました。guilabel:`予定日`は`8月11日`に設定されています。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:0
msgid "View of *Batch Transfers* form."
msgstr "*一括転送*フォームビュー。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:88
msgid ""
"Clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button opens the "
":guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window, displaying only pickings. This is because "
"the :guilabel:`Operation Type` was set to `Pick` on the batch transfer form."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`明細追加`ボタンをクリックすると、 "
":guilabel:`追加:転送`ウィンドウが開き、ピッキングだけが表示されます。これは一括転送フォームで :guilabel:`オペレーションタイプ`"
" が `ピッキング` に設定されているためです。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:92
msgid ""
"Click the checkbox to the left of the transfers, `WH/PICK/00001` and "
"`WH/PICK/00002`, to include them in the new transfer. Then, click the "
":guilabel:`Select` button to close the :guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window."
msgstr ""
"WH/PICK/00001`と`WH/PICK/00002`の左側のチェックボックスをクリックして、新規運送に含めます。そして "
":guilabel:`選択` ボタンをクリックして :guilabel:`追加:運送` ウィンドウを閉じます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:0
msgid "Select multiple transfers from the *Add:Transfers* window."
msgstr "*追加:運送*ウィンドウから複数運送を選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:103
msgid "Add batch from transfers list"
msgstr "運送リストから一括を追加"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:105
msgid ""
"Another method of creating batch transfers is available using the "
":guilabel:`Add to batch` option in a list. Navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations` drop-down menu, and select any"
" of the :guilabel:`Transfers` to open a filtered list of transfers."
msgstr ""
"一括転送を作成するもう一つの方法は、リスト内の :guilabel:`一括に追加` "
"オプションを使用することです。menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> オペレーション` ドロップダウンメニューに移動し、 "
":guilabel:`運送` のいずれかを選択すると、運送のフィルタリングされたリストが開きます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1
msgid ""
"Show all transfer types in a drop-down menu: Receipts, Deliveries, Internal Transfers,\n"
"Manufacturings, Batch Transfers, Dropships."
msgstr ""
"全ての運送タイプをドロップダウンメニューで表示します: 入荷、配送、内部運送、\n"
"製造、一括転送、直送。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:114
msgid ""
"On the transfers list, select the checkbox to the left of the selected "
"transfers to add in a batch. Next, navigate to the :guilabel:`Actions ⚙️ "
"(gear)` button, and click :guilabel:`Add to batch` from the resulting drop-"
"down menu."
msgstr ""
"運送リストで、一括で追加する運送の左側にあるチェックボックスを選択します。次に、 :guilabel:`アクション ⚙️ (歯車)` "
"ボタンに移動し、ドロップダウンメニューから :guilabel:`バッチに追加` をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0
msgid "Use *Add to batch* button, from the *Action* button's list."
msgstr "*アクション* ボタンリストから *バッチに追加* ボタンを使用します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:122
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:148
msgid ""
"Doing so opens an :guilabel:`Add to batch` pop-up window, wherein the "
"employee :guilabel:`Responsible` for the picking can be assigned."
msgstr ""
"そうすると :guilabel:`バッチに追加` ポップアップウィンドウが開き、そこでピッキングの :guilabel:`担当者` を割当てます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:125
msgid ""
"Choose from the two radio options to add to :guilabel:`an existing batch "
"transfer` or create :guilabel:`a new batch transfer`."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`既存の一括転送`に追加するか、 :guilabel:`新しい一括転送`を作成するか、2つのラジオオプションから選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:128
msgid "To begin with a draft, select the :guilabel:`Draft` checkbox."
msgstr "下書きから始めるには、 :guilabel:`ドラフト` チェックボックスを選択して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:130
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:157
msgid "Conclude the process by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr "guilabel:`確認`をクリックして処理を終了します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst-1
msgid "Show *Add to batch* window to create a batch transfer."
msgstr "一括転送を作成するには、*バッチに追加* ウィンドウを表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:137
msgid "Process batch transfer"
msgstr "一括転送を処理する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:139
msgid ""
"Handle batch transfers in the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations "
"--> Batch Transfers` page."
msgstr "menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> オペレーション --> 一括転送`ページで一括転送を処理します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:142
msgid ""
"From here, select the intended transfer from the list. Then, on the batch "
"transfer form, input the :guilabel:`Done` quantities for each product, under"
" the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab. Finally, select "
":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking."
msgstr ""
"ここから、リストから希望する運送を選択します。次に、一括運送フォームの :guilabel:`詳細オペレーション` タブで、各プロダクトの "
":guilabel:`完了` 数量を入力します。最後に :guilabel:`検証` を選択してピッキングを完了します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:147
msgid ""
"Be certain the batch transfer is complete when the :guilabel:`Validate` "
"button is highlighted in purple. If the :guilabel:`Check Availability` "
"button is highlighted instead, that means there are items in the batch that "
"are currently *not* available in-stock."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`確認`ボタンが紫色にハイライトされたら、一括転送が完了したことを確認して下さい。その代わりに :guilabel:`利用可能確認` "
"ボタンがハイライトされている場合は、現在在庫がないアイテムがバッチに含まれていることを意味します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:154
msgid ""
"In a batch transfer involving products from pickings, `WH/PICK/00001` and "
"`WH/PICK/00002`, the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab shows that the "
"product, `Cabinet with Doors`, has been picked because the :guilabel:`Done` "
"column matches the value in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. However, `0.00`"
" quantities have been picked for the other product, `Cable Management Box`."
msgstr ""
"ピッキングされた `WH/PICK/00001` と `WH/PICK/00002` のプロダクトを含む一括転送で、 "
":guilabel:`詳細オペレーション` タブは :guilabel:`完了` 列が :guilabel:`引当済` 列の値と一致するため、プロダクト"
" `ドア付きキャビネット` がピッキングされたことを示しています。しかし、もう1つのプロダクト `ケーブル管理ボックス` は `0.00` "
"の数量がピッキングされています。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:0
msgid ""
"Show batch transfer of products from two pickings in the *Detailed "
"Operations* tab."
msgstr "*詳細オペレーション*タブに2つのピッキングからのプロダクトの一括転送を表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:163
msgid ""
"Only in-stock products are visible in the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` "
"tab."
msgstr "guilabel:`詳細オペレーション`タブには在庫プロダクトのみが表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:165
msgid ""
"To view the complete product list, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab."
" On this list, the :guilabel:`Demand` column indicates the required quantity"
" for the order. The :guilabel:`Reserved` column shows the available stock to"
" fulfill the order. Lastly, the :guilabel:`Done` column specifies the "
"products that have been picked, and are ready for the next step."
msgstr ""
"完全なプロダクトリストを表示するには、 :guilabel:`オペレーション` タブに切り替えます。このリストでは、 :guilabel:`需要` "
"列がオーダの必要数量を示します。guilabel:`引当済`列は、オーダを満たすために利用可能な在庫を示します。最後に、:guilabel:`完了` "
"列はピッキングが完了し、次のステップに進む準備ができたプロダクトを示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:171
msgid ""
"The product, `Desk Pad`, from the same batch as the :ref:`example above "
"<inventory/management/batch-transfers-example>`, is only visible in the "
":guilabel:`Operations` tab because there are no :guilabel:`Reserved` "
"quantities in-stock to fulfill the batch picking."
msgstr ""
"上の<inventory/management/batch-transfers-example>`の :ref:`例` と同じバッチのプロダクト "
"`デスクパッド` は、バッチピッキングを満たす :guilabel:`引当` 数量の在庫がないため、 :guilabel:`オペレーション` "
"タブにのみ表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:175
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button to search the stock again "
"for available products."
msgstr "guilabel:`利用可能確認`ボタンをクリックすると、在庫のあるプロダクトを再度検索します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:0
msgid "Show unavailable reserved quantities in the *Operations* tab."
msgstr "*オペレーション*タブに使用できない引当済数量を表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:182
msgid "Create backorder"
msgstr "バックオーダを作成"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:184
msgid ""
"On the batch transfer form, if the :guilabel:`Done` quantity of the product "
"is *less* than the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity, a pop-up window appears."
msgstr ""
"一括転送フォームで、プロダクトの :guilabel:`完了` 数量が :guilabel:`引当済` 数量より *少ない* "
"場合、ポップアップウィンドウが表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:187
msgid "This pop-up window provides the option: :guilabel:`Create Backorder?`."
msgstr "このポップアップ・ウィンドウには、 :guilabel:`バックオーダを作成しますか？`オプションを作成します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:189
msgid ""
"Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Backorder` button automatically creates a new"
" batch transfer, containing the remaining products."
msgstr "guilabel:`バックオーダを作成`ボタンをクリックすると、残りのプロダクトを含む新しい一括転送が自動的に作成されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:192
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`No Backorder` to finish the picking *without* creating "
"another batch picking."
msgstr "guilabel:`バックオーダなし`をクリックすると、ピッキングを終了します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:194
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Discard` to cancel the validation, and return to the batch "
"transfer form."
msgstr "検証を取消し、一括転送フォームに戻るには :guilabel:`Discard` をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1
msgid "Show the *Create Backorder* pop-up."
msgstr "*バックオーダ作成*ポップアップを表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:203
msgid "Process batch transfer: Barcode app"
msgstr "一括転送の処理: バーコードアプリ"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:205
msgid ""
"Created batch transfers are also listed in the :menuselection:`Barcode` app,"
" accessible by selecting the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button."
msgstr ""
"作成された一括転送は :menuselection:`バーコード` アプリにもリストされ、 :guilabel:`一括転送` "
"ボタンを選択することでアクセスできます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:208
msgid ""
"By default, confirmed batch pickings appear on the :guilabel:`Batch "
"Transfers` page. On that page, click on the desired batch transfer to open "
"the detailed list of products for the picking."
msgstr ""
"デフォルトでは、確定した一括ピッキングは :guilabel:`一括転送` "
"ページに表示されます。そのページで、希望する一括転送をクリックすると、ピッキング対象プロダクトの詳細リストが表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1
msgid "Show list of to-do batch transfers in *Barcode* app."
msgstr "*バーコード*アプリで一括転送のリストを表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:215
msgid ""
"For the chosen batch transfer, follow the instructions at the top of the "
"page in the black background. Begin by scanning the product's barcode to "
"record a single product for picking. To record multiple quantities, click "
"the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and enter the required quantities for the "
"picking."
msgstr ""
"選択した一括転送について、ページ上部の黒い背景の指示に従って下さい。プロダクトのバーコードをスキャンして、ピッキングするプロダクトを1つだけ記録します。複数の数量を記録するには、"
" :guilabel:`✏️ (鉛筆)` アイコンをクリックし、ピッキングに必要な数量を入力します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:221
msgid ""
"Products from the same order are labeled with the same color on the left. "
"Completed pickings are highlighted in green."
msgstr "同じオーダのプロダクトは左側に同じ色で表示されています。完了したピッキングは緑色で表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:225
msgid ""
"In a batch transfer for 2 `Cabinet with Doors`, 3 `Acoustic Bloc Screens`, "
"and 4 `Four Person Desks`, the `3/3` and `4/4` :guilabel:`Units` indicate "
"that the last two product pickings are complete."
msgstr ""
"`ドア付きキャビネット`2個、 `アコースティックブロックスクリーン`3台、`4人用デスク`4台、そして `3/3` および `4/4 "
":guilabel:`単位` は、最後の2つのプロダクトのピッキングが完了したことを示しています。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:229
msgid ""
"`1/2` units of the `Cabinet with Doors` has already been picked, and after "
"scanning the product barcode for the second cabinet, Odoo prompts the user "
"to `Scan a serial number` to record the unique serial number for "
":ref:`product tracking <inventory/serial_numbers/configure>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:0
msgid "Display products to be picked in barcode view."
msgstr "バーコードビューでピッキングされるプロダクトを表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:237
msgid ""
"Once all the products have been picked, click on :guilabel:`Validate` to "
"mark the batch transfer as :guilabel:`Done`."
msgstr "全てのプロダクトのピッキングが完了したら、 :guilabel:`検証`をクリックして一括転送を :guilabel:`完了`とします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:3
msgid "Cluster picking"
msgstr "クラスターピッキング"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:10
msgid ""
"Cluster picking is an advanced order fulfillment approach derived from "
":ref:`batch picking <inventory/misc/batch_picking>`."
msgstr ""
"クラスターピッキングは :ref:`一括ピッキング <inventory/misc/batch_picking>` "
"から派生した高度なオーダフルフィルメント手法です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:13
msgid ""
"In this strategy, pickers load a cart with multiple packages, each "
"designated for a specific *sales order* (SO). Then, the picker travels to "
"each storage location, and places the products directly in the package of "
"the associated order."
msgstr ""
"この戦略では、ピッカーはカートに複数の梱包を積み込み、それぞれを特定の*販売オーダ*(SO)用に指定します。その後、ピッカーは各保管場所へ移動し、関連するオーダの梱包へ直接プロダクトを配置します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:17
msgid ""
"This method is most efficient for medium-sized companies, with high order "
"volumes, and relatively few unique products, since the method eliminates the"
" need for sorting products into packages for customers after picking."
msgstr ""
"この方法は、ピッキング後に顧客用にプロダクトを梱包にソートする必要がないため、オーダ量が多く、一意のプロダクトが比較的少ない中規模企業にとって最も効率的です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:21
msgid ""
"However, cluster picking does have some disadvantages. For instance, urgent "
"orders cannot be prioritized, and optimized batches must be manually created"
" beforehand. As a result, the picking process can lead to bottlenecks."
msgstr ""
"しかし、クラスターピッキングにはデメリットもあります。例えば、急ぎのオーダには優先順位がつけられず、最適化されたバッチを事前に手作業で作成しなければなりません。その結果、ピッキング作業がボトルネックになる可能性があります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:28
msgid "|SO| 1 calls for one apple and orange"
msgstr "|SO| リンゴ1個とオレンジ1個の要求"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:29
msgid "|SO| 2 calls for one apple and banana"
msgstr "|SO| 2要求 リンゴ1とバナナ"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:30
msgid "|SO| 3 calls for one apple, orange, and banana"
msgstr "|SO| 3要求 1リンゴ、オレンジ、バナナ"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:32
msgid ""
"Apples are stored in Shelf A, oranges in Shelf B, and bananas in Shelf C."
msgstr "リンゴは棚Aに、オレンジは棚Bに、バナナは棚Cに保管されています。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:34
msgid ""
"To pick products for three orders at once, the cart is loaded with three "
"empty packages."
msgstr "一度に3つのオーダのプロダクトをピッキングするために、カートは3つの空の梱包でロードされます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:36
msgid ""
"Starting at Shelf A, the picker places apples into each package. Next, the "
"picker navigates to Shelf B, and places oranges in the packages designated "
"for |SO| 1 and |SO| 3. Finally, the picker pushes the cart to Shelf C, and "
"loads packages for |SO| 2 and |SO| 3 with a banana, each."
msgstr ""
"棚Aからスタートし、ピッカーはリンゴを各梱包に入れます。 次に、ピッカーは棚Bに移動し、|SO| 1 と |SO| "
"3に指定された梱包の中にオレンジを入れます。最後に、ピッカーはカートを棚Cに押し、 |SO| 2 と |SO| 3の梱包の中にバナナを1本ずつ入れます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:40
msgid ""
"With the packages for all three |SOS| packed, the picker pushes the cart to "
"the output location, where the packages are sealed and prepared for "
"shipment."
msgstr " |SOS| 3つ全ての梱包が完了すると、ピッカーはカートを出荷用ロケーションまで押し、そこで梱包は密封され発送準備に入ります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0
msgid "Show example of fulfilling sales orders 2 and 3 at once."
msgstr "販売オーダ2と3を一度に処理する例を表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:50
msgid ""
"To enable cluster picking, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Operations` "
"heading, activate the :guilabel:`Packages` and :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` "
"options."
msgstr ""
"クラスターピッキングを有効にするには、まず :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` "
"に移動します。guilabel:`オペレーション` の下にある :guilabel:`梱包` と :guilabel:`一括転送` "
"オプションを有効化します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst-1
msgid "Activate *Packages* and *Batch Transfers* features in the settings."
msgstr "設定で*梱包*と*一括転送*機能を有効化します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:58
msgid ""
"Since batch picking is used to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, the "
":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options, "
"under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, must also be checked on this "
"settings page."
msgstr ""
"一括ピッキングはOdooの*ピッキング*作業を最適化するために使用されるため、この設定ページでは :guilabel:`倉庫` の下にある "
":guilabel:`保管場所` と :guilabel:`複数ステップルート` オプションもチェックする必要があります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:62
msgid ""
"*Storage locations* allow products to be stored in specific locations they "
"can be picked from, while *multi-step routes* enable the picking operation "
"itself."
msgstr ""
"*保管場所*は、ピッキング可能な特定の場所にプロダクトを保管することを可能にし、*複数ステップルート*は、ピッキング作業そのものを可能にします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:65
msgid "When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr "完了したら、 :guilabel:`保存`をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:74
msgid "Packages setup"
msgstr "梱包設定"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:76
msgid ""
"After the :guilabel:`Packages` feature is enabled, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Packages`, and click the "
":guilabel:`New` button to create a new package."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`梱包` 機能を有効にしたら、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> 梱包` に移動し、 "
":guilabel:`新規` ボタンをクリックして新しい梱包を作成します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:79
msgid ""
"On the new package form, the :guilabel:`Package Reference` is pre-filled "
"with the next available `PACK` number in the system. :guilabel:`Pack Date` "
"is automatically set to the creation date of the form."
msgstr ""
"新規梱包フォームの :guilabel:`梱包参照` には、システム内で次に利用可能な `梱包` 番号があらかじめ入力されています。 "
":guilabel:`梱包日` には、フォームの作成日が自動的に設定されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:83
msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Package Use` field to :guilabel:`Reusable Box`."
msgstr "guilabel:`梱包使用`フィールドを :guilabel:`再利用可能箱` に設定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:86
msgid ":doc:`Packages <../../product_management/configure/package>`"
msgstr ":doc:`梱包 <../../product_management/configure/package>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:89
msgid ""
"A package intended for cluster picking is named `CLUSTER-PACK-3` for easy "
"identification. For this workflow, the products are directly packed using "
"their intended shipping boxes, so :guilabel:`Package Use` is set to "
":guilabel:`Disposable Box`."
msgstr ""
"クラスターピッキングを目的とした梱包は、識別しやすいように `クラスター-梱包-3` "
"という名前になります。このワークフローでは、プロダクトは出荷用の箱を使って直接梱包されるので、 :guilabel:`梱包使用` は "
":guilabel:`使い捨てボックス` に設定されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0
msgid "Create new package form."
msgstr "新規梱包フォームを作成します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:98
msgid "Create cluster batch"
msgstr "クラスターバッチを作成"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:100
msgid ""
"To see how cluster picking works in Odoo, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Sales` app, and create |SOS| that will be fulfilled together"
" in the same batch. After confirming an |SO|, the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart"
" button becomes visible. Displayed inside the icon is a number representing "
"the amount of steps in the outgoing shipment process."
msgstr ""
"Odooでクラスターピッキングがどのように機能するか確認するには、 "
":menuselection:`販売`アプリに移動し、同じバッチで一緒に処理される|SO|を作成します。|SO|を確認すると、:guilabel:`配送`スマートボタンが表示されます。アイコンの中に表示されている数字は、出荷プロセスのステップ数を表しています。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:106
msgid ""
"Begin by creating three |SOS| for the apples, oranges, and bananas, as shown"
" in the :ref:`example above <inventory/misc/cluster_picking/example>`."
msgstr ""
"上の例<inventory/misc/cluster_picking/example>`にあるように、リンゴ、オレンジ、バナナの3つの |SOS| "
"を作成することから始めます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:109
msgid ""
"After confirming the |SO|, the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button displays "
"the number `2`, indicating there are two operations to complete: `Pick` and "
"`Delivery`."
msgstr ""
" |SO|を確認した後、:guilabel:`配送`スマートボタンに`2`という数字が表示され、完了する操作が2つあることを示します: "
"`ピッキング`と`配送`です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0
msgid "Example sales order for an apple, orange, and banana."
msgstr "リンゴ、オレンジ、バナナ用の販売オーダ例"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:116
msgid ""
"With the |SOS| created, orders now must be grouped into batches. To do so, "
"navigate to the *Inventory* dashboard and select the operation type card, "
":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` or :guilabel:`Pick` (whichever is the first "
"operation in the delivery flow)."
msgstr ""
"|SOS| "
"が作成されたので、オーダをバッチにグループ化する必要があります。これを行うには、*在庫*ダッシュボードに移動し、オペレーションタイプのカード、:guilabel:`配送オーダ`または"
" :guilabel:`ピッキング`(配送フローの最初のオペレーション)を選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:120
msgid ""
"Doing so displays a filtered list of outgoing operations with the "
":guilabel:`Ready` status, indicating that all the products in the |SO| are "
"in stock."
msgstr ""
"そうすることで、:guilabel:`準備完了` "
"ステータスを持つ発送操作のフィルタリングされたリストが表示され、|SO|内のプロダクトが全て在庫があることを示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:124
msgid ""
"Cluster pick batches can be created for outgoing shipments in one, two, or "
"three steps."
msgstr "クラスターピッキングバッチは、1ステップ、2ステップ、または3ステップで出荷配送用に作成できます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:127
msgid ""
":doc:`Delivery in one step <../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>`"
msgstr ":doc:`1ステップ配送 <../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:129
msgid ""
":doc:`Delivery in three steps <../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`"
msgstr ":doc:`3ステップ配送 <../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:131
msgid ""
"Click the checkbox to the left of the corresponding outgoing operation to "
"add them to the batch. With the desired pickings selected, click the "
":guilabel:`⚙️ Actions (gear)` button, and select the :guilabel:`Add to "
"batch` option from the resulting drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
"バッチに追加するには、対応する送信操作の左側にあるチェックボックスをクリックします。希望するピッキングを選択した状態で :guilabel:`⚙️ "
"アクション (歯車)` ボタンをクリックし、表示されるドロップダウンメニューから :guilabel:`バッチに追加` オプションを選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:136
msgid ""
"To create a cluster batch, as shown in the :ref:`example above "
"<inventory/misc/cluster_picking/example>`, in a warehouse configured with "
"two-step outgoing shipments, the following pick operations are selected:"
msgstr ""
"上記の<inventory/misc/cluster_picking/example>`にある :ref:`例` "
"にあるように、2ステップ出荷配送で設定された倉庫でクラスターバッチを作成するには、以下のピッキングオペレーションを選択します:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:140
msgid "`WH/PICK/00007`: linked to |SO| 88 for one apple and orange."
msgstr "`WH/PICK/00007`: |SO| 88にリンク済 1リンゴとオレンジ用"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:141
msgid "`WH/PICK/00008`: linked to |SO| 89 for one apple and banana."
msgstr "`WH/PICK/00008`: |SO| 89にリンク済 1リンゴとバナナ。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:142
msgid "`WH/PICK/00009`: linked to |SO| 90 for one apple, orange, and banana."
msgstr "`WH/PICK/00009`:  |SO| 90にリンク済 1リンゴ、オレンジ、バナナ"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:151
msgid ""
"Choose from the two options in the :guilabel:`Add to` field to either: add "
"to :guilabel:`an existing batch transfer`, or create :guilabel:`a new batch "
"transfer`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`に追加` フィールドで、以下のいずれかを選択します: "
":guilabel:`既存の一括転送`へ追加、または:guilabel:`新規の一括転送`を作成します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:154
msgid ""
"To create draft batch pickings to be confirmed at a later date, select the "
":guilabel:`Draft` checkbox."
msgstr "後日確定するドラフト一括ピッキングを作成するには、:guilabel:`ドラフト`チェックボックスを選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:164
msgid "Process batches"
msgstr "バッチの処理"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:166
msgid ""
"To process batches, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations"
" --> Batch Transfers`. Click on a batch to select it."
msgstr ""
"バッチ処理するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> オペレーション --> "
"一括転送`に移動します。バッチをクリックして選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:169
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab, products that are to be picked "
"are grouped by location."
msgstr "guilabel:`詳細オペレーション`タブでは、ピッキングされるプロダクトが場所ごとにグループ化されています。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:171
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Source Package` or :guilabel:`Destination Package` "
"field, enter the package used for the picking."
msgstr ":guilabel:`元梱包` または :guilabel:`先梱包` フィールドに、ピッキングに使用する梱包を入力します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:175
msgid ""
"Use the :guilabel:`Source Package` field when the picking package is "
"configured as *reusable* on the :ref:`package form <inventory/misc/create-"
"package>`. This means the products are temporarily placed in a container "
"during picking, before getting transferred to their final shipping box."
msgstr ""
"ピッキング梱包が :ref:`梱包フォーム <inventory/misc/create-package>` で *再利用可能* "
"として設定されている場合、 :guilabel:`ソース梱包` "
"フィールドを使用します。これは、プロダクトが最終的な配送箱に移される前に、ピッキング中に一時的にコンテナに入れられることを意味します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:179
msgid ""
"Alternatively, use the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field when the "
"product is directly placed in its *disposable* shipping box during picking."
msgstr "また、ピッキング時にプロダクトを直接*使い捨て*の配送箱に入れる場合は、 :guilabel:`先梱包`フィールドを使用します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:183
msgid ""
"Process the cluster batch for the three orders of apples, oranges, and "
"bananas :ref:`example <inventory/misc/cluster_picking/example>` by assigning"
" each picking to a dedicated package."
msgstr ""
"リンゴ、オレンジ、バナナ :ref:`example <inventory/misc/cluster_picking/example>` "
"の3つのオーダに対して、それぞれのピッキングを専用の梱包に割当ててクラスターバッチを処理します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:186
msgid ""
"At the storage location for apples, `WH/Stock/Shelf A`, assign the apples in"
" all three pickings to one of the three disposable packages, `CLUSTER-"
"PACK-1`, `CLUSTER-PACK-2`, or `CLUSTER-PACK-3`."
msgstr ""
"リンゴの保管場所`WH/在庫/棚A`で、3つのピッキングのリンゴを全て3つの使い捨て梱包`クラスター-梱包-1`、`クラスター-"
"梱包-2`、`クラスター-梱包-3`のいずれかに割当てます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:189
msgid ""
"Record this in Odoo using the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field in the "
":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab."
msgstr "Odooの :guilabel:`詳細オペレーション` タブの :guilabel:`先梱包` フィールドを使用してこれを記録します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0
msgid "Example of processing cluster pickings in *Inventory*."
msgstr "*在庫*のクラスターピッキングの処理例。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:197
msgid "In Barcode"
msgstr "バーコード内"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:199
msgid ""
"To process cluster pickings directly from the *Barcode* app, select the "
":guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button from the *Barcode* dashboard. Then, "
"select the desired batch."
msgstr ""
"*バーコード*アプリから直接クラスターのピッキングを処理するには、*バーコード*ダッシュボードから:guilabel:`一括転送`ボタンを選択します。次に、希望のバッチを選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:202
msgid ""
"On the batch transfer screen, the products in the picking are grouped by "
"location, and each line is color-coded to associate products in the same "
"picking together."
msgstr ""
"一括転送画面では、ピッキング中のプロダクトがロケーションごとにグループ化され、各ラインが色分けされることで、同じピッキング内のプロダクトが関連付けられます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:205
msgid ""
"Then, follow the prompt to :guilabel:`Scan the source location` barcode for "
"the storage location of the first product. Then, scan the barcode for the "
"product and package to process the transfer."
msgstr ""
"次に、プロンプトに従って :guilabel:`ソースロケーションをスキャン` "
"バーコードをスキャンし、最初のプロダクトの保管場所を確認します。次に、プロダクトと梱包のバーコードをスキャンして、転送処理を行います。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:208
msgid ""
"Repeat this for all products, and click the :guilabel:`Validate` button."
msgstr "これを全てのプロダクトに対して繰返し、 :guilabel:`検証` ボタンをクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:211
msgid ""
"To find the package barcode, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Products --> Packages`, select the desired package, click the :guilabel:`⚙️ "
"(gear)` icon at the top of the package form, and select the "
":guilabel:`Print` option."
msgstr ""
"パッケージのバーコードを見つけるには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> 梱包` "
"に移動し、必要な梱包を選択し、梱包フォームの上部にある :guilabel:`⚙️ (歯車)` アイコンをクリックし、 :guilabel:`印刷` "
"オプションを選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:215
msgid ""
"Next, select one of the three print options to generate the package barcode "
"from the :guilabel:`Package Reference` field."
msgstr "次に、 :guilabel:`梱包参照` フィールドから梱包バーコードを生成する3つの印刷オプションの1つを選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0
msgid "Display where the package barcode can be generated."
msgstr "梱包バーコードを生成できる場所を表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:223
msgid ""
"Begin processing the cluster picking by going to the first storage location,"
" `Shelf A`, and scanning the :ref:`location barcode "
"<barcode/setup/location>`. Doing so highlights all the pickings that need "
"products from this particular location."
msgstr ""
"最初の保管場所である `棚A` に行き、 :ref:`ロケーションバーコード <barcode/setup/location>` "
"をスキャンすることでクラスターピッキングの処理を開始します。そうすることで、この特定の場所からプロダクトが必要なピッキングが全てハイライトされます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:227
msgid ""
"Scan the barcode for the apple, which highlights the picking (labeled in "
"red) for the product `Apple`, for the picking, `WH/PICK/00007`."
msgstr ""
"リンゴのバーコードをスキャンすると、プロダクト `リンゴ` のピッキング(赤いラベル)がハイライトされ、ピッキングは `WH/PICK/00007` "
"です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:230
msgid ""
"Then, scan the `CLUSTER-PACK-1` package barcode, and place the product in "
"the designated package."
msgstr "その後、`クラスター-梱包-1`の梱包バーコードをスキャンし、プロダクトを指定の梱包に入れて下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0
msgid "Example of cluster batch from the *Barcode* app."
msgstr "*バーコード*アプリからのクラスターバッチの例。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:237
msgid ""
"After creating a batch transfer and assigning a package to a picking, Odoo "
"suggests the specified package by displaying the name *in italics* under the"
" product name, ensuring pickers place products into the correct boxes."
msgstr ""
"一括転送を作成し、梱包をピッキングに割当てると、Odooはプロダクト名の下に*斜体*でパッケージ名を表示し、ピッカーがプロダクトを正しい箱に入れるよう提案します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:3
msgid "Process wave transfers"
msgstr "ウェーブ転送を処理する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:5
msgid ""
"While a batch transfer is a group of several pickings, a **wave transfer** "
"only contains some parts of different pickings. Both methods are used to "
"pick orders in a warehouse, and depending on the situation, one method may "
"be a better fit than the other."
msgstr ""
"一括転送が複数のピッキングをまとめたものであるのに対し、**ウェーブ転送**は異なるピッキングの一部分を含むだけです。どちらの方法も倉庫でオーダをピッキングするのに使われますが、状況によっては、どちらかの方法がより適している場合もあります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:9
msgid ""
"To handle orders of a specific product category, or fetch products that are "
"at the same location, wave transfers are the ideal method."
msgstr "特定のプロダクトカテゴリのオーダを処理したり、同じ場所にあるプロダクトを取得するには、ウェーブ転送が理想的な方法です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:12
msgid ""
"In Odoo, wave transfers are actually batch transfers with an extra step: "
"transfers are split before being grouped in a batch."
msgstr "Odooでは、ウェーブ転送は実際には一括転送で、バッチにグループ化される前に分割されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:18
msgid ""
"Before a wave transfer can be created, the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and "
":guilabel:`Wave Transfers` options must be activated."
msgstr ""
"ウェーブ転送を作成する前に、 :guilabel:`一括転送` と :guilabel:`ウェーブ転送` オプションを有効化する必要があります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:21
msgid ""
"First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. In "
"the :guilabel:`Operations` section, enable :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and "
":guilabel:`Wave Transfers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the "
"settings."
msgstr ""
"まず :menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に移動します。guilabel:`オペレーション` セクションで、 "
":guilabel:`一括転送` と :guilabel:`ウェーブ転送` を有効にします。そして :guilabel:`保存` "
"をクリックして設定を適用します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of Odoo Inventory app settings to enable the wave transfers option."
msgstr "Odoo在庫アプリの設定でウェーブ転送オプションを有効にします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:30
msgid "Add products to a wave"
msgstr "ウェーブにプロダクトを追加する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:32
msgid ""
"Now that the settings are activated, start a wave transfer by adding "
"products to a wave."
msgstr "設定が有効化されたので、プロダクトをウェーブに追加してウェーブ転送を開始します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:34
msgid ""
"Wave transfers can only contain product lines from transfers of the same "
"operation type. To view all the transfers and product lines in a specific "
"operation, first go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard and locate the "
"desired operation type's card. Then, open the options menu (the three dots "
"icon in the corner of the operation type's card) and click "
":guilabel:`Operations`."
msgstr ""
"ウェーブ転送には、同じオペレーションタイプの転送のプロダクトラインのみを含めることができます。特定のオペレーションに含まれる全ての転送とプロダクトラインを表示するには、まず"
" :guilabel:`在庫` "
"ダッシュボードに移動し、目的のオペレーションタイプのカードを探します。次に、オプションメニュー(オペレーションタイプのカードの隅にある3つの点のアイコン)を開き、"
" :guilabel:`オペレーション` をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst-1
msgid "How to get an operation type's list of operations."
msgstr "オペレーションタイプのオペレーションリストの入手方法"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:43
msgid ""
"On the operations page, select the product lines you want to add in a new or"
" existing wave. Then, click :guilabel:`Add to Wave`."
msgstr ""
"操作ページで、新規または既存のウェーブに追加したいプロダクトラインを選択します。次に、:guilabel:`ウェーブに追加`をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst-1
msgid "Select lines to add to the wave."
msgstr "ウェーブに追加するラインを選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:51
msgid ""
"Use the :guilabel:`Filters` in the search bar to group lines with the same "
"product, location, carrier, etc..."
msgstr "検索バーの :guilabel:`フィルタ` を使用して、同じプロダクト、ロケーション、運送会社などの明細をグループ化します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:54
msgid "After that, a pop-up box appears."
msgstr "その後、ポップアップボックスが表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:56
msgid ""
"To add the selected lines to an existing wave transfer, select the "
":guilabel:`an existing wave transfer` option and select the existing wave "
"transfer from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
"選択した線を既存のウェーブ転送に追加するには、 :guilabel:`既存のウェーブ転送` "
"オプションを選択し、ドロップダウンメニューから既存のウェーブ転送を選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:59
msgid ""
"To create a new wave transfer, select the :guilabel:`a new wave transfer` "
"option. If creating a new wave transfer, an employee can also be set in the "
"optional :guilabel:`Responsible` field. Once the desired options are "
"selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to add the product lines to a wave."
msgstr ""
"新しいウェーブ転送を作成するには、 :guilabel:`新規ウェーブ転送` オプションを選択します。新しいウェーブ転送を作成する場合、オプションの "
":guilabel:`担当者` フィールドに従業員を設定することもできます。必要なオプションを選択したら、 :guilabel:`確認` "
"をクリックしてプロダクトラインをウェーブに追加します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:64
msgid "View wave transfers"
msgstr "ウェーブ転送を表示"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:66
msgid ""
"To view all wave transfers and their statuses, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Wave Transfers`. Wave transfers"
" can also be viewed in the :guilabel:`Barcode` app by going to "
":menuselection:`Barcode --> Batch Transfers`."
msgstr ""
"全てのウェーブ転送とそのステータスを表示するには、 :menuselection:`在庫 --> オペレーション --> ウェーブ転送` "
"に進んで下さい。ウェーブ転送は :menuselection:`バーコード --> 一括転送` に進み、 :guilabel:`バーコード` "
"アプリで確認することもできます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:3
msgid "Removal strategies"
msgstr "払出方針"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:5
msgid ""
"For companies with warehouses, **removal strategies** determine which "
"products are taken from the warehouse, and when. Removal strategies are "
"typically defined for specific picking operations. This helps companies to "
"select the best products, optimize the distance workers need to travel when "
"picking items for orders, and account for quality control, such as moving "
"products with expiration dates."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:11
msgid ""
"Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select "
"the best products to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality "
"control purposes, or to first move the products with the closest expiration "
"date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:15
msgid ""
"When a product needs to be moved, Odoo finds available products that can be "
"assigned to the transfer. The way Odoo assigns these products depends on the"
" :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` defined in either the :guilabel:`Product "
"Category` or the :guilabel:`Location` dashboards."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:19
msgid ""
"To change the :guilabel:`Removal Strategy`, go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"app --> Configuration --> Locations` or :menuselection:`Product Categories`."
" Click on a :guilabel:`Location` or :guilabel:`Product Category`, and then "
"click :guilabel:`Edit`. Change the product category :guilabel:`Force Removal"
" Strategy` or the location :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` by clicking on the "
"drop-down menu and selecting the desired removal strategy. After selecting "
"the new removal strategy, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid ""
"Change the Force Removal Strategy for either the Product Categories or "
"Locations."
msgstr "プロダクトカテゴリまたはロケーションのいずれかの払出方針を変更します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:31
msgid "What happens inside the warehouse?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:33
msgid ""
"Most warehouses share the same important areas: receiving docks and sorting "
"areas, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping/loading "
"docks. While all products entering or leaving the warehouse might go through"
" each of these locations at some point, removal strategies can have an "
"effect on which products are taken, from where, and when."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:38
msgid ""
"In this example below, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the "
"receiving docks. Then, operators scan the products in the receiving area, "
"with the reception date and expiration date. After that, products are stored"
" in their respective storage locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:43
msgid ""
"Not all products have expiration dates, but in this example, expiration "
"dates apply."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid "Products entering stock via the receiving area."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:49
msgid ""
"In Odoo, receive products by navigating to the :menuselection:`Inventory` "
"application, and in the kanban view, click on either the "
":guilabel:`Receipts` heading or :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button. On the "
":guilabel:`Receipts` dashboard, find and click on the individual receipt "
"which will open the warehouse intake form. Click :guilabel:`Edit`, and then "
"enter the received quantity in the :guilabel:`Done` column. To finish, "
":guilabel:`Validate` to receive the products and register them in the Odoo "
"database."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:57
msgid ""
"Receiving products can also be done within the Odoo *Barcode* application. "
"If using the *Barcode* app, scan the product(s), update the quantity, and "
"finally, click :guilabel:`Validate`. After products are received in Odoo, "
"the products can then be moved to their respective storage locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:62
msgid ""
"Continuing with the same example, below, imagine several sales orders are "
"made for the products received earlier, that use expiration dates. In this "
"example, the products weren't received on the same day, and they don't have "
"the same expiration date. In this situation, logically, sending products "
"with the closest expiration date is preferred, instead of products received "
"first or last. Using the chosen removal strategy configured for those "
"products (in this example, :ref:`FEFO <routes/FEFO>`), Odoo generates a "
"transfer for the products with the soonest expiration date to the picking "
"area, then the packing area, and finally, to the shipping docks for delivery"
" to the customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid ""
"Products being packed at the packing area for delivery, taking the expiration dates into\n"
"account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:77
msgid ""
"To pick for delivery, the product's lot/serial number can be found on the "
"transfer form. To learn more about picking and shipping, refer to either the"
" :doc:`Two-step delivery "
"<../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` or "
":doc:`Three-step delivery "
"<../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>` "
"documentation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:83
msgid "How each removal strategy works"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:85
msgid ""
"Removal strategies determine which products are taken from the warehouse "
"when orders are confirmed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:88
msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:90
msgid ""
"When using a :guilabel:`First In, First Out (FIFO)` strategy, demand for a "
"product triggers a removal rule, which requests a transfer for the "
"lot/serial number that entered the stock first (and therefore, has been in "
"stock for the longest time)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:94
msgid ""
"For example, imagine there are three lots of nails in the warehouse, and "
"have the corresponding lot numbers: `00001`, `00002`, `00003`. Each lot has "
"five boxes of nails in it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:97
msgid ""
"Lot `00001` entered the stock on May 23, lot `00002` on May 25, and lot "
"`00003` on June 1. A customer orders six boxes on June 11."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:100
msgid ""
"Using the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` removal strategy, a transfer "
"request will pick the five boxes from lot `00001` first, and then from the "
"boxes in lot `00002`, since lot `00001` entered the stock first. The box "
"from lot `00002` is taken next because it has the oldest receipt date after "
"lot `00001`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid ""
"The detailed operations for the transfer shows the nail lots to be removed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:110
msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:112
msgid ""
"Similar to the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` method, the "
":guilabel:`Last In, First Out (LIFO)` removal strategy moves products based "
"on the date they entered a warehouse's stock. Instead of removing the oldest"
" stock on-hand, however, it targets the **newest** stock on-hand for "
"removal."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:116
msgid ""
"Every time an order for products with the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` "
"method is placed, a transfer is created for the lot/serial number that has "
"most recently entered the stock (the **last** lot/serial number that entered"
" the warehouse's inventory)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:121
msgid ""
"In many countries, the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` removal strategy in"
" banned, since it can potentially result in old, expired, or obsolete "
"products being delivered to customers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:124
msgid ""
"For example, imagine there are three lots of boxes of screws in the "
"warehouse, and have the corresponding lot numbers: `10001`, `10002`, and "
"`10003`, each with 10 boxes of screws per lot."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:127
msgid ""
"Lot `10001` entered the stock on June 1, lot `10002` on June 3, and lot "
"`10003` on June 6. A customer orders seven boxes on June 8."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:130
msgid ""
"Using the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` removal strategy, a transfer is "
"requested for seven boxes of screws from lot `10003` because that lot is the"
" last one to have entered the stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid ""
"The detailed operations shows which lots are being selected for the picking."
msgstr "詳細オペレーションを見ると、どのロットがピッキング対象として選択されているかがわかります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:138
msgid "First Expired, First Out (FEFO)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:140
msgid ""
"While the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` and :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First"
" Out)` methods target products for removal based on date of entry into the "
"warehouse, the :guilabel:`First Expired, First Out (FEFO)` method targets "
"products for removal based on their assigned expiration dates."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:144
msgid ""
"Using the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, every "
"sales order that includes products with this removal strategy assigned "
"ensures that transfers are requested for products with the expiration date "
"soonest to the order date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:148
msgid ""
"As an example, imagine there are three lots of six-egg boxes. Those three "
"lots have the following lot numbers: `20001`, `20002`, and `20003`, each "
"with five boxes in it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:151
msgid ""
"Lot `20001` entered the stock on July 1 and expires on July 15, lot `20002` "
"entered on July 2 and expires on July 14, and lot `20003` entered on July 3 "
"and expires on July 21. A customer orders six boxes on July 5."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:155
msgid ""
"Using the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` method, a transfer is "
"requested for the five boxes from lot `20002` and one from lot `20001`. All "
"the boxes in lot `20002` are transferred because they have the earliest "
"expiration date. The transfer also requests one box from lot `20001` because"
" it has the next closest expiration date after lot `20002`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid "The detailed operations for the transfer shows the lots to be removed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:165
msgid "Using removal strategies"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:167
msgid ""
"To differentiate some units of products from others, the units need to be "
"tracked, either by :guilabel:`Lot` or by :guilabel:`Serial Number`. To do "
"so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, "
"activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations`, :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, "
"and :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` settings. Click :guilabel:`Save` to "
"save changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid ":alt: Traceability settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid ":alt: Warehouse settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:181
msgid ""
"To use the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, the "
":guilabel:`Expiration Dates` setting needs to be activated as well. To "
"enable this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click "
"the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Expiration Dates`. Remember to click "
":guilabel:`Save` to save all changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:187
msgid ""
"Now, specific removal strategies can be defined on product categories. To do"
" this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product "
"Categories`, and choose a product category to define the removal strategy "
"on. In the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` field, choose a removal "
"strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:192
msgid ""
"The *First Expired, First Out* (FEFO) strategy is a bit different from the "
"other two removal strategies. For :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`, "
"the expiration date is important, not the date the product entered the "
"stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:196
msgid ""
"For example, imagine there are three lots of six-egg boxes (in this specific"
" case, don't forget to use :doc:`units of measure "
"<../product_management/configure/uom>`). Those three lots have the following"
" numbers: :guilabel:`20001`, :guilabel:`20002`, and :guilabel:`20003`, each "
"with five boxes in it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:201
msgid ""
":guilabel:`20001` entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on the "
"15th of July, :guilabel:`20002` entered on the 2nd and expires on the 14th "
"of July, and :guilabel:`20003` entered on the 4th and expires on the 21st of"
" July. A customer orders six boxes on the 5th of July. With the :abbr:`FEFO "
"(First Expired, First Out)` strategy selected, a transfer is requested for "
"the five boxes of :guilabel:`20002` and one from :guilabel:`20001`. The "
"transfer for all the boxes in lot :guilabel:`20002` is because they have the"
" closest expiration date. The transfer also requests one box from "
":guilabel:`20001` because has the next closest expiration date after lot "
":guilabel:`20002`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:210
msgid ""
"Basically, for every sales order of a product with the :abbr:`FEFO (First "
"Expired, First Out)` strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that "
"has the nearest expiration date from the order date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:215
msgid "Closest Location"
msgstr "最寄りのロケーション"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:217
msgid ""
"The *Closest Location* strategy is completely different from the other "
"removal strategies. It is not related to the date of entry in the warehouse,"
" but rather the location of the product. It is commonly used for products "
"that do not deteriorate with time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:221
msgid ""
"The aim is to avoid making the warehouse worker take a long journey to the "
"bottom of the stock when the product is also located at a near location. "
"This method is only available if the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting "
"is on. The closest location is actually the one that comes first in the "
"alphabetic order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:227
msgid "Use removal strategies"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:229
msgid ""
"To differentiate some units from others, the units need to be tracked, "
"either by *lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, activate "
"the :guilabel:`Storage Location`, :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and "
":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid "Removal strategy on a product category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:238
msgid ""
"To view all products with lots/serial numbers assigned to them, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. This "
"reveals a page with drop-down menus of all products assigned lots or serial "
"numbers, filtered by *product* by default. To change the category these "
"products are filtered by, click :guilabel:`Product` (in the search bar, in "
"the top right of the page) to remove the default filter, and select a new "
"filter if desired."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid ""
"Click on Products, then Lots/Serial Numbers to display all the products with lots or serial\n"
"numbers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:249
msgid ""
"To view the serial numbers being selected for a sales order, go to the "
":guilabel:`Sales app` and select the sales order in question. In the sales "
"order, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button in the top right. In the "
":guilabel:`Operations` tab, click the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (Detailed Operations)` "
"icon in the far right for the product in question. The :guilabel:`Detailed "
"Operations` window appears, and displays the lot or serial numbers selected "
"for that specific product for the delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:257
msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:259
msgid ""
"The :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` removal strategy implies that "
"products which enter a warehouse's stock first are removed first. Companies "
"should use this method if they are selling products with short demand "
"cycles, such as clothes, to ensure they are not stuck with outdated styles "
"in stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:264
msgid ""
"In this example, there are three lots of white shirts. The shirts are from "
"the *All/Clothes* category, where *FIFO* is set as the removal strategy. In "
"the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation Report`, the three different receipts are"
" listed with the amounts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid "View of the lots of white shirts in the inventory valuation report."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:272
msgid ""
"Lot `000001` contains five shirts, lot `000002` contains three shirts, and "
"lot `000003` contains two shirts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:275
msgid ""
"To see the removal strategy in action, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app` "
"and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a sales order. Next, select a "
":guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down menu. Then click :guilabel:`Add a "
"product` in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab. Select a product (for this "
"example, the :guilabel:`White Shirt`) from the drop-down menu, or type in "
"the name of the product in the field. Enter a quantity (for this example, "
"`6.00`) in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`, then"
" click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:282
msgid ""
"Once the sales order is confirmed, the delivery order will be created and "
"linked to the picking, and the oldest lot numbers will be reserved thanks to"
" the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` strategy. All five shirts from lot "
"`000001` and one shirt from lot `000002` will be selected to be sent to the "
"customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid "Two lots being reserved for a sales order with the FIFO strategy."
msgstr "FIFO方針による販売オーダ用に2つのロットが確保されています。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:292
msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:294
msgid ""
"The :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` removal strategy works in the "
"**opposite** manner from the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` strategy. "
"With this method, the products that are received **last** are moved out "
"first. This method is mostly used for products without a shelf life, and no "
"time-sensitive factors, such as expiration dates."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:299
msgid ""
"In this example, there are three lots of cinder blocks. The blocks are from "
"the *All/Building Materials* category, where *FIFO* is set as the removal "
"strategy. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation Report`, the three different"
" receipts are listed with the amounts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid "View of the lots of cinder blocks in the inventory valuation report."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:307
msgid ""
"Lot `000020` contains three cinder blocks, lot `000030` contains five cinder"
" blocks, and lot `0000400` contains four cinder blocks."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:310
msgid ""
"To see how the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy works, first "
"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product "
"Categories`, and select a product category (for this example, the "
":guilabel:`All/Building Materials` category) to edit. This reveals a product"
" category form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:315
msgid ""
"Once on the product category form, under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, "
"change the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` to :guilabel:`Last In First "
"Out (LIFO)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid "Last in first out (LIFO) strategy set up as forced removal strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:322
msgid ""
"To see the removal strategy in action, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app` "
"and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a sales order. Next, select a "
":guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down menu. Then click :guilabel:`Add a "
"product` in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab. Select a product (for this "
"example, the :guilabel:`Cinder Block`) from the drop-down menu, or type in "
"the name of the product in the field. Enter a quantity (for this example, "
"`5.00`) in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`, then"
" click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:329
msgid ""
"Once the sales order is confirmed, the delivery order will be created and "
"linked to the picking, and the newest lot numbers will be reserved thanks to"
" the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy. All four cinder blocks from"
" lot `0000400` and one cinder block from lot `000030` will be selected to be"
" sent to the customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid "Two lots being reserved for sale with the LIFO strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:341
msgid "FEFO (First Expired, First Out)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:343
msgid ""
"The :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy differs from "
"the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` and :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`"
" strategies, because it targets products for removal based on **expiration "
"dates** instead of their warehouse receipt dates. With this method, the "
"products that are going to expire first are moved out first. This method is "
"used for perishable products, such as medicine, food, and beauty products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:349
msgid ""
"Lots are picked based on their **removal date** from earliest to latest. "
"Removal dates indicate how many days *before* the expiration date the "
"product needs to be removed from stock. The removal date is set on the "
"product form. Lots without a removal date defined are picked after lots with"
" removal dates."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:355
msgid ""
"If products are not removed from stock when they should be, lots that are "
"past the expiration date may still be picked for delivery orders!"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:359
msgid ":doc:`../product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:361
msgid ""
"First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` "
"and ensure :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` is enabled. Once the "
":guilabel:`Expiration Dates` setting is enabled, it's possible to define "
"different expiration dates for individual serialized products, as well as "
"for lot numbers containing many products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:366
msgid ""
"In this example, there are three lots of hand cream. The creams are from the"
" *All/Health & Beauty* category, where *FEFO* is set as the removal "
"strategy. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation Report`, the three different"
" receipts are listed with the amounts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:370
msgid ""
"Lot `0000001` contains twenty tubes of hand cream, expiring on Sept 30, lot "
"`0000002` contains ten tubes of hand cream, expiring on November 30, and lot"
" `0000003` contains ten tubes of hand cream, expiring on October 31."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid ""
"View the hand cream lot numbers and expiration dates in the inventory "
"report."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:378
msgid ""
"Expiration dates can be entered when validating the received products, or "
"set on products by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> "
"Lots/Serial Numbers`. Click :guilabel:`Create`, enter the serial number, and"
" select the product from the drop-down menu. Next, select the expiration "
"date in the :guilabel:`Dates` tab. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid "View of the removal date for 0000001."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:387
msgid ""
"To see how the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy works, first"
" navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product "
"Categories`, and select a product category (in this example, the "
":guilabel:`All/Health & Beauty` category) to edit. This reveals a product "
"category form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:392
msgid ""
"Once on the product category form, under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, "
"change the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` to :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired,"
" First Out)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid "FEFO forced removal strategy set on the product category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:399
msgid ""
"Next, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app` and click :guilabel:`Create` to "
"create a sales order. Next, select a :guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down"
" menu. Then click :guilabel:`Add a product` in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` "
"tab. Select a product (for this example, the :guilabel:`Hand Cream`) from "
"the drop-down menu, or type in the name of the product in the field. Enter a"
" quantity (in this example, `25.00`) in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then"
" click :guilabel:`Save`, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:406
msgid ""
"Once the sales order is confirmed, the delivery order will be created and "
"linked to the picking, and the lot numbers expiring first will be reserved "
"thanks to the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy. All twenty "
"tubes of hand cream from lot `0000001` and five from lot `0000003` will be "
"selected to be sent to the customer, detailed in the :guilabel:`Detailed "
"Operations` tab in the sales order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid "Hand cream lot numbers selected for the sales order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:6
msgid "Delivery methods"
msgstr "配送方法"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:8
msgid ""
"When activated in Odoo, the *Delivery Methods* setting adds the option of "
"calculating the cost of shipping on sales orders and e-commerce shopping "
"carts."
msgstr "Odooで有効化されると、*配送方法*設定で販売オーダとeコマースショッピングカートの送料を計算するオプションが追加されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:11
msgid ""
"When integrated with a :ref:`third-party carrier "
"<inventory/shipping/third_party>`, shipping prices are calculated based on "
"the carrier's pricing and packaging information."
msgstr ""
"ref:`サードパーティ運送会社<inventory/shipping/third_party>` "
"と統合された場合、運送会社の価格と梱包情報に基づいて配送価格が計算されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:15
msgid ""
":ref:`Third-party shipping carrier setup <inventory/shipping/third_party>`"
msgstr ":ref:`サードパーティ運送会社設定 <inventory/shipping/third_party>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:16
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Delivery Prices "
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/delivery-prices-613?fullscreen=1>`_"
msgstr ""
"`Odooチュートリアル: 配送価格 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/delivery-"
"prices-613?fullscreen=1>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:22
msgid ""
"To calculate shipping on sales orders and e-commerce, the *Delivery Costs* "
"module must be installed. To do so, navigate to the :menuselection:`Apps` "
"application from the main Odoo dashboard."
msgstr ""
"販売オーダとEコマースの送料を計算するには、*配送費用*モジュールをインストールする必要があります。インストールするには、Odooのメインダッシュボードから"
" :menuselection:`アプリ` アプリケーションに移動します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:25
msgid ""
"Then, remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter, and type in `Delivery Costs` in "
"the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. After finding the :guilabel:`Delivery Costs` "
"module, click :guilabel:`Activate` to install it."
msgstr ""
"次に、 :guilabel:`アプリ` フィルタを削除し、 :guilabel:`検索...` バーに `配送費用` "
"と入力します。guilabel:`配送費用`モジュールを見つけたら、 :guilabel:`有効化` をクリックしてインストールします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst-1
msgid "Install the Delivery Costs module."
msgstr "配送原価モジュールをインストールします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:33
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:28
msgid "Add shipping method"
msgstr "配送方法を追加"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:35
msgid ""
"To configure delivery methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Shipping Methods`."
msgstr "配送方法を設定するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 配送方法`にアクセスして下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:39
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` option is not available from the "
":guilabel:`Configuration` drop-down menu, verify whether the feature is "
"enabled by following these steps:"
msgstr ""
"もし :guilabel:`設定` ドロップダウンメニューから :guilabel:`配送方法` "
"オプションが利用できない場合は、以下の手順で機能が有効になっているかどうかを確認して下さい:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:42
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr " :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定`に行きます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:43
msgid ""
"Scroll to the :guilabel:`Shipping` section and enable the "
":guilabel:`Delivery Methods` feature by checking the corresponding checkbox."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`配送`セクションまでスクロールし、対応するチェックボックスにチェックを入れて :guilabel:`配送方法` 機能を有効にします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:0
msgid ""
"Enable the *Delivery Methods* feature by checking the box in Configuration >"
" Settings."
msgstr "設定 > 管理設定でチェックボックスをオンにして、*配信方法* 機能を有効にします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:50
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, add a method by clicking "
":guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens a form to provide details about the shipping"
" provider, including:"
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`配送方法`ページで、 "
":guilabel:`新規`をクリックして配送方法を追加します。そうすることで、以下を含む配送プロバイダの詳細を入力するフォームが開きます:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:53
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Shipping Method` (*Required field*): the name of the delivery "
"method (e.g. `flat-rate shipping`, `same day delivery`, etc.)."
msgstr ":guilabel:`配送方法` (*必須項目*): 配送方法の名前(例:`定額配送`、`当日配送`など)。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:55
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Provider` (*Required field*): choose the delivery service, like "
"Fedex, if using a :ref:`third-party carrier "
"<inventory/shipping/third_party>`. Ensure the integration with the shipping "
"carrier is properly installed and select the provider from the drop-down "
"menu."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`プロバイダ` (*必須フィールド*): :ref:`サードパーティ運送会社 "
"<inventory/shipping/third_party>` "
"を使用している場合、Fedexなどの配送業者を選択します。運送会社との統合が正しくインストールされていることを確認し、ドロップダウンメニューからプロバイダを選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:59
msgid ""
"For more details on configuring custom shipping methods, such as :ref:`fixed"
" price <inventory/shipping/fixed>`, :ref:`based on rules "
"<inventory/shipping/rules>`, or :ref:`pickup in store "
"<inventory/shipping/pickup>` options, refer to their respective sections "
"below."
msgstr ""
"ref:`固定価格 <inventory/shipping/fixed>`, :ref:`計算規則に基づく "
"<inventory/shipping/rules>`, :ref:`店頭受取 <inventory/shipping/pickup>` "
"オプションのようなカスタム配送方法の設定の詳細については、以下のそれぞれのセクションを参照して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:62
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:46
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Website`: configure shipping methods for an e-commerce page. "
"Select the applicable website from the drop-down menu, or leave it blank to "
"apply the method to all web pages."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`ウェブサイト`: "
"eコマースページの配送方法を設定します。ドロップダウンメニューから該当するウェブサイトを選択するか、空白のままにしておくと全てのウェブページに適用されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:64
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:43
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:127
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: if the shipping method should apply to a specific "
"company, select it from the drop-down menu. Leave the field blank to apply "
"the method to all companies."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`会社`: 配送方法を特定の会社に適用する場合、ドロップダウンメニューから選択します。全てに適用する場合は空欄にして下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:69
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Delivery Product` (*Required field*): the product listed on the "
":ref:`sales order line <inventory/shipping/sales-order>` as the delivery "
"charge."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`配送プロダクト` (*必須フィールド*): :ref:`販売オーダ行 <inventory/shipping/sales-"
"order>` に配送料として記載されているプロダクト。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:71
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:51
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Free if order amount is above`: checking this box enables free "
"shipping if the customer spends above the specified amount."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`オーダ金額が次以上で無料`: このボックスをチェックすると、顧客が指定した金額以上の買い物をした場合に送料が無料になります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:74
msgid ""
"For examples on how to configure specific shipping methods, refer to the "
"sections below."
msgstr "特定の配送方法の設定方法については、以下のセクションを参照して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:79
msgid "Fixed price"
msgstr "固定金額"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:81
msgid ""
"To configure a shipping price that is the same for all orders, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping Methods`. Then,"
" click :guilabel:`New`, and on the shipping method form, set the "
":guilabel:`Provider` to the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` option. Selecting this "
"option makes the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` field become available, which is "
"where the fixed rate shipping amount is defined."
msgstr ""
"全てのオーダに対して同じ配送価格を設定するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 配送方法` に進みます。次に、 "
":guilabel:`新規` をクリックし、配送方法フォームで :guilabel:`プロバイダ` を :guilabel:`固定価格` "
"オプションに設定します。このオプションを選択すると、 :guilabel:`固定価格` フィールドが利用可能になり、ここで固定料金の送料が定義されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:87
msgid ""
"To enable free shipping if the amount of the order exceeds a specified "
"amount, check the box :guilabel:`Free if order amount is above` and fill in "
"the amount."
msgstr ""
"オーダ金額が指定金額を超えた場合に送料無料にするには、 :guilabel:`オーダ金額が上記の場合は無料`にチェックを入れ、金額を入力して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:91
msgid ""
"To set up `$20` flat-rate shipping that becomes free if the customer spends "
"over `$100`, fill in the following fields:"
msgstr " `$100`以上購入すると送料が無料になる `$20` 定額送料を設定するには、以下のフィールドに入力して下さい:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:94
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: `Flat-rate shipping`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`配送方法`: `定額送料`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:95
msgid ":guilabel:`Provider`: :guilabel:`Fixed Price`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`プロバイダー`: :guilabel:`固定価格`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:96
msgid ":guilabel:`Fixed Price`: `$20.00`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`固定金額`: `$20.00`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:97
msgid ":guilabel:`Free if order amount is above`: `$100.00`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`オーダ金額が次以上で無料`: `$100.00`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:98
msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: `[SHIP] Flat`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`配送プロダクト`: `[配送] 固定`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:0
msgid "Example of filling out a shipping method."
msgstr "配送方法の記入例"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:107
msgid "Based on rules"
msgstr "計算規則に基づく"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:109
msgid ""
"To calculate the price of shipping based on pricing rules, set the "
":guilabel:`Provider` field to the :guilabel:`Based on Rules` option. "
"Optionally, adjust :guilabel:`Margin on Rate` and :guilabel:`Additional "
"margin` to include additional shipping costs."
msgstr ""
"価格設定規則に基づいて送料を計算するには、 :guilabel:`プロバイダー` フィールドを :guilabel:`規則に基づく` "
"オプションに設定します。オプションで、 :guilabel:`レートへのマージン` と :guilabel:`追加マージン` "
"を調整して、追加の送料を含めます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:114
msgid "Create pricing rules"
msgstr "価格設定規則作成"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:116
msgid ""
"Navigate to the :guilabel:`Pricing` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line`. "
"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Create Pricing Rules` window, where the "
":guilabel:`Condition` related to the product weight, volume, price, or "
"quantity is compared to a defined amount to calculate the "
":guilabel:`Delivery Cost`."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`価格設定`タブに移動し、 :guilabel:`明細の追加` "
"をクリックします。guilabel:`価格設定規則`ウィンドウが開き、プロダクトの重量、容量、価格、または数量に関連する :guilabel:`条件` "
"を定義された金額と比較して :guilabel:`配送コスト` を計算します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:121
msgid ""
"Once finished, click either :guilabel:`Save & New` to add another rule, or "
":guilabel:`Save & Close`."
msgstr ""
"終了したら、 :guilabel:`保存して新規` をクリックして別の規則を追加するか、 :guilabel:`保存して閉じる` をクリックして下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:124
msgid ""
"To charge customers $20 in shipping for orders with five or fewer products, "
"set the :guilabel:`Condition` to `Quantity <= 5.00`, and the "
":guilabel:`Delivery Cost` to `$20`."
msgstr ""
"プロダクトが5つ以下のオーダに対して顧客に20ドルの配送料を請求するには、 :guilabel:`条件` を `数量 <= 5.00` に設定し、 "
":guilabel:配送経費` を `$20` に設定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:0
msgid ""
"Display window to add a pricing rule. Set a condition and delivery cost."
msgstr "価格設定規則を追加するウィンドウを表示します。条件と配送費用を設定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:131
msgid ""
"To restrict shipping to specific destinations on the eCommerce website, in "
"the shipping method form, navigate to the :guilabel:`Destination "
"Availability` tab and define the :guilabel:`Countries`, :guilabel:`States`, "
"and :guilabel:`Zip Prefixes`. Leave these fields empty if all locations "
"apply."
msgstr ""
"eコマースサイトで特定の配送先に配送を制限するには、配送方法フォームで :guilabel:`対応地域` タブに移動し、 :guilabel:`国`、 "
":guilabel:`都道府県/州`、 :guilabel:`郵便番号プレフィクス` "
"を定義します。全てに該当する場合は、これらのフィールドは空のままにしておきます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:136
msgid "Calculate delivery cost"
msgstr "配送費用を計算する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:138
msgid ""
"Shipping cost is the :guilabel:`Delivery cost` specified in the rule that "
"satisfies the :guilabel:`Condition`, plus any extra charges from the "
":guilabel:`Margin on rate` and :guilabel:`Additional margin`."
msgstr ""
"配送費用は :guilabel:`条件` を満たす規則で指定された :guilabel:`配送経費` に、 :guilabel:`レートへのマージン` "
"と :guilabel:`追加マージン` による追加料金を加えたものです。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:142
msgid ""
"Total = Rule's~Delivery~Cost + (Margin~on~rate \\times Rule's~Delivery~Cost) + Additional~margin\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"Total = Rule's~Delivery~Cost + (Margin~on~rate \\times Rule's~Delivery~Cost) + Additional~margin\n"
"\n"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:146
msgid "With the two following rules set up:"
msgstr "以下の2つの規則が設定されています:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:148
msgid "If the order contains five or fewer products, shipping is $20"
msgstr "オーダが5プロダクト以下の場合、送料は$20"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:149
msgid "If the order contains more than five products, shipping is $50."
msgstr "オーダに5つ以上のプロダクトが含まれる場合、送料は$50。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:151
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Margin on Rate` is `10%` and :guilabel:`Additional margin` is "
"`$9.00`."
msgstr ":guilabel:`レートへのマージン`は`10%`で、 :guilabel:`追加マージン`は`$9.00`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst-1
msgid ""
"Show example of \"Based on rules\" shipping method with margins configured."
msgstr "マージンを設定した \"規則に基づく\"配送方法の例を表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:157
msgid ""
"When the first rule is applied, the delivery cost is $31 (20 + (0.1 * 20) + "
"9). When the second rule is applied, the delivery cost is $64 (50 + (0.1 * "
"50) + 9)."
msgstr ""
"最初の規則を適用した場合、配送費用は31ドル(20 + (0.1 * 20) + 9)。2番目の規則が適用された場合、配送費用は64ドル(50 + "
"(0.1 * 50) + 9)です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:163
msgid "Pickup in store"
msgstr "店頭受取"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:165
msgid ""
"To configure in-store pickup, select :guilabel:`Pickup in store` in the "
":guilabel:`Provider` field and specify the pickup location in "
":guilabel:`Warehouse`."
msgstr ""
"店舗での受取を設定するには、 :guilabel:`プロバイダ` フィールドで :guilabel:`店頭受取` を選択し、 "
":guilabel:`倉庫` で受取場所を指定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:168
msgid ""
"To invoice the customer for the shipping cost to the pickup location, choose"
" the :guilabel:`Get Rate and Create Shipment` option in the "
":guilabel:`Integration Level` field. Then, pick either the "
":guilabel:`Estimated cost` or :guilabel:`Real cost` radio options in the "
":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` field to decide whether the added shipping "
"charge on the sales order is the precise cost from the shipping carrier."
msgstr ""
"集荷場所までの送料を顧客に請求書を発行するには、 :guilabel:`統合レベル` フィールドで :guilabel:`レートの取得と出荷の作成` "
"オプションを選択します。次に、 :guilabel:`請求ポリシー` フィールドで :guilabel:`見積費用` または "
":guilabel:`実費` ラジオオプションを選択し、販売オーダに追加される送料が運送会社からの正確な費用であるかどうかを決定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:175
msgid ":doc:`Invoice cost of shipping <setup_configuration/invoicing>`"
msgstr ":doc:`配送費用を請求する <setup_configuration/invoicing>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:180
msgid "Add shipping"
msgstr "配送方法を追加"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:182
msgid ""
"Shipping methods can be added to sales orders in the form of delivery "
"products, which appear as individual line items. First, navigate to the "
"desired sales order by going to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> "
"Orders`."
msgstr ""
"配送方法は、個々の明細項目として表示される配送プロダクトの形で販売オーダに追加することができます。まず、 :menuselection:`販売アプリ "
"--> オーダ --> オーダ`で目的の販売オーダに移動します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:186
msgid ""
"On the sales order, click the :guilabel:`Add shipping` button, which opens "
"the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window. Then, choose a "
":guilabel:`Shipping Method` from the list."
msgstr ""
"販売オーダで :guilabel:`配送方法の追加` ボタンをクリックすると、 :guilabel:`配送方法の追加` "
"ポップアップウィンドウが開きます。そして、リストから :guilabel:`配送方法` を選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:189
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Total Order Weight` is pre-filled based on product weights "
"(that are defined in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab for each product form). "
"Edit the field to specify the exact weight, and then click :guilabel:`Add` "
"to add the shipping method."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`合計オーダ重量`は、プロダクトの重量(各プロダクトフォームの:guilabel:`在庫`タブで定義されています)に基づいてあらかじめ入力されています。フィールドを編集して正確な重量を指定し、"
" :guilabel:`追加` をクリックして配送方法を追加します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:194
msgid ""
"The amount defined in :guilabel:`Total Order Weight` overwrites the total "
"product weights defined on the product form."
msgstr "guilabel:`オーダ重量合計`で定義された量は、プロダクトフォームで定義されたプロダクト重量合計を上書きします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:197
msgid ""
"The shipping cost is added to the *sales order line* as the "
":guilabel:`Delivery Product` detailed on the shipping method form."
msgstr "配送費用は、配送方法フォームに記載された :guilabel:`配送プロダクト` として、*販売オーダ明細* に追加されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:201
msgid ""
"`Furniture Delivery`, a delivery product with a fixed rate of `$200`, is "
"added to sales order `S00088`."
msgstr "販売オーダ `S00088` に定額料金 `$200` の配送プロダクト `家具配送` が追加されました。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:0
msgid "Show delivery order on the sales order line."
msgstr "販売オーダ明細に配送オーダを表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:209
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:259
msgid "Delivery order"
msgstr "配送オーダ"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:211
msgid ""
"The shipping method added to the sales order is linked to the shipping "
"carrier details on the delivery order. To add or change the delivery method "
"on the delivery itself, go to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab and modify"
" the :guilabel:`Carrier` field."
msgstr ""
"販売オーダに追加された配送方法は、配送オーダの配送運送会社の詳細とリンクしています。配送時に配送方法を追加または変更するには、:guilabel:`追加情報`"
" タブに移動し、:guilabel:`運送会社` フィールドを変更します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst-1
msgid "Shipping carrier information on the delivery form."
msgstr "配送フォームに記載されている運送会社の情報。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:3
msgid "Bpost integration"
msgstr "Bpost統合"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:5
msgid ""
"Set up the *Bpost* shipping connector in Odoo to manage Bpost shipments to "
"clients directly within Odoo. To configure it, complete these steps:"
msgstr "Odooで*Bpost*出荷コネクタを設定し、Odoo内で直接顧客へのBpost出荷を管理することができます。設定方法は以下の通りです:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:8
msgid "Create a Bpost account."
msgstr "Bpostアカウントを作成します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:9
msgid ""
"Get the :ref:`Account ID and passphrase <inventory/shipping_receiving/bpost-"
"account>`."
msgstr ""
":ref:`アカウントIDおよびパスフレーズ <inventory/shipping_receiving/bpost-account>` を入手します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:10
msgid ""
":ref:`Set up the shipping method in Odoo "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/bpost-method>`."
msgstr ":ref:`Odooで配送方法を設定する <inventory/shipping_receiving/bpost-method>`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:12
msgid ""
"Upon completion, it is possible to calculate the cost of shipping, based on "
"package size and weight, have the charges applied directly to a Bpost "
"business account, and automatically print Bpost tracking labels through "
"Odoo."
msgstr ""
"完了後、梱包サイズと重量に基づいて送料を計算し、Bpostビジネスアカウントに直接料金を適用し、Odooを通してBpost追跡ラベルを自動的に印刷することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:17
msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`"
msgstr ":doc:`third_party_shipper`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:18
msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration`"
msgstr ":doc:`../setup_configuration`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:19
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:19
msgid ":doc:`dhl_credentials`"
msgstr ":doc:`dhl_credentials`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:20
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:21
msgid ":doc:`ups_credentials`"
msgstr ":doc:`ups_credentials`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:23
msgid "Account setup"
msgstr "アカウント設定"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:25
msgid ""
"To begin, go to the `Bpost website "
"<https://parcel.bpost.be/en/home/business>`_ to create, or log into, the "
"company's Bpost business account. When creating the Bpost account, have the "
"company's VAT number and mobile phone number ready."
msgstr ""
"まず、Bpostのウェブサイト<https://parcel.bpost.be/en/home/business>`_にアクセスし、会社のBpostビジネスアカウントを作成するか、ログインします。Bpostアカウントを作成する際には、会社のVAT番号と携帯電話番号を用意して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:29
msgid ""
"Follow the website's steps to complete registration, and sign up for "
"shipping services. Doing so submits a request to enter a contractual "
"business relationship between the company and Bpost."
msgstr ""
"ウェブサイトの手順に従って登録を完了し、配送サービスを申し込みます。これにより、会社とBpostとの間で契約上の取引関係を結ぶことになります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:33
msgid ""
"Odoo **cannot** be integrated with `non-business Bpost "
"<https://www.odoo.com/r/Z4wZ>`_ accounts."
msgstr "Odooは、`非ビジネスBpost <https://www.odoo.com/r/Z4wZ>`_ アカウントと統合することはできません。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:35
msgid ""
"After completing the setup, get the Bpost account ID and passphrase, by "
"navigating to the :guilabel:`Shipping Manager` menu item."
msgstr "設定が完了したら、:guilabel:`配送マネジャー`メニューに移動して、BpostアカウントIDとパスフレーズを取得します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:40
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Shipping Manager` page, go to the :guilabel:`Admin` tab, "
"then the :guilabel:`General Settings` tab, to find the :guilabel:`Account "
"ID` and :guilabel:`Passphrase` needed to configure Odoo's shipping method."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`配送管理`ページで、 :guilabel:`管理`タブを開き、 "
":guilabel:`一般設定`タブで、Odooの配送方法を設定するために必要な :guilabel:`アカウントID` と "
":guilabel:`パスフレーズ` を確認します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst-1
msgid "In the *Admin* tab, show the Account ID and Passphrase."
msgstr "*管理*タブで、アカウントIDとパスフレーズを表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:50
msgid "Shipping method configuration"
msgstr "配送方法設定"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:52
msgid ""
"With those necessary credentials, configure the Bpost shipping method in "
"Odoo by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Shipping Methods`."
msgstr ""
"これらの必要な認証情報を使用して、Odooの :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> "
"配送方法`でBpost配送方法を設定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:55
msgid "On the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ":guilabel:`配送方法`ページで、 :guilabel:`作成` をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:57
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Provider` field, select :guilabel:`Bpost` from the drop-"
"down menu. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Bpost Configuration` tab at the "
"bottom of the form, where the Bpost credentials can be entered."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`プロバイダー`フィールドで、ドロップダウンメニューから:guilabel:`Bpost`を選択します。そうすることで、フォームの下部に"
" :guilabel:`Bpost設定` タブが表示され、Bpostの認証情報を入力することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:61
msgid ""
"For details on configuring the other fields on the shipping method, such as "
":guilabel:`Delivery Product`, refer to the :doc:`Configure third-party "
"carrier <third_party_shipper>` documentation."
msgstr ""
"配送方法の他のフィールド、例えば :guilabel:`配送プロダクト` の設定の詳細については、 :doc:`サードパーティ運送会社を設定する "
"<third_party_shipper>` ドキュメントを参照して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:65
msgid ""
"To generate Bpost :doc:`shipping labels <labels>` through Odoo, ensure the "
":guilabel:`Integration Level` option is set to :guilabel:`Get Rate and "
"Create Shipment`."
msgstr ""
" Bpostの :doc:`出荷ラベル <labels>` をOdooで作成するには、 :guilabel:`統合レベル` オプションが "
":guilabel:`レートを取得して配送を作成` に設定されていることを確認して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:68
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Bpost Configuration` tab, complete the following fields:"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Bpost設定`タブで、以下のフィールドに記入して下さい:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:70
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Bpost Account Number` (required field): enter the company's "
"unique :ref:`account ID <inventory/shipping_receiving/bpost-account>` from "
"the Bpost website."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Bpostアカウント番号` (必須項目): Bpostウェブサイトから、その会社固有の :ref:`アカウントID "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/bpost-account>` を入力して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:72
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Passphrase` (required field): enter the :ref:`passphrase "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/bpost-account>` from the Bpost website."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`パスフレーズ` (必須項目): Bpostウェブサイトから :ref:`パスフレーズ "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/bpost-account>` を入力して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:74
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Bpost Delivery Nature`: select either :guilabel:`Domestic` or "
":guilabel:`International` shipping services. Choosing :guilabel:`Domestic` "
"shows the :guilabel:`Options` section, while :guilabel:`International` "
"enables the :guilabel:`Bpost Shipment Type` and :guilabel:`Bpost Parcel "
"Return Instructions` fields."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Bpost配送環境`: :guilabel:`国内` または :guilabel:`国際` "
"の配送サービスを選択します。guilabel:`国内`を選択すると :guilabel:`オプション` セクションが表示され、 "
":guilabel:`国際`を選択すると :guilabel:`Bpost配送タイプ` と :guilabel:`Bpost小包返送方法` "
"フィールドが表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:78
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Bpost Package Type`: select the type of shipping service from the"
" drop-down menu."
msgstr ":guilabel:`Bpost小包タイプ`: 配送サービスのタイプをドロップダウンメニューから選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:80
msgid ""
"For `domestic delivery <https://www.odoo.com/r/uOVM>`_, the options are: "
":guilabel:`bpack 24h Pro`, :guilabel:`bpack 24h business`, or "
":guilabel:`bpack Bus`."
msgstr ""
"`国内配送 <https://www.odoo.com/r/uOVM>`_ について、オプションは: :guilabel:`bpack 24h "
"Pro`, :guilabel:`bpack 24h business`, or :guilabel:`bpack Bus` があります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:83
msgid ""
"For `international delivery <https://www.odoo.com/r/s6G>`_, the options are:"
" :guilabel:`bpack World Express Pro`, :guilabel:`bpack World Business`, or "
":guilabel:`bpack Europe Business`."
msgstr ""
"`国際配送 <https://www.odoo.com/r/s6G>`_ について、オプションは: :guilabel:`bpack World "
"Express Pro`, :guilabel:`bpack World Business`, or :guilabel:`bpack Europe "
"Business` があります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:85
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Bpost Shipment Type` (required field): for international "
"deliveries, declare the type of goods in the package as :guilabel:`SAMPLE`, "
":guilabel:`GIFT`, :guilabel:`GOODS`, :guilabel:`DOCUMENTS`, or "
":guilabel:`OTHER`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`BpostBpost発送タイプ` (必須フィールド): 国際配送の場合、梱包されている商品のタイプを "
":guilabel:`サンプル`、 :guilabel:`ギフト`、 :guilabel:`商品`、 :guilabel:`ドキュメント`、または "
":guilabel:`その他` として宣言します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:88
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Bpost Parcel Return Address`: return address when an "
"international shipment fails to deliver. Select from the drop-down menu: "
":guilabel:`Destroy`, :guilabel:`Return to sender by air`, or "
":guilabel:`Return to sender by road`."
msgstr ""
" :guilabel:`Bpost小包返送先住所`: 国際貨物が配達されなかった場合の返送先住所。ドロップダウンメニューから "
":guilabel:`破棄`、 :guilabel:`航空便で差出人に返送`、 :guilabel:`陸送便で差出人に返送` を選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:91
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Label Type`: choose :guilabel:`A6` or :guilabel:`A4` label sizes "
"from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`ラベルタイプ`: :guilabel:`A6`または "
":guilabel:`A4`のラベルサイズをドロップダウンメニューから選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:93
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Label Format`: choose :guilabel:`PDF` or :guilabel:`PNG` from the"
" drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`ラベルフォーマット`: :guilabel:`PDF`または "
":guilabel:`PNG`をドロップダウンメニューから選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:95
msgid ""
"For domestic deliveries, these features are available in the "
":guilabel:`Options` section:"
msgstr "国内配送の場合、これらの機能は :guilabel:`オプション` セクションで利用可能です:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:97
msgid ""
"Enable the :guilabel:`Delivery on Saturday` feature to include Saturdays as "
"possible delivery dates. Depending on the :guilabel:`Bpost Package Type` "
"selected, this option might incur additional costs to the company."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`土曜日配送` 機能を有効にすると、土曜日を配達可能日に含めることができます。選択された "
":guilabel:`Bpost梱包タイプ` によって、このオプションは会社に追加費用が発生する可能性があります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:100
msgid ""
"Enable the :guilabel:`Generate Return Label` feature to automatically print "
"a return label upon validating the delivery order."
msgstr ":guilabel:`返品ラベルの生成`機能を有効にすると、配送オーダの検証時に返品ラベルが自動的に印刷されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst-1
msgid "Show Bpost shipping method."
msgstr "Bpost配送方法を表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:3
msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?"
msgstr "配送業者への出荷依頼を取消する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:6
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:6
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "概要"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:8
msgid ""
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. "
"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system."
msgstr "Odooはサード―パーティ配送業者を含む様々な配送方法に対応できます。Odooは運送会社の追跡システムと連動します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:12
msgid ""
"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the "
"destination."
msgstr "これにより輸送会社、実際の価格、目的地を管理することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:15
msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system."
msgstr "運送会社システムへの要求は簡単に取消できます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:18
msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?"
msgstr "配送要求の取消方法"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:20
msgid ""
"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been "
"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier."
msgstr "配送オーダが**検証済**でない場合は、出荷依頼が行われていません。配送をキャンセルするか、配送業者を変更することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:24
msgid ""
"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you "
"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel"
" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier "
"Tracking Ref**:"
msgstr ""
"**検証**をクリックした場合、依頼は完了し、追跡番号とラベルが届いているはずです。依頼を取消することもできます。その場合は、**運送会社追跡参照**の横にある**取消**ボタンをクリックして下さい:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:32
msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled."
msgstr "出荷が取消されたことが確認できます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:37
msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish."
msgstr "ご希望であれば運送会社を変更することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:40
msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?"
msgstr "出荷依頼を取消した後、出荷依頼を送信する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:42
msgid ""
"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want "
"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will "
"get a new tracking number and a new label."
msgstr ""
"出荷依頼を取消した後、利用する運送会社を変更することができます。**配送業者に送信**ボタンをクリックして確認して下さい。新しい追跡番号と新しいラベルが発行されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:50
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:122
msgid ":doc:`invoicing`"
msgstr ":doc:`請求`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:51
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:123
msgid ":doc:`multipack`"
msgstr ":doc:`複数梱包`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:3
msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?"
msgstr "Odooと統合用のDHL認証情報の取得方法"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:5
msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:"
msgstr "Odoo DHL APIを使用するには、以下が必要です:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:7
msgid "A DHL.com SiteID"
msgstr "A DHL.com SiteID"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:9
msgid "A DHL Password"
msgstr "DHLパスワード"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:11
msgid "A DHL Account Number"
msgstr "DHLアカウント番号"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:15
msgid ""
"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and "
"Rest of the world)"
msgstr "米国以外の国（英国およびその他の国）のSiteIDとパスワードの取得"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:17
msgid ""
"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML "
"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials."
msgstr ""
"DHLのアカウントマネジャーに連絡し、XML Express APIの統合をリクエストして下さい。プリセールスがライブ認証情報を提供するはずです。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:20
msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for  United States"
msgstr "米国のSiteIDとパスワードの取得"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:22
msgid ""
"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account "
"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access."
msgstr ""
"APIアクセスを取得するには、アカウント番号、地域、住所など、口座の詳細情報を添えて、xmlrequests@dhl.comに連絡して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:3
msgid "Shipping cost invoicing"
msgstr "配送費用請求"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:5
msgid ""
"Invoicing customers for shipping after delivery ensures accurate charges "
"based on real-time shipping factors like distance, weight, and method."
msgstr "配送後に顧客へ請求書を発行することで、距離、重量、配送方法など、リアルタイムの配送要因に基づいた正確な請求が可能になります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:8
msgid "In Odoo, shipping costs can be invoiced in two ways:"
msgstr "Odooでは配送費用は2つの方法で請求することができます:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:10
msgid ""
"Agree with the customer on a fixed cost and :ref:`include it in the sale "
"order. <inventory/shipping/invoice-so>`"
msgstr "固定費用について顧客と合意し、:ref:`販売オーダに含めます。<inventory/shipping/invoice-so>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:13
msgid ""
":ref:`Invoice shipping costs to the customer post-delivery "
"<inventory/shipping/invoice-shipping>`, reflecting the actual expenses "
"incurred by the business."
msgstr ""
"ビジネスで実際に発生した費用を反映し、:ref:`配送後に顧客に配送費用を請求します<inventory/shipping/invoice-"
"shipping>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:19
msgid ""
"To set prices to delivery methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Shipping` section, enable "
"the :guilabel:`Delivery Methods` feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
"配送方法に価格を設定するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` "
"に進みます。guilabel:`配送`セクションで、 :guilabel:`配送方法`機能を有効にします。その後、 :guilabel:`保存` "
"をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1
msgid "Enable the \"Delivery Methods\" feature in Settings."
msgstr "管理設定で\"配送方法\"機能を有効にします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:30
msgid ""
"Next, configure the the price of each delivery method by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping Methods` and "
"click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing so opens a form to provide "
"details about the shipping provider, including:"
msgstr ""
"次に、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 配送方法` で各配送方法の価格を設定し、 :guilabel:`作成` "
"ボタンをクリックします。そうすると、以下を含む配送プロバイダーの詳細を入力するフォームが開きます:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:34
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Shipping Method` (*required*) the name of the delivery method "
"(e.g. `flat-rate shipping`, `same day delivery`, etc.)."
msgstr ":guilabel:`配送方法` (*必須*) 配送方法の名前(例:`定額配送`、`当日配送`など)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:36
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Provider` (*required*): choose the delivery service, like FedEx, "
"if using a third-party carrier Ensure the integration with the shipping "
"carrier is properly installed and select the provider from the drop-down "
"menu."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`プロバイダ` (*必須*): サードパーティの運送業者を使用する場合、FedExなどの配送サービスを選択します。 "
"配送業者との統合が適切にインストールされていることを確認し、ドロップダウンメニューからプロバイダを選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:41
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:122
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:23
msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`"
msgstr ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:49
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Delivery Product` (*required*): the product listed on the "
":ref:`sales order line <inventory/shipping/invoice-on-so>` as the delivery "
"charge."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`配送プロダクト` (*必須*): :ref:`販売オーダ明細 <inventory/shipping/invoice-on-"
"so>` に配送費用として記載されているプロダクトです。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:57
msgid "Invoice cost on sales order"
msgstr "販売オーダで費用を請求"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:59
msgid ""
"To invoice shipping costs on the sales order, before the item is delivered, "
"go to the :menuselection:`Sales app` and select the desired sales order."
msgstr ""
"販売オーダで顧客請求書を作成するには、商品が配送される前に :menuselection:`販売アプリ` に移動し、必要な販売オーダを選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:62
msgid ""
"On the sales order, click the :guilabel:`Add Shipping` button at the bottom-"
"right corner."
msgstr "販売オーダで、右下にある :guilabel:`配送を追加` ボタンをクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1
msgid "Click \"Add Shipping\" button at the bottom right, near the total."
msgstr "右下の合計金額付近にある \"配送方法を追加\"ボタンをクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:68
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window, choose the intended "
"carrier in the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` field."
msgstr "guilabel:`配送方法を追加`ポップアップウィンドウで、:guilabel:`配送方法`フィールドで希望の配送業者を選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:71
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Get Rate` button to the calculate shipping price "
"based on real-time shipping data Odoo's shipping carrier integration."
msgstr "次に、:guilabel:`レート取得` ボタンをクリックすると、リアルタイムの配送データに基づいて配送料金が計算されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:74
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Cost` is automatically calculated using the weight of the "
"items in the order. Finally, click the :guilabel:`Add` button to close the "
"window."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`費用` はオーダ内のアイテムの重量を使用して自動的に計算されます。最後に :guilabel:`追加` "
"ボタンをクリックしてウィンドウを閉じます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1
msgid "Calculate shipping by selecting a shipping method."
msgstr "Calculate shipping by selecting a shipping method."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:83
msgid ""
"On the sales order, the delivery product appears in the :guilabel:`Order "
"Lines` tab, with the :guilabel:`Unit Price` set as the shipping cost "
"calculated in the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window."
msgstr ""
"販売オーダでは、配送プロダクトは :guilabel:`オーダ明細` タブに表示され、 :guilabel:`単価` は "
":guilabel:`配送方法を追加` ポップアップウィンドウで計算された送料として設定されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1
msgid "Show delivery product on the sales order line."
msgstr "販売オーダラインに配送プロダクトを表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:91
msgid ""
"Finally, after the product is delivered, click the :guilabel:`Create "
"invoice` button, and an invoice is created that includes the shipping cost "
"that was added earlier."
msgstr ""
"最後に、プロダクトが配送された後、:guilabel:`請求書作成`ボタンをクリックすると、先に追加した送料を含む顧客請求書が作成されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1
msgid "Show \"Create Invoice\" button."
msgstr "\"請求書作成\"ボタンを表示する。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:98
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice` button, and a draft "
"invoice is generated, with the shipping cost included in the "
":guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab."
msgstr ""
"その後、:guilabel:`請求書作成と表示`ボタンをクリックすると、:guilabel:`請求書明細`タブに配送費用を含んだドラフト請求書が作成されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1
msgid "Show delivery product in the invoice line."
msgstr "顧客請求書に配送プロダクトを表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:108
msgid "Invoice real shipping costs"
msgstr "実際の配送費用を請求する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:110
msgid ""
"To modify the invoice to reflect the real cost of shipping, follow the steps"
" :ref:`above <inventory/shipping/invoice-so>` to create an invoice with a "
"delivery product with a :guilabel:`Unit Price` of zero."
msgstr ""
"実際の送料を反映するように顧客請求書を変更するには、 :ref:`上記 <inventory/shipping/invoice-so>` "
"の手順に従って、 :guilabel:`単価` がゼロの配送プロダクトを持つ顧客請求書を作成して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:114
msgid ""
"Then, on a draft invoice, modify the :guilabel:`Unit Price` to reflect the "
"real shipping cost. Finally, invoice the customer the adjusted shipping cost"
" by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""
"次に、ドラフト顧客請求書において、 :guilabel:`単価` "
"を修正して実際の送料を反映させます。最後に、:guilabel:`確認`をクリックして、調整した送料を顧客に請求書します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1
msgid "Show delivery product on the invoice line."
msgstr "顧客請求書の明細に配送プロダクトを表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:123
msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration/labels`"
msgstr ":doc:`../setup_configuration/labels`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:3
msgid "Change shipping label size"
msgstr "配送ラベルサイズを変更する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:8
msgid ""
"In Odoo, there are a variety of different types of shipping labels that can "
"be selected for delivery orders. Depending on the types of shipping packages"
" used, different label sizes may be more appropriate, and can be configured "
"to fit the package."
msgstr ""
"Odooでは配送オーダ用に様々な種類の配送ラベルを選択することができます。使用される梱包の種類によっては、ラベルのサイズがより適切な場合があり、梱包に合わせて設定することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:15
msgid ""
"In the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, go to "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Click on a"
" delivery method to choose it. For the following example, *FedEx "
"International* will be used."
msgstr ""
"menuselection:`在庫` モジュールで、 :menuselection:`設定 --> 配送 --> 配送方法`に行きます。 "
"配送方法をクリックして選択します。以下の例では、*FedEx International*を使用します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1
msgid "Different shipping methods."
msgstr "様々な配送方法。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:23
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, under :guilabel:`Label Type`, choose "
"one of the label types available. The availability varies depending on the "
"carrier."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`設定`タブの :guilabel:`ラベルタイプ` "
"で、利用可能なラベルタイプのいずれかを選択します。利用可能なラベルタイプは運送会社によって異なります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1
msgid "Select a label type."
msgstr "ラベルタイプを選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:30
msgid ""
"When a sales order with the corresponding shipping company is confirmed and "
"a delivery order is validated, the shipping label will be automatically "
"created as a PDF and appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`."
msgstr ""
"対応する運送会社への販売オーダが確認され、配送オーダが検証されると、配送ラベルは自動的にPDFとして作成され、 :guilabel:`チャター` "
"に表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:37
msgid ""
"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, click :guilabel:`Create` and "
"select an international customer. Click :guilabel:`Add A Product` and select"
" an item. Click :guilabel:`Add Shipping`, select a shipping method, then "
"click :guilabel:`Get Rate`, and finally, click :guilabel:`Add`."
msgstr ""
"menuselection:`販売` アプリケーションで :guilabel:`作成` "
"をクリックし、海外の顧客を選択します。guilabel:`プロダクトを追加`をクリックし、プロダクトを選択します。guilabel:`配送の追加` "
"をクリックし、配送方法を選択してから :guilabel:`料金の取得` をクリックし、最後に :guilabel:`追加` をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1
msgid "Add a shipping method and rate to a sales order."
msgstr "販売オーダに配送方法と料金を追加します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:45
msgid ""
"Once the quotation is confirmed by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`, a "
":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear."
msgstr "guilabel:`確認`をクリックして見積を確定すると、:guilabel:`配送`スマートボタンが表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1
msgid "Delivery order smart button."
msgstr "配送オーダスマートボタン"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:52
msgid ""
"Once the delivery order is validated by clicking :guilabel:`Validate` in the"
" delivery order, the shipping documents appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`."
msgstr ""
"配送オーダで :guilabel:`検証` をクリックして配送オーダが検証されると、配送ドキュメントが :guilabel:`チャター` "
"に表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1
msgid "Shipping PDF documents."
msgstr "PDFドキュメントを発送します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:60
msgid "Example labels"
msgstr "ラベルの例"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:62
msgid ""
"The default :guilabel:`Label Type` is :guilabel:`Paper Letter`. An example "
"of a FedEx letter sized label is:"
msgstr ""
"デフォルトの :guilabel:`ラベルタイプ` は :guilabel:`紙レター` です。FedEx のレターサイズのラベルの例は以下の通りです:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1
msgid "Full page letter size FedEx shipping label."
msgstr "全ページレターサイズのFedEx発送ラベル。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:69
msgid "For comparison, an example of a FedEx bottom-half label is:"
msgstr "比較のため、FedExの下半分のラベルの例を以下に示します:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1
msgid "Half page letter size FedEx shipping label."
msgstr "半ページのレターサイズのFedEx発送ラベル。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:3
msgid "Print shipping labels"
msgstr "配送ラベルを印刷する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:7
msgid ""
"Integrate Odoo with :doc:`third-party shipping carriers "
"<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>` to automatically generate "
"shipping labels that includes prices, destination addresses, tracking "
"numbers, and barcodes."
msgstr ""
"doc:`サードパーティ運送会社<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`とOdooを統合し、価格、宛先住所、追跡番号、バーコードを含む配送ラベルを自動生成します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:14
msgid ""
"To generate labels for a third-party shipping carrier, first :doc:`install "
"the third-party shipping connector "
"<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`. Then, configure and activate "
"the :ref:`delivery method <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-delivery-"
"method>`, being sure to set the :guilabel:`Integration Level` to "
":guilabel:`Get Rate and Create Shipment` to generate shipping labels. "
"Finally, provide the company's :ref:`source address "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-source-address>` and :ref:`product "
"weights <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-weight>`."
msgstr ""
"サードパーティ配送業者のラベルを生成するには、まず :doc:`サードパーティ配送コネクタ "
"<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>` をインストールします。次に、 :ref:`配送方法 "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-delivery-method>` "
"を設定し、有効化します。出荷ラベルを生成するために、 :guilabel:`Integration Level` を "
":guilabel:`レートの取得と出荷の作成` に設定して下さい。最後に、会社の :ref:`発送元住所 "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-source-address>` と :ref:`プロダクト重量 "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-weight>` を指定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst-1
msgid "Set the \"Get Rate and Create Shipment\" option."
msgstr " \"レートの取得と出荷の作成\"オプションを設定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:30
msgid "Print tracking labels"
msgstr "追跡ラベルを印刷する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:32
msgid ""
"Tracking labels are generated after the delivery order (DO) is validated."
msgstr "トラッキングラベルは、配送オーダ(DO)が検証された後に作成されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:34
msgid ""
"When both the *Sales* and *Inventory* apps are installed, begin on the "
":menuselection:`Sales app`, and proceed to the desired quotation to "
":ref:`add the shipping cost <inventory/shipping_receiving/add-shipping-"
"quote>`, confirm the sales order, and validate the |DO|."
msgstr ""
"*販売*アプリと在庫*アプリの両方がインストールされている場合、:menuselection:`販売アプリ`で開始し、:ref:`送料の追加<inventory/shipping_receiving/add-"
"shipping-quote>`、販売オーダの確認、|DO|の検証のために目的の見積に進みます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:38
msgid ""
"If only the *Inventory* app is installed, create :abbr:`DOs (Delivery "
"Orders)` directly in the :menuselection:`Inventory` app , :ref:`add the "
"third-party carrier <inventory/shipping_receiving/validate-print-label>` in "
"the :guilabel:`Carrier` field, and validate the |DO|."
msgstr ""
"*在庫*アプリのみがインストールされている場合、 :menuselection:`在庫`アプリで直接 :abbr:`DO(配送オーダ)`を作成し、 "
":guilabel:`運送会社`フィールドにサードパーティーの運送会社<inventory/shipping_receiving/validate-"
"print-label>`を追加し、 |DO|を検証します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:46
msgid "Add shipping on quotation"
msgstr "見積に配送を追加"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:48
msgid ""
"To generate a tracking label for an order, begin by creating a quotation in "
":menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`, clicking "
":guilabel:`New`, and filling out the quotation form. Then, click the "
":guilabel:`Add Shipping` button in the bottom-right corner of the quotation."
msgstr ""
"オーダの追跡ラベルを作成するには、まず :menuselection:`販売アプリ --> オーダ --> 見積` で見積を作成し、 "
":guilabel:`新規` をクリックし、見積フォームに必要事項を記入します。次に、見積の右下にある :guilabel:`配送方法を追加` "
"ボタンをクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst-1
msgid "Show the \"Add Shipping\" button on the quotation."
msgstr "見積に\"配送方法を追加\"ボタンを追加します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:56
msgid ""
"In the resulting pop-up window, select the intended carrier from the "
":guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. Clicking :guilabel:`Get Rate` "
"displays the shipping cost for the customer, via the third-party carrier in "
"the :guilabel:`Cost` field."
msgstr ""
"表示されるポップアップウィンドウで、 :guilabel:`配送方法` "
"ドロップダウンメニューから目的の配送会社を選択します。guilabel:`レートの取得` をクリックすると、:guilabel:`原価` "
"フィールドに、サードパーティの運送会社を経由した、顧客用の送料が表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:61
msgid ""
"If clicking :guilabel:`Get Rate` results in an error, ensure the "
":ref:`warehouse's address <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-source-"
"address>` and :ref:`weight of products in the order "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-weight>` are properly configured."
msgstr ""
"もし :guilabel:`レートを取得` をクリックするとエラーになる場合は、 :ref:`倉庫の住所 "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-source-address>` と "
":ref:`オーダ内のプロダクトの重量 <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-weight>` "
"が適切に設定されていることを確認して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:65
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Add` to add the cost to the quotation, which is listed as "
"the :ref:`configured delivery product "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/delivery-product>`. Finally, click "
":guilabel:`Confirm` on the quotation, and click the :guilabel:`Delivery` "
"smart button to access the |DO|."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`追加`をクリックすると、見積に追加され、 :ref:`設定済配送プロダクト "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/delivery-product>` として表示されます。最後に、見積の "
":guilabel:`確認` をクリックし、|DO| にアクセスするために :guilabel:`配送` スマートボタンをクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst-1
msgid "Show \"Get rate\" pop-up window."
msgstr "\"レート取得\" ポップアップウィンドウを表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:75
msgid ""
"For users who do not have the *Sales* app installed, the shipping carrier is"
" specified in a delivery order's :guilabel:`Carrier` field of the "
":guilabel:`Additional Info` tab."
msgstr ""
"*販売*アプリをインストールしていないユーザの場合、配送業者は :guilabel:`追加情報` タブの配送オーダの :guilabel:`配送業者` "
"フィールドで指定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:0
msgid "Show the \"Additional Info\" tab of a delivery order."
msgstr "配送オーダの\"追加情報\"タブを表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:85
msgid "Validate delivery order"
msgstr "配送オーダを検証する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:87
msgid ""
"On a delivery order form, navigate to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab to"
" ensure the third-party shipping carrier has been added to the "
":guilabel:`Carrier` field."
msgstr ""
"配送オーダフォームで、:guilabel:`追加情報` タブに移動し、サードパーティの配送会社が :guilabel:`Carrier` "
"フィールドに追加されていることを確認します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:91
msgid ""
"If the *Sales* app is not installed, the third-party carrier is set in the "
":guilabel:`Carrier` field."
msgstr "*販売*アプリがインストールされていない場合、サードパーティの運送会社が :guilabel:`運送会社` フィールドに設定されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:94
msgid ""
"After the items in the order have been packed, click :guilabel:`Validate` to"
" get the shipping carrier's tracking number, and generate the shipping "
"label."
msgstr "オーダ内の商品の梱包が完了したら、:guilabel:`検証`をクリックして運送会社の追跡番号を取得し、配送ラベルを作成します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:98
msgid ""
"Create or select an existing delivery order by going to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and selecting the :guilabel:`Delivery "
"Orders` card."
msgstr ""
"menuselection:`在庫` アプリで :guilabel:`配送オーダ` "
"カードを選択して、配送オーダを作成するか、既存の配送オーダを選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:101
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Tracking Reference` number is generated in the "
":guilabel:`Additional Info` tab of the delivery order. Click the "
":guilabel:`Tracking` smart button to access the tracking link from the "
"shipping carrier's website."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`追跡参照`番号は、配送オーダの:guilabel:`追加情報`タブで生成されます。guilabel:`追跡`スマートボタンをクリックすると、運送会社のウェブサイトから追跡リンクにアクセスできます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:105
msgid "The tracking label is found in PDF format in the chatter."
msgstr "追跡ラベルはPDF形式でチャターに掲載されています。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst-1
msgid "Show generated shipping label in the chatter."
msgstr "生成された出荷ラベルをチャターに表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:112
msgid ""
"For multi-package shipping, one label is generated per package. Each label "
"appears in the chatter."
msgstr "複数梱包の場合、梱包ごとに1つのラベルが作成されます。各ラベルはチャターに表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:119
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:119
msgid "Sample label generated from Odoo's shipping connector with FedEx."
msgstr "OdooのFedExとの出荷コネクタから生成されたラベルのサンプル。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:3
msgid "Multi-package shipments"
msgstr "複数梱包配送"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:5
msgid ""
"In some cases, a delivery order with multiple items may need to be shipped "
"in more than one package. This may be necessary if the items are too large "
"to ship in a single package, or if certain items cannot be packaged "
"together. Shipping a single delivery order in multiple packages provides "
"flexibility for how each item is packaged, without the need to create "
"multiple delivery orders."
msgstr ""
"複数の商品の配送オーダの場合、複数梱包が必要となる場合があります。これは、商品が大きすぎて1つの梱包では発送できない場合や、特定の商品を一緒に梱包できない場合に必要となる場合があります。1つの配送オーダを複数の梱包で発送することで、複数の配送オーダを作成することなく、各アイテムの梱包方法を柔軟に変更することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:13
msgid ""
"In order to split a delivery order across multiple packages, the *Packages* "
"setting must be enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory -->"
" Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next to "
":guilabel:`Packages`. Click :guilabel:`Save` to confirm the change."
msgstr ""
"配送オーダを複数の梱包に分割するには、*梱包*設定を有効にする必要があります。そのためには :menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> "
"管理設定` に移動し、 :guilabel:`梱包` "
"の隣にあるチェックボックスを有効にします。guilabel:`保存`をクリックして変更を確定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1
msgid "The Packages setting on the Inventory app settings page."
msgstr "在庫アプリの設定ページにある梱包の設定。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:24
msgid "Ship items in multiple packages"
msgstr "複数梱包での発送"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:26
msgid ""
"To split items in the same delivery order across multiple packages, begin by"
" navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Delivery Orders`, then select a"
" delivery order that has multiple items, a multiple quantity of the same "
"item, or both."
msgstr ""
"同じ配送オーダ内のアイテムを複数の梱包に分割するには、まず :menuselection:`在庫 --> 配送オーダ` "
"に移動し、複数のアイテム、同じアイテムの調達ロットサイズ、またはその両方を持つ配送オーダを選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:30
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, select the :guilabel:`⁞≣ (menu)` icon in "
"the line of the product that will be shipped in the first package."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`オペレーション` タブで、最初の梱包で出荷されるプロダクトの明細の :guilabel:`⁞≣ (メニュー)` "
"アイコンを選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1
msgid "The menu icon for a product in a delivery order."
msgstr "配送オーダのプロダクトのメニューアイコンです。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:37
msgid ""
"This makes a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window appear. In the "
"table at the bottom of the pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Reserved` column "
"shows the total quantity of the product included in the delivery order."
msgstr ""
"これにより :guilabel:`詳細オペレーション` ポップアップウィンドウが表示されます。ポップアップウィンドウの下部にある表の "
":guilabel:`引当済` 列には、配送オーダに含まれるプロダクトの合計数量が表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:41
msgid ""
"If the full quantity will be shipped in the first package, enter the number "
"from the :guilabel:`Done` column in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. If less"
" than the full quantity will be shipped in the first package, enter a "
"smaller number than the one that appears in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column."
" Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the :guilabel:`Done` quantities and "
"close the pop-up."
msgstr ""
"最初の梱包で全量を出荷する場合は、 :guilabel:`完了`カラムの数字を "
":guilabel:`引当済`列に入力します。最初の梱包で全数量を出荷しない場合は、:guilabel:`引当済`列に表示されている数字より小さい数字を入力します。guilabel:`確認`"
" をクリックして :guilabel:`完了` の数量を確定し、ポップアップを閉じます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1
msgid "The Detailed Operations pop-up for a product in a delivery order."
msgstr "配送オーダ内のプロダクトの詳細オペレーションポップアップ。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:51
msgid ""
"Repeat the same steps for every item quantity that is included in the first "
"package. Then, click :guilabel:`Put In Pack` to create a package with all of"
" the selected items."
msgstr ""
"最初の梱包に含まれる全ての商品の数量について、同じ手順を繰り返します。そして :guilabel:`梱包する` "
"をクリックし、選択されたアイテム全てを含む梱包を作成します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1
msgid "The Put In Pack button on a delivery order."
msgstr "配送オーダの梱包するボタン"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:58
msgid ""
"For the next package, follow the same steps as detailed above, marking the "
"quantity of each item to be included in the package as :guilabel:`Done` "
"before clicking :guilabel:`Put In Pack` on the delivery order. Continue "
"doing so until the full quantity of all items are added to a package."
msgstr ""
"次の梱包では、上記と同じ手順で、梱包に入れる各商品の数量を :guilabel:`完了` としてマークしてから、配送オーダの "
":guilabel:`梱包する` をクリックします。全ての商品の数量が梱包に追加されるまで、この作業を続けて下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:62
msgid ""
"Finally, after all of the packages have been shipped, click "
":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the delivery order has been completed."
msgstr "最後に、梱包が全て発送されたら :guilabel:`検証` をクリックし、配送オーダが完了したことを確認します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:66
msgid ""
"After one or more packages are created, a :guilabel:`Packages` smart button "
"appears in the top-right corner of the delivery order. Click the "
":guilabel:`Packages` smart button to go to the :guilabel:`Packages` page for"
" the delivery order, where each package can be selected to view all of the "
"items included in it."
msgstr ""
"1つ以上の梱包が作成されると、配送オーダの右上に :guilabel:`梱包` スマートボタンが表示されます。guilabel:`梱包` "
"スマートボタンをクリックすると、配送オーダの :guilabel:`梱包` "
"ページに移動し、各梱包を選択してその中に含まれる全ての商品を表示することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:0
msgid "The Packages smart button on a delivery order."
msgstr "配送オーダの梱包スマートボタン。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:76
msgid "Create a backorder for items to be shipped later"
msgstr "後日発送する商品のバックオーダを作成します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:78
msgid ""
"If some items will be shipped at a later date than others, there is no need "
"to put them in a package until they are ready to be shipped. Instead, create"
" a backorder for the items being shipped later."
msgstr ""
"一部の商品の発送が他の商品より遅くなる場合、発送準備が整うまで梱包する必要はありません。その代わりに、後で出荷する商品のバックオーダを作成します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:81
msgid ""
"Begin by shipping the items that will be shipped immediately. If they will "
"be shipped in multiple packages, follow the :ref:`steps above "
"<inventory/shipping/multiple-packages>` to package them as required. If they"
" will be shipped in a single package, simply mark in the :guilabel:`Done` "
"column the quantity of each item being shipped, but **do not** click the "
":guilabel:`Put In Pack` button."
msgstr ""
"すぐに発送するものから発送して下さい。複数の梱包で出荷する場合は、上記の :ref:`inventory/shipping/multiple-"
"packages>` の手順に従って梱包して下さい。1つの梱包で出荷する場合は、 :guilabel:`完了` "
"欄に出荷する各アイテムの数量をマークするだけで、:guilabel:`梱包する` ボタンはクリックしないで下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:86
msgid ""
"After all quantities being shipped immediately are marked as "
":guilabel:`Done`, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button, and a "
":guilabel:`Create Backorder?` pop-up window appears. Then, click the "
":guilabel:`Create Backorder` button. Doing so confirms the items being "
"shipped immediately and creates a new delivery order for the items that will"
" be shipped later."
msgstr ""
"すぐに出荷する数量を全て :guilabel:`完了済`とマークした後、 :guilabel:`検証`ボタンをクリックすると、 "
":guilabel:`バックオーダを作成しますか` ポップアップウィンドウが表示されます。そして :guilabel:`バックオーダ作成` "
"ボタンをクリックします。そうすることで、すぐに出荷される商品が確認され、後で出荷される商品のための新しい配送オーダが作成されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1
msgid "The Create Backorder? pop-up window."
msgstr "バックオーダを作成しますか？ポップアップウィンドウ"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:95
msgid ""
"The backorder delivery order will be listed in the chatter of the original "
"delivery order in a message that reads :guilabel:`The backorder WH/OUT/XXXXX"
" has been created.`. Click on :guilabel:`WH/OUT/XXXXX` in the message to "
"view the backorder delivery order."
msgstr ""
"バックオーダの配送オーダは、元の配送オーダのチャターに :guilabel:`バックオーダ WH/OUT/XXXXX has been "
"created.`. メッセージ内の :guilabel:`WH/OUT/XXXXX` をクリックすると、バックオーダの配送オーダが表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1
msgid ""
"The backorder delivery order listed in the chatter of the original delivery "
"order."
msgstr "元の配送オーダのチャターに記載されているバックオーダの配送オーダ。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:103
msgid ""
"The backorder delivery order can also be accessed by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# Back Orders` button on"
" the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and selecting the delivery order."
msgstr ""
"バックオーダの配送オーダは、 :menuselection:`在庫` に移動し、 :guilabel:`配送オーダ` カードの "
":guilabel:`#バックオーダ` ボタンをクリックし、配送オーダを選択することでもアクセスできます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1
msgid "The Back Orders button on the Delivery Orders card."
msgstr "配送オーダカード上のバックオーダボタン"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:111
msgid ""
"Once the remaining items are ready to be shipped, navigate to the backorder "
"delivery order. The items can be shipped in a single package by clicking "
":guilabel:`Validate` and selecting :guilabel:`Apply` on the "
":guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that appears, or shipped in "
"multiple packages by following the steps detailed in the section above."
msgstr ""
"残りの商品を発送する準備ができたら、バックオーダの配送オーダに移動します。アイテムは :guilabel:`有効` をクリックし、表示される "
":guilabel:`即時転送?` ポップアップウィンドウで :guilabel:`適用` を選択することで、1つの梱包で発送することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:116
msgid ""
"It is also possible to ship out some of the items while creating another "
"backorder for the rest. To do so, simply follow the same steps used to "
"create the first backorder."
msgstr ""
"また、一部の商品を発送する一方で、残りの商品のために別のバックオーダを作成することも可能です。その場合は、最初のバックオーダを作成したのと同じ手順を踏むだけです。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3
msgid "Sendcloud integration"
msgstr "Sendcloud統合"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5
msgid ""
"Sendcloud is a shipping service aggregator that facilitates the integration "
"of European shipping carriers with Odoo. Once integrated, users can select "
"shipping carriers on inventory operations in their Odoo database."
msgstr ""
"Sendcloudはヨーロッパの運送会社とOdooの統合を促進する配送サービスアグリゲーターです。統合後、ユーザはOdooデータベースの在庫管理で運送会社を選択することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:10
msgid ""
"`Sendcloud integration documentation <https://support.sendcloud.com/hc/en-"
"us/articles /360059470491-Odoo-integration>`_"
msgstr ""
"`Sendcloud統合ドキュメンテーション <https://support.sendcloud.com/hc/en-us/articles "
"/360059470491-Odoo-integration>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:14
msgid "Setup in Sendcloud"
msgstr "Sendcloudでの設定"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:17
msgid "Create an account and activate carriers"
msgstr "アカウントを作成し運送会社を有効化する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:19
msgid ""
"To get started, go to `Sendcloud's platform <https://www.sendcloud.com>`_ to"
" configure the account and generate the connector credentials. Log in with "
"the Sendcloud account, or create a new one if needed."
msgstr ""
"開始するには、`Sendcloudのプラットフォーム<https://www.sendcloud.com>`_にアクセスしてアカウントを設定し、コネクタ認証情報を生成します。Sendcloudアカウントでログインするか、必要に応じて新しいアカウントを作成して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:24
msgid ""
"For new account creation, Sendcloud will ask for a :abbr:`VAT (Value-Added "
"Tax Identification)` number or :abbr:`EORI (Economic Operators' Registration"
" and Identification)` number. After completing the account setup, activate "
"(or deactivate) the shipping carriers that will be used in the Odoo "
"database."
msgstr ""
"新規アカウント作成の際、Sendcloudは :abbr:`VAT (Value-Added Tax Identification)`番号または "
":abbr:`EORI (Economic Operators' Registration and "
"Identification)`番号の入力を要求します。アカウント設定が完了したら、Odooデータベースで使用する運送会社を有効化(または無効化)します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:30
msgid ""
"Odoo integration of Sendcloud works on free Sendcloud plans *only* if a bank"
" account is linked, since Sendcloud won't ship for free. To use shipping "
"rules, or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is "
"**required**."
msgstr ""
"OdooとSendcloudの統合は、Sendcloudは無料配送を行わないため、Sendcloudの無料プランで銀行口座がリンクされている場合のみ機能します。配送規則や個別の運送会社連絡先を使用するには、Sendcloudの有料プランが**必要です**。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:179
msgid "Warehouse configuration"
msgstr "倉庫設定"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:39
msgid ""
"Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings"
" --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse"
" address`."
msgstr ""
"Sendcloudアカウントにログインしたら、 :menuselection:`設定 --> 配送 --> 住所` に移動し、 "
":guilabel:`倉庫住所` のフィールドに入力します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings."
msgstr "Sendcloud設定で住所を追加します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:46
msgid ""
"To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` "
"is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field "
"called :guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`. The Odoo warehouse name should "
"be entered here, and the characters should be exactly the same."
msgstr ""
"Sendcloudが返品も処理できるようにするには、 :guilabel:`返送先住所` が必要です。guilabel:`その他セクション`の下に "
":guilabel:`住所名(任意)` というフィールドがあります。ここにはOdooの倉庫名を入力して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid "**SendClould configuration**"
msgstr "**SendClould設定**"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`その他`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`: `Warehouse #1`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`住所名 (オプション)`: `倉庫 #1`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Brand`: `Default`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`ブランド`: `デフォルト`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid "**Odoo warehouse configuration**"
msgstr "**Odoo倉庫設定**"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Warehouse #1`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`倉庫`: `倉庫 #1`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Short Name`: `WH`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`略称`: `WH`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: `My company (San Francisco)`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`会社`: `My company (San Francisco)`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`住所`: `自社 (San Francisco)`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:63
msgid ""
"Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo"
" configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same."
msgstr "guilabel:`倉庫`フィールドの入力が、Odoo設定とSendcloud設定の両方で全く同じであることに注目して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67
msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials"
msgstr "Sendcloud認証情報を生成する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:69
msgid ""
"In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> "
"Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo "
"Native`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect`."
msgstr ""
"Sendcloudアカウントで、右側のメニューから :menuselection:`設定 --> 統合` に移動します。次に "
":guilabel:`Odoo Native` を検索します。次に :guilabel:`接続` をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:72
msgid ""
"After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and "
"Secret Keys` are produced. The next step is to name the "
":guilabel:`Integration`. The naming convention is as follows: `Odoo "
"CompanyName`, with the user's company name replacing `CompanyName` (e.g. "
"`Odoo StealthyWood`)."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`Connect` をクリックすると、ページは :guilabel:`Sendcloud API` "
"の設定ページにリダイレクトされ、そこで :guilabel:`公開キー` と :シークレットキー` が生成されます。次のステップは "
":guilabel:統合` に名前を付けることです。命名規則は以下の通りです:ユーザの会社名を `CompanyName` "
"に置き換えて下さい(例：`Odoo StealthyWood`)。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:77
msgid ""
"Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the "
"shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public "
"and Secret Keys` are generated."
msgstr ""
"次に、:guilabel:`サービスポイント`の横のボックスをチェックし、この統合の配送サービスを選択します。保存後、:guilabel:`公開キーとシークレットキー`が生成されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials."
msgstr "Sendcloud統合の設定と認証情報の受信。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:85
msgid "Setup in Odoo"
msgstr "Odooでのセットアップ"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:87
msgid ""
"To ensure seamless Sendcloud integration with Odoo, :ref:`install "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/sendcloud-module>` and :ref:`link "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/link-sendcloud-module>` the Sendcloud shipping"
" connector to the Sendcloud account. Then, :ref:`configure Odoo fields "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/sendcloud-shipping-info>`, so Sendcloud can "
"accurately pull shipping data to generate labels."
msgstr ""
"SendcloudとOdooをシームレスに統合するには、 :ref:` <inventory/shipping_receiving/sendcloud-"
"module>をインストール` してSendcloud配送コネクタをSendcloudアカウントに :ref:`リンク "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/link-sendcloud-module>` して下さい。それから "
":ref:`Odooフィールドを設定 <inventory/shipping_receiving/sendcloud-shipping-"
"info>`すると、Sendcloudは、配送データを正確に取込み、ラベルを生成することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97
msgid "Install Sendcloud shipping module"
msgstr "Sendcloud配送モジュールをインストールする"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99
msgid ""
"After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure"
" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, "
"search for the `Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it."
msgstr ""
"Sendcloudアカウントのセットアップと設定が完了したら、Odooデータベースの設定を行います。まずはOdooの :guilabel:`アプリ` "
"モジュールで `Sendcloud配送`統合を検索し、インストールして下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module."
msgstr "Odoo アプリモジュールのSendcloud配送モジュール。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:110
msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration"
msgstr "Sendcloud配送コネクタ設定"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:112
msgid ""
"Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector` setting is found under the "
":guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section."
msgstr ""
"インストールしたら、 :menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> 管理設定` で :guilabel:`Sendcloud 配送` "
"モジュールを有効化します。guilabel:`Sendcloudコネクタ` の設定は :guilabel:`配送コネクタ` セクションにあります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:116
msgid ""
"After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once"
" on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`Sendcloudコネクタ`を有効化した後、リストされたコネクタの下にある :guilabel:`Sendcloud配送方法` "
"リンクをクリックします。guilabel:`配送方法` ページで、 :guilabel:`作成` をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:121
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping "
"Methods`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`配送方法`は :menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> 配送 --> 配送方法`からもアクセスできます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124
msgid ""
"Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:"
msgstr "guilabel:`新規配送方法`フォームに以下の項目を入力して下さい:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`."
msgstr ":guilabel:`配送方法`: type `Sendcloud DPD`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ":guilabel:`プロバイダー`: ドロップダウンメニューから :guilabel:`Sendcloud`を選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:128
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this "
"shipping method or create a new product."
msgstr ":guilabel:`配送プロダクト`: この配送方法に設定されたプロダクトを設定するか、新しいプロダクトを作成します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`."
msgstr "guilabel:`SendCloud設定`タブで、:guilabel:`Sendcloud公開キー`を入力します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:131
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`."
msgstr "guilabel:`SendCloud設定`タブで、:guilabel:`Sendcloud秘密キー`を入力します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:132
msgid ""
"Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the "
":guilabel:`Shipping Methods / New` breadcrumbs."
msgstr ""
"手動で :guilabel:`配送方法/新規` パンくずの横にある雲のアイコンをクリックして、フォームを :guilabel:`保存` して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:135
msgid ""
"After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the "
"shipping products:"
msgstr "フォームを設定し保存した後、以下の手順に従って出荷プロダクトをロードして下さい:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:137
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New "
"Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping "
"products` link."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`新規配送方法` フォームの :guilabel:`SendCloud設定` タブで、 "
":guilabel:`SendCloud配送プロダクトをロードする` リンクをクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:139
msgid ""
"Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries "
"and returns."
msgstr "配送と返品に使用する配送プロダクトを選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:140
msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`."
msgstr "Click :guilabel:`選択`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:143
msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:"
msgstr "Odooで設定されたSendcloud配送プロダクトのサンプル:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`DELIVERY`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`配送`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Product`: `DPD Home 0-31.5kg`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`配送プロダクト`: `DPD Home 0-31.5kg`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Carrier`: `DPD`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Carrier`: `DPD`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Minimum Weight`: `0.00`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`最小重量`: `0.00`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`最大重量`: `31.50`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:151
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria`"
" `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` "
"`Germany` `Greece` `Hungary` `Iceland` `Ireland` `Italy` `Latvia` "
"`Liechtenstein` `Lithuania` `Luxembourg` `Monaco` `Netherlands` `Norway` "
"`Poland` `Portugal` `Romania` `Serbia` `Slovakia` `Slovenia` `Spain` "
"`Sweden` `Switzerland`"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`国`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria` "
"`Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` "
"`Germany` `Greece` `Hungary` `Iceland` `Ireland` `Italy` `Latvia` "
"`Liechtenstein` `Lithuania` `Luxembourg` `Monaco` `Netherlands` `Norway` "
"`Poland` `Portugal` `Romania` `Serbia` `Slovakia` `Slovenia` `Spain` "
"`Sweden` `Switzerland`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`RETURN`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`返品`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Shipping Product`: `DPD Return 0-20kg`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`返品配送プロダクト`: `DPD 返品 0-20kg`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Carrier`: `DPD`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`返品運送会社`: `DPD`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Minimum Weight`: `0.00`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`返品最小重量`: `0.00`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Maximum Weight`: `20.00`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`返品最大重量`: `20.00`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Countries`: `Belgium` `Netherlands`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`返品国`: `Belgium` `Netherlands`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo."
msgstr "Odooで設定された配送プロダクトの例。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:169
msgid ""
"Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a "
"package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured "
"Sendcloud account will be charged, unless the associated package is canceled"
" within 24 hours of creation."
msgstr ""
"Sendcloudは、企業がOdooで梱包の送信をテストする際にテストキーを提供しません。つまり、梱包が作成された場合、関連する梱包が作成後24時間以内に取消されない限り、設定されたSendcloudアカウントに課金されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173
msgid ""
"Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using "
"test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used "
"to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after the "
"creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment "
"settings can be toggled back and forth from their respective smart buttons."
msgstr ""
" "
"Odooにはテスト環境での不要な請求に対する保護機能が組込まれています。テスト環境では、ラベル作成に配送方法が使用された場合、ラベル作成後すぐに取消されます。これは、自動で行われます。テスト環境とプロダクト環境の設定は、それぞれのスマートボタンから切り替えることができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:181
msgid "Shipping information"
msgstr "配送情報"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183
msgid ""
"To use Sendcloud to generate shipping labels, the following information "
"**must** be filled out accurately and completely in Odoo:"
msgstr "Sendcloudを使用して配送ラベルを作成するには、Odooで以下の情報を正確かつ完全に入力する必要があります:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186
msgid ""
"**Customer information**: when creating a quotation, ensure the selected "
":guilabel:`Customer` has a valid phone number, email address, and shipping "
"address."
msgstr ""
" **顧客情報**：見積を作成する際、選択した :guilabel:`顧客` "
"が検証済の電話番号、Eメールアドレス、配送先住所を持っていることを確認して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:189
msgid ""
"To verify, select the :guilabel:`Customer` field to open their contact page."
" Here, add their shipping address in the :guilabel:`Contact` field, along "
"with their :guilabel:`Mobile` number and :guilabel:`Email` address."
msgstr ""
"確認するには、 :guilabel:`顧客` フィールドを選択して連絡先ページを開きます。ここで、 :guilabel:`連絡先` "
"フィールドに配送先住所、 :guilabel:`携帯電話`番号、 :guilabel:`Eメールアドレス` を追加します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:193
msgid ""
"**Product weight**: ensure all products in an order have a specified "
":guilabel:`Weight` in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of their product form. "
"Refer to the :ref:`Product weight section "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-weight>` of this article for "
"detailed instructions."
msgstr ""
"**プロダクト重量**: オーダ内の全てのプロダクトが :プロダクトフォームの :guilabel:`在庫` タブで指定された "
":guilabel:`重量` を持っていることを確認します。詳細な手順については、この記事の :ref:`プロダクト重量セクション "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-weight>`を参照して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197
msgid ""
"**Warehouse address**: ensure the warehouse name and address in Odoo match "
"the :ref:`previously defined warehouse "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/sendcloud-warehouse-config>` in the Sendcloud "
"setup. For details on warehouse configuration in Odoo, refer to the "
":ref:`warehouse configuration section "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-source-address>` of the third-party "
"shipping documentation."
msgstr ""
"**倉庫住所**: Odooの倉庫名と住所がSendcloud設定の "
":ref:`定義済の倉庫<inventory/shipping_receiving/sendcloud-warehouse-"
"config>`と一致していることを確認して下さい。Odooでの倉庫設定の詳細については、サードパーティ配送ドキュメントの "
":ref:`倉庫設定セクション <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-source-address>` "
"を参照して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:204
msgid "Generate labels with Sendcloud"
msgstr "Sendcloudでラベルを生成する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:206
msgid ""
"When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud "
"shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label "
"documents are automatically generated in the chatter, which include the "
"following:"
msgstr ""
"Odooで見積を作成する際、配送と :guilabel:`Sendcloud配送プロダクト` を追加します。そして :guilabel:`配送を検証` "
"して下さい。配送ラベルのドキュメントはチャターで自動生成されます:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:210
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages."
msgstr ":guilabel:梱包の数量に応じた`配送ラベル`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for "
"returns."
msgstr ":guilabel: Sendcloudコネクタが返品用に設定された場合の`返品ラベル`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:212
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them."
msgstr ":guilabel:`通関書類' 配送先国が通関書類を必要とする場合"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:214
msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available."
msgstr "さらに、追跡番号も利用できるようになりました。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217
msgid ""
"When return labels are created, Sendcloud automatically charges the "
"configured Sendcloud account."
msgstr "返送用ラベルが作成されると、Sendcloudは設定されたSendcloudアカウントに自動的に課金します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:221
msgid "Shipping rules"
msgstr "配送規則"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:223
msgid ""
"Optionally, create shipping rules to automatically generate shipping labels "
"tailored to different product needs. For example, a shipping rule can be "
"created for customers shipping expensive jewelry items to purchase "
"insurance."
msgstr ""
"オプションとして、異なるプロダクトのニーズに合わせた出荷ラベルを自動的に生成するための出荷規則を作成します。例えば、高価な宝飾品を発送する顧客が保険を購買するための規則を作成することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:228
msgid ""
"Shipping rules do **not** affect :ref:`shipping rate calculations "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/third-party-rate>`, and are only used to "
"improve the process of :doc:`generating shipping labels <labels>`."
msgstr ""
"配送規則は、:ref:`送料計算（<inventory>/shipping_receiving/third-party-"
"rate>`）には影響しません。配送ラベルの生成プロセスを改善するためにのみ使用されます <labels>`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:232
msgid ""
"To use shipping rules, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Delivery: Shipping Methods`, and select the intended "
"`Sendcloud` shipping method."
msgstr ""
"配送規則を使用するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 配送: "
"配送方法`に移動し、目的の`Sendcloud`配送方法を選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Configuration` tab, in the "
":guilabel:`OPTIONS` section, choose the kind of shipments the shipping rules"
" apply to, via the :guilabel:`Use Sendcloud shipping rules` field."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Sendcloud設定`タブの :guilabel:`オプション`セクションで、 "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud配送規則を使用する`フィールドから配送規則を適用する出荷の種類を選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:239
msgid ""
"From here, choose either: :guilabel:`Shipping` to customers, "
":guilabel:`Returns` from customers, or :guilabel:`Both`."
msgstr ""
"ここから、顧客への:guilabel:`発送`、顧客からの:guilabel:`返品`、 :guilabel:`両方` のいずれかを選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Use Shipping Rules field."
msgstr "配送規則フィールドを使用します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:246
msgid ""
"Then, in the Sendcloud website, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> "
"Shipping rules`. Create a new shipping rule by clicking :guilabel:`Create "
"New`."
msgstr ""
"次に、Sendcloudウェブサイトで :menuselection:`設定 --> 配送規則` "
"に移動します。新規作成`をクリックして、新しい配送規則を作成します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:249
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Actions` section, set a :guilabel:`Condition` to determine"
" when the rule applies. Then, configure what to do when packages meet the "
"condition."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`アクション`セクションで、規則が適用されるタイミングを決める :guilabel:`条件` "
"を設定します。次に、梱包が条件を満たしたときに何をするかを設定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:253
msgid ""
"`Create shipping rules on Sendcloud <https://support.sendcloud.com/hc/en-"
"us/articles/10274470454292-How-to-create-shipping-rules#examples-smart-"
"shipping-rules>`_"
msgstr ""
"`Sendcloudでの配送規則作成 <https://support.sendcloud.com/hc/en-"
"us/articles/10274470454292-How-to-create-shipping-rules#examples-smart-"
"shipping-rules>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:257
msgid "FAQ"
msgstr "FAQ"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:260
msgid "Shipment is too heavy"
msgstr "出荷重量が重すぎる"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:262
msgid ""
"If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, "
"then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need "
"to be put in different :guilabel:`Packages` to :guilabel:`Validate` the "
"transfer and generate labels."
msgstr ""
"設定されているSendcloudサービスに対して荷物が重すぎる場合、複数の梱包をシミュレートするために重量が分割されます。転送を検証してラベルを生成するには、プロダクトを別々の"
" :guilabel:`梱包` に入れる必要があります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:266
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping "
"methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will "
"not apply to the shipping price calculation on the calculation on the sales "
"order."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`規則`をSendcloudに設定して、重量が重すぎる場合に他の配送方法を使用することもできます。ただし、これらの規則は販売オーダでの送料計算には適用されないことに注意して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:271
msgid "Personal carrier contract"
msgstr "個人運送会社契約"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:273
msgid ""
"Use custom prices from a direct carrier contract, via CSV upload, by first "
"logging into Sendcloud, navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Carriers "
"--> My contracts`, and then selecting the intended contract."
msgstr ""
"CSVアップロードにより、直接運送会社の契約からカスタム価格を使用できます。まずSendcloudにログインし、:menuselection:`設定 "
"--> 運送会社 --> 自分の契約`に移動し、目的の契約を選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Navigate to the contracts section in Sendcloud."
msgstr "Sendcloudの契約セクションに移動します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:281
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Contract prices` section, click :guilabel:`Download "
"CSV` and fill out the contract prices in the :guilabel:`price` column of the"
" CSV file template."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`契約価格`セクションで、:guilabel:`CSVダウンロード`をクリックし、CSVファイルテンプレートの:guilabel:`価格`列に契約価格を記入します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:285
msgid ""
"Ensure the CSV file includes the correct prices to avoid any inaccuracies."
msgstr "CSVファイルに正しい価格が含まれていることを確認して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
msgid ""
"Show sample contract CSV from Sendcloud, highlighting the price column."
msgstr "Sendcloudからの契約書CSVのサンプルを表示し、価格列を強調表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:291
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Upload` the completed CSV file to Sendcloud, then click "
":guilabel:`Save these prices`."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`完成したCSVファイルをSendcloudにアップロードし、 :guilabel:`これらの価格を保存` をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:294
msgid ""
"`Sendcloud: How to upload contract prices with carriers "
"<https://support.sendcloud.com/hc/en-us/articles/5163547066004>`_"
msgstr ""
"`Sendcloud: 運送会社との契約価格をアップロードする方法 <https://support.sendcloud.com/hc/en-"
"us/articles/5163547066004>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:298
msgid "Measuring volumetric weight"
msgstr "体積重量の測定"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:300
msgid ""
"Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight "
"of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* "
"(:dfn:`Volumetric weight is the volume that a package occupies when in "
"transit. In other words it is the physical size of a package`)."
msgstr ""
"多くの運送会社では、重量についていくつかの尺度を持っています。小包に含まれるプロダクトの実際の重量があり、*容積重量*があります(:dfn:`容積重量とは、輸送中に梱包が占める容積のことです。言い換えれば梱包の物理的な大きさです`)。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:305
msgid ""
"Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute"
" the volumetric weight."
msgstr "選択した運送会社に、容積重量の計算式がすでに定義されているかどうかを確認して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:309
msgid ""
"`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight "
"<https://support.sendcloud.com/ hc/en-us/articles/360059644051-How-to-"
"calculate-automate-parcel-volumetric-weight>`_"
msgstr ""
"`Sendcloud: 小包の容積重量の計算と自動化の方法 <https://support.sendcloud.com/ hc/en-"
"us/articles/360059644051-How-to-calculate-automate-parcel-volumetric-"
"weight>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:313
msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate"
msgstr "送料が計算できません"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:315
msgid ""
"First, verify that the product being shipped has a weight that is supported "
"by the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the "
"destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier."
" The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the "
"carrier."
msgstr ""
"まず、出荷するプロダクトの重量が、選択した配送方法でサポートされていることを確認します。これが設定されている場合は、(顧客住所から)宛先の国が運送会社によってサポートされていることを確認します。発送元の国(倉庫住所)も運送会社がサポートしている必要があります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:3
msgid "Third-party shipping carriers"
msgstr "サードパーティ運送会社"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:10
msgid ""
"Users can link third-party shipping carriers to Odoo databases, in order to "
"verify carriers' delivery to specific addresses, :doc:`automatically "
"calculate shipping costs <../setup_configuration>`, and :doc:`generate "
"shipping labels <labels>`."
msgstr ""
"ユーザはサードパーティの配送会社を Odoo データベースにリンクして、特定の住所への運送会社の配送を検証し、:doc:`配送費用を自動計算 "
"<../setup_configuration>` し、配送ラベルを :doc:`配送ラベルを生成  <labels>` することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:14
msgid ""
"In Odoo, shipping carriers can be applied to a sales order (SO), invoice, or"
" delivery order. For tips on resolving common issues when configuring "
"shipping connectors, skip to the :ref:`Troubleshooting "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/third-party-troubles>` section."
msgstr ""
"Odooでは、運送会社を販売オーダ(SO)、顧客請求書、配送オーダに適用することができます。配送コネクタの設定時によくある問題を解決するヒントについては、"
" :ref:`トラブルシューティング <inventory/shipping_receiving/third-party-troubles>` "
"セクションをご覧下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:20
msgid ":doc:`sendcloud_shipping`"
msgstr ":doc:`sendcloud_shipping`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:23
msgid "The following is a list of available shipping connectors in Odoo:"
msgstr "以下はOdooで利用可能な配送コネクタのリストです:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:29
msgid "Carrier"
msgstr "配送業者"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:30
msgid "Region availability"
msgstr "地域の利用可能性"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:31
msgid "FedEx"
msgstr "FedEx"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:32
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:34
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:36
msgid "All"
msgstr "全て"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:33
msgid ":doc:`DHL Express <dhl_credentials>`"
msgstr ":doc:`DHL Express <dhl_credentials>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:35
msgid ":doc:`UPS <ups_credentials>`"
msgstr ":doc:`UPS <ups_credentials>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:37
msgid "US Postal Service"
msgstr "US Postal Service"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:38
msgid "United States of America"
msgstr "アメリカ合衆国"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:39
msgid ":doc:`Sendcloud <sendcloud_shipping>`"
msgstr ":doc:`Sendcloud <sendcloud_shipping>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:40
msgid "Some European countries (see details below)"
msgstr "一部のヨーロッパ諸国 (詳細は下記参照)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:41
msgid ":doc:`Bpost <bpost>`"
msgstr ":doc:`Bpost <bpost>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:42
msgid "Belgium"
msgstr "ベルギー"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:43
msgid "Easypost"
msgstr "Easypost"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:44
msgid "North America"
msgstr "北アメリカ"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:45
msgid "Shiprocket"
msgstr "Shiprocket"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:46
msgid "India"
msgstr "インド"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:49
msgid "Other services from DHL are **not** supported."
msgstr "DHLの他のサービスはサポートされて **いません**。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:51
msgid ""
"Sendcloud currently supports shipping **from** Austria, Belgium, France, "
"Germany, Italy, the Netherlands, Spain, and the United Kingdom, and **to** "
"any European country."
msgstr ""
"Sendcloudは現在、オーストリア、ベルギー、フランス、ドイツ、イタリア、オランダ、スペイン、英国からの発送、およびヨーロッパのあらゆる国への発送に対応しています。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:57
msgid ""
"To ensure proper setup of a third-party shipping carrier with Odoo, follow "
"these steps:"
msgstr "Odooでサードパーティ運送会社を正しく設定するには、以下の手順に従って下さい:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:59
msgid ""
":ref:`Install the shipping connector <inventory/shipping_receiving/shipping-"
"connector>`."
msgstr ""
":ref:`配送コネクタをインストール <inventory/shipping_receiving/shipping-connector>`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:60
msgid ""
":ref:`Set up delivery method <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-"
"delivery-method>`."
msgstr ""
":ref:` 配送方法の設定 <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-delivery-method>`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:61
msgid ""
":ref:`Activate production environment "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/production-env>`."
msgstr ":ref:`本番環境の有効化 <inventory/shipping_receiving/production-env>`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:62
msgid ""
":ref:`Configure warehouse <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-source-"
"address>`."
msgstr ":ref:`倉庫設定 <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-source-address>`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:63
msgid ""
":ref:`Specify weight of products <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-"
"weight>`."
msgstr ":ref:`プロダクト重量の指定 <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-weight>`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:68
msgid "Install shipping connector"
msgstr "配送コネクタをインストールする"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:70
msgid ""
"To install shipping connectors, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr "配送コネクタをインストールするには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定`にアクセスして下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:72
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section, tick the third-party "
"shipping carrier's checkbox to install it. Multiple third-party shipping "
"connectors can be selected at once. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`配送コネクタ`セクションで、サードパーティ配送会社のチェックボックスにチェックを入れてインストールします。複数のサードパーティ配送コネクタを一度に選択することができます。その後、"
" :guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:77
msgid ""
":doc:`Delivery methods <../setup_configuration>` can also be integrated with"
" operations in the *Sales*, *eCommerce*, and *Website* apps. To install, "
"refer to the :ref:`install apps and modules <general/install>` "
"documentation."
msgstr ""
":doc:`配送方法 <../setup_configuration>` は *販売*、*eコマース*、*ウェブサイト* "
"アプリのオペレーションと統合することもできます。インストールについては、:ref:`アプリとモジュールのインストール "
"<general/install>` ドキュメントを参照して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Options of available shipping connectors in Odoo."
msgstr "Odooで利用可能な配送コネクタのオプション。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:88
msgid "Delivery method"
msgstr "配送方法"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:90
msgid ""
"To configure the API credentials, and activate the shipping carrier, begin "
"by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping "
"Methods`, and select the desired delivery method."
msgstr ""
"API認証情報を設定し、運送会社を有効化するには、まず :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 配送方法` "
"にアクセスし、希望する配送方法を選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:95
msgid ""
"The list often includes **two** delivery methods from the same "
":guilabel:`Provider`: one for international shipping and one for domestic "
"shipping."
msgstr ""
"このリストには、同じ :guilabel:`プロバイダ` "
"からの**2つ**の配送方法が含まれていることがよくあります:1つは国際配送用、もう1つは国内配送用です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:98
msgid ""
"Additional delivery methods can be created for specific purposes, such as "
":doc:`packaging <../../product_management/configure/packaging>`."
msgstr ""
"特定の目的のために、追加の配送方法を定義することができます。例えば、:doc:`パッケージング "
"<../../product_management/configure/packaging>`　などです。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:102
msgid ":doc:`Configure delivery methods <../setup_configuration>`"
msgstr ":doc:`配送方法の設定 <../setup_configuration>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:105
msgid ""
"Ensure the delivery method is published when it should be available on the "
"*Website* app. To publish a delivery method on the website, click the "
"desired delivery method, then click the :guilabel:`Unpublished` smart "
"button. Doing so changes that smart button to read: :guilabel:`Published`."
msgstr ""
"配送方法が*ウェブサイト*アプリで利用可能な場合に公開されていることを確認します。ウェブサイトで配送方法を公開するには、希望の配送方法をクリックし、:guilabel:`未公開`スマートボタンをクリックします。そうすることで、そのスマートボタンが"
" :guilabel:`公開済` に変更されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:110
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Shipping Method` page contains details about the provider, "
"including:"
msgstr "guilabel:`配送方法` ページには、以下のようなプロバイダに関する詳細が含まれています:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:112
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Shipping Method` (*Required field*): the name of the delivery "
"method (e.g. `FedEx US`, `FedEx EU`, etc.)."
msgstr ":guilabel:`配送方法` (*必須項目*): 配送方法の名前（例：`FedEx US`、`FedEx EU`など）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:114
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Website`: configure shipping methods for an *eCommerce* page that"
" is connected to a specific website in the database. Select the applicable "
"website from the drop-down menu, or leave it blank to apply the method to "
"all web pages."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`ウェブサイト`: "
"データベース内の特定のウェブサイトに接続されている*eコマース*ページの配送方法を設定します。ドロップダウンメニューから該当するウェブサイトを選択するか、空白のままにしておくと全てのウェブページに適用されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:117
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Provider` (*Required field*): choose the third-party delivery "
"service, like FedEx. Upon choosing a provider, the :guilabel:`Integration "
"Level`, :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` and :guilabel:`Insurance Percentage` "
"fields become available."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`プロバイダ` (*必須フィールド*): FedEx のようなサードパーティの配送サービスを選択します。プロバイダを選択すると、 "
":guilabel:`統合レベル`, :guilabel:`請求ポリシー`、 :guilabel:`保険パーセンテージ` "
"フィールドが利用可能になります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:120
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Integration Level`: choose :guilabel:`Get Rate` to simply get an "
":ref:`estimated shipment cost <inventory/shipping_receiving/third-party-so>`"
" on an |SO| or invoice."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`統合レベル`: :guilabel:`レートを取得`を選択すると、|SO|または顧客請求書上の "
":ref:`見積配送費用<inventory/shipping_receiving/third-party-so>`を取得できます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:124
msgid ""
"Select :guilabel:`Get Rate and Create Shipment` to also :doc:`generate "
"shipping labels <labels>`."
msgstr ":guilabel:`料金の取得と出荷の作成`を選択すると、:doc:`出荷ラベル生成<labels>`も行われます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:129
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Delivery Product` (*Required field*): the delivery charge name "
"that is added to the |SO| or invoice."
msgstr ":guilabel:`配送プロダクト` (*必須フィールド*): |SO|または顧客請求書に追加される配送料金の名前。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:131
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy`: select and calculate an :guilabel:`Estimated "
"cost` of shipping directly from the shipping carrier. If the :guilabel:`Real"
" cost` of shipping is wanted instead, refer to :doc:`Invoice real shipping "
"costs <invoicing>` document."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`請求方針`: 運送会社から直接選択し、:guilabel:`見積費用` を計算します。 代わりに、配送の "
":guilabel:`実際原価` が必要な場合は、:doc:`実際送料を請求する <invoicing>`ドキュメントを参照して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:134
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Margin on Rate`: specify an additional percentage amount added to"
" the base shipping rate to cover extra costs, such as handling fees, "
"packaging materials, exchange rates, etc."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`割合のマージン`: "
"手数料、梱包資材、為替レートなどの追加コストをカバーするために、基本配送料金に追加するパーセンテージを指定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:136
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Free if order amount is above`: enables free shipping for orders "
"surpassing a specified amount entered in the corresponding "
":guilabel:`Amount` field."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`オーダ金額が次以上で無料`: :guilabel:`金額`フィールドに入力された金額を超えるオーダの送料を無料にします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:138
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Insurance Percentage`: specify a percentage amount of the "
"shipping costs reimbursed to the senders if the package is lost or stolen in"
" transit."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`保険パーセンテージ`: 輸送中に梱包が紛失または盗難にあった場合に、送り主に払戻される配送費用のパーセンテージを指定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:145
msgid "Screenshot of a FedEx shipping method."
msgstr "FedEx配送方法のスクリーンショット。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:145
msgid "**Shipping Method** configuration page for `FedEx US`."
msgstr " `FedEx US`用の**配送方法**設定ページ"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:147
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, fill out the API credential fields "
"(e.g. API key, password, account number, etc.). Depending on the third-party"
" shipping carrier chosen in the :guilabel:`Provider` field, the "
":guilabel:`Configuration` tab will contain different required fields. For "
"more details about configuring specific carriers' credentials, refer to the "
"following documents:"
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`設定`タブで、API認証情報フィールド(APIキー、パスワード、アカウント番号など)を入力します。guilabel:`プロバイダ` "
"フィールドで選択したサードパーティ運送会社によって、:guilabel:`設定` "
"タブの必須項目は異なります。特定の運送会社の認証情報の設定については、以下のドキュメントを参照して下さい:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:154
msgid ":doc:`DHL credentials <dhl_credentials>`"
msgstr ":doc:`DHL認証情報 <dhl_credentials>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:155
msgid ":doc:`Sendcloud credentials <sendcloud_shipping>`"
msgstr ":doc:`Sendcloud認証情報 <sendcloud_shipping>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:156
msgid ":doc:`UPS credentials <ups_credentials>`"
msgstr ":doc:`UPS認証情報<ups_credentials>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:161
msgid "Production environment"
msgstr "本番環境"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:163
msgid ""
"With the delivery method details configured, click the :guilabel:`Test "
"Environment` smart button to set it to :guilabel:`Production Environment`."
msgstr ""
"配送方法の詳細を設定した状態で、:guilabel:`テスト環境`スマートボタンをクリックして、:guilabel:`本番環境`に設定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:167
msgid ""
"Setting the delivery method to :guilabel:`Production` creates **real** "
"shipping labels, and users are at risk of being charged through their "
"carrier account (e.g. UPS, FedEx, etc.) **before** users charge customers "
"for shipping. Verify all configurations are correct before launching the "
"delivery method to :guilabel:`Production`."
msgstr ""
"配送方法を "
":guilabel:`本番`に設定すると、**実際の**配送ラベルが作成され、ユーザは顧客に配送料を請求する**前に**運送会社のアカウント(UPS、FedExなど)を通じて請求されるリスクがあります。配送方法を"
" :guilabel:`本番` で起動する前に、設定が全て正しいことを確認して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Show the \"Test Environment\" smart button."
msgstr "\"テスト環境\"スマートボタンを表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:181
msgid ""
"Ensure the warehouse's :guilabel:`Address` (including ZIP code) and "
":guilabel:`Phone` number are entered accurately. To do that, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and select "
"the desired warehouse."
msgstr ""
"倉庫の :guilabel:`住所`(郵便番号を含む)と :guilabel:`電話番号` が正確に入力されていることを確認します。そのためには、 "
":menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 倉庫` に進み、目的の倉庫を選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:185
msgid ""
"On the warehouse configuration page, open the warehouse contact page by "
"clicking the :guilabel:`Company` field."
msgstr "倉庫の設定ページで、:guilabel:`会社`フィールドをクリックして倉庫の連絡先ページを開きます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Highlight the \"Company\" field."
msgstr "\"会社\"フィールドを強調します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:192
msgid ""
"Verify that the :guilabel:`Address` and :guilabel:`Phone` number are "
"correct, as they are required for the shipping connector to work properly."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`住所` と :guilabel:`電話番号` が正しいことを確認して下さい。配送コネクタが正しく動作するために必要です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Show company address and phone number."
msgstr "会社住所と電話番号を表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:202
msgid "Product weight"
msgstr "プロダクト重量"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:204
msgid ""
"For the carrier integration to work properly, specify the weight of products"
" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and "
"selecting the desired product."
msgstr ""
"運送会社との統合を適切に行うには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> プロダクト --> "
"プロダクト`でプロダクトの重量を指定し、必要なプロダクトを選択して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:207
msgid ""
"Then, switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and define the "
":guilabel:`Weight` of the product in the :guilabel:`Logistics` section."
msgstr ""
"次に :guilabel:`在庫` タブに切り替え、 :guilabel:`物流` セクションでプロダクトの :guilabel:`重量` "
"を定義します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Display the \"Weight\" field in the Inventory tab of the product form."
msgstr "プロダクトフォームの在庫タブに\"重量\"フィールドを表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:215
msgid "Apply third-party shipping carrier"
msgstr "サードパーティ運送会社を適用する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:217
msgid ""
"Shipping carriers can be applied on a :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, invoice, or "
"delivery order."
msgstr "運送会社は、:abbr:`SO (販売オーダ)`、顧客請求書、配送オーダに適用できます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:219
msgid ""
"After configuring the third-party carrier's :ref:`delivery method "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-delivery-method>` in Odoo, create or"
" navigate to a quotation by going to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders "
"--> Quotations`."
msgstr ""
"Odooでサードパーティ運送会社の :ref:`配送方法<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-"
"delivery-method>` を設定した後、 :menuselection:`販売アプリ --> オーダ --> 見積` "
"で見積を作成または表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:226
msgid "Sales order"
msgstr "販売オーダ"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:228
msgid ""
"To assign a third-party shipping carrier, and get an estimated cost of "
"shipping, begin by going to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> "
"Quotations`. Create or select an existing quotation, and add the cost of "
"shipping through a third-party carrier to a quotation, by clicking the "
":guilabel:`Add Shipping` button in the bottom-right corner of the "
":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab."
msgstr ""
"サードパーティ運送会社を割当て、送料の見積を取得するには、まず :menuselection:`販売アプリ --> オーダ --> 見積` "
"を開きます。guilabel:`オーダ明細`タブの右下にある:guilabel:`配送追加`ボタンをクリックして、見積を作成するか既存の見積を選択し、サードパーティ運送会社を利用した配送費用を見積に追加します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Show the \"Add shipping\" button at the bottom of a quotation."
msgstr "見積の下部に\"配送追加\"ボタンを表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:237
msgid ""
"In the resulting :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window, select the"
" intended carrier from the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. The "
":guilabel:`Cost` field is automatically filled based on:"
msgstr ""
"表示された :guilabel:`配送方法を追加` ポップアップウィンドウで、 :guilabel:`配送方法` "
"ドロップダウンメニューから目的の運送会社を選択します。:guilabel:`原価` フィールドは、以下の内容に基づいて自動的に入力されます:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:241
msgid ""
"the amount specified in the :guilabel:`Total Order Weight` field (if it is "
"not provided, the sum of :ref:`product weights "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-weight>` in the order is used)"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`オーダ重量合計` フィールドで指定された量(指定されなかった場合は、オーダ内の :ref:`プロダクト重量 "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-weight>` の合計が使用されます)。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:243
msgid ""
"the distance between the warehouse's :ref:`source address "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-source-address>` and the customer's "
"address."
msgstr ""
"倉庫の :ref:`配送元住所 <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-source-address>` "
"から顧客住所までの距離。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:248
msgid ""
"After selecting a third-party provider in the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` "
"field, click :guilabel:`Get Rate` in the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` "
"pop-up window to get the estimated cost through the shipping connector. "
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Add` button to add the delivery charge to the "
"|SO| or invoice."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`配送方法`フィールドでサードパーティプロバイダを選択した後、:guilabel:`配送方法を追加`ポップアップウィンドウで:guilabel:`レート取得`をクリックし、配送コネクタを通して見積費用を取得します。その後、:guilabel:`追加`ボタンをクリックして、配送料を"
" |SO| または顧客請求書に追加します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:254
msgid ""
":doc:`Charge customers for shipping after product delivery <invoicing>`"
msgstr ":doc:`プロダクト配送後に送料を顧客に請求する <invoicing>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:261
msgid ""
"For users making shipments without installing the *Sales* app, assign the "
"shipping carrier to the delivery order, by first going to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` app. Then, from the :guilabel:`Inventory "
"Overview` dashboard, select the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, "
"and choose the desired delivery order that is not already marked as "
":guilabel:`Done` or :guilabel:`Cancelled`."
msgstr ""
"*販売*アプリをインストールせずに配送を行うユーザは、まず :menuselection:`在庫` アプリで配送オーダに運送会社を割当てます。次に、 "
":guilabel:`在庫概要` ダッシュボードから :guilabel:`配送オーダ` オペレーションタイプを選択し、 :guilabel:`完了済`"
" または :guilabel:`取消済` としてマークされていない配送オーダを選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:267
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Additional info` tab, set the :guilabel:`Carrier` field to"
" the desired third-party shipping carrier. When the delivery method is set "
"to :ref:`production mode <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-delivery-"
"method>`, a :guilabel:`Tracking Reference` is provided."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`追加情報` タブで、 :guilabel:`運送会社` フィールドを希望するサードパーティ運送会社に設定します。配送方法を "
":ref:`本番モード <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-delivery-method>` "
"に設定すると、 :guilabel:`追跡参照` が提供されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:273
msgid ":doc:`Generate shipping labels <labels>`"
msgstr ":doc:`配送ラベルの生成 <labels>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Show the delivery order's \"Additional info\" tab."
msgstr "配送オーダの \"追加情報\"タブを表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:282
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr "トラブルシューティング"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:284
msgid ""
"Since shipping connectors can sometimes be complex to set up, here are some "
"checks to try when things are not working as expected:"
msgstr "配送コネクタの設定は複雑な場合があるため、ここでは期待どおりに動作しない場合には以下のチェック項目を試して見て下さい:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:287
msgid ""
"Ensure the :ref:`warehouse information "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-source-address>` (e.g., address and "
"phone number) in Odoo is correct **and** matches the records saved in the "
"shipping provider's website."
msgstr ""
"Odooの :ref:`倉庫情報<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-source-"
"address>`(例:住所や電話番号)が正しいか、配送プロバイダのウェブサイトに保存されているレコードと一致しているか確認して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:290
msgid ""
"Verify that the :ref:`package type <inventory/warehouses_storage/package-"
"type>` and parameters are valid for the shipping carrier. To check, ensure "
"the shipment can be directly created on the shipping carrier's website."
msgstr ""
"ref:`梱包タイプ<inventory/warehouses_storage/package-"
"type>`とパラメータが運送会社で有効であることを確認して下さい。確認するには、運送会社のウェブサイトで配送を直接作成できることを確認して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:293
msgid ""
"When encountering a price mismatch between Odoo's estimated cost and the "
"provider's charge, first ensure the delivery method is set to "
":ref:`production environment <inventory/shipping_receiving/production-env>`."
msgstr ""
"Odooの見積費用とプロバイダの料金に不一致がある場合、まず配送方法が:ref:`本番環境 "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/production-env>`に設定されていることを確認して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:297
msgid ""
"Then, create the shipment in both the carrier's website and Odoo, and verify"
" the prices are the same across Odoo, the shipping provider, and in the "
"*debug logs*."
msgstr "その後、運送会社のウェブサイトとOdooの両方で配送を作成し、Odoo、運送会社、*デバッグログ*で価格が同じであることを確認します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:301
msgid ""
"When checking for a price mismatch in the debug logs, if the request says "
"the package weighs six kilograms, but the response from FedEx says the "
"package weights seven kilograms, it concludes that the issue is on FedEx's "
"side."
msgstr ""
"デバッグログで価格の不一致をチェックする際、リクエストでは梱包の重量が6kgであるにもかかわらず、FedExからのレスポンスでは梱包の重量が7kgである場合、問題はFedEx側にあると結論づけられます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:306
msgid "Debug log"
msgstr "デバッグログ"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:308
msgid ""
"Track shipping data inconsistencies by activating debug logging. To do that,"
" go to the delivery method's configuration page (:menuselection:`Inventory "
"app --> Configuration --> Shipping Method`), and select the desired shipping"
" method. Click the :guilabel:`No Debugging` smart button to activate "
":guilabel:`Debug Requests`."
msgstr ""
"デバッグログを有効化して配送データの不整合を追跡します。そのためには、配送方法の設定ページ(:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 "
"--> 配送方法`)に移動し、希望する配送方法を選択します。guilabel:`デバッグなし`スマートボタンをクリックして "
":guilabel:`デバッグリクエスト` を有効化します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Show the \"No Debug\" smart button."
msgstr "デバッグなし\"スマートボタンを表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:317
msgid ""
"With :guilabel:`Debug Requests` activated, each time the shipping connector "
"is used to estimate the cost of shipping, records are saved in the "
":guilabel:`Logging` report. To access the report, turn on :ref:`developer "
"mode <developer-mode>`, and go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical"
" --> Database Structure section --> Logging`."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`デバッグリクエスト` を有効化すると、送料コネクタが送料の見積に使用されるたびに、 :guilabel:ロギング` "
"レポートにレコードが保存されます。このレポートにアクセスするには :ref:`開発者モード` をオンにし、 :menuselection:`設定アプリ "
"--> 技術設定 --> データベース構成セクション --> ロギング` に進みます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:323
msgid ""
"Logs are created for a shipping method each time the :ref:`Get Rate "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/third-party-rate>` button is clicked on "
":abbr:`SOs (Sales Orders)` and invoices, **and** when a customer adds the "
"shipping carrier to their order through the *Website* app."
msgstr ""
"abbr:`SO(販売オーダ)`や顧客請求書で :ref:`レート取得 <inventory/shipping_receiving/third-"
"party-rate>` "
"ボタンがクリックされる度に、**および**顧客が*ウェブサイト*アプリでオーダに運送会社を追加する度に、配送方法に対してログが作成されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Show how to find the \"Logging\" option from the \"Technical\" menu."
msgstr " \"技術設定\"メニューから\"ロギング\"オプションを見つける方法を提示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:332
msgid ""
"Click the *HTTP request* line item to open a detailed page, and verify the "
"correct information is sent from Odoo to the shipping carrier. In the *HTTP "
"response*, verify that the same information is received."
msgstr ""
"*HTTPリクエスト*明細項目をクリックして詳細ページを開き、正しい情報がOdooから運送会社に送信されていることを確認します。*HTTPレスポンス*で、同じ情報が受信されていることを確認します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Show debug request history in Settings > Technical > Logging."
msgstr "管理設定 > 技術設定 > ロギングでデバッグエスト履歴を表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:3
msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:5
msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:7
msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:9
msgid "A UPS account number"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:11
msgid "An Access Key"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:13
msgid ""
"An Access Key is a 16 character alphanumeric code that allows access to the "
"UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:17
msgid "Create a UPS Account"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:19
msgid ""
"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If"
" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer "
"Service in order to to open an account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:23
msgid ""
"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their"
" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online "
"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:27
msgid ""
"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your "
"online profile by following these steps:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:30
msgid ""
"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and"
" click the **New User** link at the top of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:34
msgid ""
"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to "
"complete the registration process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:37
msgid ""
"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as "
"follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:39
msgid ""
"Log in to the `UPS.com website <http://www.ups.com/>`_) using your UPS.com "
"User ID and Password."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:41
msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:43
msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:45
msgid ""
"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account "
"Details** section of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:48
msgid ""
"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, "
"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United"
" States.q"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:52
msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:55
msgid "Get an Access Key"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:57
msgid ""
"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can "
"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:60
msgid ""
"Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page "
"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:61
msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:62
msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:63
msgid "Verify your contact information"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:64
msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:66
msgid ""
"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email "
"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary "
"contact."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage.rst:5
msgid "Warehouses and storage"
msgstr "倉庫とストレージ"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:6
msgid "Inventory management"
msgstr "在庫管理"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:8
msgid ""
"In the Odoo *Inventory* app, :doc:`warehouses "
"<inventory_management/warehouses>` handle the broader organization and "
"distribution of stock across different physical sites, while :doc:`locations"
" <inventory_management/use_locations>` provide a more detailed breakdown "
"within each warehouse for efficient item management."
msgstr ""
"Odoo*在庫*アプリでは、:doc:`倉庫 <inventory_management/warehouses>` "
"は異なる物理的な場所間での在庫の大まかな整理と分配を処理し、:doc:`ロケーション "
"<inventory_management/use_locations>` は効率的な商品管理のために各倉庫内でより詳細な内訳を提供します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:13
msgid ""
"This document serves as an introduction to the terminology and concepts "
"necessary to master *Inventory*. For specific instructions and examples of "
"how things work, refer to individual documentation pages."
msgstr ""
"このドキュメントは *在庫* "
"を使いこなすために必要な用語や概念の紹介しています。具体的な説明や動作例については、各ドキュメンテーションのページを参照して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:18
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Warehouses & Locations "
"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zMvudZVLuUo>`_"
msgstr ""
"`Odooチュートリアル: 倉庫 & ロケーション <https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zMvudZVLuUo>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:21
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:3
msgid "Warehouses"
msgstr "倉庫"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:23
msgid ""
":doc:`Warehouses <inventory_management/warehouses>` represent a physical "
"place, with a physical address, where a company's items are stored."
msgstr ""
":doc:`倉庫 <inventory_management/warehouses>` represent a physical place, with"
" a physical address, where a company's items are stored."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:26
msgid ""
"Configure :doc:`routes <../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>` "
"in a warehouse to control how products move to customers, from vendors, "
"within the warehouse, or :doc:`between warehouses "
"<replenishment/resupply_warehouses>`."
msgstr ""
"倉庫内のプロダクトが顧客に、仕入先から、倉庫内で、または :doc:`倉庫間 <replenishment/resupply_warehouses>` "
"でどのように移動されるかを制御するために、倉庫内の :doc:`ルート "
"<../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>` を設定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:31
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:3
msgid "Locations"
msgstr "ロケーション"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:33
msgid ""
":doc:`Locations <inventory_management/use_locations>` refer to specific "
"areas within a warehouse, such as shelves, floors, or aisles. These are sub-"
"divisions within a warehouse, and are unique to that warehouse. Users can "
"create and manage numerous locations within a single warehouse to organize "
"inventory more precisely."
msgstr ""
" :doc:`ロケーション <inventory_management/use_locations>` "
"は倉庫内の棚、フロア、通路などの特定のエリアを指します。これらは倉庫内の小区画であり、その倉庫に固有のものです。ユーザは、在庫をより正確に整理するために、1つの倉庫内に多数のロケーションを作成し、管理することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:39
msgid ":doc:`inventory_management/use_locations`"
msgstr ":doc:`inventory_management/use_locations`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:40
msgid ":doc:`inventory_management/count_products`"
msgstr ":doc:`inventory_management/count_products`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:41
msgid ":doc:`inventory_management/cycle_counts`"
msgstr ":doc:`inventory_management/cycle_counts`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:42
msgid ":doc:`inventory_management/scrap_inventory`"
msgstr ":doc:`inventory_management/scrap_inventory`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:47
msgid "Location types"
msgstr "ロケーションタイプ"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:49
msgid ""
"*Location types* in Odoo help categorize and manage where products are, and "
"what actions need to be taken with them. By default, on the "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations` page, only "
"internal locations are displayed."
msgstr ""
"Odooの*ロケーションタイプ*は、プロダクトがどこにあり、どのようなアクションが必要かを分類・管理するのに役立ちます。デフォルトでは "
":menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> ロケーション` ページに内部ロケーションのみが表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:53
msgid ""
"To view the seven location types in Odoo, select any location, and in the "
":guilabel:`Location Type` field, there are:"
msgstr ""
"Odooの7つのロケーションタイプを表示するには、任意のロケーションを選択し、:guilabel:`ロケーションタイプ`フィールドに表示されます:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:56
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Vendor Location`: defines an area where products purchased from "
"vendors originate. Items here are **not** in stock."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`仕入先ロケーション`: 仕入先から購買したプロダクトがあるエリアを定義します。ここにある商品は在庫に**ありません**。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:59
msgid ""
":guilabel:`View`: used to organize and structure the warehouse hierarchy. "
"For example, the view location `WH` (short for warehouse) groups all "
"internal locations, such as `Stock`, receiving docks, quality checkpoints, "
"and packing areas to show they all belong to the same warehouse."
msgstr ""
" :guilabel:`ビュー`: 倉庫の階層を整理し、構造化するために使用されます。例えば、ビューロケーション "
"`WH`(倉庫の略)は、`在庫`、入庫ドック、品質チェックポイント、梱包エリアなどの全ての内部ロケーションをグループ化し、全て同じ倉庫に属していることを示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:64
msgid ""
"View locations should **not** contain products, but it is possible to move "
"them there."
msgstr "ビューロケーションはプロダクトを含んでは**いけません**が、そこにプロダクトを移動することは可能です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:66
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Internal Location`: storage locations within the warehouse. Items"
" stored in these locations are accounted for in :doc:`inventory valuation "
"<../product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`内部ロケーション`: 倉庫内の保管場所です。これらの場所に保管されている項目は :doc:`在庫評価 "
"<../product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>` "
"にて計上されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:70
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Customer Location`: where sold products are tracked; items here "
"are no longer in stock."
msgstr " :guilabel:`顧客ロケーション`: 販売されたプロダクトが追跡される場所; ここにある項目はもう在庫にありません。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:72
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Inventory Loss`: counterpart location to consume missing items or"
" create stock, accounting for discrepancies."
msgstr ":guilabel:`在庫ロス`: 不足品を消費したり、在庫を作ったり、不一致の会計処理をするための相手先ロケーション。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:75
msgid ""
"In Odoo, examples of inventory loss locations are *Inventory Adjustment*, "
"used to account for discrepancies during an inventory count, and *Scrap*, "
"which is where damaged goods are sent to account for inventory losses."
msgstr ""
" Odooでは、在庫ロスロケーションの例として、*在庫調整*があり、在庫カウントの間に不一致の会計処理に使用され、*廃棄*は "
"*在庫ロスを計上するため、破損した商品を送る場所です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:80
msgid ""
"`Virtual Locations/Inventory Adjustment` is a location with the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Loss` type. The database shows `65` units in "
"`WH/Stock`, but an inventory check reveals `60`. To correct the quantity, "
"five units are moved from `WH/Stock` to `Virtual Locations/Inventory "
"Adjustment`."
msgstr ""
"`仮想ロケーション/在庫調整`は :guilabel:`在庫ロス` "
"タイプのロケーションです。データベースでは`WH/Stock`に`65`個ありますが、在庫を確認すると`60`個であることが分かりました。数量を修正するために、5単位を"
" `WH/在庫` から `仮想ロケーション/在庫調整`に移動します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:0
msgid "Product ends up in Virtual Locations/Inventory Adjustment."
msgstr "プロダクトは最終的に仮想ロケーション/在庫調整で終わります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:89
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Production`: where raw materials are consumed, and "
":doc:`manufactured products <../../manufacturing>` are created."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`製造`: ここで原材料が消費され、 :doc:`製造プロダクト <.../../manufacturing>` が作られます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:92
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Transit Location`: used for inter-company or inter-warehouse "
"operations to track products shipped between different addresses, such as "
":ref:`Physical Locations/Inter-warehouse transit "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/interwarehouse-transit>`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`積送ロケーション`: :ref:`物理的ロケーション/倉庫間輸送 "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/interwarehouse-transit>` "
"のように、異なる住所間で配送されたプロダクトを追跡するために、企業間または倉庫間オペレーションで使用されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst-1
msgid "List of locations in Odoo."
msgstr "Odooでのロケーションリスト"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:103
msgid "In Odoo, location types are color-coded:"
msgstr " Odooではロケーションタイプは色分けされています: "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:102
msgid "**Red**: internal locations"
msgstr "**赤**: 内部ロケーション"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:103
msgid "**Blue**: view locations"
msgstr "**青**: ビューロケーション"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:104
msgid ""
"**Black**: external locations (including inventory loss, vendor, and "
"customer locations)."
msgstr "**黒**: 外部ロケーション(在庫ロス、仕入先、顧客ロケーションを含む)。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:107
msgid "View locations in Odoo"
msgstr "Odooのビューロケーション"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:109
msgid ""
"Odoo databases include pre-configured view locations to organize the "
"hierarchy of locations. These provide helpful context, and distinguish "
"between internal and external locations."
msgstr ""
"Odooデータベースにはロケーションの階層を整理するためのビューロケーションがあらかじめ設定されています。これらは有用なコンテキストを提供し、内部と外部のロケーションを区別します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:112
msgid ""
"*Physical locations* serve as an umbrella for external locations, without "
"changing a product's inventory value. (Inventory valuation changes occur "
"when products move from internal to external locations)."
msgstr ""
"*物理的ロケーション*は、プロダクトの在庫価値を変えることなく、外部ロケーションの傘として機能します。(在庫評価の変更は、プロダクトが内部から外部ロケーションに移動するときに発生します)。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:119
msgid ""
"When moving products in warehouses `WH` and `WH2`, the items are not in "
"either warehouse, but still belong to the company. While in transit, they "
"are placed in the `Inter-warehouse transit` location, a :guilabel:`Transit "
"Location` type."
msgstr ""
"倉庫 `WH` と `WH2` にあるプロダクトを移動する場合、項目はどちらの倉庫にもありませんが、会社のものであることに変わりはありません。移動中は "
":guilabel:`積層ロケーション` タイプの `倉庫間移動`ロケーションに置かれます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:123
msgid ""
"This location is under the view location, `Physical Locations`, indicating "
"that `Inter-warehouse transit` is outside of a warehouse, but still part of "
"the company. Doing so does not affect the inventory valuation of the "
"products."
msgstr ""
"このロケーションはビューロケーション、`物理的ロケーション`の下にあり、`倉庫間輸送`は倉庫の外ですが、会社の一部であることを示しています。これはプロダクトの在庫評価には影響しません。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:127
msgid ""
"*Partner locations* group customer and vendor locations (external locations)"
" together. Transfers to these locations affect inventory valuation."
msgstr ""
"*取引先ロケーション*は、顧客と仕入先のロケーション(外部ロケーション)をグループ化したものです。これらの拠点への転送は在庫評価に影響します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:129
msgid ""
"*Virtual locations* are locations that do **not** exist physically, but it "
"is where items that are not in inventory can be placed. These can be items "
"that are no longer in inventory due to loss, or other factors."
msgstr ""
" "
"*仮想ロケーションとは、物理的に存在**しない**ロケーションですが、在庫にない項目を置くことができる場所です。紛失やその他の要因で在庫がなくなってしまった項目などがこれにあたります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:3
msgid "Inventory adjustments"
msgstr "在庫調整"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:5
msgid ""
"In any warehouse management system, the recorded inventory counts in the "
"database might not always match the actual inventory counts in the "
"warehouse. The discrepancy between the two counts can be due to damages, "
"human errors, theft, or other factors. As such, inventory adjustments must "
"be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the recorded counts in"
" the database match the actual counts in the warehouse."
msgstr ""
"倉庫管理システムでは、データベースに記録された在庫数と倉庫内の実際の在庫数が必ずしも一致しない場合があります。2つのカウントの不一致は、破損、人的ミス、盗難、または他の要因による可能性があります。そのため、在庫調整を行い、差異を調整し、データベースに記録されたカウントと倉庫内の実際のカウントが一致するようにする必要があります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:12
msgid "Inventory Adjustments page"
msgstr "在庫調整ページ"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:14
msgid ""
"To view the *Inventory Adjustments* page, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`."
msgstr "在庫調整*ページを表示するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> オペレーション --> 在庫調整`に移動します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1
msgid "In stock products listed on the Inventory adjustments page."
msgstr "在庫調整ページに表示されている在庫プロダクト。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:21
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, all products that are "
"currently in stock are listed, with each product line containing the "
"following information:"
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`在庫調整`ページでは、現在在庫のあるプロダクトが全てリストアップされ、各プロダクトラインには以下の情報が含まれています:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:24
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location in the warehouse where a product"
" is stored."
msgstr ":guilabel:`ロケーション`: プロダクトが保管されている倉庫内の特定のロケーション。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:25
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Product`: the product whose quantity is listed on the inventory "
"adjustment line."
msgstr ":guilabel:`Product`: 在庫調整明細に数量が記載されているプロダクト。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:26
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the tracking identifier assigned to the "
"specific product listed. It can contain letters, numbers, or a combination "
"of both."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号`: "
"リスト済の特定のプロダクトに割当てられた追跡識別子です。アルファベット、数字、またはその両方を組合わせることができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:30
msgid ""
"If a specific product has a quantity of more than `1.00` in stock, and more "
"than one serial number (or lot number) assigned to it, each uniquely-"
"identified product is displayed on its own product line with its own "
"lot/serial number, displayed under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column."
msgstr ""
"特定のプロダクトに1.00`以上の在庫があり、複数のシリアル番号(またはロット番号)が割当てられた場合、一意に識別された各プロダクトは "
":guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` 列の下に表示される独自のロット/シリアル番号と共に、それ自体のプロダクト明細に表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:35
msgid ""
":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: the quantity of the product currently recorded"
" in the database."
msgstr ":guilabel:`手持数量`: 現在データベースに記録されているプロダクトの数量です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:36
msgid ""
":guilabel:`UoM`: the *unit of measure* in which the product is measured. "
"Unless otherwise specified (i.e., in :guilabel:`Pounds` or "
":guilabel:`Ounces`), the default :abbr:`UoM (Unit of Measure)` is "
":guilabel:`Units`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`単位`: プロダクトの *単位* を指定します。特に指定がない限り(つまり :guilabel:`ポンド` や "
":guilabel:`オンス`)、デフォルトの :abbr:`単位 (UoM)`は :guilabel:`単位` です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:39
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Counted Quantity`: the real quantity counted during an inventory "
"count. This field is left blank by default, but can be changed, depending on"
" if it matches the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` or not."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`棚卸数量`: 在庫棚卸時にカウントされた実際の数量です。このフィールドはデフォルトでは空白のままですが、 "
":guilabel:`手持数量` と一致するかどうかによって変更することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:42
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the :guilabel:`On Hand "
"Quantity` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity`, once an inventory adjustment is "
"made. The difference is automatically calculated after every inventory "
"adjustment."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`差異`: :guilabel:`手持数量` と :guilabel:`棚卸数量` "
"の差分で、在庫調整が行われた後の値です。差分は在庫調整が行われる度に自動的に計算されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:45
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date at which a count should be made. If not"
" otherwise specified, this date will default to the 31st of December of the "
"current year."
msgstr ":guilabel:`予定日`: カウントを行う日付です。特に指定がない場合、この日付のデフォルトは現在の年の12月31日となります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:47
msgid ""
":guilabel:`User`: the person assigned to the count in the database. This can"
" either be the person physically counting the inventory, or applying the "
"count in the database."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`User`: "
"データベースのカウントに割当てられたユーザです。これは在庫を物理的にカウントする人、またはデータベースでカウントを適用する人のどちらかになります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:49
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Product Category`: the category assigned internally to a specific"
" product. Unless otherwise specified (i.e., as :guilabel:`Consumable` or "
":guilabel:`Rental`), the default *Product Category* is set to "
":guilabel:`All`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`プロダクトカテゴリ`: 特定のプロダクトに内部的に割当てられたカテゴリ。特に指定がない限り(つまり :guilabel:`消耗品`"
" や :guilabel:`レンタル`)、デフォルトの *プロダクトカテゴリ* は :guilabel:`全て` に設定されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:52
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Available Quantity`: the quantity of a specific product that is "
"currently available, based on any outstanding/uncompleted sales orders, "
"purchase orders, or manufacturing orders that might change the available "
"quantity once fulfilled."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`利用可能数量`: "
"未処理/未完了の販売オーダ、購買オーダ、または製造オーダに基づいて、それらが実行されると変更する可能性のある、現在利用可能な特定のプロダクトの数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:55
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date on which the adjustments will be "
"accounted in the Odoo *Accounting* app."
msgstr ":guilabel:`会計日`: Odoo *会計*アプリで調整が計上される日付です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:57
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: the company whose database these inventory adjustments "
"are being made on. The company is listed in the top right corner of the "
"database, next to the user currently logged in."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`会社`: 在庫調整を行うデータベースの会社です。会社はデータベースの右上、現在ログインしているユーザの隣に表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:61
msgid ""
"Some columns are hidden by default. To reveal these columns, click the "
":guilabel:`additional options` button (three dots icon) to the far right of "
"the form's top row, and select any desired column to reveal by clicking the "
"checkbox next to that option."
msgstr ""
"いくつかの列はデフォルトでは非表示になっています。これらの列を表示するには、フォームの一番上の行の右端にある :guilabel:`追加オプション` "
"ボタン(3つの点のアイコン)をクリックし、そのオプションの横にあるチェックボックスをクリックして表示したい列を選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:66
msgid "Create an inventory adjustment"
msgstr "在庫調整を作成する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:68
msgid ""
"To create a new inventory adjustment from the :menuselection:`Inventory "
"Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so creates a new, blank "
"inventory adjustment line at the bottom of the page."
msgstr ""
"menuselection:`在庫調整` ページから新しい在庫調整を作成するには、 :guilabel:`作成` "
"をクリックします。そうすることで、ページの下に新しい空白の在庫調整行が作成されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:72
msgid ""
"On this blank inventory adjustment line, click the drop-down menu under the "
":guilabel:`Product` column, and select a product. If the selected product is"
" tracked using either lots or serial numbers, the desired lot or serial "
"number can also be chosen from the drop-down menu under the "
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column."
msgstr ""
"この空白の在庫調整明細で、 :guilabel:`プロダクト` "
"列の下にあるドロップダウンメニューをクリックし、プロダクトを選択します。選択したプロダクトがロット番号またはシリアル番号を使用して追跡されている場合は、"
" :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` 列の下にあるドロップダウンメニューから希望のロット番号またはシリアル番号を選択することもできます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:77
msgid ""
"Next, set the value in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column to the "
"quantity counted for that product during the inventory adjustment process."
msgstr "次に、 :guilabel:`棚卸数量` 列の値を、在庫調整プロセスでそのプロダクトについてカウントされた数量に設定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:81
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` for new inventory adjustments is set to "
"`0.00` by default. An inventory move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` "
"is recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history, so it should be "
"set to reflect the actual quantity counted."
msgstr ""
"新規在庫調整の :guilabel:`棚卸数量` はデフォルトで `0.00` に設定されています。0.00`の :guilabel:`完了数量` "
"による在庫移動はプロダクトの在庫調整履歴に記録されるため、実際に棚卸数量が反映されるように設定する必要があります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:85
msgid ""
"To the right of the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, the "
":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` and :guilabel:`User` can also be changed via "
"their respective drop-down menus. Changing the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` "
"changes the date that the inventory adjustment should be processed on, and "
"selecting a responsible :guilabel:`User` assigns a user to the specific "
"inventory adjustment (for traceability purposes)."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`棚卸数量` カラムの右側にある :guilabel:`予定日` と :guilabel:`ユーザ` "
"はそれぞれのドロップダウンメニューで変更することができます。guilabel:`予定日`を変更すると、在庫調整が処理されるべき日付が変更され、担当する "
":guilabel:`ユーザ` を選択すると、特定の在庫調整にユーザを割当てます(トレーサビリティのため)。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:91
msgid ""
"Once all changes have been made to the new inventory adjustment line, click "
"away from the line. Doing so saves the adjustment, and moves the line to the"
" top of the page."
msgstr ""
"新しい在庫調整明細に全て変更を加えたら、その明細からクリックして離れます。そうすることで、調整が保存され、明細がページの一番上に移動します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:94
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:156
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is greater than the :guilabel:`On Hand "
"Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **green**. If "
"the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is less than the :guilabel:`On Hand "
"Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **red**. If the"
" quantities match, and haven't been changed at all, no value appears in the "
":guilabel:`Difference` column."
msgstr ""
"もし :guilabel:`棚卸数量` が :guilabel:`手持数量` より大きい場合、 :guilabel:`差異` 列の値は **緑** "
"になります。もし :guilabel:`棚卸数量` が :guilabel:`手持数量` より小さい場合、 :guilabel:`差異` 列の値は "
"**赤** となります。数量が一致し、全て変更されていない場合、 :guilabel:`差異`列に値は表示されません。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1
msgid "Difference column on inventory adjustments page."
msgstr "在庫調整ページの差異列。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:104
msgid ""
"At this stage, the count (:dfn:`inventory adjustment`) is recorded, but not "
"yet applied. This means that the quantity on hand before the adjustment has "
"not yet been updated to match the new, real counted quantity."
msgstr ""
"この段階では、カウント(:dfn:`在庫調整`)は記録されていますが、まだ適用されていません。これは、調整前の手持数量が、新しい実際の棚卸数量と一致するようにまだ更新されていないことを意味します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:108
msgid ""
"There are two ways to apply the new inventory adjustment. The first way is "
"to click the :guilabel:`Apply` button on the line at the far right of the "
"page. The second way is to click the checkbox on the far left of the line. "
"Doing so reveals new button options at the top of the page, one of which is "
"an :guilabel:`Apply` button. Clicking this button instead causes an "
":guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment Reference / Reason` pop-up window to appear."
msgstr ""
"新しい在庫調整を適用するには2つの方法があります。一つ目の方法は、ページの右端にある明細の :guilabel:`適用` "
"ボタンをクリックする方法です。もう一つは明細の左端にあるチェックボックスをクリックする方法です。そうすると、ページの上部に新しいボタンオプションが表示され、その中の一つに"
" :guilabel:`適用` ボタンがあります。このボタンをクリックすると :guilabel:`在庫調整参照 / 理由` "
"ポップアップウィンドウが表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:114
msgid ""
"From this pop-up menu, a reference or reason can be assigned to the "
"inventory adjustment. By default, the :guilabel:`Inventory Reference / "
"Reason` field is pre-populated with the date the adjustment is being made "
"on, but can be changed to reflect whatever reference or reason is desired."
msgstr ""
"このポップアップメニューから、在庫調整に参照または理由を割当てることができます。デフォルトでは、 :guilabel:`在庫調整 / 理由` "
"フィールドには調整が行われる日付が予め入力されていますが、 どのような参照や理由であっても、それを反映するように変更することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:118
msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the inventory adjustment."
msgstr "準備ができたら、 :guilabel:`適用` をクリックして在庫調整を適用します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1
msgid ""
"Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is "
"specified."
msgstr "全て適用オプションは、理由が指定されると在庫調整を適用します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:125
msgid "Count products"
msgstr "プロダクトをカウントする"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:127
msgid ""
"Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is "
"complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory "
"Adjustments` to update the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column for each "
"product line."
msgstr ""
"プロダクトのカウント(棚卸)は倉庫で繰返し実施される活動です。カウントが完了したら、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> オペレーション"
" --> 在庫調整` で各プロダクト明細の :guilabel:`棚卸数量` 列を更新します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:131
msgid ""
"On each product line, identify whether the value in the :guilabel:`On Hand "
"Quantity` column recorded in the database matches the newly-counted value. "
"If the recorded value and the counted value do match, click the "
":guilabel:`Set` button (target icon) at the far right of the product line."
msgstr ""
"各プロダクト明細で、データベースに記録されている :guilabel:`手持数量` "
"列の値が、新しく数えた値と一致するかどうかを確認します。記録された値とカウントされた値が一致する場合は、プロダクト明細の右端にある "
":guilabel:`設定` ボタン(ターゲットアイコン)をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:135
msgid ""
"Doing so copies the value from the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column over "
"to the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and sets the value of the "
":guilabel:`Difference` column to `0.00`. Subsequently, once applied, an "
"inventory move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` is recorded in the "
"product's inventory adjustment history."
msgstr ""
"これにより :guilabel:`手持数量` 列の値が :guilabel:`棚卸数量` 列にコピーされ、 :guilabel:`差異` 列の値が "
"`0.00` に設定されます。その後、適用されると、`0.00` :guilabel:`完了数量` の在庫移動がプロダクトの在庫調整履歴に記録されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1
msgid "Zero count inventory adjustment move."
msgstr "ゼロカウント在庫調整移動。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:144
msgid ""
"If the newly-counted value for a given product does **not** match the value "
"in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the database, instead of "
"clicking the :guilabel:`Set` button, record the real value in the field in "
"the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column."
msgstr ""
"もしあるプロダクトの新しくカウントされた値が、データベースに記録されている :guilabel:`手持数量` の値と一致**しない**場合、 "
":guilabel:`セット` ボタンをクリックする代わりに、 :guilabel:`棚卸数量` 列のフィールドに実際の値を記録して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:148
msgid ""
"To do so, click the field in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column on the "
"specific inventory adjustment line for the product whose count is being "
"changed. This automatically assigns a :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` of "
"`0.00`."
msgstr ""
"これを行うには、カウントを変更するプロダクトの特定の在庫調整明細の :guilabel:`棚卸数量` 列のフィールドをクリックします。これで自動的に "
":guilabel:`棚卸数量` に `0.00` が割当てられます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:152
msgid ""
"To change this value, type in a new value that matches the real, newly-"
"counted value. Then, click away from the line. Doing so saves the "
"adjustment, and automatically adjusts the value in the "
":guilabel:`Difference` column."
msgstr ""
"この値を変更するには、新しくカウントされた実際の値と一致する新しい値を入力します。その後、明細をクリックします。そうすることで調整が保存され、自動的に "
":guilabel:`差異` 列の値が調整されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:162
msgid ""
"Subsequently, once applied, a move with the difference between the "
":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is "
"recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history."
msgstr ""
"その後、適用されると :guilabel:`手持数量` と :guilabel:`棚卸数量` の差による移動がプロダクトの在庫調整履歴に記録されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1
msgid ""
"Inventory Adjustments History dashboard detailing a list of prior product "
"moves."
msgstr "在庫調整履歴ダッシュボードには、過去のプロダクト移動のリストが表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:170
msgid ""
"Sometimes a count occurs, but cannot be applied in the database right away. "
"In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment, "
"product moves can occur. In that case, the on-hand quantity in the database "
"can change and no longer be consistent with the counted quantity. As an "
"extra precaution, Odoo asks for confirmation before applying the inventory "
"adjustment."
msgstr ""
"カウントが発生しても、すぐにデータベースで適用できないことがあります。実際にカウントしてから在庫調整を適用するまでの間に、プロダクトの移動が発生することがあります。その場合、データベースの手持数量が変更され、棚卸数量と一致しなくなる可能性があります。念のため、在庫調整を適用する前にOdooは確認を求めます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:177
msgid "Change inventory count frequency"
msgstr "在庫カウント頻度を変更する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:179
msgid ""
"By default, the *scheduled date* for inventory adjustments are always "
"scheduled for the 31st of December of the current year. However, for some "
"companies, it is crucial that they have an accurate inventory count at all "
"times. In such cases, the default scheduled date can be modified."
msgstr ""
"デフォルトでは、在庫調整の*予定日*は常に当年の12月31日に予定されています。しかし、企業によっては、常に正確な在庫数を把握することが重要な場合もあります。そのような場合、デフォルトの予定日を変更することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:183
msgid ""
"To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app "
"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` "
"section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting, "
"which includes a drop-down menu that is set to `31 December` by default."
msgstr ""
"デフォルトの予定日を変更するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定`に進みます。そして、 "
":guilabel:`オペレーション` セクションで、 :guilabel:`年度末棚卸の月日` "
"設定を探します。このドロップダウンメニューはデフォルトで12月31日に設定されています。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1
msgid ""
"Adjust the next inventory count date with the Annual Inventory Day and Month"
" setting."
msgstr "年度末棚卸の月日の設定で、次回の在庫カウント日を調整します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:191
msgid ""
"To change the day, click the :guilabel:`31`, and change it to a day within "
"the range `1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year."
msgstr "日付を変更する場合は、:guilabel:`31` をクリックし、その年の希望の月によって `1-31` の範囲内の日に変更します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:194
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:115
msgid ""
"Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-"
"down menu, and select the desired month."
msgstr "月を変更するには、:guilabel:`12月`をクリックしてドロップダウンメニューを表示し、希望の月を選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:197
msgid ""
"Once all desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all "
"changes."
msgstr "全ての変更が完了したら、 :guilabel:`保存` をクリックして全ての変更を保存します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:200
msgid "Plan big inventory counts"
msgstr "大規模な在庫棚卸の計画"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:202
msgid ""
"To plan big inventory counts, such as a full count of everything currently "
"in stock, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations -->"
" Inventory Adjustments`."
msgstr ""
"現在在庫があるものを全て数えるなど、大規模な在庫棚卸を計画するには、まず :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> オペレーション --> "
"在庫調整` に移動します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:205
msgid ""
"Then, select the desired products to be counted by clicking the checkbox on "
"the far left of each product line."
msgstr "次に、各製品明細の左端にあるチェックボックスをクリックして、カウントするプロダクトを選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:209
msgid ""
"To request a count of **all** products currently in stock, click the "
"checkbox at the very top of the table, in the header row next to the "
":guilabel:`Location` label. This selects **all** product lines."
msgstr ""
"現在在庫のある**全て**のプロダクトのカウントを要求するには、テーブルの一番上、 :guilabel:`ロケーション` "
"ラベルの隣のヘッダー行にあるチェックボックスをクリックして下さい。これにより、**全ての**プロダクト明細が選択されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1
msgid "Request a count popup on inventory adjustments page."
msgstr "在庫調整ページのカウントポップアップをリクエストします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:217
msgid ""
"Once all desired products have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Request a"
" Count` button at the top of the page. This causes a :guilabel:`Request a "
"Count` pop-up window to appear. From this pop-up, fill in the following "
"information:"
msgstr ""
"希望のプロダクトを全て選択したら、ページ上部の :guilabel:`棚卸を要求` ボタンをクリックします。これにより "
":guilabel:`Request a Count` ポップアップウィンドウが表示されます。このポップアップから、以下の情報を入力して下さい:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:221
msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count."
msgstr ":guilabel:`棚卸日`: 棚卸の予定日。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:222
msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count."
msgstr ":guilabel:`ユーザ`:棚卸を担当するユーザ。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:223
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will"
" be accounted."
msgstr ":guilabel:`会計日`: 在庫の調整が計上される日付。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:224
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the on-hand quantity of each product line blank,"
" select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To pre-fill the on-hand quantity of each "
"product line with the current value recorded in the database, select "
":guilabel:`Set Current Value`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`カウント`: 各プロダクトラインの手持ち数量を空白にするには、 :guilabel:`空白のまま` "
"を選択します。各プロダクト明細の手持数量をあらかじめデータベースに記録されている現在の値で埋めるには、 :guilabel:`現在の値を設定` "
"を選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:228
msgid "Finally, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count."
msgstr "最後に、準備ができたら :guilabel:`確認` をクリックしてカウントを要求します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:231
msgid ""
"In the Odoo *Barcode* app, users can only view inventory counts that are "
"assigned to **them**, and are scheduled for **today** or **earlier**."
msgstr ""
"Odoo "
"*バーコード*アプリでは、ユーザは**自分に**割当てられた**在庫数**と、**今日**または**それ以前**に予定されている在庫数のみを表示することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:235
msgid ":doc:`cycle_counts`"
msgstr ":doc:`cycle_counts`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:3
msgid "Cycle counts"
msgstr "サイクルカウント"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:5
msgid ""
"For most companies, warehouse stock only needs to be counted once a year. "
"This is why, by default, after making an *inventory adjustment* in Odoo, the"
" scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December"
" of the current year."
msgstr ""
"ほとんどの企業では、倉庫在庫の集計は年に一度しか必要ありません。そのため、Odooで*在庫調整*を行った後、次回の在庫集計予定日はその年の12月31日に設定されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:9
msgid ""
"However, for some businesses, it's crucial to have an accurate inventory "
"count at all times. These companies use *cycle counts* to keep critical "
"stock levels accurate. Cycle counting is a method by which companies count "
"their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their "
"physical inventory counts match their inventory records."
msgstr ""
"しかし、企業によっては、常に正確な在庫数を把握することが重要な場合もあります。このような企業は、重要な在庫レベルを正確に保つために *サイクルカウント*"
" を使用しています。循環棚卸とは、企業が在庫を特定の *ロケーション* "
"でより頻繁に棚卸し、物理的な在庫棚卸数が在庫記録と一致していることを確認する方法です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:15
msgid "Activate storage locations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:17
msgid ""
"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. Therefore, the *storage locations*"
" feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:20
msgid ""
"To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` "
"section. Then, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. "
"Click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Enabled storage locations setting in inventory settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:29
msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location"
msgstr "場所ごとの在庫棚卸頻度の変更"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:31
msgid ""
"Now that the storage locations setting is enabled, the inventory count "
"frequency can be changed for specific locations created in the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:34
msgid ""
"To view and edit locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page "
"containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse."
msgstr ""
"ロケーションを表示、編集するには :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> ロケーション` "
"に移動します。これにより、現在作成され倉庫にリストされている全てのロケーションを含む :guilabel:`ロケーション` ページが表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:38
msgid ""
"From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and "
"configuration page for that location. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the "
"location settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:41
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Cyclic Inventory` section, locate the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, which should be set to `0` (if"
" this location has not been edited previously). In this field, change the "
"value to whichever number of days is desired."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Location frequency setting on location."
msgstr "ロケーションのロケーション頻度設定。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:50
msgid ""
"A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`."
msgstr "30日ごとの在庫カウントが必要なロケーションは :guilabel:`棚卸頻度 (日)` 値を `30` に設定して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:53
msgid ""
"Once the frequency has been changed to the desired number of days, click "
":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Now, once an inventory adjustment is "
"applied to this location, the next scheduled count date is automatically "
"set, based on the value entered into the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency "
"(Days)` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:59
msgid "Count inventory by location"
msgstr "ロケーションごとの在庫棚卸"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:61
msgid ""
"To perform a cycle count for a specific location in the warehouse, navigate "
"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`. "
"This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all "
"products currently in stock, with each product listed on its own line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:66
msgid ""
"From this page, the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` buttons (at"
" the top of the page, under the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to "
"select specific locations and perform inventory counts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Inventory adjustments page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:74
msgid ""
"To select a specific location and view all products within that location, "
"click :guilabel:`Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to "
"reveal a new drop-down menu to the right."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:77
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-down menu, then click "
":guilabel:`Apply`. The page now displays condensed drop-down menus of each "
"location in the warehouse that has products in stock, and a cycle count can "
"be performed for all products in that location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:82
msgid ""
"In large warehouses with multiple locations and a high volume of products, "
"it might be easier to search for the specific location desired. To do this, "
"from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Filters`. "
"Then, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` to reveal a new menu to the right."
" Click this menu to reveal three drop-downs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:87
msgid ""
"For the first field, click and select :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-"
"down. For the second field, leave the :guilabel:`contains` value as is. For "
"the third field, type in the name of the location that is being searched "
"for. Click :guilabel:`Apply` for that location to appear on the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Applied filters and group by on inventory adjustments page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:97
msgid "Change full inventory count frequency"
msgstr "全在庫棚卸頻度の変更"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:99
msgid ""
"While cycle counts are typically performed per location, the scheduled date "
"for full inventory counts of everything in-stock in the warehouse can also "
"be manually changed to push the date up sooner than the date listed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:103
msgid ""
"To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app "
"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` "
"section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting "
"field, which includes a drop-down that is set to `31` :guilabel:`December` "
"by default."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings."
msgstr "在庫アプリ管理設定の頻度フィールド。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:112
msgid ""
"To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range "
"`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year."
msgstr "日を変更するには、`31`をクリックし、その年の希望の月によって`1-31`の範囲内の日に変更します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:118
msgid ""
"Once all changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:121
msgid ":doc:`count_products`"
msgstr ":doc:`count_products`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:3
msgid "Scrap inventory"
msgstr "廃棄在庫"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:5
msgid ""
"In some cases, a product in inventory may be damaged or found to be "
"defective. If it is not possible to repair or return the product, Odoo "
"*Inventory* allows users to scrap it, ensuring that usable inventory counts "
"remain accurate."
msgstr ""
"在庫にあるプロダクトが破損したり、不良品であることが判明する場合があります。プロダクトの修理や返品が不可能な場合、Odoo "
"*在庫*ではユーザがそのプロダクトを廃棄することができ、在庫数を正確に保つことができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:10
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:19
msgid ""
"Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order "
"was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped."
msgstr ""
"廃棄オーダは :menuselection:`在庫 --> オペレーション --> 廃棄` "
"で見ることができます。各廃棄オーダには、オーダが作成された日付と時間、廃棄されたプロダクトと数量が表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:14
msgid ""
"To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`. Remove the "
":guilabel:`Internal` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to display "
"virtual locations. Finally, select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` "
"location."
msgstr ""
"廃棄された各商品の合計数量を表示するには、 :menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> ロケーション` "
"に移動します。guilabel:`検索...`バーから :guilabel:`Internal`フィルタを削除して、仮想ロケーションを表示します。最後に"
" :guilabel:`仮想ロケーション/廃棄` ロケーションを選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:19
msgid ""
"By default, scrapping a product removes it from physical inventory, and "
"places it in a virtual location titled *Virtual Locations/Scrap*. A virtual "
"location is **not** a physical space, but rather a designation in Odoo that "
"is used to track items that are no longer in physical inventory."
msgstr ""
"デフォルトでは、廃棄するプロダクトは物理的在庫から削除され、*仮想ロケーション/スクラップ*というタイトルの仮想ロケーションに置かれます。仮想ロケーションは物理的なスペースでは**なく**、在庫がなくなった商品を追跡するために使用されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:23
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:68
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:30
msgid "Learn more"
msgstr "もっと知る"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:25
msgid ""
"For more information about virtual locations, see the documentation about "
"the different types of :ref:`location types "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/location-type>`."
msgstr ""
"仮想ロケーションの詳細については、以下のドキュメントを参照して下さい:ref:`ロケーションタイプ "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/location-type>`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:29
msgid "Scrap from stock"
msgstr "在庫から廃棄"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:31
msgid ""
"To scrap a product located in inventory, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Scrap`. On the :guilabel:`Scrap"
" Orders` page, click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new scrap order."
msgstr ""
"在庫にあるプロダクトを廃棄するには、まず :menuselection:`在庫 --> オペレーション --> 廃棄` "
"に移動します。guilabel:`廃棄オーダ` ページで :guilabel:`作成` をクリックして新しい廃棄オーダを設定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:35
msgid ""
"On the scrap order, select the product being scrapped from the "
":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` field. The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the "
"location where the product is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` "
"defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be "
"changed by selecting a different location from their respective drop-down "
"menus."
msgstr ""
"廃棄オーダでは、 :guilabel:`プロダクト` ドロップダウンメニューから廃棄するプロダクトを選択し、 :guilabel:`数量` "
"フィールドに数量を入力します。:guilabel:`移動元ロケーション`のデフォルトはプロダクトが保管されている場所で、 "
":guilabel:`廃棄ロケーション`のデフォルトは :guilabel:`仮想ロケーション/廃棄` "
"ですが、それぞれのドロップダウンメニューから別のロケーションを選択して変更することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1
msgid "A new scrap order."
msgstr "新規廃棄オーダ・"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:45
msgid ""
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to scrap the product. The on-hand "
"inventory count for the scrapped product updates to subtract the scrapped "
"quantity."
msgstr ""
"最後に :guilabel:`検証` をクリックしてプロダクトを廃棄します。廃棄したプロダクトの手持在庫数が更新され、廃棄した棚卸数量が差し引かれます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:49
msgid "Scrap from a receipt, transfer, or delivery"
msgstr "入荷、転送または配送からの廃棄"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:51
msgid ""
"It is also possible to scrap products during the receipt, transfer, and "
"delivery operations. This can be necessary if any products are found to be "
"defective when receiving them into inventory, transferring them from one "
"location to another, or preparing them for delivery."
msgstr ""
"また、入荷・転送・納品時にプロダクトを廃棄することも可能です。これは、プロダクトを在庫に受け入れる際、ロケーションからロケーションへ転送する際、または配送の準備をする際に、不良品が発見された場合に必要となります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:55
msgid ""
"To scrap a product during the receipt, transfer, or delivery operations, "
"begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app. On the "
":guilabel:`Overview` page, select the :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the"
" :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`, or "
":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, depending on the type of operation the "
"product is being scrapped from."
msgstr ""
"入荷、転送、配送のオペレーション中にプロダクトを廃棄するには、まず :menuselection:`在庫` "
"アプリに移動します。guilabel:`概要`ページで、プロダクトを廃棄するオペレーションタイプに応じて、 :guilabel:`入荷`、 "
":guilabel:`内部転送`、 :guilabel:`配送オーダ`カードの :guilabel:`#未処理` ボタンを選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:61
msgid ""
"For the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card to appear on the "
":menuselection:`Overview` page of the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, the "
":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting must be enabled. To do so, navigate to"
" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next "
"to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading."
msgstr ""
" :guilabel:`内部転送` カードを :menuselection:`在庫` アプリの :menuselection:`概要` "
"ページに表示するには、 :guilabel:`保管場所` 設定を有効にする必要があります。これを行うには、 :menuselection:`設定 -->"
" 管理設定` に移動し、 :guilabel:`倉庫` の見出しの下にある :guilabel:`管理設定` の隣にあるチェックボックスを有効にします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:66
msgid ""
"Alternatively, a list of all delivery orders, receipts, and transfers can be"
" viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> "
"Transfers`."
msgstr ""
"また、 :menuselection:`在庫 --> オペレーション --> 転送` "
"に移動すると、配送オーダ、入荷、転送の全てのリストを見ることができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:69
msgid ""
"Next, open a delivery order, receipt, or transfer from the corresponding "
"page by clicking on it. A :guilabel:`Scrap` button appears at the top of the"
" page. Click it to open the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window."
msgstr ""
"次に、配送オーダ、入荷、運送をクリックして該当ページから開きます。ページ上部に :guilabel:`廃棄` ボタンが表示されます。これをクリックすると"
" :guilabel:`廃棄` ポップアップウィンドウが開きます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1
msgid "The scrap pop-up in the Inventory app."
msgstr "The scrap pop-up in the Inventory app."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:78
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Scrap` button will only appear on a receipt that has been "
"validated. This is because Odoo only allows products to be scrapped once "
"they have been entered into inventory."
msgstr "guilabel:`廃棄`ボタンは検証済みの入荷にのみ表示されます。これはOdooがプロダクトを廃棄できるのは在庫に登録後であるためです。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:81
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window, select the product being scrapped "
"from the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. Then, enter the quantity in the"
" :guilabel:`Quantity` field."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`廃棄` ポップアップウィンドウで、 :guilabel:`プロダクト` "
"ドロップダウンメニューから廃棄するプロダクトを選択します。次に、数量を :guilabel:`数量` フィールドに入力します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:84
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product "
"is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual"
" Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be changed by selecting a "
"different location from their respective drop-down menus."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`移動元ロケーション`のデフォルトはプロダクトが保管されている場所で、 :guilabel:`廃棄ロケーション`のデフォルトは "
":guilabel:`仮想ロケーション/廃棄` ですが、それぞれのドロップダウンメニューから別の場所を選択することで変更することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:88
msgid ""
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap the product. After doing so, the "
":guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window disappears and a :guilabel:`Scraps` smart "
"button appears in the top right of the page. Click it to view all of the "
"scrap orders created from that operation."
msgstr ""
"最後に :guilabel:`完了` をクリックしてプロダクトを廃棄します。そうすると :guilabel:`廃棄` "
"ポップアップウィンドウが消え、ページの右上に :guilabel:`廃棄` "
"スマートボタンが表示されます。これをクリックすると、そのオペレーションで作成された廃棄オーダが全て表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1
msgid "The Scraps smart button."
msgstr "廃棄スマートボタン。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:5
msgid ""
"A *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. This can be a shelf, "
"room, aisle, etc."
msgstr "*ロケーション*とは、倉庫内の特定のスペースのことです。棚、部屋、通路などです。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:10
msgid ""
"To create specific storage locations, enable the *Storage Locations* feature"
" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. "
"In the :guilabel:`Warehouses` section, tick the :guilabel:`Storage "
"Locations` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
"特定の保管場所を作成するには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> "
"管理設定`で*保管場所*機能を有効にします。guilabel:`倉庫` セクションで :guilabel:`保管場所` "
"チェックボックスにチェックを入れます。その後、 :guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:15
msgid ""
"Typically, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is used with "
":doc:`Multi-Step Routes "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>`, which controls how "
"products move between locations."
msgstr ""
"通常、:guilabel:`保管場所` 機能は、プロダクトが保管場所の間をどのように移動するかを制御する :doc:`複数ステップルート "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>` と共に使用されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1
msgid "Show Storage Locations feature."
msgstr "保管場所機能を表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:24
msgid "Create new location"
msgstr "新規ロケーションを作成する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:26
msgid ""
"After enabling *Storage Locations*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Locations`."
msgstr "*保管場所*を有効にした後、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> ロケーション`に進みます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1
msgid "List of internal locations."
msgstr "内部ロケーションのリスト。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:33
msgid ""
"On this page, click :guilabel:`New`. The new location form can then be "
"configured as follows:"
msgstr "このページで :guilabel:`新規` をクリックして下さい。新規ロケーションフォームは以下のように設定できます:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:35
msgid ":guilabel:`Location Name`: recognizable name of the location."
msgstr ":guilabel:`ロケーション名`: ロケーションの分かりやすい名前。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:36
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Parent Location`: the location within which the new location "
"exists. After the location is created, it is listed on the "
":guilabel:`Locations` page using a *location hierarchy*, to describe how a "
"specific location fits within larger areas of the warehouse."
msgstr ""
" :guilabel:`親ロケーション`: 新規ロケーションが所在するロケーションです。ロケーションが作成されると、そのロケーションは "
":guilabel:`ロケーション` ページに *ロケーション階層* "
"を使って表示され、特定の場所が、倉庫の大きなエリアの中でどのように位置づけられるかを説明します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:41
msgid ""
"In `WH/Stock/Zone A/Refrigerator 1`, \"Refrigerator 1\" is the location "
"name, \"Zone A\" is the parent location, and everything before it is the "
"path showing where this spot is within the warehouse."
msgstr ""
"`WH/在庫/ゾーンA/冷蔵庫 1`では、\"冷蔵庫 1\" がロケーション名、\"ゾーン "
"A\"が親ロケーションであり、それ以前のすべてが、この場所が倉庫内のどこにあるかを示すパスです。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:46
msgid "Additional Information section"
msgstr "追加情報セクション"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:48
msgid ""
"In addition to the required fields above, configure the following location "
"fields to ensure the location serves its intended purpose in the database:"
msgstr "上記の必須項目に加えて、以下のロケーション項目を設定し、データベース内でロケーションが適切に機能するようにして下さい:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:51
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Location Type`: from the drop-down menu, choose :guilabel:`Vendor"
" Location`, :guilabel:`View`, :guilabel:`Internal Location`, "
":guilabel:`Customer Location`, :guilabel:`Inventory Loss`, "
":guilabel:`Production`, or :guilabel:`Transit Location` to categorize the "
"location. For details on each location type, refer to the :ref:`Location "
"Types section <inventory/warehouses_storage/location-type>`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`ロケーションタイプ`: "
"ドロップダウンメニューから、:guilabel:`仕入先ロケーション`、:guilabel:`ビュー`、:guilabel:`内部ロケーション`、:guilabel:`顧客ロケーション`、:guilabel:`在庫損失`、:guilabel:`生産`、または:guilabel:`積送ロケーション`"
" を選択して、ロケーションを分類します。各ロケーションタイプの詳細については、:ref:`ロケーションタイプセクション "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/location-type>` を参照して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:56
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Storage Category`: only available with the :doc:`Storage "
"Categories <../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category>` "
"feature enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`保管カテゴリ`: :doc:`保管カテゴリ "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category>` 機能が "
":menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` で有効になっている場合のみ利用可能です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:59
msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company the location belongs to."
msgstr ":guilabel:`会社`: ロケーションが属する会社"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:60
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow for "
"scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location."
msgstr ":guilabel:`廃棄ロケーションか?`: 廃棄/破損品の保管を許可する場合は、この✅ボックスにチェックを入れて下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:62
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow products to "
"be returned to this location."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:返品ロケーションか?`: このチェックボックスにチェックを入れると、プロダクトをこのロケーションに返品することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:64
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Barcode`: used with the *Barcode* app, enter the barcode to "
":ref:`identify actions <barcode/setup/location>` at this location when "
"scanned."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`バーコード`: *バーコード* アプリで使用します。バーコードをスキャンすると、このロケーションでの :ref:`アクションを識別"
" <barcode/setup/location>` します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:66
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Replenish Location`: used for :doc:`configuring routes "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>`, tick this checkbox "
"to set the location as a destination for receiving products from *Buy*, "
"*Manufacture*, or other procurement routes, ensuring products are correctly "
"supplied to the warehouse."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`補充ロケーション`: :doc:`設定ルート "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>` "
"で使用します。このチェックボックスをオンにすると、*購買*、*製造*、またはその他の調達ルートからプロダクトを受け取る先としてロケーションを設定でき、プロダクトが正しく倉庫に供給されるようになります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1
msgid "The form for creating a new location."
msgstr "新規ロケーション作成用のフォーム。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:76
msgid "Cyclic Counting section"
msgstr "サイクルカウントセクション"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:78
msgid ""
"To schedule regular inventory counts at this location, set the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field to the desired interval. By "
"default, it is set to `0` (no scheduled counts)."
msgstr ""
"この場所で定期的に在庫を数えるようにスケジュールするには、:guilabel:`棚卸頻度(日数)` "
"フィールドを希望する間隔に設定します。デフォルトでは、`0` (予定なし)に設定されています。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:81
msgid ""
"For example, setting this field to `30`, schedules a count every thirty "
"days. For more specifics on setting up and using this feature, refer to the "
":doc:`Cycle Counts documentation <cycle_counts>`."
msgstr ""
"例えば、このフィールドを `30` "
"に設定すると、30日ごとに棚卸が実行されるようになります。この機能の設定および使用方法の詳細については、:doc:`周期的カウント "
"<cycle_counts>`ドキュメントを参照して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:84
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Last Effective Inventory` field displays the date the last "
"inventory count at this location occurred. When scheduled inventory counts "
"are enabled, the :guilabel:`Next Expected Inventory` field displays the date"
" of the next inventory count."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`最終実在庫` "
"フィールドには、このロケーションでの最後の棚卸日付が表示されます。棚卸が予定されている場合、:guilabel:`次回棚卸予定` "
"フィールドには、次の棚卸予定日が表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:89
msgid ""
"With inventory counts scheduled to occur every `30` days, and the "
":guilabel:`Last Effective Inventory` count occurring on July 16, the "
":guilabel:`Next Expected Inventory` is August 15."
msgstr ""
"在庫棚卸は `30` ごとに実施される予定で、7月16日に :guilabel:`最終実在庫`の棚卸が行われ、 :guilabel:`次回棚卸予定` "
"は8月15日となります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:0
msgid "Show Cyclic Count section of the locations form."
msgstr "ロケーションフォームのサイクルカウント"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:97
msgid "Logistics section"
msgstr "ロジスティクスセクション"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:99
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Logistics` section of the locations form, optionally "
"select a :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` to determine the order and priority of"
" how products are picked from inventory. The options are: :guilabel:`First "
"In First Out (FIFO)`, :guilabel:`Last In First Out (LIFO)`, "
":guilabel:`Closest Location`, and :guilabel:`First Expiry First Out (FEFO)`."
msgstr ""
"ロケーションフォームの :guilabel:`ロジスティクス` セクションで、オプションとして :guilabel:`払出方針` "
"を選択し、在庫からプロダクトがピックされるオーダと優先順位を決定します。選択肢は :guilabel:`先入先出法(FIFO)`, "
":guilabel:`後入先出法(LIFO)`, :guilabel:`最寄ロケーション`,　:guilabel:`先消費先出 (FEFO)` です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:108
msgid "Current stock at location"
msgstr "ロケーションの現在個"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:110
msgid ""
"To view the current stock at a single location, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`, and select "
"the desired location."
msgstr ""
"単一のロケーションの現在庫を確認するには、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> ロケーション` "
"に移動し、希望のロケーションを選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:113
msgid ""
"Next, click the :guilabel:`Current Stock` smart button to get a list of all "
"products at the location."
msgstr "次に、:guilabel:`現在庫` スマートボタンをクリックして、ロケーションにある全てのプロダクトのリストを表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:117
msgid ""
"A list of current stock at `Shelf 1` consists of `266` cabinets and `39` "
"desks."
msgstr "`棚1` の現在の在庫リストは、キャビネットが `266`、机が `39` です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:0
msgid "Show stock at Shelf 1."
msgstr "棚1に在庫を表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:5
msgid ""
"In the Odoo *Inventory* app, a *warehouse* is a physical space with an "
"address for storing items, such as a storage facility, distribution center, "
"or physical store."
msgstr "Odooの *在庫* アプリでは、*倉庫* とは、保管施設、配送センター、実店舗など、物品を保管するための住所を持つ物理的なスペースです。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:8
msgid ""
"Each database has a pre-configured warehouse with the company's address. "
"Users can set up multiple warehouses, and :doc:`create stock moves "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>` between them."
msgstr ""
"各データベースには、会社の住所が設定済みの倉庫が用意されています。ユーザは複数の倉庫を設定し、それらの倉庫間で :doc:`在庫移動を作成 "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>` できます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:15
msgid ""
"To create or manage warehouses, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Warehouses`."
msgstr "倉庫の作成または管理は、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 倉庫` から行うことができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:18
msgid ""
"Then, select an existing warehouse, or create a new one by clicking "
":guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens the warehouse form, which contains the "
"following fields:"
msgstr ""
"次に、既存の倉庫を選択するか、:guilabel:`新規作成` "
"をクリックして新しい倉庫を作成します。そうすると、倉庫フォームが開き、以下のフィールドが表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:21
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Warehouse` (*required field*): the full name of the warehouse."
msgstr ":guilabel:`倉庫` (*必須フィールド*): 倉庫の正式名称"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:22
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Short Name` (*required field*): the abbreviated code for the "
"warehouse (maximum five characters). The short name for the default "
"warehouse in Odoo is `WH`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`略称` (*必須フィールド*): 倉庫の短縮コード(最大5文字)。Odooのデフォルトの倉庫の短縮名は `WH` です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:26
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on warehouse documents, so it is "
"recommended to use an memorable one, like \"WH[first letters of location]\" "
"(e.g. `WHA`, `WHB`, etc.)."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`略称` "
"は倉庫のドキュメントに表示されるため、覚えやすいものを使用することをお勧めします。例えば、\"WH[ロケーションの頭文字]\" (例:`WHA`, "
"`WHB` など) です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:29
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Address` (*required field*): the address of the warehouse. To "
"change the warehouse address when creating two or more warehouses, hover "
"over the field, and click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right "
"arrow)`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`住所` (*必須フィールド*): "
"倉庫の住所です。複数の倉庫を作成する際に倉庫の住所を変更するには、フィールドにカーソルを合わせて、:icon:`fa-arrow-right` "
":guilabel:`(右矢印)` をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:32
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company` (*required field*): the company that owns the warehouse;"
" this can be set as the company that owns the Odoo database, or the company "
"of a customer or vendor."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`会社` (*必須フィールド*): "
"倉庫を所有する会社。これは、Odooデータベースを所有する会社、または顧客や仕入先の会社として設定できます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:34
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Intrastat region`: :doc:`region name "
"<../../../../finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat>` required for companies"
" in the European Union."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Intrastat地域`: :doc:`地域名 "
"<../../../../finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat>` がEU圏内の会社用に必要です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:39
msgid ""
"The options below are available **only** when the *Multi-Step Routes* "
"feature is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`."
msgstr ""
"以下のオプションは、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` で *複数ステップルート* "
"機能が有効になっている場合にのみ利用できます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:42
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`: select the option to receive products from "
"the warehouse in :doc:`one "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, "
":doc:`two "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`, or"
" :doc:`three "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps>` steps."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`入荷`: select the option to receive products from the warehouse in "
":doc:`1 "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, "
":doc:`2 "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` または"
" :doc:`3 <../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps>`  "
"ステップで倉庫からのプロダクトを荷受けするためのオプションを選択して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:47
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`: select the option to deliver products from "
"the warehouse in :doc:`one "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, "
":doc:`two "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`, or"
" :doc:`three "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>` steps."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:出荷`: :doc:`1 "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, "
":doc:`2 "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`, or"
" :doc:`3 <../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>` "
"ステップで倉庫からのプロダクトを荷受けするためのオプションを選択して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:52
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractors`: available with the *Subcontracting* "
"feature enabled in :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`. Tick this checkbox to purchase components from vendors, and "
"dropship them to subcontractors."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`外注先直送`: :menuselection:`製造アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` で *外注* "
"機能が有効になっている場合に利用可能です。このチェックボックスをオンにすると、仕入先から構成品を購買し、外注業者に直送することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:55
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: available with the *Subcontracting* "
"feature, tick this checkbox to supply subcontractors with raw materials "
"stored in *this* specific warehouse."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`外注先に補充`: *外注* 機能で利用可能です。このチェックボックスをオンにすると、*この* "
"特定の倉庫に保管されている原材料を外注業者に供給できます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:57
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: tick this checkbox to allow for items "
"to be manufactured in this warehouse."
msgstr ":guilabel:`製造して補充`: このチェックボックスをオンにすると、この倉庫で商品の製造が可能になります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:59
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Manufacture`: choose whether to manufacture products in :doc:`one"
" <../../../manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing>`, :doc:`two "
"<../../../manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing>`, or :doc:`three "
"steps <../../../manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:63
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: tick this checkbox to allow for purchased "
"products to be delivered to the warehouse."
msgstr ":guilabel:`購買して補充`: このチェックボックスにチェックを入れると、購買したプロダクトを倉庫に配送できるようになります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:65
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Resupply From`: available with multiple warehouses in the "
"database, select warehouses to pull stock *from* to fulfill orders."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`補充元`: データベース内の複数の倉庫から利用可能です。オーダを処理するために在庫の移動 *元の* 倉庫を選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:69
msgid ""
":doc:`Use inventory adjustments to add stock to new warehouses "
"<count_products>`"
msgstr ":doc:`在庫調整を利用して新しい倉庫に在庫を追加する <count_products>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst-1
msgid "Example warehouse form."
msgstr "倉庫フォーム例"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:15
msgid ""
"In Odoo, stock can be replenished one of three ways: *reordering rules*, the"
" *make to order* (MTO) route, or using the *master production schedule* "
"(MPS)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:18
msgid ""
"Each replenishment mechanism triggers the creation or suggestion of a "
"purchase order (PO) or manufacturing order (MO), with the best choice "
"depending on the business process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:42
msgid "Replenishment strategies"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:45
msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules"
msgstr "補充レポートと再オーダ規則"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:47
msgid ""
"Reordering rules are rules that can be set up to maintain a minimum stock "
"level. They are often configured to support manufacturing or sales "
"requirements. When a product's stock falls at or below the minimum level, "
"Odoo generates (or suggests) a purchase or manufacturing order to replenish "
"stock to the maximum level."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:52
msgid ""
"When using automatic reordering rules, Odoo generates a new order. When "
"using manual, Odoo suggests orders on the replenishment report. For detailed"
" guidance, refer to the :doc:`replenishment report <replenishment/report>` "
"and :doc:`reordering rules <replenishment/reordering_rules>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:56
msgid "Key points include:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:58
msgid ""
":ref:`Automatic reordering rules <inventory/warehouses_storage/auto-rr>`: "
"Automatically create |POs| or |MOs| when stock falls below the minimum "
"level. While this is convenient, it is less flexible."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:61
msgid ""
":ref:`Manual reordering rules <inventory/warehouses_storage/manual-rr>`: "
"Generate suggestions in the replenishment report for user review, allowing "
"adjustments and batch orders while meeting deadlines."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:64
msgid ""
":ref:`Just-in-time logic <inventory/warehouses_storage/just-in-time>`: A "
"strategy to replenish only what is needed to prevent overstocking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:68
msgid ":doc:`replenishment/reordering_rules`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:69
msgid ":doc:`replenishment/report`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:74
msgid "Make to order"
msgstr "オーダ基準調達"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:76
msgid ""
"An |MTO| strategy means that procurement or production is triggered only "
"after a sales order has been confirmed. This strategy is recommended when "
"products are customizable, demand is unpredictable, there is limited storage"
" capacity, and when products are high in value and low in demand. In such "
"cases, it does not make sense to keep on-hand inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:81
msgid ""
"Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links"
" the sales order to the |PO| or |MO| generated by the |MTO| route."
msgstr ""
"再オーダ規則を使用して補充されたプロダクトとは異なり、Odooは自動的に販売オーダを|PO|または|MO| ルートで生成された|MTO|にリンクします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:84
msgid ""
"Another difference between reordering rules and |MTO| is, with |MTO|, Odoo "
"generates a draft |PO| or |MO| immediately after the |SO| is confirmed. With"
" reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft |PO| or |MO| when the product's "
"forecasted stock falls below the set minimum quantity."
msgstr ""
"再オーダ規則と|MTO|(オーダ基準調達)のもう一つの違いは、|MTO|の場合、|SO|(販売オーダ)が確定した直後に|PO|(購買オーダ)または|MO|(製造オーダ)のドラフトが生成されます。再オーダ規則では、プロダクトの予測在庫が設定された最小数量を下回ると、ドラフト|PO|または|MO|が生成されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:88
msgid ""
"In addition, Odoo automatically adds quantities to the |PO| or |MO| as the "
"forecast changes, so long as the |PO| or |MO| is not confirmed."
msgstr ""
"さらに、Odooは予測が変更されると、|PO|(購買オーダ)または|MO|(製造オーダ)が確定していない限り、自動的に|PO|または|MO|に数量を追加します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:91
msgid ""
"The |MTO| route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are "
"customized, and/or for products that have no stock kept on-hand."
msgstr "|MTO|(オーダ基準調達)ルートは、カスタマイズされたプロダクトや、手元に在庫がないプロダクトに最適な補充戦略です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:95
msgid ":doc:`replenishment/mto`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:98
msgid "Master production schedule"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:100
msgid ""
"The :abbr:`MPS (Master Production Schedule)` is a dashboard where products "
"and their forecasted quantities are entered. Based on confirmed "
"manufacturing and purchase orders, the dashboard recommends amounts to order"
" or produce."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:104
msgid ""
"This a useful **manual** tool for keeping track of quantities. The "
":abbr:`MPS (Master Production Schedule)` **should absolutely not** be used "
"alongside reordering rules, as the automated workflow disrupts its manual "
"replenishment method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:109
msgid ":doc:`../../manufacturing/management/use_mps`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:3
msgid "Lead times"
msgstr "リードタイム"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:7
msgid ""
"Accurately forecasting delivery dates is vital for fulfilling customer "
"expectations. In Odoo, the **Inventory** app allows for comprehensive lead "
"time configuration, allowing coordination and planning of manufacturing "
"orders, deliveries, and receipts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:12
msgid "Lead time types"
msgstr "リードタイムタイプ"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:14
msgid ""
"Different lead times for different operations can impact various stages of "
"the order fulfillment process. Here's a summary of the types of lead times "
"in Odoo:"
msgstr "業務によって異なるリードタイムは、オーダフルフィルメントプロセスの様々な段階に影響を与えます。Odooのリードタイムの種類をまとめました:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1
msgid "Show graphic of all lead times working together."
msgstr "全てのリードタイムが連動するグラフィックを表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:21
msgid ""
":ref:`Customer lead time <inventory/management/customer-lt>`: The default "
"time frame for fulfilling customer orders. The customer lead time is the "
"number of days from the date the sales order (SO) is confirmed to the date "
"the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as *delivery"
" lead time*."
msgstr ""
":ref:`顧客リードタイム <inventory/management/customer-lt>`： "
"顧客からのオーダを処理するための既定の時間枠です。顧客リードタイムは、販売オーダ(SO)が確定してからプロダクトが倉庫から出荷されるまでの日数です。これは*配送リードタイム*とも呼ばれます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:26
msgid ""
":ref:`Sales security lead time <inventory/management/sales-security-lt>`: "
"moves the *scheduled delivery date* forward by a specified number of days. "
"This serves as a buffer to allow the team ample time to prepare the outgoing"
" shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment "
"process."
msgstr ""
":ref:`販売安全リードタイム <inventory/management/sales-security-lt>`: "
"*配送予定日*を指定した日数分進めます。これは、フルフィルメントプロセスで遅延が発生する可能性を考慮し、チームが出荷を早めに準備するための十分な時間を確保するためのバッファとして機能します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:31
msgid ""
":ref:`Purchase lead time <inventory/management/purchase-lt>`: the number of "
"days from the confirmation of a purchase order (PO) to the receipt of "
"products. It provides insight on the time it takes for products to arrive at"
" the warehouse, facilitating effective scheduling and planning of supplier "
"deliveries."
msgstr ""
":ref:`購買リードタイム <inventory/management/purchase-lt>`: "
"購買オーダ(PO)が確定してからプロダクトを受け取るまでの日数。プロダクトが倉庫に到着するまでの時間を把握することができ、サプライヤの配送の効果的なスケジューリングや計画を容易にします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:36
msgid ""
":ref:`Purchase security lead time <inventory/management/purchase-security-"
"lt>`: advances the order deadline on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` by a "
"specified number of days. This proactive approach of placing orders earlier "
"mitigates the risk of vendor or shipping delays. Thus, for products that are"
" set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment report* "
"earlier, according to the specified number of days."
msgstr ""
":ref:`購買安全リードタイム <inventory/management/purchase-security-lt>`: "
":abbr:`PO(購買オーダ)`のオーダ期限を指定された日数分早めます。オーダを早めに発注するこの積極的なアプローチは、仕入や出荷の遅延のリスクを軽減します。このように、オーダに応じて補充するように設定されているプロダクトでは、指定された日数に従って、*補充レポート*に必要なものが早く表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:42
msgid ""
":ref:`Days to Purchase lead time <inventory/warehouses_storage/days-to-"
"purchase>`: days needed for the vendor to receive a request for quotation "
"(RFQ) and confirm it. It advances the deadline to schedule a |RFQ| by a "
"specified number of days."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:46
msgid ""
":ref:`Manufacturing lead time <inventory/management/manuf-lt>`: the number "
"of days needed to complete a manufacturing order (MO) from the date of "
"confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in Odoo), "
"and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished good."
msgstr ""
":ref:`購買リードタイム <inventory/management/manuf-lt>`: "
"確認日から製造オーダ(MO)が完了するまでに必要な日数です。このリードタイムには週末(Odooでは非稼働時間)も含まれ、完成品のおおよその生産日を予測するために使用されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:51
msgid ""
":ref:`Manufacturing security lead time <inventory/management/manuf-security-"
"lt>`: moves the scheduled date of the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` "
"forward by a specified number of days. When used in conjunction with "
":ref:`replenish to order <inventory/management/products/strategies>`, the "
"security lead time makes the need appear earlier on the replenishment "
"report."
msgstr ""
":ref:`製造安全リードタイム <inventory/management/manuf-security-lt>`: "
":abbr:`MO(製造オーダ)`の予定日を指定された日数分進めます。ref:`オーダ基準補充 "
"<inventory/management/products/strategies>` "
"と一緒に使用すると、安全リードタイムは補充レポート上で必要なものをより早く表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:59
msgid "Sales lead times"
msgstr "販売リードタイム"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:61
msgid ""
"Customer lead times and sales security lead times can be configured to "
"automatically compute an *expected delivery date* on a :abbr:`SO (Sales "
"Order)`. The expected delivery date ensures a realistic *delivery dates* "
"setting for shipments from the warehouse."
msgstr ""
"顧客リードタイムと販売オーダリードタイムは、SO "
"(販売オーダ)`の*配送予定日*を自動的に計算するように設定できます。予定納期は、倉庫からの出荷に対して現実的な*納期*設定を保証します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:65
msgid ""
"Odoo issues a warning message if the set delivery date is earlier than the "
"expected date, as it may not be feasible to fulfill the order by that time, "
"which would impact other warehouse operations."
msgstr "Odooは設定された配送オーダが予定日より早い場合、警告メッセージを表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:69
msgid ""
"A :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` containing a `Coconut-scented candle` is "
"confirmed on July 11th. The product has a customer lead time of 14 days, and"
" the business uses a sales security lead time of 1 day. Based on the lead "
"time inputs, Odoo suggests a delivery date in 15 days, on July 26th."
msgstr ""
"ココナッツの香りのキャンドルを含むSO(販売オーダ)が7月11日に確定しました。このプロダクトの顧客リードタイムは14日で、販売保証リードタイムは1日です。リードタイムの入力に基づき、Odooは納期を15日後の7月26日と提案します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0
msgid ""
"Set *Delivery Date* in a sales order. Enables delivery lead times feature."
msgstr "販売オーダで*配達日*を設定します。配送リードタイム機能を有効にします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:77
msgid ""
"The following sections demonstrate how to automatically compute expected "
"delivery dates."
msgstr "以下のセクションでは、納品予定日を自動的に計算する方法を説明します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:80
msgid "Customer lead time"
msgstr "顧客リードタイム"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:82
msgid ""
"Set the customer lead time on each product form, by navigating to the "
"products page. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> "
"Products`. From there, select the desired product, and switch to the "
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab. Then, under the :guilabel:`Customer Lead Time` "
"field, fill in the number of calendar days required to fulfill the delivery "
"order from start to finish."
msgstr ""
"プロダクトページに移動して、各プロダクトフォームに顧客リードタイムを設定します。そのためには、 :menuselection:`販売アプリ --> "
"プロダクト --> プロダクト`に進みます。そこから目的のプロダクトを選択し、 :guilabel:`在庫`タブに切り替えます。次に、 "
":guilabel:`顧客リードタイム` フィールドの下に、配送オーダの開始から終了までに必要な日数を記入します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:88
msgid ""
"Set a 14-day customer lead time for the `Coconut-scented candle` by "
"navigating to its product form. Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, type"
" `14.00` days into the :guilabel:`Customer Lead Time` field."
msgstr ""
"`ココナッツの香りのキャンドル`のプロダクトフォームに移動して、14日間の顧客リードタイムを設定します。そして :guilabel:`在庫` タブの "
":guilabel:`顧客リードタイム` フィールドに `14.00` 日と入力します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0
msgid "Set *Customer Lead Time* on the product form."
msgstr "プロダクトフォームで*顧客リードタイム*を設定して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:99
msgid "Sales security lead time"
msgstr "販売安全リードタイム"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:101
msgid ""
"*Sales security lead time* is set globally for the business in "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr "*menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定`で、*販売安全リードタイム*をグローバルに設定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:104
msgid ""
"On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` "
"heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales`, and "
"click the checkbox to enable the feature."
msgstr ""
"設定ページの :guilabel:`高度なスケジューリング` の下にある :guilabel:`販売用安全リードタイム "
"のボックスを探し、チェックボックスをクリックして機能を有効にします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:107
msgid ""
"Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. This security lead time is "
"a buffer notifying the team to prepare for outgoing shipments earlier than "
"the scheduled date."
msgstr "次に、希望する暦日数を入力します。この安全リードタイムは、予定日よりも早く出荷の準備をするようチームに通知するバッファです。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:111
msgid ""
"Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales` to `1.00` day, pushes "
"the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of a delivery order (DO) forward by one day. "
"In that case, if a product is initially scheduled for delivery on April 6th,"
" but with a one-day security lead time, the new scheduled date for the "
"delivery order would be April 5th."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`販売用安全リードタイム`を`1.00`日に設定すると、配送オーダ(DO)の "
":guilabel:`予定日`が1日前倒しになります。この場合、あるプロダクトの配送予定日が4月6日で、安全リードタイムが1日の場合、配送オーダの新しい予定日は4月5日となります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0
msgid ""
"View of the security lead time for sales configuration from the sales "
"settings."
msgstr "販売設定から販売設定の安全リードタイムを表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:121
msgid "Deliver several products"
msgstr "複数プロダクトを配送する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:123
msgid ""
"For orders that include multiple products with different lead times, the "
"lead times can be configured directly from the quotation itself. On a "
"quotation, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, and set the "
":guilabel:`Shipping Policy` to:"
msgstr ""
"リードタイムが異なる複数のプロダクトを含むオーダでは、見積から直接リードタイムを設定することができます。見積書の :guilabel:`他の情報` "
"タブをクリックし、 :guilabel:`配送ポリシー` を設定します："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:127
msgid ""
":guilabel:`As soon as possible` to deliver products as soon as they are "
"ready. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is "
"determined by adding today's date to the shortest lead time among the "
"products in the order."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`なるべく早く` は、プロダクトの準備ができ次第、すぐに配送します。abbr:`DO(配送オーダ)`の "
":guilabel:`予定日` は、オーダ内のプロダクトの中で最も短いリードタイムに今日の日付を加えて決定されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:131
msgid ""
":guilabel:`When all products are ready` to wait to fulfill the entire order "
"at once. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` "
"is determined by adding today's date to the longest lead time among the "
"products in the order."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`全プロダクトが準備できてから` は、オーダ全体を一度に処理するために待機します。abbr:`DO(配送オーダ)`の "
":guilabel:`予定日` は、オーダ内のプロダクトの中で最もリードタイムの長いものに今日の日付を足して決定されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1
msgid "Show *Shipping Policy* field in the *Other Info* tab of a quotation."
msgstr "見積の*その他情報*タブに*配送ポリシー*フィールドを表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:140
msgid ""
"In a quotation containing 2 products, `Yoga mat` and `Resistance band,` the "
"products have a lead time of 8 days and 5 days, respectively. Today's date "
"is April 2nd."
msgstr ""
"`ヨガマット` と`レジスタンスバンド`、という2つのプロダクトを含む見積で、リードタイムはそれぞれ8日と5日です。今日の日付は4月2日です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:143
msgid ""
"When the :guilabel:`Shipping Policy` is set to :guilabel:`As soon as "
"possible`, the scheduled delivery date is 5 days from today: April 7th. On "
"the other hand, selecting :guilabel:`When all products are ready` configures"
" the scheduled date to be 8 days from today: April 10th."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`配送ポリシー` が :guilabel:`なるべく早く` に設定されている場合、配送予定日は本日から5日後: 4月7日です。一方、"
" :guilabel:`全プロダクトが準備できてから` を選択すると、予定日は今日から8日後: 4月10日に設定されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:150
msgid "Purchase lead times"
msgstr "購買リードタイム"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:152
msgid ""
"Automatically determining the dates on which to place orders from suppliers "
"can help simplify the procurement process."
msgstr "サプライヤーへのオーダ発注日を自動的に決定することで、調達プロセスを簡素化できます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:155
msgid ""
"Odoo calculates the supplier shipment *receipt date*, and :abbr:`PO "
"(Purchase Order)` deadline, based on the required date the product is needed"
" in the warehouse. By working backwards from the receipt date, vendor lead "
"times and purchase security lead times are taken into account, in order to "
"determine the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` deadline."
msgstr ""
"Odooはプロダクトが倉庫で必要とされる日付に基づいて、サプライヤー出荷の*入荷日*と :abbr:`PO(購買オーダ)` "
"の締切日を計算します。入荷日から逆算することで、仕入先リードタイムと購買安全リードタイムが考慮され、:abbr:`PO "
"(購買オーダ)`期限が決定されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:160
msgid ""
"This deadline is the date by which the order should be confirmed, in order "
"to ensure timely arrival by the expected receipt date."
msgstr "この期限は、入荷予定日までにタイムリーな到着を確保するために、オーダが確定されるべき期日です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1
msgid ""
"Visualization of PO deadline and receipt date used with vendor lead times."
msgstr "仕入先のリードタイムを利用した購買オーダ期日と入荷日の可視化。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:168
msgid ""
":ref:`PO scheduling with reordering rules "
"<inventory/management/reordering_rules>`"
msgstr ":ref:`再オーダ規則による購買オーダスケジューリング <inventory/management/reordering_rules>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:171
msgid "Vendor lead time"
msgstr "仕入先リードタイム"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:173
msgid ""
"To set a vendor lead time for orders arriving in the warehouse from a vendor"
" location, begin by navigating to a product form through "
":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Products --> Products`."
msgstr ""
"仕入先から倉庫に届くオーダのリードタイムを設定するには、まず :menuselection:`購買アプリ --> プロダクト --> プロダクト` "
"からプロダクトフォームに移動します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:176
msgid ""
"Next, select the desired product, and switch to the :guilabel:`Purchase` "
"tab. In the editable vendor pricelist, click the :guilabel:`Add a line` "
"button to add vendor details, such as the :guilabel:`Vendor` name, "
":guilabel:`Price` offered for the product, and lastly, the "
":guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time`."
msgstr ""
"次に、希望のプロダクトを選択し、:guilabel:`購買`タブに切り替えます。編集可能な仕入先の価格リストで、 :guilabel:`明細追加` "
"ボタンをクリックし、 :guilabel:`仕入先の名前` 、 :guilabel:`プロダクト価格` 、 :guilabel:`納品リードタイム` "
"などの仕入先詳細を追加します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:182
msgid ""
"Multiple vendors and lead times can be added to the vendor pricelist. The "
"default vendor and lead time selected will be the entry at the top of the "
"list."
msgstr "複数の仕入先とリードタイムを仕入先価格リストに追加することができます。デフォルトの仕入先とリードタイムは、リストの一番上に表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:186
msgid ""
"On the vendor pricelist of the product form, the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead "
"Time` for the selected vendor is set to `10 days.`"
msgstr "プロダクトフォームの仕入先価格リストで、選択された仕入先の :guilabel:`配送リードタイム` が `10日` に設定されています。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0
msgid "Add delivery lead times to vendor pricelist on a product."
msgstr "プロダクトの仕入先価格リストに配送リードタイムを追加します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:193
msgid ""
"By setting the vendor lead time, the expected arrival date of the item is "
"automatically determined as the date of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` "
"confirmation, plus the vendor lead time. This ensures that warehouse "
"employees are notified, if the products do **not** arrive within the "
"expected timeframe."
msgstr ""
"仕入先リードタイムを設定することで、商品の到着予定日は自動的に :abbr:`PO(購買オーダ)` "
"の確認日に仕入先リードタイムを加えた日付として決定されます。これにより、プロダクトが予定された期間内に到着しない場合、倉庫の従業員に通知されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:199
msgid ""
"On a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` confirmed on July 11th, for a product "
"configured with a 10-day vendor lead time, Odoo automatically sets the "
":guilabel:`Receipt Date` to July 21st. The receipt date also appears as the "
":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` on the warehouse receipt form, accessible from "
"the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button, located on the :guilabel:`PO (Purchase"
" Order)`."
msgstr ""
"7月11日に確定された :abbr:`PO(購買オーダ)` で、10日間の仕入先リードタイムが設定されたプロダクトに対して、Odooは自動的に "
":guilabel:`入荷日` を7月21日に設定します。また、 :guilabel:`PO(購買オーダ)`にある "
":guilabel:`入荷`スマートボタンからアクセスできる倉庫の入荷フォームにも、入荷日付が :guilabel:`予定日` として表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0
msgid "Show expected *Receipt Date* of the product from the vendor."
msgstr "仕入先からのプロダクトの*入荷予定日*を表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0
msgid ""
"Show expected *Scheduled Date* of arrival of the product from the vendor."
msgstr "仕入先からのプロダクト到着*予定日*を表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:215
msgid "Purchase security lead time"
msgstr "購買安全リードタイム"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:217
msgid ""
"*Purchase security lead time* is set globally for the business in "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr "*購買安全リードタイム*は、:menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定`でビジネス全体に設定されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:220
msgid ""
"On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` "
"heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`, and"
" click the checkbox to enable the feature."
msgstr ""
"設定ページの :guilabel:`高度なスケジューリング` の下にある :guilabel:`購買用安全リードタイム` "
"のボックスを探し、チェックボックスをクリックして機能を有効にします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:223
msgid ""
"Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security"
" lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in supplier "
"deliveries."
msgstr "次に、希望する暦日数を入力します。安全リードタイムを設定することで、サプライヤーの納品遅延の可能性を考慮したバッファが設定されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:227
msgid ""
"Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase` to `2.00` days, "
"pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of receipt back by one day. In that "
"case, if a product is initially scheduled to arrive on April 6th, with a "
"two-day security lead time, the new scheduled date for the receipt would be "
"April 8th."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`購買用安全リードタイム`を`2.00`日に設定すると、 "
":guilabel:`入荷予定日`が1日後ろ倒しになります。この場合、安全リードタイムが2日のプロダクトが4月6日に到着する予定だった場合、新しい入荷予定日は4月8日となります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0
msgid ""
"Set security lead time for purchase from the Inventory > Configuration > "
"Settings."
msgstr "在庫＞設定＞管理設定から購買の安全リードタイムを設定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:239
msgid "Days to purchase lead time"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:241
msgid ""
"To set it up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` section, in the "
":guilabel:`Days to Purchase` field, specify the number of days required for "
"the vendor to confirm a |RFQ| after receiving it from the company."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:248
msgid "Manufacturing lead times"
msgstr "製造リードタイム"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:250
msgid ""
"Lead times can help simplify the procurement process for consumable "
"materials and components used in manufactured products with bills of "
"materials."
msgstr "リードタイムは、消耗品や仕入先請求書付きの製造プロダクトに使用される部品の調達プロセスを簡素化するのに役立ちます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:253
msgid ""
"The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the deadline to "
"begin the manufacturing process to complete the product by the scheduled "
"delivery date, can be determined by configuring the manufacturing lead times"
" and manufacturing security lead times."
msgstr ""
"abbr:`MO(配送オーダ)`期限は、予定納期までにプロダクトを完成させるために製造工程を開始する期限であり、製造リードタイムと製造安全リードタイムを設定することで決定することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1
msgid ""
"Visualization of the determination of planned MO date manufacturing lead "
"times."
msgstr "計画製造オーダ日製造リードタイム決定の可視化"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:262
msgid "Manufacturing lead time"
msgstr "製造リードタイム"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:264
msgid ""
"Configure the manufacturing lead time directly on the product form, by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Products`, "
"and select the desired product."
msgstr ""
"menuselection:`製造アプリ --> プロダクト --> "
"プロダクト`に移動し、必要なプロダクトを選択し、プロダクトフォーム上で製造リードタイムを直接設定できます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:267
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product, specify the calendar days "
"needed to the manufacture the product in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead "
"Time` field."
msgstr ""
"プロダクトの :guilabel:`在庫` タブの :guilabel:`製造リードタイム` フィールドで、プロダクトの製造に必要な暦日数を指定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:271
msgid ""
"Specify a 14-day :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead Time` for a product directly "
"in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product."
msgstr "プロダクトの :guilabel:`製造` タブに直接、14日間の :guilabel:`製造リードタイム` を指定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0
msgid ""
"View of the manufacturing lead time configuration from the product form."
msgstr "プロダクトフォームから見た製造リードタイムの設定。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:278
msgid ""
"Establish a :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, based on the "
"*expected delivery date*, indicated in the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field "
"of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`."
msgstr ""
"abbr:`DO(配送オーダ)` の :guilabel:`予定日` フィールドに示された *配送予定日* に基づいて、 "
":abbr:`MO(製造オーダ)` 期限を設定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:281
msgid ""
"The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the "
":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field on the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)`, is"
" calculated as the *expected delivery date* subtracted by the manufacturing "
"lead time."
msgstr ""
"abbr:`MO(製造オーダ)` の :guilabel:`予定日` フィールドである :abbr:`MO(製造オーダ)` 期限は、*配送予定日* "
"から製造リードタイムを差し引いたものとして計算されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:285
msgid ""
"This ensures the manufacturing process begins on time, in order to meet the "
"delivery date."
msgstr "これにより、配送オーダに間に合うよう、製造工程を時間通りに開始することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:287
msgid ""
"However, it's important to note that lead times are based on calendar days. "
"Lead times do **not** consider weekends, holidays, or *work center capacity*"
" (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work center "
"simultaneously`)."
msgstr ""
"ただし、リードタイムは暦日に基づいていることに注意することが重要です。リードタイムは、週末、休日、または*作業区生産能力*（:dfn:`作業区で同時に実行できるオペレーション数`）を**考慮していません。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:292
msgid ":ref:`Manufacturing planning <manufacturing/management/use_mps>`"
msgstr ":ref:`製造計画 <manufacturing/management/use_mps>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:293
msgid ""
":ref:`Configure automatic MO scheduling with reordering rules "
"<inventory/management/reordering_rules>`"
msgstr ""
":ref:`再オーダ規則による自動製造オーダスケジューリングの設定 <inventory/management/reordering_rules>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:297
msgid ""
"A product's scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is "
"August 15th. The product requires 14 days to manufacture. So, the latest "
"date to start the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` to meet the commitment "
"date is August 1st."
msgstr ""
"あるプロダクトの :abbr:`DO (配送オーダ)`上の出荷予定日が8月15日です。このプロダクトの製造には14日を要します。従って、 "
":abbr:`MO(製造オーダ)` をコミットメント日に間に合うように開始する直近の日付は8月1日です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:304
msgid "Manufacturing security lead time"
msgstr "製造安全リードタイム"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:306
msgid ""
"*Manufacturing security lead time* is set globally for the business in "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the"
" :guilabel:`Planning` heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead "
"Time`, and click the checkbox to enable the feature."
msgstr ""
"*製造安全リードタイム*は :menuselection:`製造アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` "
"でそのビジネス全体に設定されます。guilabel:`計画` の下にある :guilabel:`安全リードタイム` "
"のボックスを探し、チェックボックスをクリックして機能を有効にします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:310
msgid ""
"Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security"
" lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in the "
"manufacturing process."
msgstr "次に、希望する暦日数を入力します。安全リードタイムを設定することにより、製造工程における潜在的な遅延を考慮したバッファが設定されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of the security lead time for manufacturing from the manufacturing app "
"settings."
msgstr "製造アプリの設定から製造の安全リードタイムのビュー。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:318
msgid ""
"A product has a scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` "
"set for August 15th. The manufacturing lead time is 7 days, and "
"manufacturing security lead time is 3 days. So, the :guilabel:`Scheduled "
"Date` on the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` reflects the latest date to "
"begin the manufacturing order. In this example, the planned date on the "
":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is August 5th."
msgstr ""
"あるプロダクトの :abbr:`DO "
"(配送オーダ)`上の出荷予定日は8月15日です。製造リードタイムは7日、製造安全リードタイムは3日です。したがって、 :abbr:`MO(製造オーダ)`"
" の :guilabel:`予定日` には、製造オーダを開始する最新の日付が反映されます。この例では、 :abbr:`MO(製造オーダ)` 上の予定日は"
" 8 月 5 日です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:325
msgid "Global example"
msgstr "全体例"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:327
msgid ""
"See the following example to understand how all the lead times work together"
" to ensure timely order fulfillment:"
msgstr "タイムリーなオーダを実現するために、全てのリードタイムがどのように連携しているかを理解するために、次の例をご覧下さい:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:330
msgid "**Sales security lead time**: 1 day"
msgstr "**販売安全リードタイム**: 1日"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:331
msgid "**Manufacturing security lead time**: 2 days"
msgstr "**製造安全リードタイム**: 2日"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:332
msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**: 3 days"
msgstr "**製造リードタイム**: 3日"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:333
msgid "**Purchase security lead time**: 1 day"
msgstr "**購買安全リードタイム**: 1日"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:334
msgid "**Vendor lead time**: 4 days"
msgstr "**仕入先リードタイム**: 4日"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:336
msgid ""
"The customer places an order for a manufactured product on September 1st, "
"and the scheduled delivery date from the warehouse is on September 20th. "
"Odoo uses lead times and automated reordering rules to schedule the "
"necessary operations, based on the outgoing shipment delivery date, "
"September 20th:"
msgstr ""
"顧客は9月1日に製造済プロダクトをオーダし、倉庫からの配送予定日は9月20日です。Odooはリードタイムと自動再オーダ規則を使用し、9月20日の出荷納期に基づいて必要なオペレーションをスケジュールします:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1
msgid ""
"Show timeline of how lead times work together to schedule warehouse "
"operations."
msgstr "倉庫作業のスケジュールを立てるために、リードタイムがどのように連動しているかを時系列で示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:344
msgid "**September 1st**: Sales order created, confirmed by salesperson."
msgstr "**9月1日**:販売オーダが作成され、販売担当者により確認済。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:346
msgid ""
"**September 9th**: Deadline to order components to ensure they arrive in "
"time when manufacturing begins (4-day supplier lead time)."
msgstr "**9月9日**: 製造開始時に間に合わせるための部品オーダ期限(仕入先リードタイム4日間)。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:349
msgid ""
"**September 13th**: Scheduled date of receipt for components. Initially, it "
"was set to 9/14, but the 1-day purchase security lead time pushed the date "
"earlier by 1 day."
msgstr "**9月13日** 部品入荷予定日。当初は9/14としていましたが、購買安全リードタイムが1日となったため、1日早まりました。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:352
msgid ""
"**September 14th**: Deadline to begin manufacturing. Calculated by "
"subtracting the manufacturing lead time of 3 days, and the manufacturing "
"security lead time of 2 days, from the expected delivery date of September "
"19th."
msgstr "**9月14日** 製造開始期限。納品予定日9月19日から製造リードタイム3日、製造安全リードタイム2日を差し引いた日数。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:356
msgid ""
"**September 19th**: :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` on the delivery order form "
"indicates the updated expected delivery date, which was originally set as "
"September 20th. But the sales security lead time pushed the date forward by "
"a day."
msgstr ""
"**9月19日**: "
":guilabel:`配送オーダフォームの:guilabel:`予定日`が、当初設定されていた9月20日から更新されました。しかし、販売安全リードタイムにより、予定日が1日早まりました。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:360
msgid ""
"Odoo's replenishment planning maps a business' order fulfillment process, "
"setting pre-determined deadlines and raw material order dates, including "
"buffer days for potential delays. This ensures products are delivered on "
"time."
msgstr ""
"Odooの補充計画は、ビジネスのオーダ処理プロセスをマッピングし、潜在的な遅延のためのバッファ日数を含め、事前に決められた納期と原材料の発注日を設定します。これにより、製品が予定通りに納品されることが保証されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:3
msgid "Replenish on order (MTO)"
msgstr "受注補充(MTO)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:9
msgid ""
"*Replenish on order*, also known as *MTO* (make to order), is a "
"replenishment strategy that creates a draft order for a product every time a"
" sales order is created for it. For products that are purchased from a "
"vendor, a request for quotation (RFQ) is created, while a sales order for a "
"product manufactured in-house triggers the creation of a manufacturing "
"order. The creation of a |RFQ| or manufacturing order occurs every time a "
"sales order is created, regardless of the current stock level of the product"
" being ordered."
msgstr ""
"*MTO*（オーダ基準調達）とも呼ばれる*オーダ基準補充*は、あるプロダクトの販売オーダが作成されるたびに、そのプロダクトのドラフトオーダを作成する補充戦略です。仕入先から購入するプロダクトについては、見積依頼書(RFQ)が作成され、社内で製造するプロダクトの販売オーダは製造オーダを作成するトリガとなります。|RFQ|"
" または製造オーダの作成は、オーダされるプロダクトの現在の在庫レベルに関係なく、販売オーダが作成されるたびに発生します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:19
msgid "Unarchive the Replenish on Order (MTO) route"
msgstr "受注補充(MTO)ルートのアーカイブ解除"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:21
msgid ""
"By default, Odoo sets the |MTO| route as *archived*. This is because |MTO| "
"is a somewhat niche workflow that is only used by certain companies. "
"However, it is easy to unarchive the route in just a few simple steps."
msgstr ""
"デフォルトでは、Odooは |MTO| "
"ルートを*アーカイブ済*に設定しています。これは|MTO|が特定の企業でのみ使用される、ややニッチなワークフローだからです。しかし、簡単なステップでルートのアーカイブを解除することができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:25
msgid ""
"To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration"
" --> Routes`. On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click the :guilabel:`Filters` "
"button and select the :guilabel:`Archived` option. This shows all routes "
"that are currently archived."
msgstr ""
"これを行うには、まず :menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> ルート` に移動します。guilabel:`すーと` ページで "
":guilabel:`フィルタ` ボタンをクリックし、 :guilabel:`アーカイブ済` "
"オプションを選択します。これにより、現在アーカイブされている全てのルートが表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst-1
msgid "The archived filter on the Routes page."
msgstr "ルートページのアーカイブフィルタ。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:33
msgid ""
"Enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, then click"
" the :guilabel:`Action` button to reveal a drop-down menu. From the drop-"
"down menu, select :guilabel:`Unarchive`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`受注補充 (MTO)` の隣にあるチェックボックスを有効にして、 :guilabel:`アクション` "
"ボタンをクリックしてドロップダウンメニューを表示します。ドロップダウンメニューから :guilabel:`アーカイブ解除` を選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst-1
msgid "The unarchive action on the Routes page."
msgstr "ルートページのアーカイブ解除アクション。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:40
msgid ""
"Finally, remove the :guilabel:`Archived` filter from the "
":guilabel:`Search...` bar. The :guilabel:`Routes` page will now show all "
"available routes, including :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, which is "
"now selectable on the inventory tab of each product page."
msgstr ""
"最後に :guilabel:`検索...` バーから :guilabel:`アーカイブ済` フィルタを削除します。guilabel:`ルート` "
"ページには、各プロダクトページの在庫タブで選択可能になった :guilabel:`受注補充 (MTO)` "
"を含む、利用可能な全てのルートが表示されるようになりました。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst-1
msgid "The MTO route appears on the Routes page after unarchiving it."
msgstr "MTOルートはアーカイブ解除後、ルートページに表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:49
msgid "Configure a product to use the MTO route"
msgstr "MTOルートを使用するプロダクトの設定"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:51
msgid ""
"With the |MTO| route unarchived, products can now be properly configured to "
"use replenish on order. To do so, begin by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, then select an "
"existing product, or click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new one."
msgstr ""
"|MTO| ルートがアーカイブされなくなったので、プロダクトをオーダ時に補充するように適切に設定できるようになりました。これを行うには、まず "
":menuselection:`在庫 --> プロダクト --> プロダクト` に行き、既存のプロダクトを選択するか、 :guilabel:`作成` "
"をクリックして新しいプロダクトを設定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:55
msgid ""
"On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the "
":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` "
"section, along with one other route."
msgstr ""
"プロダクトページで、 :guilabel:`在庫` タブを選択し、 :guilabel:`ルート` セクションの "
":guilabel:`受注補充(MTO)` ルートを、他の1つのルートと一緒に有効にします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:59
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route **does not** work unless "
"another route is selected as well. This is because Odoo needs to know how to"
" replenish the product when an order is placed for it (buy it, manufacture "
"it, etc.)."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`オーダ基準補充(MTO)`ルートは、他のルートが選択されていない限り機能**しません**。これはOdooがプロダクトのオーダ(購入、製造など)時にどのように補充するかを知る必要があるためです。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst-1
msgid "Select the MTO route and a second route on the Inventory tab."
msgstr "インベントリタブでMTOルートと2つ目のルートを選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:67
msgid ""
"If the product is purchased from a vendor to fulfill sales orders, enable "
"the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkbox under the product name. Doing so "
"makes the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab appear alongside the other settings tabs "
"below."
msgstr ""
"販売オーダを満たすためにプロダクトを仕入先から購買する場合、プロダクト名の下にある :guilabel:`購買可能` "
"チェックボックスを有効にします。そうすることで、:guilabel:`購買`タブが以下の他の設定タブと一緒に表示されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:71
msgid ""
"Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a :guilabel:`Vendor` and the"
" :guilabel:`Price` they sell the product for."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`購買`タブを選択し、 :guilabel:`仕入先`とそのプロダクトを販売する :guilabel:`価格` を指定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst-1
msgid "Enable \"Can be Purchased\" and specify a vendor."
msgstr " \"購買可能\" を有効にし、仕入先を指定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:78
msgid ""
"If the product is manufactured, make sure that it has a bill of materials "
"(BOM) configured for it. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` "
"smart button at the top of the screen, then click :guilabel:`Create` on the "
":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` page to configure a new |BOM| for the product."
msgstr ""
"プロダクトが製造されている場合は、そのプロダクトに部品表(BOM)が設定されていることを確認して下さい。これを行うには、画面上部の "
":guilabel:`部品表` スマートボタンをクリックし、次に :guilabel:`部品表` ページで :guilabel:`作成` "
"をクリックしてプロダクトに新しい |BOM| を設定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:83
msgid ""
"On the blank |BOM| form, add the components used to manufacture the product "
"on the :guilabel:`Components` tab, along with the operations required for "
"the manufacturing workflow on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab."
msgstr ""
"空白の |BOM| フォームに、プロダクトの製造に使用する構成品を :guilabel:`構成品` タブに、製造ワークフローに必要なオペレーションを "
":guilabel:`オペレーションオペレーション` タブに追加します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:87
msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the |BOM|."
msgstr "最後に :guilabel:`保存` をクリックして |BOM| を保存します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:90
msgid "Fulfill a sales order using the MTO route"
msgstr "MTOルートを使用して販売オーダを処理します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:92
msgid ""
"After configuring a product to use the |MTO| route, a replenishment order is"
" created for it every time a sales order including the product is confirmed."
" The type of order created depends on the second route selected in addition "
"to |MTO|."
msgstr ""
" |MTO|ルートを使用するようにプロダクトを設定すると、そのプロダクトを含む販売オーダが確定するたびに、そのプロダクトのための補充オーダが作成されます。作成されるオーダのタイプは、|MTO|に加えて選択された2番目のルートに依存します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:96
msgid ""
"For example, if *Buy* was the second route selected, then a purchase order "
"is created upon confirmation of a sales order."
msgstr "例えば、*購入*が2番目のルートとして選択された場合、販売オーダが確認されると購買オーダが作成されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:100
msgid ""
"When the |MTO| route is enabled for a product, a replenishment order is "
"always created upon confirmation of a sales order. This is the case even if "
"there is enough stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the sales order, "
"without buying or manufacturing additional units of it."
msgstr ""
"プロダクトに対して |MTO| "
"ルートが有効な場合、販売オーダが確認されると、常に補充オーダが作成されます。これは、販売オーダを満たすのに十分なプロダクトの在庫が手元にある場合でも同様で、追加で購買したり製造したりする必要はありません。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:104
msgid ""
"While the |MTO| route can be used in unison with a variety of other routes, "
"the *Buy* route is used as the example for this workflow. Begin by "
"navigating to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, then click :guilabel:`Create`,"
" which opens a blank quotation form."
msgstr ""
" |MTO| ルートは他の様々なルートと組み合わせて使うことができますが、このワークフローでは *購買*ルートを例として使います。まず "
":menuselection:`販売` アプリに移動し、 :guilabel:`作成` をクリックします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:108
msgid ""
"On the blank quotation form, add a :guilabel:`Customer`, then click "
":guilabel:`Add a product` under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, and enter a"
" product that has been configured to use the *MTO* and *Buy* routes. Click "
":guilabel:`Confirm` and the quotation is turned into a sales order."
msgstr ""
"空白の見積書フォームに :guilabel:`顧客` を追加し、 :guilabel:`オーダ明細` タブの下にある "
":guilabel:`プロダクトを追加` をクリックし、*MTO* と *購買* "
"ルートを使用するように設定されたプロダクトを入力します。guilabel:`確認`をクリックすると、見積書が販売オーダに変わります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:112
msgid ""
"A :guilabel:`Purchase` smart button now appears in the top-right corner of "
"the sales order. Clicking it opens the |RFQ| associated with the sales "
"order."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`購買`スマートボタンが販売オーダの右上に表示されるようになりました。これをクリックすると、販売オーダに関連する|RFQ|が開きます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:115
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |RFQ|, and turn it into a "
"purchase order. A green :guilabel:`Receive Products` button now appears at "
"the top of the purchase order. Once the products are received, click "
":guilabel:`Receive Products` to register them into inventory."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`オーダを確認`をクリックすると、|RFQ|が確定され、オーダに変わります。緑色の :guilabel:`プロダクトを入荷` "
"ボタンが発注書の上部に表示されます。プロダクトが入荷したら、 :guilabel:`プロダクトを入荷` をクリックして在庫に登録します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:119
msgid ""
"Return to the sales order by clicking the :guilabel:`SO` breadcrumb, or by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders`, and selecting "
"the sales order."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`販売オーダ`のパンくずをクリックするか、 :menuselection:`販売 --> オーダ --> "
"オーダ`に移動して販売オーダを選択することで販売オーダに戻ることができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:122
msgid ""
"Finally, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button in the top-right of the"
" order to be taken to the delivery order. Once the products have been "
"shipped to the customer, click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm the delivery."
msgstr ""
"最後に、オーダの右上にある:guilabel:`配送`スマートボタンをクリックすると、配送オーダに移動します。プロダクトが顧客に発送されたら、:guilabel:`検証`をクリックして配送を確認します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:3
msgid "Reordering rules"
msgstr "再オーダ規則"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:17
msgid ""
"*Reordering rules* are used to keep forecasted stock levels above a certain "
"threshold without exceeding a specified upper limit. This is accomplished by"
" specifying a minimum quantity that stock should not fall below and a "
"maximum quantity that stock should not exceed."
msgstr ""
"*再オーダ規則* "
"は、指定された上限を超えることなく、予測在庫レベルを一定の閾値以上に保つために使用されます。これは、在庫が下回ってはならない最小数量と、在庫が超えてはならない最大数量を指定することで実施されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:21
msgid ""
"Reordering rules can be configured for each product based on the route used "
"to replenish it. If a product uses the *Buy* route, then a *request for "
"quotation* (RFQ) is created when the reordering rule is triggered. If a "
"product uses the *Manufacture* route, then a *manufacturing order* (MO) is "
"created instead. This is the case regardless of the selected replenishment "
"route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:27
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Automatic Reordering Rules "
"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XEJZrCjoXaU>`_"
msgstr ""
"`Odooチュートリアル: 自動再オーダ規則 <https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XEJZrCjoXaU>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:28
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Manual Reordering Rules "
"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=deIREJ1FFj4>`_"
msgstr "`Odooチュートリアル: 手動オーダ規則 <https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=deIREJ1FFj4>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:30
msgid "To set up reordering rules for the first time, refer to:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:32
msgid ""
":ref:`Reordering rules setup <inventory/warehouses_storage/configure-rr>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:33
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:128
msgid ":ref:`Trigger <inventory/product_management/trigger>`"
msgstr ":ref:`トリガ <inventory/product_management/trigger>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:34
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:129
msgid ":ref:`Preferred route <inventory/warehouses_storage/route>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:36
msgid "To understand and optimize replenishment using advanced features, see:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:38
msgid ":ref:`Just-in-time logic <inventory/warehouses_storage/just-in-time>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:39
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:133
msgid ":ref:`Visibility days <inventory/product_management/visibility-days>`"
msgstr ":ref:`可視性日 <inventory/product_management/visibility-days>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:44
msgid "Reordering rules setup"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:46
msgid ""
"To configure automatic and manual reordering rules, complete the following:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:48
msgid ""
":ref:`Product type configuration <inventory/warehouses_storage/set-product-"
"type>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:49
msgid ":ref:`Create rule <inventory/warehouses_storage/rr-fields>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:54
msgid "Product type configuration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:56
msgid ""
"A product must be configured correctly to use reordering rules. Begin by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, then"
" select an existing product, or create a new one by clicking "
":guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:60
msgid ""
"On the product form, under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, set the "
":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Storable Product`. This is necessary "
"because Odoo only tracks stock quantities for storable products, and "
"quantities are needed to trigger reordering rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1
msgid "Set the Product Type as Storable."
msgstr "プロダクトタイプを在庫可能に設定する。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:68
msgid ""
"Next, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select one or more routes from"
" the :guilabel:`Routes` section. Doing so tells Odoo which route to use to "
"replenish the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1
msgid "Select one or more routes on the Inventory tab."
msgstr "在庫タブで1つ以上のルートを選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:75
msgid ""
"If the product is reordered using the :guilabel:`Buy` route, confirm that "
"the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkbox is enabled under the product name."
" This makes the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab appear. Click on the "
":guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and specify at least one vendor, and the price "
"that they sell the product for, so that Odoo knows which company the product"
" should be purchased from."
msgstr ""
"プロダクトが :guilabel:`購買` ルートで再オーダされた場合、プロダクト名の下にある :guilabel:`購買可能` "
"チェックボックスが有効になっていることを確認します。これにより :guilabel:`購買` "
"タブが表示されます。guilabel:`購買`タブをクリックし、少なくとも1つの仕入先と、その仕入先がプロダクトを販売する価格を指定します。これにより、Odooはどの会社からプロダクトを購入すべきかを知ることができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1
msgid "Specify a vendor and price on the Purchase tab."
msgstr "購入タブで仕入先と価格を指定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:84
msgid ""
"If the product is replenished using the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route, it "
"needs to have at least one *bill of materials* (BoM) associated with it. "
"This is necessary because Odoo only creates manufacturing orders for "
"products with a |BoM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:88
msgid ""
"If a |BoM| does not already exist for the product, select the "
":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the product form, "
"then click :guilabel:`New` to configure a new |BoM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1
msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product form."
msgstr "プロダクトフォームの仕入先請求書スマートボタン。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:98
msgid "Create new reordering rules"
msgstr "新しい並べ替えルールの作成"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:100
msgid ""
"To create a new reordering rule, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app "
"--> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`, then click :guilabel:`New`, and "
"fill out the following fields in the new line:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:103
msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: The product that requires replenishment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:104
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Location`: The specific location where the product is stored."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:105
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: The minimum amount of product that should be "
"available. When inventory levels goes below this number, the replenishment "
"is triggered."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:107
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: The amount of product that should be available "
"after replenishing the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:109
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: If the product should be ordered in specific "
"quantities, enter the number that should be ordered. For example, if the "
":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` is set to `5`, and only 3 are needed, 5 "
"products are replenished."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1
msgid "The form for creating a new reordering rule."
msgstr "新しい並べ替えルールを作成するためのフォームです。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:118
msgid ""
"Reordering rules can also be created from the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` "
"smart button on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:122
msgid ""
"To learn how the :guilabel:`On Hand`, :guilabel:`Forecast`, and "
":guilabel:`To Order` fields are calculated using on-hand quantities and "
"future demand, see the :ref:`Just-in-time logic "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/just-in-time>` section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:126
msgid ""
"For advanced usage of reordering rules, learn about the following reordering"
" rule fields:"
msgstr "再オーダ規則の高度な使用法については、以下の再オーダフィールドについて学んで下さい:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:130
msgid ":ref:`Vendor <inventory/warehouses_storage/set-vendor>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:131
msgid ":ref:`Bill of materials <inventory/warehouses_storage/set-bom-field>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:132
msgid ""
":ref:`Procurement group <inventory/warehouses_storage/procurement-grp>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:136
msgid ""
"The fields above are not available by default, and must be enabled by "
"selecting the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(adjust)` icon in the "
"far-right corner and selecting the desired column from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:143
msgid "Trigger"
msgstr "トリガー"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:145
msgid ""
"A reordering rule's *trigger* can be set to *automatic* or *manual*. While "
"both function the same way, the difference between the two types of "
"reordering rules is how the rule is launched:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:148
msgid ""
":ref:`Auto <inventory/warehouses_storage/auto-rr>`: A purchase or "
"manufacturing order is automatically created when the forecasted stock falls"
" below the reordering rule's minimum quantity. By default, the "
":guilabel:`Auto` trigger is selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:151
msgid ""
":ref:`Manual <inventory/warehouses_storage/manual-rr>`: The "
":doc:`Replenishment report <report>` lists products needing replenishment, "
"showing current/forecasted stock, lead times, and arrival dates. Users can "
"review forecasts before clicking *Order Once*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:155
msgid ""
"To enable the :guilabel:`Trigger` field, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app"
" --> Operations --> Replenishment` or :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Reordering Rules`. Then, click the :icon:`oi-settings-"
"adjust` :guilabel:`(adjust)` icon, located to the far-right of the column "
"titles, and tick the :guilabel:`Trigger` checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:160
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Trigger` column, select :guilabel:`Auto` or "
":guilabel:`Manual`. Refer to the sections below to learn about the different"
" types of reordering rules."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`トリガ` 列で :guilabel:`自動` または :guilabel:`手動` "
"を選択します。異なるタイプの再オーダ規則については、以下のセクションを参照して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:166
msgid "Auto"
msgstr "自動"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:168
msgid ""
"*Automatic reordering rules*, enabled by setting the reordering rule's "
":guilabel:`Trigger` field to :guilabel:`Auto`, generate purchase or "
"manufacturing orders when either:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:171
msgid ""
"The scheduler runs, and the *Forecasted* quantity is below the minimum, or"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:172
msgid ""
"A sales order is confirmed, and lowers the *Forecasted* quantity of the "
"product below the minimum."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:175
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected, then an |RFQ| is generated. To "
"view and manage |RFQs|, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders "
"--> Requests for Quotation`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:178
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected, then an |MO| is generated."
" To view and manage |MOs|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->"
" Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:181
msgid ""
"When no route is selected, Odoo selects the :guilabel:`Route` specified in "
"the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form."
msgstr ""
"ルートが選択されていない場合、Odooはプロダクトフォームの:guilabel:`在庫`タブで指定された:guilabel:`ルート`を選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:185
msgid "The scheduler is set to run once a day, by default."
msgstr "スケジューラはデフォルトで1日1回実行するように設定されています。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:187
msgid ""
"To manually trigger a reordering rule before the scheduler runs, ensure "
":ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` is enabled, and then select "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. Then, "
"select the green :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` button on the pop-up window that "
"appears."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:192
msgid "Be aware that this also triggers *any other* scheduled actions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:195
msgid ""
"The product, `Office Lamp`, has an automatic reordering rule set to trigger "
"when the forecasted quantity falls below the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` of "
"`5.00`. Since the current :guilabel:`Forecast` is `55.00`, the reordering "
"rule is **not** triggered."
msgstr ""
"このプロダクト `オフィスランプ` には、予測数量が :guilabel:`最小数量` の `5.00` "
"を下回るとトリガされる自動再オーダ規則が設定されています。現在の :guilabel:`予測` は `55.00` なので、再オーダ規則は "
"**トリガされません**。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0
msgid "Show automatic reordering rule from the Reordering Rule page."
msgstr "再オーダ規則ページから自動再オーダ規則を表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:208
msgid ""
"*Manual reordering rules*, configured by setting the reordering rule's "
":guilabel:`Trigger` field to :guilabel:`Manual`, list a product on the "
":doc:`replenishment dashboard <report>` when the forecasted quantity falls "
"below a specified minimum. Products on this dashboard are called *needs*, "
"because they are needed to fulfill upcoming sales orders, for which the "
"forecasted quantity is not enough."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:214
msgid ""
"The replenishment dashboard, accessible by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`, considers "
"sales order deadlines, forecasted stock levels, and vendor lead times. It "
"displays needs **only** when it is time to reorder items, thanks to the "
":guilabel:`To Reorder` filter."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1
msgid ""
"Click the Order Once button on the replenishment dashboard to replenish "
"stock."
msgstr "補充ダッシュボードの1度オーダするボタンをクリックして、在庫を補充します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:226
msgid "Preferred route"
msgstr "優先ルート"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:228
msgid ""
"Odoo allows for multiple routes to be selected as replenishment methods "
"under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on each product form. For instance, it "
"is possible to select both :guilabel:`Buy` and :guilabel:`Manufacture`, "
"indicating to Odoo that the product can be bought or manufactured."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:233
msgid ""
"Odoo also enables users to set a preferred route for a product's reordering "
"rule. This is the route that the rule defaults to if multiple are selected. "
"To select a preferred route, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules` or "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:238
msgid ""
"Click inside of the column on the row of a reordering rule, and a drop-down "
"menu shows all available routes for that rule. Select one to set it as the "
"preferred route."
msgstr ""
"再オーダ規則の行の列の内側をクリックすると、ドロップダウンメニューにその規則で利用可能なルートが全て表示されます。1つを選択し、優先ルートを設定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1
msgid "Select a preferred route from the drop-down."
msgstr "ドロップダウンから希望のルートを選択して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:245
msgid ""
"If multiple routes are enabled for a product but no preferred route is set "
"for its reordering rule, the product is reordered using the selected route "
"that is listed first on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form."
msgstr ""
"プロダクトに対して複数のルートが有効になっているにもかかわらず、その再注文規則に対して優先ルートが設定されていない場合、プロダクトはプロダクトフォームの"
" :guilabel:`在庫` タブに最初に表示されている選択されたルートを使用して再オーダされます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:250
msgid "Advanced uses"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:252
msgid ""
"Pairing :guilabel:`Preferred Route` with one of the following fields on the "
"replenishment report unlocks advanced configurations of reordering rules. "
"Consider the following:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:257
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Vendor`: When the selected :guilabel:`Preferred Route` is "
":guilabel:`Buy`, setting the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to one of the multiple"
" vendors on the vendor pricelist indicates to Odoo that the vendor is "
"automatically populated on |RFQs| when a reordering rule triggers the "
"creation of a purchase order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:264
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Bill of Materials`: When the :guilabel:`Preferred Route` is set "
"to :guilabel:`Manufacture`, and there are multiple |BoMs| in use, specifying"
" the desired |BoM| in the replenishment report, draft manufacturing orders "
"are created with this |BoM| in use."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:270
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Procurement Group`: This is a way to group related |POs| or |MOs|"
" that are tied to fulfilling a specific demand, like an |SO| or a project. "
"It helps organize and track which orders are linked to a particular demand."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:275
msgid ""
"Procurement groups link replenishment methods to demand, enabling smart "
"buttons to appear when using the :ref:`MTO route "
"<inventory/warehouse_storage/mto-route>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0
msgid "Showing smart button to PO."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:281
msgid ""
"Sales order (demand) with a linked purchase order (replenishment method)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:283
msgid "In the context of reordering rules:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:285
msgid ""
"Reordering rules do not automatically assign a procurement group, which is "
"why there are no smart buttons that link |SOs| to |POs|, unlike the "
":abbr:`MTO (Make to Order)` route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:287
msgid ""
"To enable smart buttons for products replenished by reordering rules (not "
":abbr:`MTO (Make to Order)`), with specific quantities linked to specific "
"demands (e.g. |SOs|), assign a procurement group."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:290
msgid ""
"Without a procurement group, demands for the same product can be combined "
"into a single |RFQ|, even if the reordering rule is executed multiple times "
"for those demands. This allows for more efficient procurement by "
"consolidating demands into fewer orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:294
msgid ""
"Selecting a procurement group in the :guilabel:`Procurement Group` field on "
"the replenishment report ensures that all linked orders are grouped under "
"the same demand, based on the defined route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:299
msgid ""
"How can you set the *Procurement Group*, *Vendor*, and *Preferred Route* "
"fields on the replenishment report to generate a single |RFQ| for five "
"different products in sales order SO35, given they share the same vendor, "
"Azure Interior, and ensure other demands for these products are handled "
"separately?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:306
msgid ""
"Set the :guilabel:`Procurement Group` to `SO35`, in the reordering rule for "
"all five products. This groups the demands for `SO35` in the same |RFQ| or "
"|MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:308
msgid ""
"Set the :guilabel:`Vendor` to `Azure Interior` to ensure the |RFQ| is "
"created for the same supplier."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:310
msgid ""
"Set the :guilabel:`Preferred Route` to :guilabel:`Buy` to generate an |RFQ|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:311
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Order Once` button to generate a single |RFQ| for the "
"five products tied to `SO35`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0
msgid ""
"After placing the order, remove `SO35` from the :guilabel:`Procurement "
"Group` field of the five products' reordering rules. This ensures future "
"demands for these products are managed separately and assigned to different "
"|RFQs| (the usual behavior)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:321
msgid "Just-in-time logic"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:323
msgid ""
"*Just-in-time logic* in Odoo minimizes storage costs by placing orders "
"precisely to meet deadlines. This is achieved using the :ref:`forecasted "
"date <inventory/warehouses_storage/forecasted-date>`, which determines when "
"replenishment is necessary to avoid overstocking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:327
msgid ""
"The forecasted date is the **earliest possible date** to receive a product "
"if the replenishment process starts immediately. It is calculated by summing"
" the lead times linked to the replenishment process, such as :ref:`vendor "
"lead times <inventory/management/purchase-lt>` and :ref:`purchasing delays "
"<inventory/management/purchase-security-lt>` for purchases, or "
":ref:`manufacturing lead times <inventory/management/manuf-lt>` for "
"production. Both automatic and manual reordering rules work this way."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:335
msgid ""
"For a product with a 5-day total lead time and a sales order delivery date "
"in 10 days, Odoo waits 5 days to place the order, ensuring it arrives just "
"in time for delivery."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:338
msgid "Important considerations:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:340
msgid ""
"**If this feels risky**, consider adding buffer time or :doc:`adjusting lead"
" times <lead_times>` for more flexibility."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:342
msgid ""
"While lead times and just-in-time logic provide additional control, "
"**reordering rules work perfectly fine without them**. Keeping delivery "
"dates on sales orders as their *creation date* ensures purchases are "
"immediately triggered when needed"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:349
msgid "Forecasted date and To Order quantity"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:351
msgid ""
"To view the *forecasted date*, go to the replenishment report and click the "
":icon:`fa-info-circle` :guilabel:`(info)` icon for the desired reordering "
"rule. The :guilabel:`Replenishment Information` pop-up window displays the "
":guilabel:`Forecasted Date` and various lead times."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:355
msgid ""
"The *forecasted date* is the total time needed to procure a product in Odoo."
" It is calculated by summing the lead times linked to the product's "
"replenishment process. The total of these lead times, added to the current "
"date, determines when Odoo checks for demanded stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:360
msgid ""
"The forecasted date is the **earliest possible date** the customer can "
"receive the product if the replenishment process began right **now**. It is "
"calculated by adding all lead times related to the product to the current "
"date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:365
msgid ""
"A manual reordering rule is set up with no minimum or maximum quantities."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:367
msgid ""
"Vendor lead time is 4 days, the purchase security lead time is 1 day, and "
"the days to purchase is 2 days."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:369
msgid "Today's date is November 26."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:370
msgid "These add up to 7 days, making the forecasted date, December 3rd."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:372
msgid ""
"A confirmed |SO| for 5 units has a delivery date of December 3rd (7 days "
"from today). This demand will appear on the replenishment report today, in "
"the **To Order** field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:375
msgid ""
"However, if the delivery date were later than December 3rd, it would not yet"
" appear on the report. Odoo only displays quantities to replenish when they "
"fall within the forecasted date window, ensuring orders are placed precisely"
" when needed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0
msgid "Show forecasted date in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:382
msgid ""
"The *just-in-time* logic ensures replenishment happens only when it's "
"necessary for the forecasted date's demand, helping avoid overstocking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:385
msgid "For example:"
msgstr "例:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:387
msgid ""
"If the forecasted quantity drops below the minimum **on** the forecasted "
"date, replenishment must begin immediately to avoid shortages."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:389
msgid ""
"If the quantity drops below the minimum **after** the forecasted date, "
"replenishment can wait."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:391
msgid "The **To Order** quantity is the total demand on the forecasted date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:393
msgid ""
"By timing purchase orders based on the combined lead times, Odoo optimizes "
"stock levels, keeping inventory minimal while ensuring future requirements "
"are ordered at the last possible moment—strategic procrastination without "
"the stress!"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:398
msgid "Common confusion about forecasted quantities"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:400
msgid ""
"|SOs| due **after** the :guilabel:`Forecasted Date` are not accounted for in"
" the :guilabel:`Forecast` quantities of the reordering rule."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:403
msgid ""
"They are, however, accounted for on the forecasted report that is opened by "
"clicking the :icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`(graph)` icon on the "
"replenishment report, as this one represents the **long-term forecasted "
"quantity**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0
msgid "Forecast and To Order quantities is zero."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:412
msgid ""
"Continuing the above example, when the sales order's deadline is adjusted to"
" December 4th, the :guilabel:`Forecast` and :guilabel:`To Order` quantities "
"are zero."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0
msgid "Show forecasted report."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:418
msgid ""
"Opening the :guilabel:`Forecasted Report` shows the :guilabel:`Forecasted` "
"units is `5.00`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:423
msgid "Visibility days"
msgstr "可視性日数"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:425
msgid ""
"*Visibility days* enable the ability to determine if additional quantities "
"should be added to the planned replenishment. Odoo checks if forecasted "
"stock on the forecasted date will drop below the minimum in the reordering "
"rule. **Only if** it is time to reorder, visibility days check additional "
"future demand by the specified number of days."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:430
msgid ""
"This feature helps consolidate orders by grouping immediate and near-future "
"needs, reducing transport costs and enabling supplier discounts for larger "
"orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:433
msgid ""
"To set visibility days to incorporate orders for a specified number of days "
"in the future, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> "
"Replenishment`, or by clicking the *Reordering Rules* smart button from the "
"product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:437
msgid ""
"Next, enable the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` field by clicking the "
":icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(adjust)` icon to the far right and "
"choosing the feature from the drop-down menu. Then, enter the desired "
"visibility days."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:442
msgid ""
"The forecasted date is never pushed forward or extended; Odoo only checks "
"the extra visibility days if the stock falls below the minimum threshold on "
"the forecasted date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:446
msgid "Example where visibility days is triggered"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:448
msgid ""
"A product shipped from Asia has a combined vendor lead time of 30 days and a"
" shipping cost of $100 (including :doc:`landed costs "
"<../../product_management/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs>` and"
" tariffs)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:452
msgid ""
"November 4: Current date. The forecasted date is December 4 (30 days later)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:453
msgid ""
"|SO| 1: Requires the product by Dec 4. Odoo places the order today, costing "
"$100."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:454
msgid ""
"|SO| 2: Requires the product by Dec 19. Normally, Odoo would order on Nov "
"19, costing an additional $100."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:456
msgid ""
"|SO| 3: Requires the product by Dec 25. Normally, Odoo would order on Nov "
"25, costing another $100."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:459
msgid ""
"Ordering separately for these sales orders totals $300 in shipping costs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1
msgid "Show forecasted date visualization."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:464
msgid ""
"Setting :guilabel:`Visibility Days` to `20.0` allows Odoo to \"look ahead\" "
"20 days from December 4 (|SO| 1's forecasted date) to December 24."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:467
msgid ""
"It groups |SO| 2's order with |SO| 1, reducing shipping costs by "
"consolidating orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:468
msgid ""
"|SO| 3, which is due on Dec 25, is one day late and is not grouped with the "
"other two orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1
msgid "Visibility days visualization."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:474
msgid "Counterexample where visibility days is not triggered"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:476
msgid "Considering the example above, if |SO| 1 does not exist, then:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:478
msgid ""
"**November 4**: Current date. The forecasted date is December 4 (30 days "
"later)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:479
msgid "**November 5**: The forecasted date shifts to December 5."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:480
msgid ""
"|SO| 2: Requires the product by December 19. Odoo will only trigger the "
"order on November 19, meaning the user will not see a replenishment "
"notification until then."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:483
msgid ""
"This shows that visibility days complement just-in-time logic by optimizing "
"it to balance replenishment costs more effectively."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1
msgid "Example where the visibility days does not trigger."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:3
msgid "Replenishment report"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:8
msgid ""
"The *replenishment report* is an interactive dashboard that uses "
":doc:`manual reordering rules <reordering_rules>`, lead times, and upcoming "
"demands to forecast quantities of products that need restocking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:12
msgid ""
"Reordering rules used on this dashboard are normal reordering rules, but the"
" user benefits from a monitoring menu with extra options to manage "
"suggestions for replenishment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:15
msgid ""
"This enables users to anticipate future needs, keep less products on hand "
"without the risk of running out, plan and consolidate orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:18
msgid ""
"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Operations --> Replenishment.`"
msgstr ""
"補充レポートにアクセスするには、 :menuselection:`在庫アプリ --> オペレーション --> 補充` にアクセスして下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:21
msgid ""
"The fields and features unique to the replenishment dashboard are displayed "
"below. For definitions of the other fields, go to the :ref:`Create "
"reordering rules section <inventory/warehouses_storage/rr-fields>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:25
msgid ""
"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity "
"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the "
":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field and "
"changing the value. To replenish a product manually, click :icon:`fa-truck` "
":guilabel:`Order Once`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:30
msgid ""
"Clicking :icon:`fa-bell-slash` :guilabel:`Snooze` temporarily deactivates "
"the reordering rule for the set period, hiding the entry from the "
"replenishment dashboard, when it is supposed to appear."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:34
msgid ""
"Defining a :guilabel:`Vendor` allows filtering or grouping demands by the "
"vendor. This simplifies the process of identifying products to order and can"
" reduce shipment costs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst-1
msgid "Replenishment report that displays recommended quantities to order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:41
msgid ""
"Automatic reordering rules appear on this menu, too but are hidden by "
"default."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:44
msgid "Replenishment information"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:46
msgid ""
"In each line of the replenishment report, clicking the :icon:`fa-info-"
"circle` :guilabel:`(info)` icon opens the :guilabel:`Replenishment "
"Information` pop-up window, which displays the *lead times* and *forecasted "
"date*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:50
msgid ""
"For detailed information on how to use this feature for replenishment, go to"
" the :ref:`Just in time logic <inventory/warehouses_storage/just-in-time>` "
"section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:3
msgid "Resupply from another warehouse"
msgstr "他の倉庫からの補充"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:5
msgid ""
"A common use case for multiple warehouses is to have one central warehouse "
"that resupplies multiple shops, and in this case, each shop is considered a "
"local warehouse. When a shop wants to replenish a product, the product is "
"ordered to the central warehouse. Odoo allows the user to easily set which "
"warehouse(s) can resupply another warehouse."
msgstr ""
"複数の倉庫の一般的な使用例は、複数のショップに供給する1つの中央倉庫を持つことであり、この場合、各店舗はローカル倉庫とみなされます。店舗がプロダクトを補充したい場合、そのプロダクトは中央倉庫にオーダされます。Odooではユーザがどの倉庫から別の倉庫に補充できるかを簡単に設定できます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:13
msgid ""
"To resupply from another warehouse, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and activate :guilabel:`Multi-"
"Step Routes`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting."
msgstr ""
"別の倉庫から補給するには、まず :menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> 管理設定 --> 倉庫` に進み、 "
":guilabel:`複数ステップルート` を有効化します。そして :guilabel:`保存` をクリックして設定を適用します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
msgid "Enable Multi-Step Routes in Inventory settings."
msgstr "在庫アプリで複数ステップルートを有効にします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:21
msgid ""
"View all the configured warehouses by going to :menuselection:`Inventory -->"
" Configuration --> Warehouses`."
msgstr "menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> 倉庫`で設定された倉庫を全て表示します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:24
msgid ""
"Create a new warehouse by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Then, give the "
"warehouse a name and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. Finally, click "
":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the warehouse."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`作成`をクリックして新しい倉庫を作成します。次に、倉庫に名前と :guilabel:`略称` を付けます。最後に "
":guilabel:`保存` をクリックして倉庫の作成を終了します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:27
msgid ""
"After that, go back to the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and open the "
"warehouse that will be resupplied by the second warehouse. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, locate the"
" :guilabel:`Resupply From` field, and check the box next to the second "
"warehouse's name. If the warehouse can be resupplied by more than one "
"warehouse, make sure to check those warehouses' boxes too. Finally, click "
":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting. Now, Odoo knows which warehouses can "
"resupply this warehouse."
msgstr ""
"その後、 :guilabel:`倉庫` ページに戻り、2つ目の倉庫から再供給される倉庫を開きます。そして、 :guilabel:`編集` "
"をクリックします。guilabel:`倉庫設定`タブで、 "
":guilabel:`補充元`フィールドを探し、2つ目の倉庫の名前の横のボックスにチェックを入れます。倉庫が複数の倉庫から補充される場合は、それらの倉庫のボックスにもチェックを入れて下さい。最後に"
" :guilabel:`保存` をクリックして設定を適用します。これでOdooはどの倉庫がこの倉庫に補充できるかを知ることができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
msgid "Supply one warehouse with another in the Warehouse Configuration tab."
msgstr "倉庫設定タブで、倉庫に別の倉庫を追加します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:39
msgid "Set route on a product"
msgstr "プロダクトにルートを設定する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:41
msgid ""
"After configuring which warehouse(s) to resupply from, a new route is now "
"available on all product forms. The new route appears as :guilabel:`Supply "
"Product from [Warehouse Name]` under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on a "
"product form. Use the :guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route"
" with a reordering rule or the make to order (MTO) route to replenish stock "
"by moving the product from one warehouse to another."
msgstr ""
"補充する倉庫を設定した後、全てのプロダクトフォームで新しいルートが利用できるようになりました。新しいルートは、プロダクトフォームの "
":guilabel:`在庫` タブの下に :guilabel:` [倉庫名]からプロダクトを供給` として表示されます。guilabel:` "
"[Warehouse "
"Name]からプロダクトを供給`ルートを再オーダ規則または受注生産(MTO)ルートと一緒に使用すると、ある倉庫から別の倉庫にプロダクトを移動して在庫を補充できます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
msgid ""
"Route setting which enables a product to resupplied from a second warehouse."
msgstr "第2倉庫からプロダクトを再供給するためのルート設定。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:51
msgid ""
"When a product's reordering rule is triggered and the product has the "
":guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route set, Odoo "
"automatically creates two pickings. One picking is a *delivery order* from "
"the second warehouse, which contains all the necessary products, and the "
"second picking is a *receipt* with the same products for the main warehouse."
" The product move from the second warehouse to the main warehouse is fully "
"tracked in Odoo."
msgstr ""
" :guilabel:` [倉庫名]からプロダクトを供給` "
"ルートを設定すると、Odooは自動的に2つのピッキングを作成します。1つのピッキングは必要なプロダクトを全て含む2つ目の倉庫からの*配送オーダ*で、2つ目のピッキングはメイン倉庫への同じプロダクトを含む*入荷*です。第2倉庫からメイン倉庫へのプロダクトの移動はOdooで完全に追跡されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:57
msgid ""
"On the picking/transfer records created by Odoo, the :guilabel:`Source "
"Document` is the product's reordering rule. The location between the "
"delivery order and the receipt is a transit location."
msgstr ""
"Odooが作成するピッキング/転送レコードの :guilabel:`ソースドキュメント` "
"はプロダクトの再オーダ規則です。配送オーダと入荷の間の場所は積送ロケーションです。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
msgid ""
"A reordering rule automatically creates two receipts for stock between "
"warehouses."
msgstr "再オーダ規則は、倉庫間の在庫に対して自動的に2つの入荷を作成します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
msgid "A warehouse order for resupplying one warehouse's stock with another."
msgstr "ある倉庫の在庫を別の倉庫に補充するための倉庫オーダ。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
msgid "A receipt for stock received to one warehouse from another."
msgstr "ある倉庫から他の倉庫に入荷した在庫の入荷。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:3
msgid "Transfer products between warehouses using replenishment"
msgstr "補充を利用した倉庫間のプロダクト運送"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:5
msgid ""
"For companies that use multiple warehouses, it is often necessary to "
"transfer items between them. This is referred to as an *inter-warehouse "
"transfer*. Odoo *Inventory* handles the administrative process of inter-"
"warehouse transfers to ensure that inventory counts remain accurate during "
"and after the transfer. This document will detail the method for conducting "
"an inter-warehouse transfer using replenishment."
msgstr ""
"複数の倉庫を利用する企業にとって、倉庫間で商品を運送することがしばしば必要になります。これを*倉庫間運送*と呼びます。Odoo "
"*在庫*は倉庫間運送の管理プロセスを処理し、運送中も運送後も在庫数が正確に保たれるようにします。このドキュメントでは補充を使用した倉庫間運送の方法を詳しく説明します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:12
msgid "Configure warehouses for inter-warehouse replenishment"
msgstr "倉庫間補充のための倉庫の設定"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:14
msgid ""
"First, ensure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting is enabled by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and"
" then check the box under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` tab. This will provide "
"additional configuration options when creating a second warehouse that are "
"needed for inter-warehouse replenishment."
msgstr ""
"まず、 :menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に移動し、 :guilabel:`倉庫` "
"タブの下のボックスにチェックを入れることで、 :guilabel:`複数ステップルート` "
"設定が有効になっていることを確認します。これにより、倉庫間補充に必要な2つ目の倉庫を作成する際の追加設定オプションが提供されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:19
msgid ""
"By default, Odoo comes with a main warehouse already configured. If an "
"additional warehouse has not already been created, do so now from the "
":guilabel:`Inventory` module by selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Warehouses --> Create`. Otherwise, select the warehouse that products will "
"be transferred to from the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and then click "
":guilabel:`Edit` to change its settings. Configure the warehouse as follows:"
msgstr ""
"デフォルトでは、Odooにはメイン倉庫が既に設定されています。追加倉庫がまだ作成されていない場合は、 :guilabel:`在庫` モジュールから "
":menuselection:`設定 --> 倉庫 --> 作成` を選択して作成して下さい。或いは、 :guilabel:`倉庫` "
"ページからプロダクトを転送する倉庫を選択し、 :guilabel:`編集` をクリックして設定を変更します。以下のように倉庫を設定します:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:25
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Warehouse`: choose a name that is not already being used for "
"another warehouse (e.g. `Alternative Warehouse`)"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: 他の倉庫でまだ使用されていない名前を選択して下さい(例：`A代替倉庫`)。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:27
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Short Name`: choose a short name by which the warehouse will be "
"identified (e.g. `ALT_WH`)"
msgstr ":guilabel:`略称`: 倉庫を識別するための短い名前を選択します(例：`ALT_WH`)。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:30
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse will be created. In addition, a"
" new :guilabel:`Resupply From` field will appear on the warehouse's form. "
"Click :guilabel:`Edit` and then check the box next to the warehouse that "
"will be used to resupply the warehouse that is currently being configured."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`保存`をクリックすると、新しい倉庫が作成されます。また、倉庫のフォームに新しい :guilabel:`補充元` "
"フィールドが表示されます。guilabel:`編集`をクリックし、現在設定されている倉庫への再供給に使用する倉庫の横にあるボックスにチェックを入れます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
msgid ""
"A warehouse settings form configured to allow resupplying between "
"warehouses."
msgstr "倉庫間の補充を可能にするように構成された倉庫設定フォーム。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:39
msgid ""
"For the purposes of this demonstration, the warehouse that products are "
"transferred from (outgoing) will be titled \"San Francisco\", and the "
"warehouse that products are transferred to (incoming) will be titled \"San "
"Francisco 2\"."
msgstr "この例では、プロダクトの運送元倉庫(出庫)を\"サンフランシスコ\"、プロダクトが運送先倉庫(入庫)を\"サンフランシスコ2\"とします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:44
msgid "Configure products for inter-warehouse replenishment"
msgstr "倉庫間補充用プロダクトを構成する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:46
msgid ""
"Products must also be configured properly in order for them to be "
"transferred between warehouses. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Products --> Products` and select an existing product or :guilabel:`Create` "
"a new one, if necessary."
msgstr ""
"プロダクトを倉庫間で転送するためには、適切に設定する必要があります。menuselection:`在庫 --> プロダクト --> "
"プロダクト`に移動し、既存のプロダクトを選択するか、必要であれば :guilabel:`作成` して下さい。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:50
msgid ""
"Then, on the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable "
"the checkbox for :guilabel:`X: Supply Product from Y`, with *X* being the "
"warehouse receiving the transferred products and *Y* being the warehouse "
"that products are transferred from."
msgstr ""
"そしてプロダクトフォームで:guilabel:`在庫`タブに行き、:guilabel:`X: "
"Yからプロダクトを補充`用にチェックボックスを有効化します。*X*は運送されたプロダクトの入庫先の倉庫、*Y*はプロダクトの運送元倉庫です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
msgid "Enable the checkbox to resupply one warehouse from another."
msgstr "ある倉庫から別の倉庫への補充チェックボックスを有効にします。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:59
msgid "Replenish one warehouse from another"
msgstr "倉庫から倉庫への補充"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:61
msgid ""
"Starting in the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, select "
":menuselection:`Products --> Products` and then choose the product that will"
" be replenished. Click the :guilabel:`Replenish` button on the top left of "
"the product page and fill out the pop-up form as follows:"
msgstr ""
"menuselection:`在庫` モジュールで :menuselection:`プロダクト --> プロダクト` "
"を選択し、補充するプロダクトを選択します。プロダクトページの左上にある :guilabel:`補充` "
"ボタンをクリックし、ポップアップフォームに以下のように入力します:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:65
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Quantity`: the number of units that will be sent to the warehouse"
" being replenished"
msgstr ":guilabel:`数量`: 補充される倉庫に送られるユニット数。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:66
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date that the replenishment is scheduled to "
"take place"
msgstr ":guilabel:`予定日`: 補充が行われる予定日。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:67
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse that will be replenished"
msgstr ":guilabel:`倉庫`:補充が行われる倉庫 "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:68
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Preferred Routes`: select `X: Supply Product from Y`, with *X* "
"being the warehouse to be replenished and *Y* being the warehouse that the "
"product will be transferred from"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`お気に入りルート`: `X: Yからの補充プロダクト`を選択します。 *X*は補充先倉庫、*Y*はプロダクトの運送元倉庫です。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
msgid "The form for replenishing a product."
msgstr "プロダクトを補充するためのフォーム。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:75
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` and a delivery order will be created for the "
"outgoing warehouse along with a receipt for the warehouse that will receive "
"the product. Depending on the configuration settings for the outgoing and "
"incoming warehouses, processing delivery orders and receipts will require "
"between one and three steps. This document will detail how to process one-"
"step deliveries and receipts."
msgstr ""
"guilabel:`確認`をクリックすると、配送オーダが出荷倉庫用に作成され、プロダクトを受取る倉庫用に入荷オーダが作成されます。出荷倉庫と入荷倉庫の設定により、配送オーダと入荷の処理には1ステップから3ステップ必要です。このドキュメントでは、1ステップで配送と入荷を処理する方法を詳しく説明します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:82
msgid "Process the delivery order"
msgstr "配送オーダを処理する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:84
msgid ""
"The first stage of a replenishment order is processing the delivery from the"
" warehouse that the product is being transferred from. On the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, select the :guilabel:`X to Process` "
"button on the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card for the outgoing warehouse, "
"then the delivery order created for the replenishment. On the delivery order"
" page, click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button in the top left to "
"reserve the quantity of the product to be transferred. Once the delivery has"
" been dispatched, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to register the "
"quantities shipped."
msgstr ""
"補充オーダの最初の段階は、プロダクトを運送する倉庫からの配送を処理することです。menuselection:`在庫` ダッシュボードで、 "
":guilabel:`X未処理` ボタンを選択し、 :guilabel:`配送オーダ` カードの配送オーダを選択します。配送オーダページで、左上の "
":guilabel:`利用可能性確認` ボタンをクリックし、転送するプロダクトの数量を引当します。配送が発送されたら、 :guilabel:`検証` "
"ボタンをクリックして出荷数量を登録します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
msgid "The delivery orders card for the outgoing warehouse."
msgstr "出庫の配送オーダカード。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:99
msgid ""
"Once the goods arrive at the incoming warehouse, the receipt created for "
"that warehouse must be processed as well. Return to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard and select the :guilabel:`X to Process`"
" button on the :guilabel:`Receipts` card for the incoming warehouse, then "
"the receipt created for the replenishment. On the receipt page, click the "
":guilabel:`Validate` button in the top left of the page to register the "
"quantities received."
msgstr ""
"商品が入荷倉庫に到着したら、その倉庫用に作成した入荷も処理する必要があります。menuselection:`在庫` ダッシュボードに戻り、入荷倉庫の "
":guilabel:`入荷` カードの :guilabel:`X未処理` "
"ボタンを選択し、次に補充用に作成したレシートを選択します。入荷ページで、ページ左上の :guilabel:`検証` "
"ボタンをクリックして入荷数量を登録します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:109
msgid ""
"After processing the receipt, the products transferred will now appear in "
"the inventory of the incoming warehouse. The stock numbers for both "
"warehouses can be viewed by returning to the product page and selecting the "
":guilabel:`X Units On Hand` button at the top of the screen."
msgstr ""
"入荷処理後、転送されたプロダクトは入荷倉庫の在庫に表示されます。両倉庫の在庫数はプロダクトページに戻り、画面上部の :guilabel:`X個手持` "
"ボタンを選択することで確認できます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:114
msgid "Automate inter-warehouse replenishment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:116
msgid ""
"Using reordering rules, it is possible to automate the process of "
"replenishing one warehouse from another."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:119
msgid ""
"To get started, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> "
"Products`, and then choose the product that will be replenished. From the "
"product page, select the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button at the "
"top of the form, and then on the next page, click :guilabel:`Create` to "
"configure the form as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:124
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Location`: the location that the reordering rule will replenish "
"when triggered, in this case, the incoming warehouse"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:126
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: when the quantity on hand at the incoming "
"warehouse falls below this number, the reordering rule will be triggered"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:128
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: when the reordering rule is triggered, the product"
" will be replenished at the incoming warehouse up to this quantity"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:130
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: specify if the product should be replenished "
"in batches of a certain quantity; for example, a product could be "
"replenished in batches of 20"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:132
msgid ""
":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for reordering the product; this "
"value can simply be `Units`, or a specific unit of measurement for weight, "
"length, etc."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
msgid "A fully configured reordering rule."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:139
msgid ""
"Finish by clicking :guilabel:`Save` and the reordering rule will be created."
" Now, when the scheduler runs automatically each day, a transfer will be "
"created for each reordering rule that has been triggered."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:144
msgid ""
"To manually trigger reordering rules, start from the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` module and select :menuselection:`Operation --> "
"Run Scheduler`, then click the green :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` button in the"
" pop-up that appears."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:148
msgid ""
"After the scheduler runs, a delivery order and receipt will be created for "
"the outgoing and incoming warehouses, respectively. Both the delivery order "
"and receipt should be processed using the same method as detailed above."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8
msgid "Maintenance"
msgstr "整備"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:10
msgid ""
"**Odoo Maintenance** helps extend the effectiveness of equipment by keeping "
"track of maintenance requirements."
msgstr "**Odoo整備** は、整備要件を追跡することで、機器の有効性を向上させるのに役立ちます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:14
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Equipment Maintenance "
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/managing-equipment-maintenance-709>`_"
msgstr ""
"`Odooチュートリアル: 設備の整備を管理する <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/managing-"
"equipment-maintenance-709>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management.rst:5
msgid "Equipment management"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:3
msgid "Add new equipment"
msgstr "新しい備品を追加"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:7
msgid ""
"In Odoo, *equipment* refers to any item that is used in everyday operations,"
" including the manufacturing of products. This can mean a piece of machinery"
" on a production line, a tool that is used in different locations, or a "
"computer in an office space. Equipment registered in Odoo can be owned by "
"the company that uses the Odoo database, or by a third party, such as a "
"vendor in the case of equipment rentals."
msgstr ""
"Odoo において、**備品** "
"とは、製品の製造を含む日常業務で使用されるあらゆるアイテムを指します。これは、生産ライン上の機械、さまざまな場所で使用される工具、オフィス内のコンピューターなどを意味する場合があります。Odoo"
" に登録された備品は、Odoo "
"データベースを使用する企業が所有している場合もあれば、備品のレンタルなどの場合のように、仕入先などの第三者が所有している場合もあります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:13
msgid ""
"Using Odoo *Maintenance*, it is possible to track individual pieces of "
"equipment, along with information about their maintenance requirements. To "
"add a new piece of equipment, navigate to the :guilabel:`Maintenance` "
"module, select :menuselection:`Equipments --> Machines & Tools --> Create`, "
"and configure the equipment as follows:"
msgstr ""
"Odoo *Maintenance* "
"を使用すると、個々の備品を追跡し、メンテナンス要件に関する情報を記録することができます。新しい備品を追加するには、:guilabel:`整備` "
"モジュールに移動し、:menuselection:`備品 --> 機械・工具 --> 作成` を選択し、以下の手順で備品を設定します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:18
msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the product name of the piece of equipment"
msgstr ":guilabel:`備品名`: その備品のプロダクト名"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:19
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category that the equipment belongs to; "
"for example, computers, machinery, tools, etc.; new categories can be "
"created by navigating to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Equipment "
"Categories` and clicking :guilabel:`Create`"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`備品カテゴリ`: 備品が属するカテゴリ。例えば、パソコン、機械、工具など。新しいカテゴリは、:menuselection:`設定 "
"--> 備品カテゴリ`  に移動し、:guilabel:`作成` をクリックすることで作成できます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:22
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the equipment; again, this can be"
" the company that uses the Odoo database, or a third-party company"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`会社`: 備品を所有する会社。この会社は、Odooデータベースを使用する会社、またはサードパーティ企業である可能性があります。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:24
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Used By`: specify if the equipment is used by a specific "
"employee, department, or both; select :guilabel:`Other` to specify both an "
"employee and a department"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`使用者`: "
"特定の従業員、部署、またはその両方によって備品が使用されている場合は、その旨を指定します。従業員と部署の両方を指定する場合は、:guilabel:`その他`"
" を選択します。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:26
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Maintenance Team`: the team responsible for servicing the "
"equipment; new teams can be created by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Maintenance Teams` and selecting "
":guilabel:`Create`; the members of each team can also be assigned from this "
"page"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`整備チーム`: 備品管理を担当するチームです。新しいチームは、:menuselection:`設定 --> 整備チーム` "
"に移動し、:guilabel:`作成` を選択することで作成できます。各チームのメンバーもこのページから割当てることができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:29
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Technician`: the person responsible for servicing the equipment; "
"this can be used to assign a specific individual in the event that no "
"maintenance team is assigned or when a specific member of the assigned team "
"should always be responsible for the equipment; any person added to Odoo as "
"a user can be assigned as a technician"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`技術者`: "
"備品の管理責任者。整備チームが割当てられていない場合や、割当てられたチームの特定のメンバーが常に備品管理を担当すべき場合などに、特定の個人を割当てるために使用できます。Odooにユーザとして追加された人物は、すべて技術者として割当てることができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:33
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Used in location`: the location where the equipment is used; this"
" is a simple text field that can be used to specify locations that are not "
"work centers, like an office, for example"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`使用場所`: "
"備品が使用されている場所。これは、作業区ではない場所、例えばオフィスなどを指定するためのシンプルなテキストフィールドです。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:36
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Work Center`: if the equipment is used at a work center, specify "
"it here; equipment can also be assigned to a work center by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Maintenance --> Equipments --> Work Centers`, selecting a "
"work center or creating a new one using the :guilabel:`Create` button, and "
"clicking the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab on the work center form"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`作業区`: 作業区で使用する場合は、ここで指定します。 :menuselection:`整備 --> 備品 --> 作業区` "
"に移動し、作業区を選択するか、:guilabel:`作成` ボタンを使用して新規作業区を作成し、作業区フォームの :guilabel:`備品` "
"タブをクリックすることで、作業区に備品を割当てることができます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1
msgid "An example of a fully configured new equipment form."
msgstr "新規備品フォームを完全設定した例"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:46
msgid "Include additional product information"
msgstr "追加プロダクト情報を含める"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:48
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Product Information` tab at the bottom of the form can be "
"used to provide further details about the piece of equipment:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:51
msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the vendor that the equipment was purchased from"
msgstr ":guilabel:`仕入先`: 備品の購入元である仕入先"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:52
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Vendor Reference`: the reference code assigned to the vendor"
msgstr ":guilabel:`仕入先登録番号`: 仕入先に割当られた参照番号コード"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:53
msgid ":guilabel:`Model`: the specific model of the piece of equipment"
msgstr ":guilabel:`モデル`: 備品の特定のモデル"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:54
msgid ":guilabel:`Serial Number`: the unique serial number of the equipment"
msgstr ":guilabel:`シリアル番号`: 機器の固有のシリアル番号"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:55
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Effective Date`: the date that the equipment became available for"
" use; this is used to calculate the :abbr:`MTBF (Mean Time Between "
"Failures)`"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`有効日`：その備品が使用可能となった日付。これは :abbr:`MTBF(平均故障間隔)` を計算するために使用されます。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:57
msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the amount the equipment was purchased for"
msgstr ":guilabel:`原価`: 備品の購買金額"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:58
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date`: the date on which the equipment's "
"warranty will expire"
msgstr ":guilabel:`保証書有効期限`: 備品の保証が切れる日付"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1
msgid "The product information tab for the new piece of equipment."
msgstr "新しい備品に関するプロダクト情報タブ。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:65
msgid "Add maintenance details"
msgstr "整備詳細を追加する"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:67
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab includes information that can be useful to "
"maintenance teams:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:69
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Preventive Maintenance Frequency`: specifies how often "
"maintenance should be performed to prevent equipment failure"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:71
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Maintenance Duration`: the amount of time required to fix the "
"equipment when it fails"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:72
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the average amount of time "
"that the equipment is expected to operate before failing"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1
msgid "The maintenance tab for the new piece of equipment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:80
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab also includes sections for :guilabel:`Mean "
"Time Between Failure`, :guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`, :guilabel:`Latest"
" Failure`, and :guilabel:`Mean Time To Repair`. These values are calculated "
"automatically based on maintenance requests if any exist."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:86
msgid ""
"To see the maintenance requests for a piece of equipment, go to the page for"
" the equipment and select :guilabel:`Maintenance` in the top right corner of"
" the form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8
msgid "Manufacturing"
msgstr "製造"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10
msgid ""
"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan, and process "
"manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the"
" shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger"
" maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15
msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP <https://www.odoo.com/slides/mrp-29>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner <https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17
msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) </applications/general/iot>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5
msgid "Manufacturing workflows"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3
msgid "Bill of materials"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:7
msgid ""
"A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the "
"quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. "
"It can also include various operations and the individual step guidelines "
"needed to complete a production process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:11
msgid ""
"In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be "
"linked to each product, so even product variants can have their own tailored"
" :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14
msgid ""
"Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the "
"manufacturing process and save time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18
msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:20
msgid ""
"The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations"
" or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely "
"managed using *Manufacturing Orders*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:23
msgid ""
"To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the "
":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills "
"of Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, specify the "
":guilabel:`Product`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28
msgid ""
"A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the "
"product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:31
msgid ""
"For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`"
" to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`"
" to specify the various components that make up the production of the final "
"product and their respective quantities. New components can be created "
"quickly through the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, or can be created "
"beforehand in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products --> "
"Create`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the :abbr:`BoM "
"(Bill of Materials)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1
msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43
msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:45
msgid ""
":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product "
"Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:49
msgid ""
"In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, "
"the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product "
"form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52
msgid ""
"The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per "
"variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the"
" :guilabel:`Product Variant`. The second method is to create one master "
":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains all of the components, and "
"specify which variant each component applies to using the :guilabel:`Apply "
"on Variants` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1
msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62
msgid "Set up operations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:64
msgid ""
"Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify"
" instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use"
" this feature, first enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature in "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings --> "
"Operations`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69
msgid ""
"Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the "
":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new "
"operation. In the :guilabel:`Create Operations` box, give the operation a "
"name, specify the :guilabel:`Work Center` and duration settings. Like "
"components, Odoo gives the option to specify a product variant in the "
":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field so the operation only applies to that "
"variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:76
msgid ""
"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one "
":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a"
" new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, with the :guilabel:`Copy Existing "
"Operations` feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1
msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85
msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87
msgid ""
"A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in "
"addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike "
"the primary product, there can be more than one by-product on a :abbr:`BoM "
"(Bill of Materials)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:91
msgid ""
"To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the "
":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
"Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94
msgid ""
"Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill "
"of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking "
":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, name the by-product and indicate the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. If the :abbr:`BoM "
"(Bill of Materials)` has configured operations, specify exactly which "
"operation the by-product is produced from in the :guilabel:`Produced in "
"Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3
msgid "Manufacturing product configuration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:8
msgid ""
"In order to manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, the product must "
"be properly configured. Doing so consists of enabling the *Manufacturing* "
"route and configuring a bill of materials (BoM) for the product. Once these "
"steps are completed, the product is selectable when creating a new "
"manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:14
msgid "Activate the Manufacture route"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:16
msgid ""
"The Manufacture route is activated for each product on its own product page."
" To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products"
" --> Products`. Then, select an existing product, or create a new one by "
"clicking :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:20
msgid ""
"On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, then enable the "
":guilabel:`Manufacture` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section. This "
"tells Odoo the product can be manufactured."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1
msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:28
msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30
msgid ""
"Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is "
"manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to"
" manufacture a product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:33
msgid ""
"To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the "
"product. On the product page, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart "
"button at the top of the page, then select :guilabel:`New` to configure a "
"new |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1
msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:41
msgid ""
"On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product."
" In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM"
" produces."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:44
msgid ""
"Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and"
" clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the "
":guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` field. Continue adding components on new lines until "
"all components have been added."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1
msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:53
msgid ""
"Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` "
"and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the "
":guilabel:`Operation` field, specify the name of the operation being added "
"(e.g. Assemble, Cut, etc.). Select the work center where the operation will "
"be carried out from the :guilabel:`Work Center` drop-down menu. Finally, "
"click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish adding operations, or "
":guilabel:`Save & New` to add more."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:60
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` "
"setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` "
"checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1
msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70
msgid ""
"The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that "
"allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an "
"exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. "
"For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how "
"to :ref:`create a bill of materials <manufacturing/management/bill-"
"configuration>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3
msgid "Use kits"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5
msgid ""
"In Odoo, a *kit* is a type of bill of materials (BoM) that can be "
"manufactured and sold. Kits are sets of unassembled components sold to "
"customers. They may be sold as standalone products, but are also useful "
"tools for managing more complex bills of materials (BoMs)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:10
msgid ""
"To use, manufacture, and sell kits, both the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` and "
":guilabel:`Inventory` apps need to be installed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14
msgid "Create the kit as a product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:16
msgid ""
"To use a kit as a sellable product, or simply as a component organization "
"tool, the kit should first be created as a product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:19
msgid ""
"To create a kit product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products "
"--> Products`, and click :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:22
msgid ""
"Then, assign a name to the new kit product. Next, under the "
":guilabel:`General Information` tab, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to "
":guilabel:`Consumable`. Kit products work best as consumables, because the "
"stock on-hand for kits is typically not tracked."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27
msgid ""
"Although kits should almost always be set to :guilabel:`Consumable`, "
"companies using **Anglo-Saxon** accounting might need to create kits as a "
":guilabel:`Storable Product`. This is because when processing invoices for "
"kits, the Cost of Goods Sold (COGS) will be posted in accounting journals."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:32
msgid ""
"Unlike storable products, the :guilabel:`Routes` designation under the "
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab does not matter for kits, since Odoo uses the "
"routes of the kit's individual components for replenishment purposes. All "
"other parameters for the kit product may be modified according to "
"preference. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the new product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37
msgid ""
"The kit's components must also be configured as products via "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. These components "
"require no specific configuration."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41
msgid "Set up the kit BoM"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:43
msgid ""
"After fully configuring the kit product and its components, a new :abbr:`BoM"
" (bill of materials)` can be created for the kit product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:46
msgid ""
"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of "
"Materials`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Next to the :guilabel:`Product` "
"field, click the drop-down menu to reveal a list of products, and select the"
" previously configured kit product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:50
msgid ""
"Then, for the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Kit` option."
" Finally, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a "
"line`, and add each desired component, and specify their quantities under "
"the :guilabel:`Quantity` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:54
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the newly-created :abbr:`BoM "
"(bill of materials)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Kit selection on the bill of materials."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:60
msgid ""
"If the kit is solely being used as a sellable product, then only components "
"need to be added under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and configuring "
"manufacturing operations is not necessary."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64
msgid ""
"When a kit is sold as a product, it appears as a single line item on the "
"quotation and sales order. However, on delivery orders, each component of "
"the kit is listed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68
msgid "Use kits to manage complex BoMs"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:70
msgid ""
"Kits are also used to manage multi-level :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`. "
"These are products that contain **other** :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` "
"products as components, and therefore require *nested* :abbr:`BoMs (bills of"
" materials)`. Incorporating pre-configured kits into multi-level :abbr:`BoMs"
" (bills of materials)` allows for cleaner organization of bundled products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:75
msgid ""
"To configure this type of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` with a kit as a "
"component, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of"
" Materials`, and click :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:79
msgid ""
"Next to the :guilabel:`Product` field, click the drop-down menu to reveal a "
"list of products, and select the desired :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` "
"product. Then, for the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the "
":guilabel:`Manufacture this product` option."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:83
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and "
"select a kit as the component. Adding the kit as a component eliminates the "
"need to add the kit's components individually. Any :guilabel:`BoM Type` can "
"be used for the higher-level product's :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:88
msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Kit as a component in a multilevel bill of materials."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:95
msgid "Structure & cost"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:97
msgid ""
"To access a comprehensive overview of the multi-level :abbr:`BoM's (bill of "
"material's)` components, click on the :guilabel:`Structure & Cost` smart "
"button. Sublevel :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)` can be expanded and "
"viewed from this report."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Expanded kit in the Structure and Cost report."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:105
msgid ""
"When creating a manufacturing order for a product with a multi-level "
":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`, the kit product automatically expands to "
"show all components. Any operations in the kit's :abbr:`BoM (bill of "
"materials)` are also added to the list of work orders on the manufacturing "
"order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:111
msgid ""
"Kits are primarily used to bundle components together for organization or "
"sale. To manage multi-level products that require manufactured sub-"
"components, refer to :doc:`this documentation <sub_assemblies>` on sub-"
"assemblies."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3
msgid "Manufacturing backorders"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:5
msgid ""
"In some cases, the full quantity of a manufacturing order cannot be produced"
" immediately. When this happens, Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for the "
"manufacturing of partial quantities of the order and creates a *backorder* "
"for the remaining amount."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:9
msgid ""
"In the *Manufacturing* app, creating a backorder splits the original "
"manufacturing order into two orders. The reference tag for each order is the"
" tag used for the original order, followed by a hyphen and then an "
"additional number to indicate that it's a backorder."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:14
msgid ""
"A company creates a manufacturing order with the reference tag "
"*WH/MO/00175*, for 10 units of *Product X*. After starting work on the "
"manufacturing order, the employee working the production line realizes there"
" are only enough components in stock to produce five units of the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:18
msgid ""
"Instead of waiting for additional stock of the components, they manufacture "
"five units and create a backorder for the remaining five. This splits the "
"manufacturing order into two separate orders: *WH/MO/00175-001* and "
"*WH/MO/00175-002*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:22
msgid ""
"Order *001* contains the five units that have been manufactured, and is "
"immediately marked as :guilabel:`Done`. Order *002* contains the five units "
"that still need to be manufactured and is marked as :guilabel:`In Progress`."
" Once the remaining components are available, the employee returns to order "
"*002* and manufactures the remaining units before closing the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:28
msgid "Create a manufacturing backorder"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:30
msgid ""
"To create a backorder for part of a manufacturing order, begin by navigating"
" to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by"
" clicking :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:34
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:86
msgid ""
"If a new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the "
":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and enter a quantity of two or more in "
"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm "
"the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:38
msgid ""
"After manufacturing the quantity that is being produced immediately, enter "
"that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the "
"manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:45
msgid ""
"Next, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a :guilabel:`You produced less than "
"initial demand` pop-up window appears, from which a backorder can be "
"created. Click :guilabel:`Create Backorder` to split the manufacturing order"
" into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and "
"*WH/MO/XXXXX-002*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid ""
"The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\""
" pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:54
msgid ""
"Order *001* contains the items that have been manufactured, and is closed "
"immediately. Order *002* is the backorder that contains the items that have "
"yet to be manufactured, and remains open, to be completed at a later date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:58
msgid ""
"Once the remaining units can be manufactured, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
"then select the backorder manufacturing order. If all of the remaining units"
" are manufactured immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Validate` to close "
"the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:63
msgid ""
"If only some of the remaining units are manufactured immediately, create "
"another backorder for the remainder by following the steps detailed in this "
"section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:67
msgid "Create a backorder from tablet view"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69
msgid ""
"Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the work order "
"tablet view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:72
msgid ""
"In order to use tablet view, the *Work Orders* setting must be enabled. To "
"enable it, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`. On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, enable the checkbox next to "
":guilabel:`Work Orders`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to save the change. "
"This makes the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab appear on manufacturing orders, "
"from which the tablet view can be opened."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:0
msgid "The Work Orders setting on the Manufacturing settings page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82
msgid ""
"To create a backorder from the tablet view, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by"
" clicking :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:90
msgid ""
"After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`"
" tab and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of"
" the first work order to enter the tablet view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The tablet view button for a work order on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:97
msgid ""
"Once in tablet view, enter the quantity being manufactured immediately in "
"the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid "The Units field in the tablet view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:104
msgid ""
"The steps for the rest of the workflow depend on whether the manufacturing "
"order being processed requires the completion of a single work order or "
"multiple work orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:108
msgid "Single work order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:110
msgid ""
"If the manufacturing order only requires the completion of a single work "
"order, complete the work order, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close"
" MO`. The manufacturing order is closed and a backorder for the units that "
"still need to be manufactured is created automatically."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid ""
"The Mark As Done And Close MO button in the tablet view of a work order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:118
msgid ""
"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then"
" select the backorder manufacturing order, which is titled using the "
"reference tag of the original backorder with *002* added to the end."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:122
msgid ""
"On the backorder manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab"
" and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of the"
" work order to open the tablet view. If all of the units in the backorder "
"will be completed immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And "
"Close MO` after completing the work order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:127
msgid ""
"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter "
"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet "
"view, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to create another "
"backorder for the remaining units. The new backorder can be processed using "
"the steps detailed in this section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:133
msgid "Multiple work orders"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:135
msgid ""
"If the manufacturing order requires the completion of multiple work orders, "
"complete the first work order, and then click :guilabel:`Record Production`."
" This splits the manufacturing order into two separate orders, titled "
"*WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*, with *XXXXX* being the number of "
"the original order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid "The Record Production button on a work order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:144
msgid ""
"The tablet view defaults to showing the first work order for the *002* "
"manufacturing order. Since this manufacturing order will not be completed "
"immediately, back out of tablet view by clicking the :guilabel:`⬅️ (back)` "
"button twice. Doing so will take you to the *001* order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:148
msgid ""
"To finish the *001* order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click "
"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the next work "
"order. Finally, complete the remaining work orders, then click "
":guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to close the manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:152
msgid ""
"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then"
" select the *002* order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click "
"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the first work "
"order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:157
msgid ""
"If all of the units in the backorder will be completed immediately, simply "
"click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` after completing all of the work"
" orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:160
msgid ""
"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter "
"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet "
"view, then click :guilabel:`Record Production` to create an additional "
"backorder for the remaining units, with *003* at the end of its reference "
"tag."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:165
msgid ""
"The *002* backorder and *003* backorder can be completed by following the "
"steps detailed in this section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:169
msgid ""
"It is also possible to create a backorder in the middle of a manufacturing "
"order, when some but not all of the work orders have already been completed."
" Doing so marks the completed work order(s) as :guilabel:`Finished` on the "
"backorder."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:174
msgid ""
"A manufacturing order for four chairs requires the completion of two work "
"orders: *Paint* and *Assemble*. While the paint step can be completed "
"immediately for all four chairs, there are only enough screws to assemble "
"two of them."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:178
msgid ""
"As a result, the employee responsible for producing the chairs begins by "
"painting all four, and marking the *Paint* work order as "
":guilabel:`Finished` for all of them. Then, they move on to the *Assemble* "
"work order. They assemble two of the four chairs, enter that number in the "
":guilabel:`Units` field of the tablet view, and click :guilabel:`Record "
"Production`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:183
msgid ""
"A backorder manufacturing order is created for the remaining two chairs. On "
"the backorder, the *Paint* work order is already marked as "
":guilabel:`Finished`, and only the *Assemble* work order is left to be "
"completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:187
msgid ""
"Once more screws are available, the manufacturing employee assembles the "
"remaining chairs and clicks :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to "
"complete the *Assemble* work order and close the backorder manufacturing "
"order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:3
msgid "One-step manufacturing"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:9
msgid ""
"Odoo *Manufacturing* allows users to manufacture products using one, two, or"
" three steps. When using one-step manufacturing, Odoo creates a "
"manufacturing order (MO), but does not generate transfers for the movement "
"of components out of inventory or finished products into stock. Inventory "
"counts still update based on the number of components used and products "
"manufactured, but the act of transferring them to and from inventory is not "
"tracked."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:15
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:16
msgid ""
"The number of steps used in manufacturing is set at the warehouse level, "
"allowing for each warehouse to use a different number of steps. To change "
"the number of steps used for a specific warehouse, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and then select"
" a warehouse from the :guilabel:`Warehouses` screen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:21
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:20
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:21
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, find the "
":guilabel:`Manufacture` radio input field, and select one of the three "
"options: :guilabel:`Manufacture (1 step)`, :guilabel:`Pick components and "
"then manufacture (2 steps)`, or :guilabel:`Pick components, manufacture and "
"then store products (3 steps)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:0
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:0
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:0
msgid "The Manufacture radio input field on a warehouse configuration page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:31
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:30
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:31
msgid ""
"Products must be properly configured before they can be manufactured in "
"Odoo. For details on how to do so, see the documentation on how to "
":ref:`configure a product for manufacturing "
"<manufacturing/management/configure-manufacturing-product>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:36
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:35
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:36
msgid "Create manufacturing order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:37
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:38
msgid ""
"To manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
"then click :guilabel:`New` to create a new |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:42
msgid ""
"On the new |MO|, select the product to be produced from the "
":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field "
"auto-populates with the associated bill of materials (BoM)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:45
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:44
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:45
msgid ""
"If a product has more than one |BOM| configured for it, the specific |BOM| "
"can be selected in the :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field, and the "
":guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the associated product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:49
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:48
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:49
msgid ""
"After a |BOM| has been selected, the :guilabel:`Components` and "
":guilabel:`Work Orders` tabs auto-populate with the components and "
"operations specified on the |BOM|. If additional components or operations "
"are required for the |MO| being configured, add them to the "
":guilabel:`Components` and :guilabel:`Work Orders` tabs by clicking "
":guilabel:`Add a line`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:55
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:80
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:77
msgid "Process manufacturing order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:57
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:82
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:79
msgid ""
"An |MO| is processed by completing all of the work orders listed under its "
":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. This can be done on the |MO| itself, or from "
"the work order tablet view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:61
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:86
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:83
msgid "Basic workflow"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:63
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:85
msgid ""
"To complete work orders from the |MO| itself, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
"then select an |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:66
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:91
msgid ""
"On the |MO| page, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. Once work begins "
"on the first work order that needs to be completed, click the "
":guilabel:`Start` button for that work order. Odoo *Manufacturing* then "
"starts a timer that keeps track of how long the work order takes to "
"complete."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The Start button for an operation on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:74
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:99
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:96
msgid ""
"When the work order is completed, click the :guilabel:`Done` button for that"
" work order. Repeat the same process for each work order listed on the "
":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The Done button for an operation on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:81
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:106
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:103
msgid ""
"After completing all of the work orders, click :guilabel:`Produce All` at "
"the top of the screen to mark the |MO| as :guilabel:`Done`, and register the"
" manufactured product(s) into inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:85
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:110
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:107
msgid "Tablet view workflow"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:87
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:112
msgid ""
"To complete the work orders for an |MO| using the tablet view, begin by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing"
" Orders`, and then select a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:91
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:116
msgid ""
"Next, click on the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and then select the "
":guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` button on the line of the first work order to be "
"processed. This opens the tablet view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:98
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:123
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:119
msgid ""
"After opening the tablet view, Odoo *Manufacturing* automatically starts a "
"timer that keeps track of how long the work order takes to complete. After "
"completing the work order, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button in the "
"top-right corner of the tablet view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:102
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:127
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:123
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done` while there is at least one more work "
"order left to complete opens a page that lists the next work order. Click on"
" that work order to open it in the tablet view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:105
msgid ""
"Once the final work order for the |MO| has been reached, a :guilabel:`Mark "
"as Done and Close MO` button appears on the tablet view in addition to the "
":guilabel:`Mark as Done` button. Click :guilabel:`Mark as Done and Close MO`"
" to mark the |MO| as :guilabel:`Done` and register the manufactured "
"product(s) into inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:110
msgid ""
"It is also possible to complete the final operation while keeping the |MO| "
"open, by clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done`. In this case, the |MO| can be "
"closed later by clicking the :guilabel:`Produce All` button on the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3
msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo allows one bill of materials (BoM) to be used for multiple variants of "
"the same product. Having a consolidated :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` for "
"a product with variants saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple"
" :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:10
msgid "Activate product variants"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12
msgid ""
"To activate the product variants feature, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll "
"down to the :guilabel:`Products` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable"
" the :guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to "
"apply the setting."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17
msgid ""
"For more information on configuring product variants, refer to the "
":doc:`product variants "
"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` documentation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1
msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:25
msgid "Create custom product attributes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:27
msgid ""
"Once the product variants feature is activated, create and edit product "
"attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:30
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Attributes` page is accessible either from "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` by clicking "
"the :guilabel:`Attributes` button, or by clicking :menuselection:`Inventory "
"app --> Configuration --> Attributes`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:34
msgid ""
"Once on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, either click into an existing "
"attribute, or click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new one. Clicking "
":guilabel:`Create` reveals a new, blank form for customizing an attribute. "
"For an existing attribute, click :guilabel:`Edit` on its form to make "
"changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39
msgid ""
"Assign an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, and choose a category from the "
":guilabel:`Category` field's drop-down menu. Then, select the desired "
"options next to the :guilabel:`Display Type` and :guilabel:`Variants "
"Creation Mode` fields. Once the desired options are selected, click "
":guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab to add a "
"new value."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:45
msgid ""
"Included on the :guilabel:`Value` row is a :guilabel:`Is custom value` "
"checkbox. If selected, this value will be recognized as a custom value, "
"which allows customers to type special customization requests upon ordering "
"a custom variant of a product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:0
msgid "Product variant attribute configuration screen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:54
msgid ""
"Once all desired :guilabel:`Values` have been added, click :guilabel:`Save` "
"to save the new attribute."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:58
msgid "Add product variants on the product form"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:60
msgid ""
"Created attributes can be applied on specific variants for particular "
"products. To add product variants to a product, navigate to the product form"
" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. To "
"make changes to the product, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click the "
":guilabel:`Variants` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:65
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Attribute` header, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add "
"a new attribute, and select one to add from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:68
msgid ""
"Then, under the :guilabel:`Values` header, click the drop-down menu to "
"choose from the list of existing values. Click on each desired value to add "
"them, and repeat this process for any additional attributes that should be "
"added to the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:72
msgid "Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1
msgid "Product form variants tab with values and attributes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:79
msgid ""
":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products with multiple variants that are "
"manufactured in-house should either have a **0,0 reordering rule** set up, "
"or have their replenishment routes set to *Replenish on Order (MTO)*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:84
msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:86
msgid ""
"Next, create a new :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`. Or, edit an existing "
"one, by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of"
" Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create` to open a new :guilabel:`Bills "
"of Materials` form to configure from scratch."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:90
msgid ""
"Add a product to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` by clicking the drop-"
"down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field and selecting the desired "
"product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:93
msgid ""
"Then, add components by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line` under the "
":guilabel:`Component` section of the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and "
"choosing the desired components from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:96
msgid ""
"Choose the desired values in the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Product"
" Unit of Measure` columns. Then, choose the desired values in the "
":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:100
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign components to specific "
"product variants on the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` is available once "
"the :guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants`"
" field is not immediately visible, activate it from the additional options "
"menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1
msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:110
msgid ""
"Each component can be assigned to multiple variants. Components with no "
"variants specified are used in every variant of the product. The same "
"principle applies when configuring operations and by-products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:114
msgid ""
"When defining variant :abbr:`BoMs (bills of material)` by component "
"assignment, the :guilabel:`Product Variant` field in the main section of the"
" :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` should be left blank. This field is *only* "
"used when creating a :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` specifically for one "
"product variant."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:119
msgid ""
"When all desired configurations have been made to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of "
"materials)`, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:123
msgid ""
"For components that only apply for specific variants, choose which "
"operations the components should be consumed in. If the :guilabel:`Consumed "
"in Operation` column is *not* immediately visible, activate it from the "
"additional options menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:129
msgid "Sell and manufacture variants of BoM products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:131
msgid ""
"To sell and manufacture variants of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products"
" to order, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new"
" quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:135
msgid "Sell variant of BoM product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:137
msgid ""
"Once on the blank :guilabel:`Quotation` form, click the drop-down next to "
"the :guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:140
msgid ""
"Then, under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a "
"product`, and select the previously-created :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` "
"product with variants from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a "
":guilabel:`Configure a product` pop-up."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:144
msgid ""
"From the pop-up window, click the desired attribute options to configure the"
" correct variant of the product to manufacture. Then, click the green "
":guilabel:`+` or :guilabel:`-` icons next to the `1` to change the quantity "
"to sell and manufacture, if desired."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1
msgid "Configure a product pop-up for choosing variant attributes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:152
msgid ""
"Once all the specifications have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Add`. This "
"will change the pop-up to a second :guilabel:`Configure` pop-up, where "
"available optional products will appear, if they have been created "
"previously."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:156
msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:158
msgid ""
"Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes, and click "
":guilabel:`Confirm` at the top of the :guilabel:`Quotation` form to create "
"and confirm a new sales order (SO)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:162
msgid "Manufacture variant of BoM product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:164
msgid ""
"Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Manufacturing` "
"smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` form. Click "
"the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` smart button to open the "
":guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:168
msgid ""
"On this form, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, the appropriate "
"components for the chosen variant are listed. And, depending on the variant,"
" different components will be listed. To see any mandatory or optional "
":guilabel:`Operation` steps, click the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:172
msgid ""
"To enter the tablet view work order screen, click the :guilabel:`tablet "
"icon` to the right of the row for the desired operation to be completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:175
msgid ""
"From the tablet view, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` as the operation "
"progresses to complete the operation steps."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:178
msgid ""
"Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button at the top of the "
"manufacturing order form to complete the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1
msgid "Manufacturing order for variant of BoM product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:185
msgid ""
"Then, navigate back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the breadcrumbs at "
"the top of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:187
msgid ""
"Now that the product has been manufactured, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` "
"smart button to deliver the product to the customer. From the "
":guilabel:`Delivery Order` form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, then click "
":guilabel:`Apply` to deliver the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:191
msgid ""
"To finish the sale, click back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the "
":guilabel:`breadcrumbs` at the top of the page again. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Create Invoice` followed by :guilabel:`Create Invoice` again to "
"invoice the customer for the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:3
msgid "Scrap during manufacturing"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:5
msgid ""
"During the manufacturing process, the need to scrap manufacturing components"
" or finished products may arise. This can be necessary if a component or "
"product is damaged, or unusable for any other reason."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:9
msgid ""
"By default, scrapping a component or finished product removes it from "
"physical inventory and places it in a virtual location titled *Virtual "
"Locations/Scrap*. A virtual location is **not** a physical space, but rather"
" a designation in Odoo that is used to track items that are no longer in "
"physical inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:14
msgid ""
"Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for both components and finished products to be "
"scrapped within a manufacturing order. The specific type of item that can be"
" scrapped during a manufacturing order depends on the stage of the "
"manufacturing process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:23
msgid ""
"To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, then remove the "
":guilabel:`Internal` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to display "
"all virtual locations. From the list, select the :guilabel:`Virtual "
"Locations/Scrap` location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:29
msgid "Scrap manufacturing components"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:31
msgid ""
"To scrap components during the manufacturing process, begin by navigating to"
" :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Manufacturing Orders`, then select a "
"manufacturing order or click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new one. If a"
" new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the "
":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:36
msgid ""
"Once the manufacturing order has been confirmed, a :guilabel:`Scrap` button "
"appears at the top of the page. Click the button and a :guilabel:`Scrap` "
"pop-up window appears."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The scrap button on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:43
msgid ""
"From the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu on the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up "
"window, select the component that is being scrapped, then enter the quantity"
" in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap"
" the component."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The Scrap pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:52
msgid ""
"Before clicking :guilabel:`Mark As Done` on a manufacturing order, only the "
"components of the finished product can be scrapped, **not** the finished "
"product itself. This is because Odoo recognizes that the finished product "
"cannot be scrapped before it has been manufactured."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:56
msgid ""
"After scrapping a component, continue the manufacturing process using the "
"required quantity of the component that was scrapped. The on-hand stock "
"count for the component that was scrapped updates to reflect both the "
"scrapped quantity and the quantity consumed during manufacturing."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:61
msgid ""
"If the manufacturing of a table requires four units of a table leg, and two "
"units of the table leg were scrapped during the manufacturing process, the "
"total quantity of table legs consumed will be six: four units used to "
"manufacture the table plus two units scrapped."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:66
msgid "Scrap components from tablet view"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:68
msgid ""
"Components can also be scrapped from the manufacturing tablet view. To do "
"so, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab on a manufacturing order, then "
"click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` icon for a work order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The tablet view icon for a work order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:76
msgid ""
"With tablet view open, click the :guilabel:`☰ (menu)` button at the top left"
" of the screen, then select the :guilabel:`Scrap` button on the "
":guilabel:`Menu` pop-up window. The :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window then "
"appears."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid ""
"The Scrap button on the Menu pop-up window of the manufacturing tablet view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:84
msgid ""
"Finally, select a component from the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and "
"enter the quantity being scrapped in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Click "
":guilabel:`Done` to scrap the component."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:88
msgid "Scrap finished products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:90
msgid ""
"Odoo also allows for finished products to be scrapped from a manufacturing "
"order once the order is completed. After clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done`, "
"click the :guilabel:`Scrap` button to make the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up "
"window appear."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:94
msgid ""
"Since the components have been consumed to create the finished product, they"
" will no longer appear in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. Instead, "
"the finished product will be available as an option. Select the finished "
"product and enter the quantity to be scrapped in the :guilabel:`Quantity` "
"field. Click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap the finished product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:99
msgid ""
"The on-hand stock count for the product that was scrapped will update to "
"reflect both the scrapped quantity and the quantity produced during "
"manufacturing."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:103
msgid ""
"If five units of a chair were manufactured, but two units were scrapped "
"after manufacturing was completed, then the on-hand inventory of the chair "
"will increase by three: five units manufactured minus two units scrapped."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:3
msgid "Split and merge manufacturing orders"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:5
msgid ""
"In Odoo *Manufacturing*, it is possible to create manufacturing orders for a"
" single unit of an item, or multiple units of the same item. In some cases, "
"it may be necessary to split a manufacturing order that contains multiple "
"units into two or more orders, or to merge two or more orders into a single "
"order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:11
msgid ""
"A manufacturing order can only contain one unit of a product, or multiple "
"units of a single product that all use the same Bill of Materials (BoM). As "
"a result, it is only possible to merge manufacturing orders when every order"
" contains the same product being manufactured with the same BoM."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:17
msgid "Split manufacturing orders"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:19
msgid ""
"To split a manufacturing order into multiple orders, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then"
" select a manufacturing order. At the top of the page, next to the "
":guilabel:`New` button, the manufacturing order's reference number appears "
"with a :guilabel:`⚙️ (settings)` button next to it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:24
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`⚙️ (settings)` button to open the general settings for "
"the manufacturing order, then select :guilabel:`Split`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst-1
msgid "The Settings and Split buttons on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:31
msgid ""
"After selecting :guilabel:`Split`, a :guilabel:`Split production` pop-up "
"window appears. In the :guilabel:`Split #` field, enter the number of "
"manufacturing orders that the original order should be split into, then "
"click outside of the field. A table appears below, with a line for each new "
"manufacturing order that will be created by the split. In the "
":guilabel:`Quantity To Produce` column, enter the number of units that will "
"be assigned to each new manufacturing order. Finally, click "
":guilabel:`Split` to split the manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst-1
msgid "The Split production pop-up window for a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:42
msgid ""
"After clicking :guilabel:`Split`, the original manufacturing order is split "
"into the number of orders that was specified in the :guilabel:`Split #` "
"field. The reference numbers for the new manufacturing orders are the "
"reference number for the original order with *-###* tags added to the end."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:48
msgid ""
"Manufacturing order *WH/MO/00012* is split into three separate orders. The "
"reference numbers for the new orders are *WH/MO/00012-001*, "
"*WH/MO/00012-002*, and *WH/MO/00012-003*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:52
msgid "Merge manufacturing orders"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:54
msgid ""
"To merge two or more manufacturing orders into a single order, begin by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing"
" Orders`. Select the manufacturing orders that will be merged by activating "
"the checkbox to the left of the name of each order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst-1
msgid ""
"Select manufacturing orders that will be merged by clicking the checkbox for"
" each."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:62
msgid ""
"Once all manufacturing orders have been selected, click the "
":guilabel:`Actions` button at the top of the page, then select "
":guilabel:`Merge` from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst-1
msgid "The Actions and Merge buttons on the Manufacturing Orders page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:69
msgid ""
"The selected manufacturing orders are merged into a single order. The "
"reference number for the new manufacturing order is the next sequential "
"number that has *not* already been assigned to an order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:73
msgid ""
"The last reference number used for a manufacturing order was *WH/MO/00012*. "
"Two manufacturing orders, *WH/MO/00008* and *WH/MO/00009*, are merged into a"
" single order. The reference number for the manufacturing order created by "
"the merger is *WH/MO/00013*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:77
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Source` field for the manufacturing order created by the "
"merger, the reference numbers of the manufacturing orders that were merged "
"are listed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:81
msgid ""
"Manufacturing orders *WH/MO/00009* and *WH/MO/00010* are merged to create "
"*WH/MO/00011*. The source field for *WH/MO/00011* lists both *WH/MO/00009* "
"and *WH/MO/00010*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3
msgid "Manage semi-finished products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5
msgid ""
"A *semi-finished product*, also known as a *subassembly*, is a manufactured "
"product that is used as a component in another product's bill of materials "
"(BoM). Semi-finished products are used to simplify complex :abbr:`BoMs "
"(Bills of Materials)` or to more accurately represent a manufacturing flow. "
"A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains semi-finished products is "
"referred to as a *multilevel BoM*, where the main *top-level product* and "
"its subassemblies are distinguished."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12
msgid "Configure semi-finished products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:14
msgid ""
"To set up a multilevel :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, the top-level "
"product and semi-finished products must be configured. Therefore, the first "
"step is to create the semi-finished products and their :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of"
" Materials)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19
msgid ":doc:`bill_configuration`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1
msgid "A bill of materials for a semi-finished product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:26
msgid "Create the top-level bill of materials (BoM)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:28
msgid ""
"After the semi-finished products are fully configured, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`. Then, "
":guilabel:`Create` the top-level product. Configure the product's "
"specifications as desired, and be sure to :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:32
msgid ""
"Once the top-level product is configured, click the :guilabel:`Bill of "
"Materials` smart button on the product form, then click :guilabel:`Create` "
"to make a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` for the top-level product. Then, "
"simply add the semi-finished products to this :abbr:`BoM (Bill of "
"Materials)`, along with any other necessary components."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1
msgid ""
"A bill of materials for a top-level product, containing a subassembly "
"component."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:42
msgid "Manage production planning"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:44
msgid ""
"There are several methods to manage manufacturing order automation for "
"products with multilevel :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:48
msgid ""
"Semi-finished products are specifically used to manage manufacturable "
"products with multilevel BoMs. If a BoM is being created simply to organize "
"components or bundle sellable products, using :doc:`Kits <kit_shipping>` is "
"the more appropriate option."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:52
msgid ""
"To automatically trigger manufacturing orders for semi-finished products "
"after confirming a manufacturing order for the main product, there are two "
"options:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:55
msgid ""
"**Option 1 (recommended):** Create *Reordering Rules* for the semi-finished "
"products and set both the minimum and maximum desired stock quantities to "
"`0`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:59
msgid ":doc:`../../purchase/products/reordering`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:61
msgid ""
"**Option 2:** Activate the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` and "
":guilabel:`Manufacture` routes under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the "
"semi-finished product's product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:64
msgid ""
"Option 1 is more flexible than Option 2 and is therefore recommended. "
"Reordering rules do not directly link demand to replenishment, and therefore"
" allow stocks to be unreserved and redirected to other orders, if necessary."
" The Replenish on Order (MTO) route creates a unique link between the semi-"
"finished and top-level products, exclusively reserving quantities for the "
"confirmed top-level manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:70
msgid ""
"Regardless of the method chosen, semi-finished products must be fully "
"manufactured before manufacturing can begin on the top-level product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1
msgid "A manufacturing order for a top-level product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3
msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5
msgid ""
"Outsourcing a portion or all of your company’s manufacturing needs is not "
"easy. To make it work correctly, you have to:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8
msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9
msgid "Ship raw material to your subcontractors, at the right time"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:10
msgid "Control incoming goods quality"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11
msgid "Control subcontractors bills"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13
msgid ""
"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is "
"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:20
msgid ""
"With its MRP subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:25
msgid ""
"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:32
msgid ""
"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials "
"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35
msgid ""
"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> "
"Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your "
"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you "
"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced "
"directly from the subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:41
msgid ""
"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several"
" subcontractors."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:49
msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:51
msgid ""
"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send "
"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, go to the *Purchase* app and create a "
"new purchase order. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a "
"subcontractor on the *BoM* of these products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:60
msgid ""
"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the "
"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity "
"received. As a result, Odoo does the following things for you:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:64
msgid ""
"Consumes the respective components at the subcontractor’s location, based on"
" the *BoM* and your input (3);"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:66
msgid "Produces the finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68
msgid ""
"Moves products from that subcontractor’s location to YourCompany via the "
"validated receipt (5)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:73
msgid ""
"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right "
"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. This can be useful if the "
"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and "
"materials used."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79
msgid "Inventory Valuation"
msgstr "在庫評価"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:81
msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:83
msgid "**C = A + B + s**"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85
msgid "With:"
msgstr "と:"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87
msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90
msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90
msgid "subcontractor;"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:92
msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:94
msgid ""
"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the "
"inventory valuation, as the components are still valued as part of your "
"stock. This is managed by making the *Subcontracting Location* an *Internal "
"Location*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:99
msgid ""
"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be "
"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The "
"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the"
" accounting."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:104
msgid ""
"Finally, the subcontractor bill then matches the purchase order, with the "
"proposed price coming from the finished products C."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:108
msgid ""
"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s"
" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the "
"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:116
msgid ""
"In case the received products from the subcontractor contain tracked "
"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the "
"receipt."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:120
msgid ""
"In that case, on the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record "
"Components* button appears. Click on it to open a dialog box and record the "
"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also "
"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:129
msgid ""
"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a "
"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136
msgid ""
"Also note that in case flexible consumption has been selected on the "
"subcontracted BOM for a non-tracked product, the record components option "
"will also appear optionally on each move line, if you want to register more "
"or less component consumption at your subcontracting location, when "
"receiving your final product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:145
msgid ""
"As you can see, the reception of both of these non-tracked products can "
"either be executed by selecting the 'Set Quantities' Option or via the move "
"line hamburger menus."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:149
msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151
msgid ""
"There are two ways to automate the supply of raw materials to your "
"subcontractors when purchasing the final product. The chosen method depends "
"on whether or not you want the materials to transit through your warehouse. "
"Both of these methods are described as pull style mechanisms as their "
"trigger is the inital PO to the subcontractor, which creates a need at the "
"subcontracting location, for raw material."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158
msgid ""
"If you are supplying your subcontractor with raw material from your own "
"warehouse, you must activate the 'Resupply Subcontractor on Order' route as "
"shown below. If this is a component that you buy from a vendor, the buy "
"route should also be activated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:169
msgid ""
"Now, if you want your vendor to resupply your subcontractor directly, you "
"must choose the 'Dropship Subcontractor on Order' option instead. In order "
"for this option to be active on the product form, you must first activate "
"the dropship option from :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> "
"Settings --> Dropshipping`. Once the PO to the subcontractor is validated, "
"this route will create a dropship RFQ from your vendor to that "
"subcontractor. You then just need to review and validate it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:182
msgid ""
"Note that the buy route is not selected in this case, as the dropship route "
"is a buy route already."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:185
msgid ""
"Finally, if you want to track the stock of these raw materials at your "
"subcontracting location(s), then you must activate *Multi-locations* in "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Storage "
"locations`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:189
msgid "From the location form, you are then able to access the Current Stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:198
msgid "Manual Replenishment"
msgstr "手動補充"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:200
msgid "You can also choose to replenish your subcontractors manually."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:202
msgid ""
"If you want to send components to your subcontractor at your own "
"convenience, select the 'Resupply Subcontractor' Operation Type from the "
"*Inventory* Module, and create a picking, specifying to which subcontractor "
"you are delivering to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:210
msgid ""
"Alternatively, you can also manually ask your vendor to resupply your "
"subcontractor by creating a dropship type PO, with your subcontractor set as"
" the delivery address."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:3
msgid "Three-step manufacturing"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:9
msgid ""
"Odoo *Manufacturing* allows users to manufacture products using one, two, or"
" three steps. When using three-step manufacturing, Odoo creates a pick "
"components transfer, a manufacturing order (MO), and a store finished "
"products transfer, and updates inventory counts based on the number of "
"components removed, and finished products created."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:41
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:42
msgid ""
"On the new |MO|, select the product to be produced from the "
":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field "
"auto-populates with the associated Bill of Materials (BoM)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:53
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:54
msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:56
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:57
msgid "Process pick components transfer"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:58
msgid ""
"After confirming a three-step |MO|, a :guilabel:`Transfers` smart button "
"appears at the top of the page. Click it to be taken to the "
":guilabel:`Transfers` page for the |MO|. The page lists two transfers: "
"*WH/PC/XXXXX* (the pick components transfer), and *WH/SFP/XXXXX* (the store "
"finished products transfer)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:63
msgid ""
"Select :guilabel:`WH/PC/XXXXX` to open the pick components transfer for the "
"|MO|. This transfer is used to track the movement of components from the "
"locations where they are stored to the location where they are used to "
"manufacture the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:67
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:64
msgid ""
"After transferring the components out of their storage location, click "
":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the transfer, followed by "
":guilabel:`Apply` on the :guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that "
"appears. Doing so marks the transfer as :guilabel:`Done`, and updates "
"inventory counts to reflect the quantity of components transferred."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:72
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:69
msgid ""
"Finally, return to the |MO| by clicking the :guilabel:`WH/MO/XXXXX` "
"breadcrumb at the top of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The manufacturing order bread crumb on a pick components transfer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:88
msgid ""
"To complete work orders from the |MO| itself, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
"then select a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The Start button for a work order on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The Done button for an work order on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:130
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:126
msgid ""
"Once the final work order for the |MO| has been reached, a :guilabel:`Mark "
"as Done and Close MO` button appears on the tablet view in addition to the "
":guilabel:`Mark as Done` button. Click :guilabel:`Mark as Done and Close MO`"
" to mark the |MO| as :guilabel:`Done`, and register the manufactured "
"product(s) into inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:135
msgid ""
"It is also possible to complete the final work order while keeping the |MO| "
"open, by clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done`. In this case, the |MO| can be "
"closed at a later time by clicking the :guilabel:`Produce All` button on the"
" |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:140
msgid "Process finished product transfer"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:142
msgid ""
"After completing the |MO|, return to the order's :guilabel:`Transfers` page "
"by clicking the :guilabel:`Transfers` button at the top of the order. This "
"time, select :guilabel:`WH/SFP/XXXXX` to open the store finished products "
"transfer. This transfer is used to track the movement of finished products "
"from the location where they were manufactured to the location where they "
"are stored."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:147
msgid ""
"After transferring the finished products to their storage location, click "
":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the transfer, followed by "
":guilabel:`Apply` on the :guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that "
"appears. Doing so marks the transfer as :guilabel:`Done`, and updates "
"inventory counts to reflect the quantity of finished products transferred."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:3
msgid "Two-step manufacturing"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:9
msgid ""
"Odoo *Manufacturing* allows users to manufacture products using one, two, or"
" three steps. When using two-step manufacturing, Odoo creates a "
"manufacturing order (MO) and a pick components transfer, but does not "
"generate a transfer for the movement of finished products into stock. "
"Inventory counts still update based on the number of products manufactured, "
"but the act of transferring them to and from inventory is not tracked."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:59
msgid ""
"After confirming a two-step |MO|, a :guilabel:`Transfers` smart button "
"appears at the top of the page. Click it to open the pick components "
"transfer for the |MO|. This transfer is used to track the movement of "
"components from the locations where they are stored to the location where "
"they are used to manufacture the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:88
msgid ""
"On the |MO| page, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. Once work begins "
"on the first work order that needs to be completed, click the "
":guilabel:`Start` button for that operation. Odoo *Manufacturing* then "
"starts a timer that keeps track of how long the work order takes to "
"complete."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The Start button for an work order on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The Done button for a work order on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:109
msgid ""
"To complete the work orders for an |MO| using the tablet view, begin by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing"
" Orders`, and then select an |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:112
msgid ""
"Next, click on the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, then select the :guilabel:`📱"
" (tablet)` button on the line of the first work order to be processed. This "
"opens the tablet view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:131
msgid ""
"It is also possible to complete the final operation while keeping the |MO| "
"open, by clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done`. In this case, the |MO| can be "
"closed at a later time by clicking the :guilabel:`Produce All` button on the"
" order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3
msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:7
msgid ""
"The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your "
"production based on your demand forecast."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:13
msgid ""
"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` "
"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:17
msgid ""
"In the MPS settings, you can define the time range of your MPS "
"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display at all times."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20
msgid ""
"Now, go to :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and "
"click on *add a product*. You can now define your safety stock target (= the"
" stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum "
"and maximum quantities that must or can be replenished in each period."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:28
msgid ""
"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to display "
"by clicking on *rows*. For instance, the *Actual demand* will show you which"
" quantity of products has already been ordered for the period, or *Available"
" to Promise*, what can still be sold during that same period (what you plan "
"to replenish - what is already sold during the period). You can also decide "
"to hide rows if you like."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:38
msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:40
msgid ""
"The next step is to estimate the demand for the chosen period. This is done "
"in the *Forecasted Demand* Row. You can easily, at any time, compare the "
"demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The demand "
"forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for its "
"components."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48
msgid ""
"Once the forecasted demand has been set, the quantity to replenish for the "
"different periods will automatically be computed. The replenishments you are"
" supposed to launch based on your lead times (vendor lead time or "
"manufacturing lead time) are then displayed in green. You can now launch the"
" replenishment by clicking on the replenish button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:54
msgid ""
"Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), "
"requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can "
"easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:61
msgid ""
"In case you manually edit the *Suggested Replenishment* quantity, a small "
"cross will appear on the left hand side of the cell. In case you want to go "
"back to the automatically computed value given by Odoo, simply click the "
"cross."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:67
msgid "Cells color signification"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:69
msgid ""
"The cells, which are part of the *Suggested Replenishment* line, can take "
"different colors depending on the situation:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:72
msgid ""
"**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the "
"expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect "
"demand forecast."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:74
msgid ""
"**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity "
"still matches current data."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:76
msgid ""
"**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity "
"was too high considering current data."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:78
msgid ""
"**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity"
" was too low considering current data."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:80
msgid ""
"The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the "
"stock will be negative during the period in question."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:84
msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:86
msgid ""
"You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to "
"replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new "
"replenishment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:91
msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:93
msgid ""
"You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you"
" that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you "
"can cancel some RFQ or MO manually."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:98
msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100
msgid ""
"You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on "
"the right of its name."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:3
msgid "Manage work orders using work centers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo Manufacturing allows for work orders to be carried out at specific work"
" centers. When a manufacturing order is created for a product, any work "
"orders listed in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab of the product bill of "
"materials (BoM) will be automatically created as well and assigned to the "
"specified work center. Work orders can be managed in the "
":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module by selecting :menuselection:`Operations -->"
" Work Orders`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:11
msgid ""
"In order to use work centers, the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature must first"
" be enabled. To do so, go to the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the checkbox next "
"to :guilabel:`Work Orders`. Work centers can then be created and managed by "
"selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:17
msgid "Create a work center"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:19
msgid ""
"Within the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers --> Create`. The work center "
"form can then be filled out as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:22
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Work Center Name`: give the work center a concise name that "
"describes the type of operations it will be used for"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:24
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters`: specify an alternative work center for "
"operations to be carried out at if the main work center is not available"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:26
msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: assign the work center a reference code"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:27
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Working Hours`: define the number of hours that the work center "
"can be in use each week"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:28
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the work center belongs to"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
msgid "An example of a fully configured work center form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:37
msgid "Set standards for work center productivity"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:39
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`General Information` tab on the work center form allows for "
"productivity goals to be assigned to a work center:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:42
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Time Efficiency`: used to calculate the expected duration of a "
"work order at the work center; for example, if a work order normally takes "
"one hour and the efficiency is set to 200%, the work order will take 30 "
"minutes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:45
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Capacity`: the number of operations that can be performed at the "
"work center simultaneously"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:47
msgid ":guilabel:`OEE Target`: the target for efficiency at the work center"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:48
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Time before prod.`: setup time required before work can commence"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:49
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Time after prod.`: breakdown or cleanup time required after work "
"is finished"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:50
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Cost per hour`: the cost of operating the work center for one "
"hour"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:51
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: the account where the cost of the work center "
"should be recorded"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
msgid "The general information tab of the work center form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:58
msgid "Assign equipment to a work center"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:60
msgid ""
"Using the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab, it is possible for specific pieces of "
"equipment to be assigned to a work center. The following information will be"
" displayed for each piece of equipment added:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:63
msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the name of the piece of equipment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:64
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Technician`: the technician responsible for servicing the "
"equipment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:65
msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category the equipment belongs to"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:66
msgid ""
":guilabel:`MTBF`: mean time between failures; the average time that the "
"piece of equipment will operate before failing"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:68
msgid ""
":guilabel:`MTTR`: mean time to recovery; the average time it takes for the "
"equipment to become fully operational again"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:70
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Est. Next Failure`: an estimate of when the next equipment "
"failure will occur"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
msgid "The equipment tab of the work center form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:77
msgid ""
":guilabel:`MTBF`, :guilabel:`MTTR`, and :guilabel:`Est. Next Failure` are "
"all calculated automatically based on past failure data, if any exists."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:83
msgid "Integrate IoT devices"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:85
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab enables the integration of :abbr:`IoT "
"(Internet of Things)` devices with a work center:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:88
msgid ":guilabel:`Device`: specifies the IoT device to be triggered"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:89
msgid ":guilabel:`Key`: the security key for the device"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:90
msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: the IoT device action triggered"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
msgid "The IoT Triggers tab of the work center form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:97
msgid "Use case: configure an alternative work center"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:99
msgid ""
"When a work center is at capacity, it cannot accept any new work orders. "
"Instead of waiting for the work center to become available, it is possible "
"to specify an alternative work center where surplus work orders should be "
"carried out."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:103
msgid ""
"Begin by creating a new work center. Configure the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab"
" so that it has all of the same equipment as the main work center. This will"
" ensure that the same tasks can be carried out at both work centers. "
"Navigate to the main work center and include the new work center in the "
":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` selection field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:108
msgid ""
"Now, create a new manufacturing order that uses the main work center for one"
" of its operations. The main work center will automatically be selected for "
"the operation in the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. After confirming the "
"manufacturing order, click the :guilabel:`Plan` button that appears at the "
"top left of the form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
msgid ""
"Click the plan button to automatically select an available work center."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:117
msgid ""
"If the main work center is at capacity, the work center selected for the "
"operation will be automatically changed to the alternative work center."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
msgid "The alternative work center is automatically selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:125
msgid "Monitor work center performance"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:127
msgid ""
"Performance for an individual work center can be viewed by selecting "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`, and clicking on a work "
"center. A variety of metrics showing work center performance can be viewed "
"at the top right of the form:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131
msgid ""
":guilabel:`OEE`: overall effective efficiency, the percentage of time that "
"the work center has been fully productive"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:133
msgid ":guilabel:`Lost`: the amount of time lost due to work stoppages"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:134
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Load`: the amount of time it will take to complete the current "
"workload"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:135
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Performance`: the real duration of work time, shown as a "
"percentage of the expected duration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:3
msgid "Make work centers unavailable using Time Off"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:5
msgid ""
"In Odoo, *work centers* are used to carry out manufacturing operations at "
"specific locations. However, if a work center cannot be used for some "
"reason, work orders begin to pile up at the work center until it is "
"operational again."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:9
msgid ""
"As a result, it is necessary to make the work center unavailable in Odoo so "
"that the platform routes new work orders to alternative work centers that "
"are operational. Using Odoo *Time Off*, it is possible to designate a work "
"center as being unavailable for a set period of time. Doing so ensures that "
"manufacturing operations can continue until the impacted work center is "
"available again."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:17
msgid ""
"Before a work center can be designated as unavailable, the Odoo platform "
"must be properly configured. First, it is necessary to enable "
":ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. This allows the :guilabel:`Time Off`"
" smart button to appear on each work center's :guilabel:`Working Hours` pop-"
"up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:22
msgid ""
"Enable developer mode by going to :menuselection:`Settings`, scrolling to "
"the bottom of the page, and clicking :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode`"
" under the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` heading."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
msgid "The \"Activate the developer mode\" button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:29
msgid ""
"Next, install the *Time Off* app. This is the app used for assigning time "
"off to all resources within Odoo, including employees and work centers. "
"Navigate to :menuselection:`Apps`, then type `Time Off` in the "
":guilabel:`Search...` bar. The card for the :guilabel:`Time Off` module "
"should be the only one that appears on the page. Click the green "
":guilabel:`Install` button on the card to install the app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
msgid "The Time Off module installation card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:39
msgid ""
"The last step is to properly configure work centers. For this workflow, it "
"is necessary to have at least two work centers: one that is made unavailable"
" and a second that receives the work orders that the other cannot accept. If"
" no second work center is configured, Odoo cannot route work orders away "
"from the unavailable work center and they will pile up in its queue."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:44
msgid ""
"To create a work center, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
"Configuration --> Work Centers --> Create`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:47
msgid ""
"Make sure that both work centers have the same equipment listed under the "
":guilabel:`Equipment` tab. This ensures that operations carried out at one "
"work center can also be performed at the other."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
msgid "The equipment tab on a work center form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:54
msgid ""
"For the work center that will be made unavailable, select the second work "
"center on the :guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` drop-down menu. Now, Odoo "
"knows to send work orders to the second work center when the first is "
"unavailable for any reason."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
msgid "A work center form configured with an alternative work center."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:63
msgid "Add time off for a work center"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:65
msgid ""
"With configuration completed, time off can now be assigned to the work "
"center that will be made unavailable. Begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Work Centers` and "
"selecting the affected work center. Click :guilabel:`Edit`, and then the "
":guilabel:`↗ (external link)` button next to the :guilabel:`Working Hours` "
"drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
msgid "The Working Hours \"External link\" button on the work center form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:74
msgid ""
"A pop-up appears, titled :guilabel:`Open: Working Hours`. The standard "
"working hours for the work center are listed here, along with various other "
"details about it. Since developer mode was enabled, there is a "
":guilabel:`Time Off` button in the top right of the pop-up. Click it to be "
"taken to the :guilabel:`Resource Time Off` page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
msgid "The Time Off button on the Working Hours pop-up."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:83
msgid ""
"On this page, click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new time-off entry. On"
" the time-off form, note the :guilabel:`Reason` for the work center closure "
"(broken, maintenance, etc.), select the affected work center as the "
":guilabel:`Resource`, and choose a :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End"
" Date` to specify the period during which the work center will be "
"unavailable. Click :guilabel:`Save` and the time off for the work center is "
"logged in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
msgid "The \"Resource Time Off\" form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:94
msgid "Route orders to an alternative work center"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:96
msgid ""
"Once a work center is within its specified time-off period, work orders sent"
" to it can be automatically routed to an alternative work center using the "
":guilabel:`Plan` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:99
msgid ""
"Begin by creating a new manufacturing order by selecting "
":menuselection:`Operations --> Manufacturing Orders --> Create`. On the "
"manufacturing order form, specify a :guilabel:`Product` that uses the "
"unavailable work center for one of its operations. Click :guilabel:`Confirm`"
" to confirm the work order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:104
msgid ""
"On the confirmed work order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. By "
"default, the unavailable work center is specified in the :guilabel:`Work "
"Center` column. There is also a green :guilabel:`Plan` button on the top "
"left of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
msgid "The Plan button on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:112
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Plan` and the work center listed under the :guilabel:`Work "
"Orders` tab is automatically changed to the alternative work center."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
msgid ""
"The selected work center updates automatically after clicking the Plan "
"button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:119
msgid ""
"Once the time-off period for the unavailable work center ends, Odoo "
"recognizes that the work center is available again. At this point, clicking "
"the :guilabel:`Plan` button does not route work orders to an alternative "
"work center unless the first one is at capacity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:3
msgid "Work order dependencies"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:7
msgid ""
"When manufacturing certain products, specific operations may need to be "
"completed before others can begin. In order to ensure operations are carried"
" out in the correct order, Odoo *Manufacturing* features a *work order "
"dependencies* setting. Enabling this setting allows for operations on a Bill"
" of Materials (BoM) to be *blocked* by other operations that should occur "
"first."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:15
msgid ""
"The *work order dependencies* setting is not enabled by default. To enable "
"it, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration "
"--> Settings`. Then, enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` setting, if it is "
"not already active."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:19
msgid ""
"After enabling the :guilabel:`Work Orders` setting, the :guilabel:`Work "
"Order Dependencies` setting appears below it. Enable :guilabel:`Work Order "
"Dependencies`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to confirm the changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:24
msgid "Add dependencies to BoM"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:26
msgid ""
"Work order dependencies are configured on a product's |BOM|. To do so, "
"navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of "
"Materials`, then select a |BOM|, or create a new one by clicking "
":guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:32
msgid ""
"For a complete guide on how to properly configure a new |BOM|, see the "
"documentation on :ref:`creating a bill of materials "
"<manufacturing/management/bill-configuration>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:35
msgid ""
"On the |BOM|, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab, then enable the "
":guilabel:`Operation Dependencies` checkbox. This makes a new "
":guilabel:`Blocked By` option available in the settings of the "
":guilabel:`Operations` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1
msgid "The Operation Dependencies checkbox on the Miscellaneous tab of a BoM."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:43
msgid ""
"Next, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. On the top-right of the tab, "
"click on the tab's :guilabel:`settings` button, then enable the "
":guilabel:`Blocked By` checkbox. This makes a :guilabel:`Blocked By` field "
"appear for each operation on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1
msgid "The settings for the Operations tab on a BoM."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:51
msgid ""
"In the line of the operation that should be blocked by another operation, "
"click the :guilabel:`Blocked By` field, and an :guilabel:`Open: Operations` "
"pop-up window appears. In the :guilabel:`Blocked By` drop-down field on the "
"pop-up window, select the blocking operation that must be completed *before*"
" the operation that is blocked."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1
msgid "The Blocked By drop-down field for an operation on a BoM."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:60
msgid "Finally, save the |BOM| by clicking :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:63
msgid "Plan work orders using dependencies"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:65
msgid ""
"Once work order dependencies have been configured on a |BOM|, Odoo "
"*Manufacturing* is able to plan when work orders are scheduled, based on "
"their dependencies. To plan the work orders for a manufacturing order, begin"
" by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> "
"Manufacturing Orders`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:70
msgid ""
"Next, select a manufacturing order for a product with work order "
"dependencies set on its |BOM|, or create a new manufacturing order by "
"clicking :guilabel:`New`. If a new manufacturing order is created, select a "
"|BOM| configured with work order dependencies from the :guilabel:`Bill of "
"Material` drop-down field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:75
msgid ""
"After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`"
" tab to view the work orders required to complete it. Any work orders that "
"are *not* blocked by a different work order display a `Ready` tag in the "
":guilabel:`Status` section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:79
msgid ""
"Work orders that are blocked by one or more work orders display a `Waiting "
"for another WO` tag instead. Once the blocking work order(s) are completed, "
"the tag updates to `Ready`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1
msgid "The status tags for work orders on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:86
msgid ""
"To schedule the manufacturing order's work orders, click the "
":guilabel:`Plan` button at the top of the page. After doing so, the "
":guilabel:`Scheduled Start Date` field for each work order on the "
":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab auto-fills with the scheduled start date and "
"time. A blocked work order is scheduled at the end of the time period "
"specified in the :guilabel:`Expected Duration` field of the work order that "
"precedes it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1
msgid ""
"The Scheduled Start Date field for work orders on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:97
msgid ""
"A manufacturing order is created for Product A. The manufacturing order has "
"two operations: Cut and Assemble. Each operation has an expected duration of"
" 60 minutes, and the Assemble operation is blocked by the Cut operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:101
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Plan` button for the manufacturing order is clicked at 1:30 "
"pm, and the Cut operation is scheduled to begin immediately. Since the Cut "
"operation has an expected duration of 60 minutes, the Assemble operation is "
"scheduled to begin at 2:30 pm."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:106
msgid "Planning by workcenter"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:108
msgid ""
"To see a visual representation of how work orders are planned, navigate to "
"the :guilabel:`Work Orders Planning` page by going to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Planning --> Planning by Workcenter`. This"
" page shows a timeline of all the work orders scheduled for each operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:112
msgid ""
"If one work order is blocked by the completion of another, the work order "
"that is blocked is shown as scheduled to start after the work order blocking"
" it. In addition, an arrow connects the two work orders, leading from the "
"blocking operation to the blocked operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1
msgid ""
"The arrow connecting a blocked work order to the work order blocking it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor.rst:5
msgid "Shop Floor"
msgstr "ショップフロア"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:3
msgid "Shop Floor overview"
msgstr "製造現場概要"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:9
msgid ""
"The *Shop Floor* module is a companion module to the *Manufacturing* app. "
"*Shop Floor* provides a visual interface for processing manufacturing orders"
" (MOs) and work orders. It also allows manufacturing employees to track the "
"amount of time spent working on manufacturing and work orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:13
msgid ""
"The *Shop Floor* module is installed alongside the *Manufacturing* app. It "
"cannot be installed by itself. To install the *Manufacturing* app, navigate "
"to :menuselection:`Apps`, search for `manufacturing` in the "
":guilabel:`Search...` bar, and then click :guilabel:`Install` on the "
":guilabel:`Manufacturing` app card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:19
msgid ""
"The *Shop Floor* module replaces the tablet view functionality of the "
"*Manufacturing* app, and is only available in Odoo versions 16.4 and later."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:22
msgid ""
"To check the version number of an Odoo database, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Settings` and scroll down to the :guilabel:`About` section "
"at the bottom of the page. The version number is displayed there."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:26
msgid ""
"To switch to a newer version of Odoo, see the documentation on "
":doc:`upgrading a database <../../../../administration/upgrade>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:30
msgid "Navigation"
msgstr "ナビゲーション"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:32
msgid ""
"*Shop Floor* is broken down into three main views, which can be selected "
"from the navigation bar at the top of the module:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:35
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`All` page serves as the main dashboard for the module, and "
"displays information cards for |MOs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:37
msgid ""
"Each work center also has a dedicated page, which shows information cards "
"for work orders assigned to that work center. Work center pages can be "
"toggled on or off by clicking the :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button in the "
"navigation bar, selecting or deselecting them on the pop-up window that "
"appears, and then clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:41
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`My` page shows information cards for all work orders assigned"
" to the employee whose profile is currently active in the operator panel on "
"the left side of the module. Other than only showing work orders assigned to"
" the active employee, this page functions the same as the pages for each "
"work center."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:47
msgid ""
"To isolate an |MO| or work order, so that no other orders appear, simply "
"search the reference number of the |MO| in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar at "
"the top of the module. This search filter remains active while switching "
"between the different module views."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:51
msgid ""
"On the left side of the module is the operator panel, which shows all of the"
" employees currently signed in to *Shop Floor*, and allows new employees to "
"sign in. The operator panel is always available in the module, regardless of"
" which view is selected. It can be toggled on or off by clicking the "
":guilabel:`sidebar` button at the extreme left of the navigation bar."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1
msgid ""
"The \"sidebar\" button, which is used to toggle the operator panel on or "
"off."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:61
msgid "All page"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:63
msgid ""
"By default, the :guilabel:`All` page shows an information card for every "
"|MO| that is *ready to start*. An |MO| is considered ready to start once it "
"has been confirmed, and all required components are available."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:67
msgid ""
"To view every confirmed |MO| regardless of readiness, click the "
":guilabel:`x` button on the :guilabel:`Ready to Start` filter to remove it "
"from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:71
msgid "MO information card"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:73
msgid ""
"An |MO| information card on the :guilabel:`All` page shows all of the "
"relevant details of the associated |MO|, and also provides employees with "
"options for processing the |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:76
msgid ""
"The header for an |MO| card shows the |MO| number, the product and number of"
" units being produced, and the status of the |MO|. If work has not yet begun"
" on the |MO|, the status appears as :guilabel:`Confirmed`. Once work has "
"begun, the status updates to :guilabel:`In Progress`. If all work orders for"
" an |MO| have been completed and the |MO| is ready to close, the status "
"updates to :guilabel:`To Close`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:82
msgid ""
"The main body of an |MO| card shows a line for each completed work order, if"
" any, followed by the current work order that needs to be completed. "
"Completed work orders are indicated by a green check mark to the right of "
"title of the work order. The current work order is indicated by a button "
"that opens the page for the work center to which the order is assigned."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:87
msgid ""
"Below the current work order is a line titled :guilabel:`Register "
"Production`, which is used to record the number of product units produced. "
"To manually enter the number of units produced, click on the "
":guilabel:`Register Production` line, enter a value in the :guilabel:`Units`"
" field of the resulting pop-up window, then click :guilabel:`Validate`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:92
msgid ""
"Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`# Units` button on the right side of the"
" line, which automatically records the number of units the |MO| was created "
"for as the number of units produced. For example, if an |MO| is created for "
"10 units of a dining table, clicking the :guilabel:`10 units` button records"
" that 10 units were produced."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:97
msgid ""
"The footer of the |MO| card displays a :guilabel:`Close Production` button. "
"This is used to close the |MO| once production is completed. However, if "
"there are any quality checks required for the |MO| as a whole (not the work "
"orders within it), a :guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears instead. "
"Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Checks` opens a pop-up window, from which any "
"required quality checks can be completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:103
msgid ""
"After clicking :guilabel:`Close Production`, the |MO| card begins to fade "
"away, and an :guilabel:`Undo` button appears on the footer. Clicking "
":guilabel:`Undo` causes the |MO| to remain open. Once the |MO| card "
"disappears completely, the work order is closed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:107
msgid ""
"On the right side of the footer is an :guilabel:`⋮ (options)` button, which "
"opens a pop-up window with additional options for the |MO|:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:110
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:171
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Scrap` is used to send components to a scrap location when they "
"are found to be defective."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:112
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Add Work Order` is used to add an additional work order to the "
"|MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:113
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:173
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Add Component` is used to add an additional component to the "
"|MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:114
msgid ":guilabel:`Open Backend MO` opens the |MO| in the Manufacturing app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1
msgid ""
"An information card for an MO on the \"All\" page of the Shop Floor module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:121
msgid "Work center pages"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:123
msgid ""
"By default, the page for each work center shows an information card for "
"every work order assigned to it that is *ready to start*. A work order is "
"considered ready to start once the |MO| it is a part of is ready to start, "
"and any preceding work orders have been completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:127
msgid ""
"To view every confirmed work order assigned to a work center regardless of "
"readiness, click the :guilabel:`x` button on the :guilabel:`Ready to Start` "
"filter to remove it from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:132
msgid "Work order information card"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:134
msgid ""
"A work order information card on a work center's page shows all of the "
"relevant details of the associated work order, and also provides employees "
"with options for processing the work order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:137
msgid ""
"The header for a work order card shows the reference number of the |MO| that"
" the work order is a part of, the product and number of units being "
"produced, and the status of the work order. If work has not yet begun on the"
" work order, the status appears as :guilabel:`To Do`. Once work has begun, "
"the status updates to display a timer showing the total time the work order "
"has been worked on."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:142
msgid ""
"The main body of a work order card shows a line for each step required to "
"complete the work order. Work order steps can be completed by clicking on "
"the line, then following the instructions on the pop-up window that appears."
" Alternatively, clicking the checkbox on the right side of each line "
"automatically marks the step as completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:147
msgid ""
"Below the final step of the work order is a line titled :guilabel:`Register "
"Production`, which functions the same as the :guilabel:`Register Production`"
" line on an |MO| card. Registering the number of units produced using the "
":guilabel:`Register Production` line on a work order card also completes the"
" step for the associated |MO| card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:152
msgid ""
"If the work order being processed is the final work order for the |MO|, a "
":guilabel:`Close Production` button appears on the footer of the work order "
"card. Clicking :guilabel:`Close Production` closes both the work order and "
"the |MO|, unless a quality check is required for the |MO|. In this case, the"
" quality check must be completed from the |MO| card before the |MO| can be "
"closed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:158
msgid ""
"Alternatively, if the |MO| requires the completion of additional work "
"orders, a :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button appears instead. Clicking "
":guilabel:`Mark as Done` marks the current work order as completed, and "
"causes the next work order to appear on the page for the work center it is "
"assigned to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:163
msgid ""
"After clicking :guilabel:`Close Production` or :guilabel:`Mark as Done`, the"
" work order card begins to fade away, and an :guilabel:`Undo` button appears"
" on the footer. Clicking :guilabel:`Undo` causes the work order to remain "
"open. Once the work order card disappears completely, the work order is "
"marked as :guilabel:`Finished` on the |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:168
msgid ""
"On the right side of the footer is an :guilabel:`⋮ (options)` button, which "
"opens a pop-up window with additional options for the work order:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:174
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Move to work center` is used to transfer the work order to a "
"different work center."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:175
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Suggest a Worksheet improvement` allows the user to propose a "
"change to the work order's instructions or steps."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:177
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Create a Quality Alert` opens a quality alert form that can be "
"filled out to alert a quality team about a potential issue."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1
msgid "An information card for a work order in the Shop Floor module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:185
msgid "Operator panel"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:187
msgid ""
"The operator panel is used to manage the employees that are signed in to the"
" *Shop Floor* module. The panel shows the name and profile picture of every "
"employee that is currently signed in across all instances of the database."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:191
msgid ""
"To interact with *Shop Floor* as a specific employee, click the employee's "
"name to activate their profile. Profiles that are not active appear with "
"their names and profile pictures greyed-out."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:194
msgid ""
"When an employee is selected in the operator panel, they can begin working "
"on a work order by clicking the work order's heading. If an employee is "
"working on one or more work orders, the work order title(s) appear under "
"their name, along with a timer showing how long they've been working on each"
" order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:199
msgid ""
"To add a new employee to the operator panel, click the :guilabel:`+ Add "
"Operator` button at the bottom of the panel. Then, select an employee from "
"the :guilabel:`Select Employee` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:202
msgid ""
"To remove an employee from the operator panel, simply click the "
":guilabel:`x` button next to their name in the panel."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1
msgid ""
"The operator panel of the Shop Floor module, showing three employees signed "
"in."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm.rst:8
msgid "Product lifecycle management"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm.rst:10
msgid ""
"Odoo *Product Lifecycle Management* (*PLM*) offers a systematic approach for"
" testing, collaboration, and iteration of products across concept "
"development, design, manufacturing, marketing, and post-launch support "
"stages."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm.rst:14
msgid ""
"With approvals, key stakeholders can review changes before implementation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes.rst:3
msgid "Change management"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:10
msgid "ECO type"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:12
msgid ""
"An *ECO type* is assigned to *engineering change orders* (ECOs) to organize "
"and track changes to products and bills of materials (BoMs). Each |ECO| type"
" separates |ECOs| into a project in Gantt view, ensuring collaborators and "
"stakeholders **only** view and assist with relevant |BOM| improvements."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:17
msgid ""
"For example, an electronic chip manufacturer might use 'New Product "
"Introduction', 'Product Improvement', 'Component Change', and 'Firmware "
"Update' |ECO| types. Then, designers and engineers can focus on |ECOs| in "
"the 'New Product Introduction' and 'Product Improvement' projects, avoiding "
"unrelated supplier change or firmware update |ECOs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:23
msgid "Create ECO type"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:25
msgid ""
"To access and manage ECO types, navigate to :menuselection:`PLM app --> "
"Configuration --> ECO Types`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:28
msgid ""
"Create a new ECO type by clicking :guilabel:`New`. On the new :guilabel:`ECO"
" Types` form, fill in the following information:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:31
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Name`: the name of the |ECO| type, which will organize all of the"
" |ECOs| of this *type* in a project."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:33
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Email Alias`: if this optional field is filled, emails submitted "
"to this email address automatically generate |ECOs| in the left-most stage "
"of this |ECO| type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:37
msgid ""
"The `Formulation change` |ECO| type is used to organize and track related "
"|ECOs| in a single project. Configuring the :guilabel:`Email Alias` field "
"generates |ECOs| in the `Formulation change` project sent to the email "
"address, `pawlish-change@pawlished-glam.odoo.com`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0
msgid "Example of an ECO type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:46
msgid "Edit ECO type"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:48
msgid ""
"Modify existing |ECO| type names and email aliases by navigating to the "
":menuselection:`PLM app --> Configuration --> ECO Types` page. There, click "
"on the desired |ECO| type from the list."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:51
msgid ""
"On the form for each |ECO| type, proceed to edit the :guilabel:`Name` and "
":guilabel:`Email Alias` fields."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:57
msgid "Stages"
msgstr "ステージ"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:59
msgid ""
"Within an |ECO| type project, *stages* are like milestones and are used to "
"identify the progress of the |ECO| before the changes are ready to be "
"applied. (e.g. 'Feedback', 'In Progress', 'Approved', 'Complete')"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:63
msgid ""
"Additionally, required approvers can be added to each stage, ensuring that "
"changes to the production |BOM| cannot proceed until the approver reviews "
"and approves the |ECO|. Doing so prevents errors on the production |BOM| by "
"enforcing at least one review of suggested changes before they're applied on"
" a production |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:68
msgid ""
"For best practice, there should be at least one *verification* stage, which "
"is a stage with a required approver, and one *closing* stage, which stores "
"|ECOs| that have been either canceled or approved for use as the next "
"production |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:73
msgid "Create stage"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:75
msgid ""
"To add a stage, go to the :menuselection:`PLM` app and select the intended "
"project for an |ECO| type from the :guilabel:`PLM Overview` dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:78
msgid ""
"Then, on the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` project pipeline for the "
"|ECO| type, click the :guilabel:`+ Stage` button. Doing so reveals a text "
"box to fill in the name of the stage. After filling it in, click the "
":guilabel:`Add` button to finish adding the stage."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:83
msgid ""
"A new `Assigned` stage separates assigned |ECOs| from the unassigned ones in"
" the `New` stage. Adding another stage helps the product manager track "
"unassigned tasks."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0
msgid "Create a new stage in a project for an ECO type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:91
msgid "Verification stage"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:93
msgid ""
"Click an ECO type from :menuselection:`PLM app --> Overview` to open a "
"kanban view of |ECOs| of this type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:96
msgid ""
"To configure a verification stage, hover over the intended stage, and select"
" the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon. Then, click :guilabel:`Edit` to open a pop-"
"up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:99
msgid ""
"Configure the verification stage in the edit stage pop-up window, by "
"checking the box for :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:102
msgid ""
"Then, add an approver in the :guilabel:`Approvers` section, by clicking "
":guilabel:`Add a line`, and specifying the :guilabel:`Role` of the reviewer,"
" their :guilabel:`User`, and :guilabel:`Approval Type`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:106
msgid ""
"Make sure at least one approver is configured with the :guilabel:`Approval "
"Type`: :guilabel:`Is required to approve`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:109
msgid ""
"The approver listed is automatically notified when |ECOs| are dropped in the"
" stage specified in the pop-up window. Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save "
"& Close`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:113
msgid ""
"In the |ECO| type `New Product Introduction`, the verification stage "
"`Validated` is configured by clicking the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon, and "
"selecting :guilabel:`Edit`. Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Edit: Validated` "
"pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:117
msgid ""
"By adding the `Engineering manager` as an approver, only |ECOs| approved by "
"this user can proceed to the next stage, and have the changes applied on the"
" production |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:120
msgid ""
"Additionally, check the :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes` option to ensure "
"proper behavior."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0
msgid "Show \"Allow to apply changes\" option is checked."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:127
msgid "Closing stage"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:129
msgid ""
"Configure a closing stage by opening the :guilabel:`Edit: [stage]` pop-up "
"window. To do so, hover over the intended stage and click the :guilabel:`⚙️ "
"(gear)` icon that appears in the top-right corner. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Edit` from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:133
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Edit: [stage]` pop-up window, select the check boxes for "
":guilabel:`Folded in kanban view`, :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes` and "
":guilabel:`Final Stage`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:137
msgid ""
"The closing stage, `Effective` is configured by checking the "
":guilabel:`Folded in kanban view`, :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes`, and "
":guilabel:`Final Stage` options"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst-1
msgid "Show configurations of the closing stage."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:3
msgid "Engineering change orders"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:12
msgid ""
"Utilize *engineering change orders* (*ECOs*) to track, implement, and revert"
" change versions made to products, and :ref:`bills of materials "
"<manufacturing/management/bill-configuration>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:15
msgid "Engineering change orders can be created:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:17
msgid ":ref:`directly in the ECO type <plm/eco/create-eco>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:18
msgid ""
"by an operator in the :ref:`tablet view <plm/eco/tablet-view>` of an "
"operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:19
msgid ""
"automatically from feedback submitted to the :ref:`ECO type's email alias "
"<plm/eco/eco-type>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:24
msgid "Create ECO"
msgstr "設計変更オーダ作成"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:26
msgid ""
"To create a new |ECO|, begin by navigating to the *PLM* app. Then, select "
"the |ECO| type card that will be used to track the progress of the change. "
"On the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` page, click the :guilabel:`New`"
" button in the top-left corner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:31
msgid ""
"Learn how to create new :ref:`ECO types <plm/eco/eco-type>` to categorize "
"and organize change orders. Doing so ensures employees only view the |ECOs| "
"related to their responsibilities, whether it involves new product "
"introductions, targeted product line updates, or regulatory compliance "
"fulfillment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:36
msgid "On the |ECO| form, fill in the following fields accordingly:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:38
msgid ":guilabel:`Description` is a brief summary of the improvement."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:39
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Type`: specifies the |ECO| type project for organizing the "
"|ECOs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:40
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Apply on` determines if the |ECO| changes the :guilabel:`Bill of "
"Materials` or the :guilabel:`Product Only`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:42
msgid ":guilabel:`Product` indicates the product being improved."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:43
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` specifies the changed |BOM|. It auto-populates"
" if the product in :guilabel:`Product` field has an existing |BOM|. If "
"multiple |BOMs| exist, select the intended radio options from the drop-down "
"menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:46
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company` field is used in multi-company databases. Specify if the"
" change applies to products in a specific company, or leave blank if the "
"change applies to all companies."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:48
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Responsible` represents the assignee in charge of this |ECO|. "
"(Optional)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:49
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Effective` specifies when the |ECO| becomes live. Choosing "
":guilabel:`As soon as possible` means the |ECO| applies to the production "
"|BOM| as soon as an authorized user :ref:`applies the changes "
"<plm/eco/apply-changes>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:53
msgid ""
"On the other hand, choosing :guilabel:`At Date`, and setting a specific "
"date, leaves a date that makes it easier to track the version history of the"
" |BOM|, and the specific date |BOMs|, used for production."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:56
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Tags` are assigned to |ECOs| for prioritization and organization."
" Create a new tag by typing the name in the field and selecting "
":guilabel:`Create` from the drop-down menu. (Optional)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:59
msgid ""
"After filling out the |ECO| form, click the :guilabel:`Start Revision` "
"button to begin implementing the changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:62
msgid "By pressing :guilabel:`Start Revision`, three actions occur:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:64
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Documents` smart button appears, storing relevant files of "
"the |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:65
msgid ""
"A copy of the production |BOM| is stored in the newly-appeared "
":guilabel:`Revision` smart button of the |ECO|. The next available version "
"number (e.g., `V2`, `V3`, ...) is also assigned to keep track of all |BOM| "
"versions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:68
msgid ""
"The stages of the |ECO| :guilabel:`Type` are displayed in the top-right "
"corner of the |ECO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:71
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Revision` smart button is available **only** when the "
":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` radio button is selected in the "
":guilabel:`Apply on` field, and the :guilabel:`Start Revision` button has "
"been pressed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1
msgid ""
"ECO with overview of stages in the top-right corner, and *Revision* smart "
"button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:80
msgid "Change components"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:82
msgid ""
"To modify the components in a |BOM|, click the :guilabel:`Revision` smart "
"button on an |ECO| to access the new version of the |BOM|. Odoo "
"distinguishes the non-production version of the |BOM| from the current "
"version, by flagging the test |BOM| with a large :guilabel:`Archived` tag."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:87
msgid ""
"After clicking the :guilabel:`Start Revision` button for an |ECO| for the "
"product, `[D_0045 Stool]`, make changes to the product's |BOM| by clicking "
"the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button. Doing so opens the archived |BOM|, "
"marked with a large red :guilabel:`Archived` flag."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0
msgid "Show the archived Bill of Materials."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:95
msgid ""
"On the new |BOM|, in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, proceed to modify the "
"components list, by changing the :guilabel:`Quantity` of existing "
"components, adding new components using the :guilabel:`Add a line` button, "
"and removing components with the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` icon."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:102
msgid ""
"In version two of the |BOM| for a keyboard, the component quantities are "
"reduced, and an additional component, `Stabilizers`, is added."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0
msgid ""
"Make changes to components by going to the new BoM with the *Revision* smart"
" button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:110
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:153
msgid "Compare changes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:112
msgid ""
"Once the changes are complete, navigate back to the |ECO|, by clicking "
"`ECO00X` in the breadcrumbs located in the top-left corner. On the |ECO| "
"form, a new :guilabel:`BoM Changes` tab displays the differences between the"
" current |BOM| and the new version."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:116
msgid ""
"Blue text indicates new components added to the revised |BOM| that are not "
"in the production |BOM|. Black text represents updates shared by both "
"|BOMs|, while red text indicates components removed in the revised |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:120
msgid ""
"Changes and tests are encapsulated in the revised |BOM|, and do **not** "
"affect the |BOM| currently used in production. That is, until the "
":ref:`changes are applied <plm/eco/apply-changes>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:124
msgid ""
"View the summary of the differences between the current and revised keyboard"
" |BOMs| in the :guilabel:`BoM Changes` tab of the |ECO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0
msgid "View summary of component changes in the *BoM Changes* tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:132
msgid "Change operations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:134
msgid ""
"To modify the operations in a |BOM|, click the :guilabel:`Revision` smart "
"button on an |ECO| to access the archived, new version of the |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:137
msgid ""
"In the new |BOM| version, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab to view "
"and edit |BOM| operations. To make changes, select each operation, which "
"opens the corresponding :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:142
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Operations` tab is *not* available by default. To enable it, "
"navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`, and check the :guilabel:`Work Orders` box."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:146
msgid ""
"Make changes to any of the fields in the :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-up"
" window, then click :guilabel:`Save` once completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:149
msgid ""
"Create new operations by clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button, and "
"remove new operations by clicking the :guilabel:`Archive Operation` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:155
msgid ""
"Once the changes are complete, navigate back to the |ECO|, by clicking "
"`ECO00X` in the breadcrumbs located in the top-left corner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:158
msgid ""
"On the |ECO| form, a new :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab displays the "
"differences between the current production |BOM| and the new version."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:161
msgid ""
"Blue text indicates new operations added to the revised |BOM| that do not "
"yet exist in the production |BOM|. Black text represents updates shared by "
"both |BOMs|, while red text indicates operations removed in the revised "
"|BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:165
msgid ""
"Modifications to the |BOM| in an |ECO| will **not** affect the |BOM| used in"
" production. That is, until the :ref:`changes are applied <plm/eco/apply-"
"changes>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:168
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab, each row of details, beneath the "
"columns in the table, reflect the following information:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:171
msgid ":guilabel:`Operation`: Name of the operation that was modified."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:172
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Step`: specifies the quality control point, visible when the "
"operation includes detailed instructions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:176
msgid ""
"To check for instructions, click the operation line item in the "
":guilabel:`Operations` tab of a |BOM|. Then, in the :guilabel:`Open: "
"Operations` pop-up window, look for the :guilabel:`Instructions` smart "
"button displayed at the top."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:181
msgid ""
"The `Assembly` :guilabel:`Operation` includes `10` detailed "
":guilabel:`Instructions` to complete it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0
msgid ""
"Show *Instructions* smart button to check whether an operation has additional\n"
"instructions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:189
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Step Type` details the type of quality control for further "
"instructions in the operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:191
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Type` corresponds with the colored text to specify how the "
"revised |BOM| differs from the production |BOM|. Operation change types can "
"be :guilabel:`Add`, :guilabel:`Remove`, or :guilabel:`Update`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:194
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Work Center` specifies the work center at which the operation is "
"performed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:195
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Manual Duration Change` refers to the change in the "
":guilabel:`Default Duration` field in the :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-"
"up window, which specifies the expected time for completing the operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:200
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab compares the production |BOM| with the"
" revised |BOM| in the |ECO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:203
msgid ""
"In the revised |BOM|, a new `Assembly` :guilabel:`Operation` at the "
":guilabel:`Work Center` `Assembly Line 1` is added. In addition, the "
"expected duration of the operation is `20.00` minutes, as specified by the "
":guilabel:`Manual Duration Change`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:207
msgid ""
"To supplement the `Assembly` operation, two quality control point "
"instructions are added:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:209
msgid ""
"The first is the :guilabel:`Step` `QCP00039`, a :guilabel:`Step Type` to "
":guilabel:`Register Production` of components."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:211
msgid ""
"The second :guilabel:`Step` is `QCP00034`, an `Instructions` :guilabel:`Step"
" Type` that provides additional assembly details."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0
msgid "Show *Operation Changes* tab in an |ECO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:221
msgid "Apply changes"
msgstr "変更を適用"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:223
msgid ""
"After verifying the changes, move the |ECO| to a :ref:`verification stage "
"<plm/eco/stage-config>`, which are stages that require approval before the "
"revised changes can be applied to the production |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:227
msgid ""
"Once the approvers accept the changes, the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button "
"becomes available. Click this button, and the |ECO| is automatically moved "
"to a closing stage. The changes are applied, which archives the original "
"production |BOM|, and the revised |BOM| becomes the new production |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:232
msgid "Verify changes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:234
msgid ""
"To ensure the changes are live, from the |ECO| where the :guilabel:`Apply "
"Changes` button was just pressed, return to the revised |BOM| by clicking "
"the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:237
msgid ""
"On the revised |BOM|, the large red :guilabel:`Archived` flag is removed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:239
msgid ""
"To further verify the changes, check the production |BOM| by going to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Products` and select the "
"product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:242
msgid ""
"Then, on the product form, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart "
"button, and select the |BOM| from the list. In the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous`"
" tab of the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Version` field is updated to match the "
"version number shown on the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button of the latest "
"|ECO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:248
msgid ""
"After applying the changes of the |ECO| for the :ref:`keyboard "
"<plm/eco/example-keyboard>`, view the version of the current keyboard |BOM| "
"in the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. Here, the :guilabel:`Version` number "
"has been updated to `2`, matching the `V2` that appears in the "
":guilabel:`Revision` smart button of the |ECO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0
msgid "View current *BOM* version in the Miscellaneous tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:260
msgid "Create ECO from tablet view"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:262
msgid ""
"Operators can directly suggest clearer operation instructions, while "
"performing manufacturing orders (MOs) in the *Manufacturing* app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:265
msgid ""
"To create |ECOs| in this manner, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Then, select the desired :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` and switch to the "
":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. Then, click the :guilabel:`📱 (mobile phone)` "
"icon for the desired work order to open the *tablet view* of the operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:271
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`📱 (mobile phone)` icon is **only** available for :abbr:`MOs "
"(Manufacturing Orders)` with a :guilabel:`Confirmed` or :guilabel:`In "
"Progress` status."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1
msgid "Find the tablet icon for each operation, second from the far right."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:278
msgid ""
"Next, add an instructional step, by clicking the :guilabel:`☰ (three "
"horizontal lines)` icon in the tablet view of an operation. Doing so opens "
"the :guilabel:`Menu` of action items for a :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)`."
" Then, click the :guilabel:`Add a step` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1
msgid ""
"Open the *Add a Step* pop-up by clicking the three horizontal lines icon in "
"tablet view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:286
msgid ""
"Clicking the button reveals an :guilabel:`Add a step` pop-up window, where "
"the proposed changes are submitted."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:289
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Title` field, enter a short step description. Next, in the"
" :guilabel:`Instruction` text field, type the instructions of the step in "
"greater detail. Optionally, add an image to the :guilabel:`Document` field. "
"Once completed, finish by clicking the :guilabel:`Propose Change` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:295
msgid ""
"To propose an additional check for broken components, enter the details in "
"the :guilabel:`Add a Step` pop-up window. Doing so creates an instructional "
"quality control point that will be reviewed in the following section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0
msgid ""
"Fill out the *Add a Step* form to suggest an additional quality control "
"point."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:303
msgid ""
"Based on the inputs from the :guilabel:`Add a Step` pop-up window, an |ECO| "
"is created with the following information:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:306
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Description` is the name of the operation, followed by the "
":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` number for reference."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:308
msgid "The |ECO| :guilabel:`Type` is automatically assigned to `BOM Changes`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:309
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` fields are "
"automatically populated, based on the |BOM| used in the :abbr:`MO "
"(Manufacturing Order)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:311
msgid ":guilabel:`Responsible` is the operator who submitted the feedback."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:314
msgid "View ECO"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:316
msgid ""
"To review the proposed changes, navigate to the :menuselection:`PLM app --> "
"Overview`. In the `BOM Updates` |ECO| type card, the :guilabel:`X "
"Engineering Changes` button represents the amount of operational changes "
"created from the tablet view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:320
msgid ""
"Click on the :guilabel:`X Engineering Changes` button to open the kanban "
"view of the |ECO| type. To view the suggestion, select an |ECO| in the `New`"
" stage."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:323
msgid ""
"On the |ECO|, view a summary of the proposed changes in the "
":guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab. Click the :guilabel:`Revision` smart "
"button to navigate to the revised |BOM| and look into the proposed changes "
"in greater detail."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:328
msgid ""
"An operator suggested another check for broken components by adding a step "
"from the tablet view, while performing the `Assemble switches` operation for"
" the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` `WH/MO/00010` for the product, "
"`Keyboard`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:332
msgid ""
"Then, this created |ECO| can be viewed by navigating to the `BOM Changes` "
"ECO type found in :menuselection:`PLM app --> Overview`. By default, |ECOs| "
"created from tablet view are set to spawn in the `New` stage."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:336
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Responsible` field is assigned to the operator who made the "
"suggestion, allowing the employee revising the |BOM| to seek further "
"clarification from the person who proposed the changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0
msgid "Find the new ECO in the \"BOM Changes\" ECO type, in the *New* stage."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:344
msgid ""
"On the revised |BOM|, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, and select "
"the :guilabel:`☰ (three horizontal lines)` icon. Doing so opens a list of "
":guilabel:`Steps` to perform the operation, with the newest instruction "
"titled `New Step Suggestion:`, followed by the user-entered title. Click the"
" line item to view the suggested changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1
msgid "\"Show Instructions\" icon in the *Operations* tab of a BoM."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:353
msgid ""
"On the :ref:`quality control point <quality/quality_management/quality-"
"control-points>` form, ensure the following form fields are accurately "
"filled out to give detailed instructions for operators:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:356
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Title`: rename to give a concise description of the new "
"instruction."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:357
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Control per`: using the drop-down menu, determine whether this "
"instruction applies broadly for the :guilabel:`Product`, specifically for "
"this :guilabel:`Operation` *only*, or a particular :guilabel:`Quantity` of "
"the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:360
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Type`: categorizes the control point type. From the drop-down "
"menu, select :guilabel:`Instructions` to detail an instruction for the "
"worker. To receive input from the workers, select the :guilabel:`Take a "
"Picture`, :guilabel:`Register Consumed Materials`, :guilabel:`Print Label`, "
"or other :ref:`quality check options <quality/quality_management/quality-"
"control-points>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:367
msgid ""
":ref:`Configure quality control points <quality/quality_management/quality-"
"control-points>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:369
msgid ""
"Once the quality control point is configured, return to the "
":guilabel:`Steps` list using the breadcrumbs. Finally, drag the last quality"
" control line item to its intended order of instructions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:373
msgid ""
"Drag and reorder the `Check for broken switches` instruction, by clicking "
"and dragging its \"6 dots\" icon to move it from the bottom to the second "
"position."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0
msgid ""
"Drag and reorder instructions by selecting the \"6 dots\" icon on the far "
"left."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:3
msgid "Version control"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:10
msgid ""
"Use Odoo's *Product Lifecycle Management (PLM)* to manage previous versions "
"of bills of materials (BoMs). Store former assembly instructions, component "
"details, and past product design files while keeping the past details out of"
" the production |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:14
msgid ""
"Easily revert to previous |BOM| versions, when needed. Additionally, use "
"*PLM* to trace which |BOM| version was active on specific dates for recalls "
"or customer complaints."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:17
msgid ""
"Every |BOM| version is stored in an *engineering change order* (ECO) for "
"organized testing and improvements without disrupting normal manufacturing "
"operations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:21
msgid ":ref:`Engineering change order <plm/eco>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:24
msgid "Current BoM version"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:26
msgid ""
"To see the current version of the |BOM| used in production, go to "
":menuselection:`PLM app --> Master Data --> Bill of Materials`, and select "
"the desired |BOM| from the list. Then, switch to the "
":guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab, where the currently live :guilabel:`Version` "
"of the |BOM| is displayed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:32
msgid ""
"|BOMs| can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> "
"Products --> Bill of Materials`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1
msgid "Show the current version BOM in the Misc tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:40
msgid "Version history"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:42
msgid ""
"To manage all former, current, and future versions of a |BOM|, begin by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of "
"Materials` and click the desired |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:45
msgid ""
"From the |BOM| page, click the :guilabel:`ECO` smart button, and switch to "
"list view by selecting the :guilabel:`≣ (four horizontal lines)` icon on the"
" top right corner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:49
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`ECO` smart button is visible on the |BOM| **only** if the "
"*PLM* app is installed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1
msgid "Show ECO smart button on a BoM."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:55
msgid ""
"In the list of |ECOs| for the product, navigate to the search bar at the "
"top, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon on the right to access a "
"drop-down menu of :guilabel:`Filters`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:58
msgid ""
"Next, filter by :guilabel:`Done` |ECOs| to view: the revision history of the"
" |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Responsible` user who applied the change, and the "
":guilabel:`Effective Date` of the |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:62
msgid ""
"Click each |ECO| to view the past components, operations, and design files "
"associated with the |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1
msgid "Display ECO revision history for a BoM for a product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:70
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Effective Date` field is empty, the :guilabel:`Effective` "
"date of the |ECO| is automatically set to :guilabel:`As soon as possible` "
"and no dates are recorded in the revision history of the |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0
msgid "List of BOM effective dates."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:79
msgid ""
"A workaround for checking when the |BOM| went live is by navigating to the "
"chatter, and hovering over the time the |ECO| was moved to the :ref:`closing"
" stage <plm/eco/stage-config>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:83
msgid "Design files"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:85
msgid ""
"Attach computer-aided design (CAD) files, PDFs, images, or other design "
"material to the |BOM| itself."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:88
msgid ""
"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`PLM app --> Master Data --> Bill of "
"Materials`, and select the desired |BOM|. On the |BOM|, navigate to the "
"*chatter*, and click the :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:92
msgid ""
"The files associated with the |BOM| are displayed in the :guilabel:`Files` "
"section. To add more design files, select the :guilabel:`Attach files` "
"button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1
msgid "Show paperclip icon in the chatter to attach files to a BoM."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:100
msgid "Manage design files in an ECO"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:102
msgid ""
"Add, modify, and remove files in an |ECO|. Once the |ECO| is approved and "
"applied, the new files are automatically linked to the production |BOM|. "
"Archived files are removed from the |BOM|, but are still accessible in the "
"|ECO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:106
msgid ""
"To manage the design files in the |ECO|, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`PLM app --> Changes` and choose the desired |ECO|. Next, "
"open the :guilabel:`Attachments` page by clicking the :guilabel:`Documents` "
"smart button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:110
msgid ""
"Hover over each attachment to reveal the :guilabel:`︙ (three vertical dots)`"
" icon. From there, choose whether to :guilabel:`Edit`, :guilabel:`Remove`, "
"or :guilabel:`Download` the file. Any changes made to these files are "
"contained within the |ECO|, and will only apply to the production |BOM| once"
" the :ref:`changes are applied <plm/eco/apply-changes>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:116
msgid ""
"In the `Create 60% keyboard` |ECO|, the design files are from the original "
"`100% keyboard` |BOM|. To replace the keyboard PDF, begin by selecting the "
":guilabel:`Documents` smart button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0
msgid "Show *Documents* smart button from an active ECO."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:123
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Attachments` page, hover over the `100% keyboard "
"manual.pdf` design file, and click the :guilabel:`︙ (three vertical dots)` "
"icon. Then, click the :guilabel:`Remove` option to archive the file."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:127
msgid ""
"Next, on the same :guilabel:`Attachments` page, click the :guilabel:`Upload`"
" button to upload the new design file, named `60% keyboard manual`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0
msgid ""
"View of *Attachments* page from the *Documents* smart button. Displays one archived and\n"
"one newly added attachment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:136
msgid ""
"Archived files are **not** permanently deleted — they can still be accessed "
"in the previous |ECO|, or as an archived file in the latest |ECO|, where the"
" archival occurred."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:140
msgid "Apply rebase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:142
msgid ""
"Odoo simplifies merge conflict resolution for concurrent |ECOs| on the same "
"product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:144
msgid ""
"Conflicts can occur when the production |BOM| is updated while other |ECOs| "
"are modifying the previous version. Differences between the new and previous"
" production |BOMs| are displayed in the :guilabel:`Previous Eco Bom Changes`"
" tab, visible only in this scenario."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:148
msgid ""
"To resolve conflicts and retain |ECO| changes, click the :guilabel:`Apply "
"Rebase` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:151
msgid ""
"Two |ECOs|, `ECO0011` and `ECO0012`, are created when the current |BOM| "
"version is `5`. In `ECO0011`, a new component, `Space stabilizer`, is added,"
" and the changes are applied. This means the current |BOM| version has "
"become `6`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0
msgid "Apply changes to an ECO to update the production BOM."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:159
msgid ""
"This means `ECO0012` is modifying an outdated |BOM|. As shown in the "
":guilabel:`Previous Eco Bom Changes` tab, the |BOM| is missing the `Space "
"stabilizer`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:162
msgid ""
"To ensure the changes applied by `ECO0011` are kept when the changes occur "
"in `ECO0012`, click the :guilabel:`Apply Rebase` button to apply the "
"previous |ECO| changes, without affecting the changes already made to "
"`ECO0012`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0
msgid ""
"Click the *Apply Rebase* button to update the BOM to match the production "
"BOM."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management.rst:3
msgid "Project management"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:3
msgid "Approvals"
msgstr "承認"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:10
msgid ""
"Notify stakeholders and managers automatically by assigning approvers to "
"stages of :ref:`engineering change orders <plm/eco>` (ECOs) under review. "
"Changes can only be applied after the assigned approver accepts them. "
"Approvals ensure reviews by team members, which prevents mistakes and "
"premature actions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:16
msgid ":ref:`Stage configuration <plm/eco/stage-config>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:19
msgid "Add approver"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:21
msgid ""
"To add an approver, first go to the :menuselection:`PLM app`, and click on "
"the project card of an ECO type to open the Gantt view of the |ECOs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:24
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` page, hover over the intended "
"stage, and select the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Edit` to open a pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:28
msgid ""
"Approvers can be added to any stage, but it's strongly recommended to assign"
" them to the *verification* stage, which comes before the *closing* stage, "
"where |ECOs| are applied, and the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` version is"
" updated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:32
msgid ""
"See the documentation about :ref:`stage types <plm/eco/stage-config>` for "
"more information."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:36
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Edit` stage pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Add a "
"line` button, located under :guilabel:`Approvals`. Then, type in the "
"approver's position (or title) under :guilabel:`Role` (e.g. `Engineering "
"Manager`, `Quality Team`, etc.), and select the relevant :guilabel:`User` "
"from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:41
msgid ""
"Next, set the :guilabel:`Approval Type` to :guilabel:`Is required to "
"approve`, :guilabel:`Approves, but the approval is optional`, or "
":guilabel:`Comments only`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:45
msgid ""
"Assign the `CTO`, \"Mitchell Admin,\" as a required approver for |ECOs| in "
"the `Validated` stage in the `New Product Introduction` ECO type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:48
msgid ""
"Approvals from the quality and marketing teams are **not** required to apply"
" changes to the |ECO| because their :guilabel:`Approval Type` is set to "
":guilabel:`Approves, but the approval is optional` and :guilabel:`Comments "
"only`, respectively."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:0
msgid ""
"Set an approver that \"Is required to approve\" ECOs in the \"Validated\" "
"stage."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:57
msgid "Manage approvals"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:59
msgid ""
"Approvers can easily track their to-do approvals by navigating to the "
":menuselection:`PLM app`, and looking at the card for an ECO type, which "
"shows the count of open tasks assigned to them."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:62
msgid "Here's what each button on an ECO project card does:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:64
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`# Engineering Changes` button displays a count of in-progress"
" |ECOs| of this ECO type. Clicking the button opens the Gantt view of the "
":guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:66
msgid ""
":guilabel:`My Validations` displays a count of |ECOs| the approver must "
"accept or reject. Clicking on this button displays |ECOs| pending approval "
"or rejected (marked with the red :guilabel:`Blocked` state)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:69
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`All Validations` button shows the count of |ECOs| awaiting "
"approval or rejected by any approver. Clicking it reveals these pending "
"|ECOs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:71
msgid ""
":guilabel:`To Apply` displays a count of |ECOs| to which the user needs to "
"apply changes. Clicking on the button displays all the |ECOs| to approve, "
"and apply changes to, in the verification stage."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:75
msgid ""
"|ECOs| marked with the green :guilabel:`Done` stage have already been "
"approved, and the user just needs to click on the |ECO| to enter the form "
"view, and click the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst-1
msgid ""
"Display count of validations to-do and buttons to open filtered list of "
"ECOs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:84
msgid "Approve ECOs"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:86
msgid ""
"Navigate to an |ECO| in a verification stage, while logged in as the "
"assigned approver, to see the :guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Reject`, and "
":guilabel:`Apply Changes` buttons."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:89
msgid ""
"To approve the |ECO|, and apply the changes onto the production :abbr:`BoM "
"(Bill of Materials)`, click :guilabel:`Approve`, and then :guilabel:`Apply "
"Changes`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:92
msgid ""
"Note that the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button will **not** work unless the "
":guilabel:`Approve` button was clicked first. Additionally, the chatter logs"
" the history of the clicked buttons."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:96
msgid ""
"When the :guilabel:`Approval Type` is **not** set to :guilabel:`Is required "
"to approve`, approval from the associated user is not needed before applying"
" changes with the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. Thus, the "
":guilabel:`Apply Changes` button **will work** without requiring the "
":guilabel:`Approve` button to be clicked first."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:102
msgid "Automated activities"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:104
msgid ""
"When an |ECO| is moved to a verification stage, a planned activity is "
"automatically created for assigned approvers to review the |ECO|. Approvers "
"receive a notification in their activities inbox, accessible through the "
":guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon at the top of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:108
msgid ""
"In the to-do task list, the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Order (ECO)` "
"notification displays the number of activities marked :guilabel:`Late`, "
":guilabel:`Today`, and :guilabel:`Future`. Clicking on each of these buttons"
" shows a filtered Gantt view of the respective |ECOs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:113
msgid ""
"Scheduled activities are shown as a number on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` "
"icon, with `5` |ECOs| pending approval :guilabel:`Today`. Currently, there "
"are `0` :guilabel:`Late` or :guilabel:`Future` |ECOs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:0
msgid "Show scheduled approvals notifications for the user."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:121
msgid ""
"By clicking a pending |ECO|, a *planned activity* for :guilabel:`ECO "
"Approval` is recorded in the chatter. Click on the :guilabel:`i (Info)` icon"
" to view additional information, including the approval's "
":guilabel:`Created` date, the approver :guilabel:`Assigned to` it, and the "
"due date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst-1
msgid "Show additional details of the planned ECO approval."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:130
msgid "Follow-up activities"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:132
msgid ""
"When |ECOs| are rejected, tasks need to be assigned to project members for "
"required modifications before |ECO| approval. To create tasks with "
"deadlines, navigate to the rejected |ECO| form, and go to the chatter."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:136
msgid ""
"Select the :guilabel:`Mark Done` button in the :guilabel:`Planned "
"Activities` section of the chatter to close the activity, and open a pop-up "
"window for creating tasks."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst-1
msgid ""
"Show *Mark Done* window to show *Done & Schedule Next*, *Done*, and *Discard* buttons to\n"
"close the planned activity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:144
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Mark Done` window, click :guilabel:`Done & Schedule Next` "
"to open a new :guilabel:`Schedule an Activity` window. Next, set the "
":guilabel:`Assigned to` team member and the :guilabel:`Due Date` for "
"completing the changes. Provide task details in the :guilabel:`Summary` "
"field and the text box. Click the :guilabel:`Schedule` button to close the "
"window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:149
msgid ""
"After closing the window, on the |ECO| form, move the |ECO| back one stage. "
"Doing so ensures that when the team member completes the changes, and "
"returns the |ECO| to the verification stage, a new :guilabel:`ECO Approval` "
"task is created for the approver."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:154
msgid ""
"The approver creates an activity for the :guilabel:`Responsible` of the "
"|ECO|, `Laurie Poiret`, that details the changes required for the approver "
"to :guilabel:`Accept` the |ECO|. Clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule` button "
"creates a planned activity for Laurie due on `08/15/2023`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:0
msgid "Create a scheduled activity for follow-up changes to a rejected ECO."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8
msgid "Purchase"
msgstr "購買"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10
msgid ""
"**Odoo Purchase** helps keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, and "
"purchase orders. Learn how to monitor purchase tender, automate "
"replenishment, and follow up on your orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14
msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Purchase <https://www.odoo.com/slides/purchase-23>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:5
msgid "Advanced"
msgstr "詳細"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3
msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5
msgid ""
"If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to "
"track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to "
"better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if "
"your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you "
"negotiate discounts on prices."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11
msgid "Generate customized reports"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13
msgid ""
"Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the "
"reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual "
"performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart "
"presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it,"
" key metrics and a pivot table."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
msgid "Reporting dashboard in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22
msgid ""
"While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and "
"features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26
msgid "Use filters to select the data you need"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28
msgid ""
"Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on "
"*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the "
"orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates "
"the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured "
"filters are:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33
msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35
msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37
msgid ""
"*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the "
"previous year, canceled purchase orders included"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40
msgid ""
"*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases "
"orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43
msgid ""
"*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, "
"depending on their date of confirmation"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47
msgid ""
"When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at "
"least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51
msgid ""
"If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*"
" feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you"
" filtered with the previous one."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
msgid "Reporting filters in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59
msgid "Add custom filters"
msgstr "カスタムフィルタを追加"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61
msgid ""
"Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your"
" customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to "
":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the "
"filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and "
"click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions "
"simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom "
"filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and "
"click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired "
"filtering options, click on *Apply*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
msgid "Custom reporting filter in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74
msgid ""
"To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking"
" on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The "
"customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or "
"can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80
msgid "Measure exactly what you need"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82
msgid ""
"Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you "
"prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard "
"presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to "
"both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at "
"the top right of the dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
msgid "Switch reporting view in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92
msgid "Visualize your data"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94
msgid ""
"You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the "
"three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, "
"but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using"
" one or several of the 19 *Groups*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
msgid "Reporting graph view in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102
msgid ""
"For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first "
"group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds "
"additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked "
"bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are "
"displayed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108
msgid "Explore your data"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110
msgid ""
"The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. "
"Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures "
"at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the "
"*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new "
"column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add "
"*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and"
" so on."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
msgid "Pivot table view in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121
msgid ""
"You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or "
"export it as an Excel file."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5
msgid "Manage deals"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:3
msgid "Use blanket orders to create purchase agreements with vendors"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:5
msgid ""
"Blanket orders are long-term purchase agreements between a company and a "
"vendor to deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. "
"Using blanket orders are useful when products are always purchased from the "
"same vendor, but in different quantities at different times."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:9
msgid ""
"By simplifying the ordering process, blanket orders not only save time, they"
" also save money, since they can be advantageous when negotiating bulk "
"pricing with vendors."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:13
msgid ":doc:`calls_for_tenders`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:16
msgid "Create a new blanket order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:18
msgid ""
"To create blanket orders, the *Purchase Agreements* feature first needs to "
"be enabled in the settings of the *Purchase* app. To do this, go to "
":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the "
":guilabel:`Orders` section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Purchase "
"Agreements`. Doing so will enable the ability to create blanket orders, as "
"well as alternative requests for quotation (RFQs)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purshase app settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:28
msgid ""
"To create a blanket order, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Orders --> "
"blanket orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`. This creates (and navigates to) "
"a new blanket order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:31
msgid ""
"From this new blanket order form, different fields and settings can be "
"configured, so there are pre-determined rules that the recurring long-term "
"agreement must follow:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:34
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Purchase Representative`: is the user assigned to this specific "
"blanket order. By default, this is the user who created the agreement; the "
"user can be changed directly from the drop-down menu next to this field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:37
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Agreement Type`: is the type of purchase agreement this blanket "
"order is classified as. In Odoo, blanket orders are the only official "
"purchase agreement."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:39
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Vendor`: is the supplier to whom this agreement is tied, either "
"once or on a recurring basis. The vendor can be selected directly from the "
"drop-down menu next to this field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:41
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Currency`: is the agreed-upon currency that will be used for this"
" exchange. If multiple currencies have been activated in the database, the "
"currency can be changed from the drop-down menu next to this field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:44
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Agreement Deadline`: is the date that this purchase agreement "
"will be set to expire on (if desired). If this blanket order should not "
"expire, leave this field blank."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:46
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Ordering Date`: is the date that this blanket order should be "
"placed on if a new quotation is created directly from the blanket order "
"form. If a new quotation is created, this value will automatically populate "
"the *Order Deadline* field on the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:50
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Delivery Date`: is the expected delivery date that the products "
"included in an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` created directly from the"
" blanket order form will be expected to arrive. If a new quotation is "
"created, this value will automatically populate the *Expected Arrival* field"
" on the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:54
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Source Document`: is the source purchase order (PO) that this "
"blanket order will be tied to. If this blanket order should not be tied to "
"any existing :abbr:`POs (Purchase Orders)`, leave this field blank."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:57
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: is the company assigned to this specific blanket order."
" By default, this is the company that the user creating the blanket order is"
" listed under. If the database is not a multi-company database, this field "
"can not be changed, and will default to the only company listed in the "
"database."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
msgid "New blanket order purchase agreement with added products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:66
msgid ""
"Once all relevant fields have been filled out, click :guilabel:`Add a line` "
"to add products under the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, change the "
"quantity of each product in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column (if desired), "
"and set a price in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:71
msgid ""
"When adding products to a new blanket order, the pre-existing prices of "
"products will not be added automatically to the product lines. The prices "
"must be manually assigned by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Unit "
"Price` column to an agreed-upon price with the listed vendor. Otherwise, the"
" price will remain **0**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:76
msgid ""
"To view and change the default purchase agreement settings for blanket "
"orders directly from the blanket order form, click the :guilabel:`internal "
"link (arrow icon)` next to the :guilabel:`Agreement Type` field where "
":guilabel:`Blanket Order` is listed. This navigates to the blanket order "
"settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:81
msgid ""
"From here, the settings for blanket orders can be edited. Under the "
":guilabel:`Agreement Type` section, the name of the :guilabel:`Agreement "
"Type` can be changed (if desired), and the :guilabel:`Agreement Selection "
"Type` can be changed, as well. There are two options that can be activated "
"for the type of selection:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:86
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Select only one RFQ (exclusive)`: when a purchase order is "
"confirmed, the remaining purchase orders will be canceled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:88
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)`: when a purchase order is "
"confirmed, remaining purchase orders will ***not** be canceled. Instead, "
"multiple purchase orders are allowed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:91
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Data For New Quotations` section, the settings for how "
"product lines and quantities will be populated on new quotations using this "
"purchase agreeement can be changed next to the :guilabel:`Lines` and "
":guilabel:`Quantities` fields."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
msgid "Purchase Agreement type edit screen for blanket orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:99
msgid "There are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Lines`:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:101
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Use lines of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the "
"product lines will pre-populate with the same products listed on the blanket"
" order, if said blanket order is chosen on the new quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:104
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Do not create RfQ lines automatically`: when creating a new "
"quotation and selecting an existing blanket order, the settings will carry "
"over to the new quotation, but the product lines will not populate."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:108
msgid ""
"And, there are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Quantities`:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:110
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Use quantities of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the "
"product quantities listed on the blanket order will pre-populate on the "
"product lines, if said blanket order is chosen on the new quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:113
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Set quantities manually`: when creating a new quotation and "
"selecting an existing blanket order, the product lines will pre-populate, "
"but all quantities will be set to **0**. The quantities will need to be "
"manually set by the user."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:117
msgid ""
"Once the desired changes have been made (if any), click :guilabel:`New` (via"
" the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to the blanket "
"order form, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to save this new purchase "
"agreement. Once confirmed, the blanket order changes from *Draft* to "
"*Ongoing*, meaning this agreement can be selected and used when creating new"
" :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:124
msgid ""
"After creating and confirming a blanket order, products, quantities, and "
"prices can still be edited, added, and removed from the purchase agreement."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:128
msgid ""
"Create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` from the blanket order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:130
msgid ""
"After confirming a blanket order, new quotations can be created directly "
"from the blanket order form that will use the rules set on the form and pre-"
"populate the new quotation with the correct information. Additionally, this "
"new quotation will be automatically linked to this blanket order form via "
"the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top right of the form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:135
msgid ""
"To create a new quotation from the blanket order form, click :guilabel:`New "
"Quotation`. This creates (and navigates to) a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for "
"Quotation)`, that is pre-populated with the correct information, depending "
"on the settings configured on the blanket order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:139
msgid ""
"From the new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form, click :guilabel:`Send"
" by Email` to compose and send an email to the listed vendor; click "
":guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a printable PDF of the quotation; or, once"
" ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the purchase order (PO)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
msgid "New quotation with copied products and rules from blanket order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:147
msgid ""
"Once the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` has been confirmed, click back to the "
"blanket order form (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page). From the "
"blanket order form, there is now one :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` "
"listed in the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top right of the "
"form. Click the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button to see the purchase "
"order that was just created."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
msgid "RFQs and Orders smart button from blanket order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:157
msgid "Create a new blanket order from an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:159
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:49
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:148
msgid ""
"To create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:162
msgid ""
"Then, add information to the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form: add a"
" vendor from the drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and "
"click :guilabel:`Add a product` to select a product from the drop-down menu "
"in the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, set the desired purchase quantity "
"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column, and change the purchase price in the "
":guilabel:`Unit Price` column, if desired."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:168
msgid ""
"Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides "
"additional visibility options to add to the line item. Repeat these steps to"
" add as many additional options as desired, including the :guilabel:`UoM` "
"(Units of Measure) to purchase the products in, and the :guilabel:`Expected "
"Arrival` date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:173
msgid ""
"Before confirming the new quotation and creating a purchase order, click the"
" drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`Blanket Order` field, and type a new "
"name for the new blanket order. This creates a brand new purchase agreement,"
" and saves the information entered in the fields of the purchase order form,"
" as well as the product information entered on the product lines."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:178
msgid ""
"From the new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form, click :guilabel:`Send"
" by Email` to compose and send an email to the listed vendor; click "
":guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a printable PDF of the quotation; or, once"
" ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`PO (purchase "
"order)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
msgid "New blanket order created directly from quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:188
msgid ""
"To see the newly-created blanket order purchase agreement, go to "
":menuselection:`Orders --> Blanket Orders`, and click into the new blanket "
"order. From here, settings and rules can be changed, if desired."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:193
msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:195
msgid ""
"Once a blanket order is confirmed, a new vendor line is added under the "
":guilabel:`Purchase` tab of of the products included in the :abbr:`BO "
"(Blanket Order)`. This makes blanket orders useful with :doc:`automated "
"replenishment <../../purchase/products/reordering>`, because information "
"about the :guilabel:`Vendor`, :guilabel:`Price`, and the "
":guilabel:`Agreement` are referenced on the vendor line. This information is"
" used to determine where, when, and for what price this product could be "
"replenished."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
msgid "Product form with replenishment agreement linked to blanket order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:3
msgid "Create alternative requests for quotation for multiple vendors"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:5
msgid ""
"Sometimes, companies might want to request offers from multiple vendors at "
"the same time, by inviting those vendors to submit offers for similar goods "
"or services all at once. This helps companies to select the cheapest (and "
"fastest) vendors, depending on their specific business needs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:9
msgid ""
"In Odoo, this can be done by adding alternative requests for quotation "
"(RFQs) for different vendors. Once a response is received from each vendor, "
"the product lines from each :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` can be "
"compared, and a decision can be made for which products to purchase from "
"which vendors."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:14
msgid ""
"Sometimes referred to as a *call for tender*, this process is primarily used"
" by organizations in the public sector, who are legally bound to use it when"
" making a purchase. However, private companies can also use alternative "
":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` to spend money efficiently, as well."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:20
msgid ":doc:`blanket_orders`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:23
msgid "Configure purchase agreement settings"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:25
msgid ""
"To create alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` directly from a "
"quotation, the *Purchase Agreements* feature first needs to be enabled in "
"the settings of the *Purchase* app. To do this, go to "
":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the "
":guilabel:`Orders` section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Purchase "
"Agreements`. Doing so will enable the ability to create alternative "
":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, as well as the ability to create "
"*blanket orders*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purchase app settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:37
msgid ""
"To save time on a *call for tender*, custom vendors, prices, and delivery "
"lead times can be set in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a product form. To "
"do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products --> Products`, and "
"select a product to edit. From the product form, click the "
":guilabel:`Purchase tab`, then click :guilabel:`Add a line`. From the drop-"
"down menu, choose a vendor to set under the :guilabel:`Vendor` column, and "
"set a :guilabel:`Price` and :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` if desired. "
"Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides "
"additional visibility options to add to the line item."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:47
msgid "Create an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:52
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:151
msgid ""
"Then, add information to the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form: add a"
" vendor from the drop-down next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and click "
":guilabel:`Add a product` to select a product from the drop-down menu in the"
" :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, set the desired purchase quantity in the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and change the purchase price in the "
":guilabel:`Unit Price` column, if desired."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:58
msgid ""
"Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides "
"additional visibility options to add to the line item. Repeat these steps to"
" add as many options as desired, including the :guilabel:`UoM` (Units of "
"Measure) to purchase the products in, and the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` "
"date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:63
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send by Email`. This causes a "
":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the message to "
"the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send`. This turns"
" the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` into a purchase order (PO), and "
"sends an email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
msgid "Compose and send quotation email pop-up."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:73
msgid ""
"Sending emails to each vendor can be useful when creating alternative "
":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, because vendors can confirm if their "
"past prices still hold today, which can help companies choose the best "
"offers for them."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:78
msgid "Create alternatives to an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:80
msgid ""
"Once a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` is created and sent by email to a vendor,"
" alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` can be created and sent "
"to additional, alternate vendors to compare prices, delivery times, and "
"other factors to make a decision from which vendors to order which products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:85
msgid ""
"To create alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, click the "
":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab from the purchase order form, then click "
":guilabel:`Create Alternative`. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create "
"alternative` pop-up window appears."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
msgid "Calls for tenders pop-up to create alternative quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:93
msgid ""
"From this window, select a new/different vendor from the drop-down menu next"
" to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to assign this alternative quotation to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:96
msgid ""
"Next to this, there is a :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox that is selected"
" by default. When selected, the product quantities of the original :abbr:`PO"
" (Purchase Order)` are copied to the alternative. For this first alternative"
" quotation, leave the checkbox checked. Once finished, click "
":guilabel:`Create Alternative`. This creates (and navigates to) a new "
":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:101
msgid ""
"Since the :guilabel:`Create Alternative` checkbox was left checked, this new"
" purchase order form is already populated with the same products, "
"quantities, and other details as the previous, original :abbr:`PO (Purchase "
"Order)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:106
msgid ""
"When the :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox is selected while creating an "
"alternative quotation, additional products do not need to be added on the "
"purchase order form unless desired. However, if a chosen vendor is listed in"
" the :guilabel:`Vendor` column under the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a "
"product form included in the purchase order, the values set on the product "
"form carry over to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, and have to be changed "
"manually, if desired."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:112
msgid ""
"Once ready, create a second alternative quotation by clicking the "
":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, and once again, click :guilabel:`Create "
"Alternative`. This causes the :guilabel:`Create alternative` pop-up window "
"to appear again. This time, choose a different vendor from the drop-down "
"menu next to :guilabel:`Vendor`, and this time, *uncheck* the "
":guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Create "
"Alternative`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:119
msgid ""
"If an alternative quotation needs to be removed from the "
":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, they can be individually removed by clicking "
"on the :guilabel:`Remove (X)` icon at the end of their row."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:122
msgid ""
"This creates a third, new purchase order. But, since the product quantities "
"of the original :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` were *not* copied over, the "
"product lines are empty, and new products need to be added by clicking "
":guilabel:`Add a product`, and selecting the desired products from the drop-"
"down menu. Once the desired number of products are added, click "
":guilabel:`Send by Email`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
msgid "Blank alternative quotation with alternatives in breadcrumbs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:131
msgid ""
"This causes a :guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the"
" message to the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send`"
" to send an email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:135
msgid ""
"From this newest purchase order form, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` "
"tab. Under this tab, all three purchase orders can be seen in the "
":guilabel:`Reference` column. Additionally, the vendors are listed under the"
" :guilabel:`Vendor` column, and the order :guilabel:`Total` and "
":guilabel:`Status` of the orders are in the rows, as well."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:141
msgid "Link a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` to existing quotations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:143
msgid ""
"Creating alternative quotations directly from a purchase order form under "
"the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab is the easiest way to create and link "
"quotations. However, separate :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` can also"
" be linked *after* the fact, even if they are created completely separately "
"at first."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:157
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send by Email`. This causes a "
":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the message to "
"the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send` to send an "
"email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:161
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab once more. Since this new "
":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` was created separately, there are no other "
"orders linked yet. To link this order with the alternatives created "
"previously, click :guilabel:`Link to Existing RfQ` on the first line in the "
":guilabel:`Vendor` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
msgid "pop-up to link new quotation to existing RFQs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:170
msgid ""
"This causes an :guilabel:`Add: Alternative POs` pop-up window to appear. "
"Select the three purchase orders created previously, and click "
":guilabel:`Select`. All of these orders are now copied to this :abbr:`PO "
"(Purchase Order)` under the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:175
msgid ""
"If a large number of purchase orders are being processed and the previous "
":abbr:`POs (Purchase Orders)` can't be located, try clicking "
":menuselection:`Group By --> Vendor` under the search bar at the top of the "
"pop-up window to group by the vendors selected on the previous orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:181
msgid "Compare product lines"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:183
msgid ""
"When there are multiple :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` linked as "
"alternatives, they can be compared side-by-side in order to determine which "
"vendors offer the best deals on which products. To compare each quotation, "
"go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and select one of the quotations "
"created previously."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:188
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab to see all the linked "
":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`. Next, under the :guilabel:`Create "
"Alternative` tab, click :guilabel:`Compare Product Lines`. This navigates to"
" a Compare Order Lines page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
msgid "Compare Product Lines page for alternative RFQs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:196
msgid ""
"The Compare Order Lines page, by default, groups by :guilabel:`Product`. "
"Each product included in any of the :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` is"
" displayed in its own drop-down, along with all of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase "
"Order)` numbers in the :guilabel:`Reference` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:200
msgid ""
"Additional columns on this page include the :guilabel:`Vendor` from which "
"products were ordered, the :guilabel:`Status` of the quotation (i.e., RFQ, "
"RFQ Sent); the :guilabel:`Quantity` of products ordered from each vendor; "
"the :guilabel:`Unit Price` per product and :guilabel:`Total` price of the "
"order, and more."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:206
msgid ""
"To remove product lines from the Compare Order Lines page, click "
":guilabel:`Clear` at the far right end of that product line's row. This "
"removes this product as a chooseable option from the page, and changes the "
":guilabel:`Total` price of that product on the page to **0**. On the "
"purchase order form in which that product was included, its ordered quantity"
" is changed to **0**, as well."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:212
msgid ""
"Once the best offers have been identified, at the end of each row, "
"individual products can be selected by clicking :guilabel:`Choose`. Once all"
" the desired products have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Requests for "
"Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to "
"an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:218
msgid "Cancel (or keep) alternatives"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:220
msgid ""
"Now that the desired products have been chosen, based on which vendors "
"provided the best offer, the other :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` "
"(from which no products were chosen) can be canceled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:223
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Total` column, at the far right of each row, the orders"
" from which no products were chosen have automatically had their total cost "
"set to **0**. Although they haven't been canceled yet, this means that they "
"can ultimately be canceled without repercussions, *after* the desired "
"purchase orders have been confirmed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
msgid "Canceled quotations in the Purchase app overview."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:232
msgid ""
"To confirm a quotation that contains the chosen product quantities, click "
"into one. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This causes an "
":guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window to appear. From there, either "
":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` or :guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` can be "
"clicked. If this :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` should *not* be confirmed, "
"click :guilabel:`Cancel`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:237
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` automatically cancels the alternative "
"purchase orders. :guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` keeps the alternative "
"purchase orders open, so they can still be accessed if any additional "
"product quantities need to be ordered. Once all products are ordered, "
":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` can be selected from whichever :abbr:`PO "
"(Purchase Order)` is open."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:242
msgid ""
"To view a detailed form of one of the :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` "
"listed, click the line item for that quotation. This causes an "
":guilabel:`Open: Alternative POs` pop-up window to appear, from which all "
"details of that particular quotation can be viewed. Click :guilabel:`Close` "
"when finished."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
msgid "Keep or cancel pop-up for alternative RFQs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:251
msgid ""
"From the :guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window, click "
":guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` to keep all alternative quotations open for "
"now. Then, click :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at "
"the top of the page) to navigate back to an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs "
"(Requests for Quotation)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:256
msgid ""
"Click into the remaining quotation(s) that contain products that need to be "
"ordered, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This causes the "
":guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window to appear again. This time, "
"click :guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` to cancel all other alternative "
":abbr:`RFQs` linked with this quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:261
msgid ""
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at "
"the top of the page) to navigate back to an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs "
"(Requests for Quotation)`. The canceled orders can be seen greyed out and "
"listed with a :guilabel:`Cancelled` status under the :guilabel:`Status` "
"column at the far right of their rows."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:266
msgid ""
"Now that all product quantities have been ordered, the purchase process can "
"be followed, and continued to completion, until the products are received "
"into the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:15
msgid "Bill control policies"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5
msgid ""
"In Odoo, the *bill control* policy determines the quantities billed by "
"vendors on every purchase order, for ordered or received quantities. The "
"policy selected in the settings will act as the default value and will be "
"applied to any new product created."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:12
msgid ""
"To view the default bill control policy and make changes, go to "
":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to"
" the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Here, there are the two :guilabel:`Bill "
"Control` policy options: :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` and "
":guilabel:`Received quantities`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:28
msgid ""
"The policy selected will be the default for any new product created. The "
"definition of each policy is as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:20
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:31
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`: creates a vendor bill as soon as a purchase "
"order is confirmed. The products and quantities in the purchase order are "
"used to generate a draft bill."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:22
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Received quantities`: a bill is created only *after* part of the "
"total order has been received. The products and quantities *received* are "
"used to generate a draft bill. An error message will appear if creation of a"
" vendor bill is attempted without receiving anything."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1
msgid "Bill control policy draft bill error message."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:31
msgid ""
"If one or two products need a different control policy, the default bill "
"control setting can be overridden by going to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab "
"in a product's template and modifying its :guilabel:`Control Policy` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36
msgid "Example flow: Ordered quantities"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38
msgid ""
"To complete an example workflow using the *ordered quantities* bill control "
"policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section, and select "
":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:42
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Purchase` app, create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for "
"Quotation)`. Fill out the information on the quotation form, add products to"
" the invoice lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Create Bill`. Since the policy is set to *ordered quantities*, "
"the draft bill can be confirmed as soon as it is created, without any "
"products actually being received."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:48
msgid "Example flow: Received quantities"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:50
msgid ""
"To complete an example workflow using the *received quantities* bill control"
" policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section, and select "
":guilabel:`Received quantities`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:54
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Purchase` app, create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for "
"Quotation)`. Fill out the information on the quotation form, add products to"
" the invoice lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. Then, click on the "
":guilabel:`Receipt smart button`. Set the quantities in the :guilabel:`Done`"
" column to match the quantities in the :guilabel:`Demand` column, and "
":guilabel:`Validate` the changes. Then, in the purchase order, click "
":guilabel:`Create Bill` and :guilabel:`Confirm`. Since the policy is set to "
"*received quantities*, the draft bill can be confirmed *only* when at least "
"some of the quantities are received."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:63
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:46
msgid "3-way matching"
msgstr "入荷請求差異照合"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:65
msgid ""
"Activating :guilabel:`3-way matching` ensures that vendor bills are only "
"paid once some or all of the products included in the purchase order have "
"actually been received. To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` "
"section. Then, click :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and "
"bills`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72
msgid ""
"3-way matching is *only* intended to work when the bill control policy is "
"set to *received quantities*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:76
msgid "Pay vendor bills with 3-way matching"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:78
msgid ""
"When :guilabel:`3-way matching` is activated, vendor bills will display the "
":guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. When "
"a new vendor bill is created, the field will be set to :guilabel:`Yes`, "
"since a bill can't be created until at least some of the products included "
"in a purchase order have been received."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1
msgid "Draft bill should be paid field status."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:88
msgid ""
"If the total quantity of products from a purchase order has not been "
"received, Odoo only includes the products that *have* been received in the "
"draft vendor bill."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:91
msgid ""
"Draft bills can be edited to increase the billed quantity, change the price "
"of the products in the bill, and add additional products to the bill. If "
"this is done, the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field status will be set to "
":guilabel:`Exception`. This means that Odoo notices the discrepancy, but "
"doesn't block the changes or display an error message, since there might be "
"a valid reason for making changes to the draft bill."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97
msgid ""
"Once payment has been registered for a vendor bill and displays the green "
":guilabel:`Paid` banner, the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field status will be"
" set to :guilabel:`No`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` status on bills is set automatically by Odoo."
" However, the status can be changed manually by clicking the field's drop-"
"down menu inside the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:106
msgid "View a purchase order's billing status"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:108
msgid ""
"When a purchase order is confirmed, its :guilabel:`Billing Status` can be "
"viewed under the :guilabel:`Other Information` tab on the purchase order "
"form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1
msgid "Purchase order billing status."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:115
msgid ""
"Below is a list of the different statuses that a :guilabel:`Billing Status` "
"could appear as and when they are displayed, depending on the bill control "
"policy used."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:119
msgid ":guilabel:`Billing Status`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:119
msgid "**Conditions**"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:121
msgid "*On received quantities*"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:121
msgid "*On ordered quantities*"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123
msgid ":guilabel:`Nothing to Bill`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123
msgid "PO confirmed; no products received"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123
msgid "*Not applicable*"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125
msgid ":guilabel:`Waiting Bills`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125
msgid "All/some products received; bill not created"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125
msgid "PO confirmed"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127
msgid ":guilabel:`Fully Billed`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127
msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127
msgid "Draft bill created"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:3
msgid "Manage vendor bills"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:7
msgid ""
"A *vendor bill* is an invoice received for products and/or services that a "
"company purchases from a vendor. Vendor bills record payables as they arrive"
" from vendors, and can include amounts owed for the goods and/or services "
"purchased, sales taxes, freight and delivery charges, and more."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:11
msgid ""
"In Odoo, a vendor bill can be created at different points in the purchasing "
"process, depending on the *bill control* policy chosen in the *Purchase* app"
" settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:17
msgid ""
"To view and edit the default bill control policy and make changes to it, go "
"to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll "
"down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:21
msgid ""
"Here, there are two :guilabel:`Bill Control` policy options: "
":guilabel:`Ordered quantities` and :guilabel:`Received quantities`. After a "
"policy is selected, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1
msgid "Bill control policies in purchase app settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:33
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Received quantities`: a bill is only created **after** part of "
"the total order has been received. The products and quantities **received** "
"are used to generate a draft bill."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:37
msgid ""
"If a product needs a different control policy, the default bill control "
"policy can be overridden by going to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab in a "
"product's template, and modifying its :guilabel:`Control Policy` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1
msgid "Control policy field on product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:48
msgid ""
"*3-way matching* ensures vendor bills are only paid once some (or all) of "
"the products included in the purchase order have actually been received."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:51
msgid ""
"To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, check"
" the box next to :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and "
"bills`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:56
msgid ""
":guilabel:`3-way matching` is **only** intended to work with the "
":guilabel:`Bill Control` policy set to :guilabel:`Received quantities`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0
msgid "Activated three-way matching feature in purchase settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:64
msgid "Create and manage vendor bills on receipts"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:66
msgid ""
"When products are received into a company's warehouse, receipts are created."
" Once the company processes the received quantities, they can choose to "
"create a vendor bill directly from the warehouse receipt form. Depending on "
"the bill control policy chosen in the settings, vendor bill creation is "
"completed at different steps of the procurement process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:72
msgid "With the bill control policy set to ordered quantities"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:74
msgid ""
"To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *ordered quantities*"
" bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` "
"section, and select :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` under :guilabel:`Bill "
"Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:79
msgid ""
"Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` "
"to create a new request for quotation (RFQ). Doing so reveals a blank "
":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144
msgid ""
"On the blank detail form, add a vendor to the :abbr:`RFQ (request for "
"quotation)` in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the "
":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148
msgid ""
"Then, confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` by clicking the "
":guilabel:`Confirm Order` button above the detail form. Doing so turns the "
":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:90
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a vendor bill for "
"the purchase order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:92
msgid ""
"Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button reveals the :guilabel:`Draft "
"Bill` page for the purchase order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button to modify "
"the bill, and add a bill date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field. If needed,"
" add additional products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking "
":guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99
msgid ""
"Next, confirm the bill by clicking the :guilabel:`Confirm` button on the "
":guilabel:`Draft Bill` page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:103
msgid ""
"Since the bill control policy is set to *ordered quantities*, the draft bill"
" can be confirmed as soon as it is created, before any products have been "
"received."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:106
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:179
msgid ""
"On the new :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` number,"
" which can be used to match the bill with additional documents (such as the "
":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`). Then, click :menuselection:`Confirm --> "
"Register Payment`. Doing so causes a pop-up to appear, wherein a payment "
":guilabel:`Journal` can be chosen; a :guilabel:`Payment Method` selected; "
"and a :guilabel:`Recipient Bank Account` can be selected from a drop-down "
"menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:112
msgid ""
"Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and "
":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. "
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` to finish creating the "
":guilabel:`Vendor Bill`. Doing so causes a green :guilabel:`In Payment` "
"banner to display on the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1
msgid "Vendor bill form for ordered quantities control policy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:122
msgid ""
"Each vendor bill provides the option to either :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` "
"or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note`. A *credit note* is typically issued when a "
"vendor or supplier of goods get some quantity of products back from the "
"customer to whom they were sold, while *debit notes* are reserved for goods "
"returned from the customer/buyer to the vendor or supplier."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:128
msgid "With the bill control policy set to received quantities"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131
msgid ""
"If the creation of a vendor bill is attempted without receiving any "
"quantities of a product (while using the *received quantities* bill control "
"policy), an error message appears, and settings must be changed before "
"proceeding."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:135
msgid ""
"To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *received "
"quantities* bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app "
"--> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` "
"section, and select :guilabel:`Received quantities` under :guilabel:`Bill "
"Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140
msgid ""
"Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` "
"to create a new :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`. Doing so reveals a "
"blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:152
msgid ""
"Finally, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a bill for the "
"purchase order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:155
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Create Bill` before any products have been received will"
" cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to appear. The :guilabel:`Purchase "
"Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity of the items "
"included on the order to create a vendor bill."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1
msgid "User error pop-up for received quantities control policy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:163
msgid ""
"Next, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to view the warehouse "
"receipt form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165
msgid ""
"On the warehouse receipt form, click :menuselection:`Validate --> Apply` to "
"mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities. Then, navigate back to the "
":menuselection:`Purchase Order` (via the breadcrumbs), and click the "
":guilabel:`Create Bill` button on the purchase order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169
msgid ""
"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Draft Bill` for the purchase order. On the "
":guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and add a "
":guilabel:`Bill Date`. If needed, add additional products to the "
":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:173
msgid ""
"Next, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the :guilabel:`Draft "
"Bill`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:176
msgid ""
"Since the bill control policy is set to *received quantities*, the draft "
"bill can **only** be confirmed when at least some of the quantities are "
"received."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:185
msgid ""
"Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and "
":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. "
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` to finish creating the vendor "
"bill. Doing so causes a green **In Payment** banner to display on the "
":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:191
msgid "Create and manage vendor bills in Accounting"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193
msgid ""
"Vendor bills can also be created directly from the *Accounting* app, "
"**without** having to create a purchase order first. To do this, go to "
":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`, and click "
":guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a blank vendor bill detail form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:197
msgid ""
"On this blank vendor bill detail form, add a vendor in the "
":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines "
"(under the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a "
"line`. Then, add a bill date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field, and any "
"other necessary information. Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm "
"the bill."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202
msgid ""
"From here, click the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view (or change) the "
":guilabel:`Account` journals that were populated based on the configuration "
"on the corresponding :guilabel:`Vendor` and :guilabel:`Product` forms."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:206
msgid ""
"Then, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` to add"
" credit or debit notes to the bill. Or, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` "
"number (while in :guilabel:`Edit` mode)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209
msgid ""
"Then, when ready, click :menuselection:`Register Payment --> Create Payment`"
" to complete the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:213
msgid ""
"To tie the draft bill to an existing purchase order, click the drop-down "
"menu next to :guilabel:`Auto-Complete`, and select a :abbr:`PO (purchase "
"order)` from the menu. The bill will auto-populate with the information from"
" the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0
msgid "Auto-complete drop-down list on draft vendor bill."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222
msgid "Batch billing"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:224
msgid ""
"Vendor bills can be processed and managed in batches in the *Accounting* "
"app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:226
msgid ""
"To do this, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. "
"Then, click the :guilabel:`checkbox` at the top left of the page, beside the"
" :guilabel:`Number` column, under the :guilabel:`Create` button. This "
"selects all existing vendor bills with a :guilabel:`Posted` or "
":guilabel:`Draft` :guilabel:`Status`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231
msgid ""
"From here, click the :guilabel:`Action` gear icon to export, delete, or send"
" & print the bills; click the :guilabel:`Print` icon to print the invoices "
"or bills; or click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to create and process "
"payments for multiple vendor bills at once."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:235
msgid ""
"When :guilabel:`Register Payment` is selected, a pop-up appears. In this "
"pop-up window, select the appropriate journal in the :guilabel:`Journal` "
"field, choose a payment date in the :guilabel:`Payment Date` field, and "
"choose a :guilabel:`Payment Method`. There is also the option to "
":guilabel:`Group Payments` on this pop-up, as well."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:240
msgid ""
"When ready, click the :guilabel:`Create Payment` button, which creates a "
"list of journal entries on a separate page. This list of journal entries are"
" all tied to their appropriate vendor bills."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1
msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Register Payment` option for vendor bills in batches will "
"only work for journal entries whose :guilabel:`Status` is set to "
":guilabel:`Posted`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:252
msgid ""
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:5
msgid "Products"
msgstr "商品"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:3
msgid "Configure reordering rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:5
msgid ""
"For certain products, it is necessary to ensure that there is always a "
"minimum amount available on hand at any given time. By adding a reordering "
"rule to a product, it is possible to automate the reordering process so that"
" a purchase order is automatically created whenever the amount on hand falls"
" below a set threshold."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:11
msgid "The *Inventory* module must be installed to use reordering rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:14
msgid "Configure products for reordering"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:16
msgid ""
"Products must be configured in a specific way before a reordering rule can "
"be added to them."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:18
msgid ""
"Starting from the :menuselection:`Inventory`, "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing`, :menuselection:`Purchase`, or "
":menuselection:`Sales` module, navigate to :menuselection:`Products --> "
"Products` and then click :guilabel:`Create` to make a new product. "
"Alternatively, find a product that already exists in the database and click "
"into it's product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:23
msgid ""
"Next, on the product form, enable reordering by checking the :guilabel:`Can "
"be Purchased` option underneathe the :guilabel:`Product Name` field. "
"Finally, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to `Storable Product` under the "
":guilabel:`General Information` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1
msgid "Configure a product for reordering in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:32
msgid "Add a reordering rule to a product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:34
msgid ""
"After properly configuring a product, a reordering rule can be added to it "
"by selecting the now visible :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the top of "
"that product's form, and then clicking :guilabel:`Create` on the "
":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1
msgid "Access reordering rules for a product from the product page in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:42
msgid ""
"Once created, the reordering rule can be configured to generate purchase "
"orders automatically by defining the following fields:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:45
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Location` specifies where the ordered quantities should be stored"
" once they are received and entered into stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:47
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Min Quantity` sets the lower threshold for the reordering rule "
"while :guilabel:`Max Quantity` sets the upper threshold. If the stock on "
"hand falls below the minimum quantity, a new purchase order will be created "
"to replenish it up to the maximum quantity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:52
msgid ""
"If :guilabel:`Min Quantity` is set to `5` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is "
"set to `25` and the stock on hand falls to four, a purchase order will be "
"created for 21 units of the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:55
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` can be configured so that products are only "
"ordered in batches of a certain quantity. Depending on the number entered, "
"this can result in the creation of a purchase order that would put the "
"resulting stock on hand above what is specified in the :guilabel:`Max "
"Quantity` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:61
msgid ""
"If :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is set to `100` but :guilabel:`Multiple "
"Quantity` is set to order the product in batches of `200`, a purchase order "
"will be created for 200 units of the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:65
msgid ""
":guilabel:`UoM` specifies the unit of measurement by which the quantity will"
" be ordered. For discrete products, this should be set to `Units`. However, "
"it can also be set to units of measurement like `Volume` or `Weight` for "
"non-discrete products like water or bricks."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1
msgid "Configure the reordering rule in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:74
msgid "Manually trigger reordering rules using the scheduler"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:76
msgid ""
"Reordering rules will be automatically triggered by the scheduler, which "
"runs once a day by default. To trigger reordering rules manually, navigate "
"to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. On the pop-"
"up window, confirm the manual action by clicking :guilabel:`Run Scheduler`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:82
msgid ""
"Manually triggering reordering rules will also trigger any other scheduled "
"actions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:85
msgid "Manage reordering rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:87
msgid ""
"To manage the reordering rules for a single product, navigate to that "
"product page's form and select the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the "
"top of the form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:90
msgid ""
"To manage all reordering rules for every product, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`. From this"
" dashboard, typical bulk actions in Odoo can be performed such as exporting "
"data or archiving rules that are no longer needed. As well, the "
":guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` or triple-dotted menu on the form "
"are available to search for and/or organize the reordering rules as desired."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3
msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5
msgid ""
"When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different"
" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion "
"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to "
"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your "
"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10
msgid "Consider the following examples:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:12
msgid ""
"You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**."
" However, your customers are European and use **liters**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:15
msgid ""
"You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces "
"of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:19
msgid "Enable units of measure"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:21
msgid ""
"Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. "
"Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
msgid "Enable the units of measure option in Odoo Sales"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:29
msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:32
msgid "Standard units of measure"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:34
msgid ""
"A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. "
"Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: "
"*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:39
msgid ""
"You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories "
"(see next section)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:41
msgid ""
"To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the "
"Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a "
"product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information*"
" tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as "
"for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of "
"Measure* to be used for purchases."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:47
msgid ""
"Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in "
"**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* "
"(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase"
" Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
msgid "Configure a product's units of measure in Odoo"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:56
msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:58
msgid ""
"Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because "
"the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate"
" with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:62
msgid ""
"If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the "
"form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, "
"you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both"
" units of measure."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:66
msgid ""
"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure "
"Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
msgid "Create a new units of measure category in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73
msgid ""
"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76
msgid ""
"First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting"
" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name"
" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the"
" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter "
"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by "
"Odoo is always a multiple of this value."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82
msgid ""
"In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use "
"fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
msgid "Create a new reference unit of measure in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89
msgid ""
"If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might "
"appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it "
"might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower"
" than 0.01, first activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, then "
"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> "
"Decimal Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* "
"accordingly. For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of "
"0.00001, set *Digits* to 5."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96
msgid ""
"Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of"
" measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or "
"*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100
msgid ""
"As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select "
"*Smaller*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102
msgid ""
"Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the "
"second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater "
"than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106
msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
msgid "Create a second unit of measure in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112
msgid ""
"You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard "
"units of measure."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
msgid "Set a product's units of measure using your own units in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:7
msgid "Quality"
msgstr "品質"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:9
msgid ""
"**Odoo Quality** helps ensure product quality throughout manufacturing "
"processes and inventory movements. Conduct quality checks, automate quality "
"inspection frequency, and create quality alerts when issues arise."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:14
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Quality Overview "
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/quality-overview-5590>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types.rst:5
msgid "Quality check types"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:3
msgid "Instructions quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:7
msgid ""
"In Odoo *Quality*, an *Instructions* check is one of the quality check types"
" that can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality control "
"point (QCP). *Instructions* checks consist of a text entry field that allows"
" the creator to provide instructions for how to complete the check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:11
msgid ""
"For a full overview of how to configure a quality check or a |QCP|, see the "
"documentation on :ref:`quality checks <quality/quality_management/quality-"
"checks>` and :ref:`quality control points "
"<quality/quality_management/quality-control-points>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:16
msgid "Process an Instructions quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:18
msgid ""
"There are multiple ways that *Instructions* quality checks can be processed."
" If a quality check is assigned to a specific manufacturing, inventory, or "
"work order, the check can be processed on the order itself. Alternatively, a"
" check can be processed from the check's page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:23
msgid "Process from the quality check's page"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:25
msgid ""
"To process an *Instructions* quality check from the check's page, begin by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality "
"Checks`, and select a quality check. Follow the :guilabel:`Instructions` for"
" how to complete the check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:29
msgid ""
"If the product passes the check, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button above the"
" quality check form. If the product does not pass the check, click the "
":guilabel:`Fail` button, instead."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:33
msgid "Process quality check on an order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:35
msgid ""
"To process an *Instructions* quality check on an order, select a "
"manufacturing order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.) for"
" which a check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing"
" Orders`, and clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To "
"Process` button on an operation card, and selecting an order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:42
msgid ""
"On the selected manufacturing or inventory order, a purple "
":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears above the order. Click the button "
"to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, from which any quality "
"checks created for the order can be processed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst-1
msgid "The Quality Check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:50
msgid ""
"To complete an *Instructions* quality check, follow the instructions "
"detailed in the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window. Finally, click "
":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the check has been completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:54
msgid ""
"If an issue or defect is found during the quality check, a quality alert may"
" need to be created to notify a quality team. To do so, click the "
":guilabel:`Quality Alert` button that appears at the top of the "
"manufacturing or inventory order after the check is validated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:58
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality alert form on a new page."
" For a complete guide on how to fill out quality alert forms, view the "
"documentation on :ref:`quality alerts <quality/quality_management/quality-"
"alerts>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:63
msgid "Process work order quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:65
msgid ""
"When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered by a manufacturing order, a "
"specific work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order "
"Operation` field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, an "
"*Instructions* quality check is created for that specific work order, rather"
" than the manufacturing order as a whole."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:70
msgid ""
"Quality checks configured for work orders must be completed from the tablet "
"view. To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
"Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. Select a manufacturing order that "
"includes a work order for which a quality check is required. Open the tablet"
" view for that work order by clicking the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` button on "
"the order's line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:75
msgid ""
"With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the "
"screen until the *Instructions* quality check step is reached. Upon reaching"
" the check, the instructions for how to complete it will appear at the top "
"of the screen. Follow the instructions, then click :guilabel:`Next` to move "
"on to the next step."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst-1
msgid "An Instructions check for a work order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:84
msgid ""
"If an issue or defect is found during the quality check, a quality alert may"
" need to be created to notify a quality team. To do so, click the "
":guilabel:`☰ (menu)` button in the tablet view, and then select "
":guilabel:`Quality Alert` from the :guilabel:`Menu` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:88
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a :guilabel:`Quality Alerts` pop-up"
" window, from which a quality alert can be created. For a complete guide to "
"quality alert creation, view the documentation on :ref:`quality alerts "
"<quality/quality_management/quality-alerts>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:3
msgid "Measure quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:8
msgid ""
"In Odoo *Quality*, a *Measure* check is one of the quality check types that "
"can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality control point "
"(QCP). *Measure* checks prompt users to measure a certain aspect of a "
"product and record the measurement in Odoo. For the quality check to pass, "
"the recorded measurement must be within a certain *tolerance* of a *norm* "
"value."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:14
msgid "Create a Measure quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:16
msgid ""
"There are two distinct ways that *Measure* quality checks can be created. A "
"single check can be manually created. Alternatively, a |QCP| can be "
"configured that automatically creates checks at a predetermined interval."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:20
msgid ""
"This documentation only details the configuration options that are unique to"
" *Measure* quality checks and |QCPs|. For a full overview of all the "
"configuration options available when creating a single check or a |QCP|, see"
" the documentation on :ref:`quality checks "
"<quality/quality_management/quality-checks>` and :ref:`quality control "
"points <quality/quality_management/quality-control-points>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:27
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:27
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:26
msgid "Quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:29
msgid ""
"To create a single *Measure* quality check, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click "
":guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new quality check form as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:32
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Measure` "
"quality check type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:33
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:34
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:33
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Team` drop-down field, select the quality team responsible"
" for managing the check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:35
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:35
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, "
"enter instructions for how the picture should be taken."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1
msgid "A quality check form configured for a Measure quality check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:43
msgid "Quality control point (QCP)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:45
msgid ""
"To create a |QCP| that generates *Measure* quality checks automatically, "
"navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Control Points`,"
" and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new |QCP| form as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:49
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Measure` "
"quality check type. Doing so causes two new fields to appear: "
":guilabel:`Norm` and :guilabel:`Tolerance`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:52
msgid ""
"Use the first text-entry field of the :guilabel:`Norm` field to record the "
"ideal measurement that the product should conform to. Use the second text-"
"entry field to specify the unit of measurement that should be used."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:55
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Tolerance` field features two sub-fields: :guilabel:`from` "
"and :guilabel:`to`. Use the :guilabel:`from` field to specify the minimum "
"acceptable measurement, and the :guilabel:`to` field to specify the maximum "
"acceptable measurement."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:59
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:51
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:54
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Team` drop-down field, select the quality team responsible"
" for managing the checks created by the |QCP|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:61
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field, enter instructions for how the "
"measurement should be taken."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1
msgid "A QCP form configured to create Measure quality checks."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:69
msgid "Process a Measure quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:71
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:63
msgid ""
"Once created, there are multiple ways that *Measure* quality checks can be "
"processed. If a quality check is assigned to a specific inventory, "
"manufacturing, or work order, the check can be processed on the order "
"itself. Alternatively, a check can be processed from the check's page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:76
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:68
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:71
msgid "From the check's page"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:78
msgid ""
"To process a *Measure* quality check from the check's page, begin by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality "
"Checks`, and select a quality check. Follow the :guilabel:`Instructions` for"
" how to take the measurement."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:82
msgid ""
"After taking the measurement, record the value in the :guilabel:`Measure` "
"field on the quality check form. To manually pass or fail the check, click "
":guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the top-left corner of the check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:86
msgid ""
"Alternatively, if the quality check is assigned to a |QCP| for which *norm* "
"and *tolerance* values have been specified, click :guilabel:`Measure` at the"
" top-left corner of the check instead. Doing so automatically marks the "
"check as *Passed* if the recorded value is within the specified *tolerance*,"
" or *Failed* if the value is outside of it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:92
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:78
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:87
msgid "On an order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:94
msgid ""
"To process a *Measure* quality check on an order, select a manufacturing "
"order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a "
"check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
"clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on "
"an operation card, and selecting an order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:101
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:96
msgid ""
"On the selected manufacturing or inventory order, a purple "
":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the page. Click the "
"button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all "
"of the quality checks required for that order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:105
msgid ""
"To process a *Measure* quality check, measure the product as instructed, "
"then enter the value in the :guilabel:`Measure` field on the pop-up window. "
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to register the recorded value."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1
msgid ""
"A Measure quality check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:113
msgid ""
"If the value entered is within the range specified in the "
":guilabel:`Tolerance` section of the |QCP|, the quality check passes and the"
" pop-up window closes. The rest of the manufacturing or inventory order can "
"then be processed as usual."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:117
msgid ""
"However, if the value entered is outside of the specified range, a new pop-"
"up window appears, titled :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed`. The body of the "
"pop-up shows a warning message that states, :guilabel:`You measured # units "
"and it should be between # units and # units.`, as well as the instructions "
"entered in the :guilabel:`Message If Failure` tab of the |QCP|. At the "
"bottom of the pop-up, two buttons appear: :guilabel:`Correct Measure` and "
":guilabel:`Confirm Measure`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1
msgid "The \"Quality Check Failed\" pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:127
msgid ""
"If the measurement was not entered correctly and should be changed, select "
":guilabel:`Correct Measure`. Doing so re-opens the :guilabel:`Quality Check`"
" pop-up window. Enter the corrected measurement in the :guilabel:`Measure` "
"field, and then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:132
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:185
msgid ""
"If the measurement was entered correctly, click :guilabel:`Confirm Measure` "
"instead, and the quality check fails. Follow any instructions that were "
"listed on the :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:136
msgid ""
"If a quality alert must be created, click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` "
"button that appears at the top of the manufacturing or inventory order after"
" the check fails. Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality alert "
"form on a new page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:140
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:193
msgid ""
"For a complete guide on how to fill out the quality alert form, view the "
"documentation on :ref:`quality alerts <quality/quality_management/quality-"
"alerts>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:144
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:106
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:120
msgid "On a work order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:146
msgid ""
"When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered during manufacturing, a specific "
"work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order Operation` "
"field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, a *Measure* quality "
"check is created for that specific work order, rather than the manufacturing"
" order as a whole."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:151
msgid ""
"*Measure* quality checks created for work orders must be processed from the "
"tablet view. To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing "
"--> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. Select a manufacturing order that "
"includes a work order for which a quality check is required. Open the tablet"
" view for that work order by selecting the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and "
"then clicking the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` button on the order's line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:157
msgid ""
"With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the "
"screen until the *Measure* quality check step is reached. Upon reaching the "
"check, the instructions for how to take the measurement appear at the top of"
" the screen. Enter the measured value in the :guilabel:`Measure` field above"
" the instructions, and then click :guilabel:`Validate`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1
msgid "A Measure quality check in the Manufacturing tablet view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:166
msgid ""
"If the measurement entered is within the range specified in the "
":guilabel:`Tolerance` section of the |QCP|, the quality check passes and the"
" tablet view moves on to the next step of the work order. However, if the "
"measurement entered is outside of the specified range, a pop-up window "
"appears, titled :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:171
msgid ""
"The body of the :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed` pop-up window shows a "
"warning message that states, :guilabel:`You measured # units and it should "
"be between # units and # units.`, as well as the instructions entered in the"
" :guilabel:`Message If Failure` tab of the |QCP|. At the bottom of the pop-"
"up, two buttons appear: :guilabel:`Correct Measure` and :guilabel:`Confirm "
"Measure`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:180
msgid ""
"If the measurement was not entered correctly, and should be changed, select "
":guilabel:`Correct Measure`. Doing so opens a new pop-up window, titled "
":guilabel:`Quality Check`. Enter the corrected measurement in the "
":guilabel:`Measure` field, then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the "
"check, and move on to the next step of the work order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:189
msgid ""
"If a quality alert must be created, do so by clicking the :guilabel:`☰ "
"(three horizontal lines)` button, and selecting :guilabel:`Quality Alert` "
"from the :guilabel:`Menu` pop-up window. A :guilabel:`Quality Alerts` pop-up"
" window appears, from which a quality alert can be created."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:3
msgid "Pass - Fail quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:8
msgid ""
"In Odoo *Quality*, a *Pass - Fail* check is one of the quality check types "
"that can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality control "
"point (QCP). *Pass - Fail* checks consist of a text field that allows the "
"creator to specify a certain criteria that a product must meet to pass the "
"check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:14
msgid "Create a Pass - Fail quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:16
msgid ""
"There are two distinct ways that *Pass - Fail* quality checks can be "
"created. A single check can be manually created. Alternatively, a |QCP| can "
"be configured that automatically creates checks at a predetermined interval."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:20
msgid ""
"This documentation only details the configuration options that are unique to"
" *Pass - Fail* quality checks and |QCPs|. For a full overview of all the "
"configuration options available when creating a single check or a |QCP|, see"
" the documentation on :ref:`quality checks "
"<quality/quality_management/quality-checks>` and :ref:`quality control "
"points <quality/quality_management/quality-control-points>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:29
msgid ""
"To create a single *Pass - Fail* quality check, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click "
":guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new quality check form as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:33
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:50
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Pass - Fail` "
"quality check type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:36
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, "
"enter instructions for how to complete the quality check and the criteria "
"that must be met for the check to pass."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1
msgid "A quality check form configured for a Pass - Fail quality check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:44
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:43
msgid "Quality Control Point (QCP)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:46
msgid ""
"To create a |QCP| that generates *Pass - Fail* quality checks automatically,"
" begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> "
"Control Points`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new |QCP| form as "
"follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:53
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field, enter instructions for how to "
"complete the quality check and the criteria that must be met for the check "
"to pass."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1
msgid ""
"A Quality Control Point (QCP) form configured to create a Pass - Fail "
"quality check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:61
msgid "Process a Pass - Fail quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:70
msgid ""
"To process a *Measure* quality check from the check's page, begin by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality "
"Checks`, and select a quality check. Follow the :guilabel:`Instructions` for"
" how to complete the check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:74
msgid ""
"If the criteria for the check is met, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at "
"the top-left corner of the page. If the criteria is not met, click the "
":guilabel:`Fail` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:80
msgid ""
"To process a *Pass - Fail* quality check on an order, select a manufacturing"
" order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a "
"check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
"clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on "
"an operation card, and selecting an order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:87
msgid ""
"On the selected manufacturing or inventory order, a purple "
":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the"
" button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all"
" of the quality checks required for that order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:91
msgid ""
"To process a *Pass - Fail* quality check, follow the instructions shown on "
"the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window. If the criteria for the check "
"is met, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the bottom of the window. If "
"the criteria is not met, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1
msgid ""
"A Pass - Fail quality check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory "
"order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:99
msgid ""
"If a quality alert must be created, click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` "
"button that appears at the top of the manufacturing or inventory order after"
" the check fails. Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality alert "
"form on a new page. For a complete guide on how to fill out quality alert "
"forms, view the documentation on :ref:`quality alerts "
"<quality/quality_management/quality-alerts>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:108
msgid ""
"When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered during manufacturing, a specific "
"work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order Operation` "
"field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, a *Pass - Fail* "
"quality check is created for that specific work order, rather than the "
"manufacturing order as a whole."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:113
msgid ""
"*Pass - Fail* quality checks configured for work orders must be processed "
"from the tablet view. To do so, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Select a manufacturing order that includes a work order for which a quality "
"check is required. Open the tablet view for that work order by selecting the"
" :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and then clicking the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` "
"button on the order's line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:119
msgid ""
"With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the "
"screen until the *Pass - Fail* quality check step is reached. Upon reaching "
"the check, follow the instructions that appear at the top of the screen. If "
"the criteria for the check is met, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the "
"top-right of the screen. If the criteria is not met, click the "
":guilabel:`Fail` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1
msgid "A Pass - Fail check for a manufacturing work order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:128
msgid ""
"If a quality alert must be created, do so by clicking the :guilabel:`☰ "
"(menu)` button in the tablet view, and selecting :guilabel:`Quality Alert` "
"from the :guilabel:`Menu` pop-up window. A :guilabel:`Quality Alerts` pop-up"
" window appears, from which a quality alert can be created. For a complete "
"guide on how to fill out quality alert forms, view the documentation on "
":ref:`quality alerts <quality/quality_management/quality-alerts>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:3
msgid "Take a Picture quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:8
msgid ""
"In Odoo *Quality*, a *Take a Picture* check is one of the quality check "
"types that can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality "
"control point (QCP). *Take a Picture* checks require a picture to be "
"attached to the check, which can then be reviewed by a quality team."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:13
msgid "Create a Take a Picture quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:15
msgid ""
"There are two distinct ways that *Take a Picture* quality checks can be "
"created. A single check can be manually created. Alternatively, a |QCP| can "
"be configured that automatically creates checks at a predetermined interval."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:19
msgid ""
"This documentation only details the configuration options that are unique to"
" *Take a Picture* quality checks and |QCPs|. For a full overview of all the "
"configuration options available when creating a single check or a |QCP|, see"
" the documentation on :ref:`quality checks "
"<quality/quality_management/quality-checks>` and :ref:`quality control "
"points <quality/quality_management/quality-checks>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:28
msgid ""
"To create a single *Take a Picture* quality check, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click "
":guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new quality check form as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:32
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:49
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Take a "
"Picture` quality check type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1
msgid "A quality check form configured for a Take a Picture quality check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:45
msgid ""
"To create a |QCP| that will generate *Take a Picture* quality checks "
"automatically, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> "
"Control Points`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new |QCP| form as "
"follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:50
msgid ""
"If the *Maintenance* app is installed, a :guilabel:`Device` field appears "
"after selecting the *Take a Picture* check type. Use this field to specify a"
" device that should be used to take quality check pictures. For information "
"about managing devices in the *Maintenance* app, see the documentation on "
":ref:`adding new equipment "
"<maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:56
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field, enter instructions for how the "
"picture should be taken."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1
msgid ""
"A Quality Control Point (QCP) form configured to create a Take a Picture "
"quality check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:64
msgid "Process a Take a Picture quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:66
msgid ""
"Once created, there are multiple ways that *Take a Picture* quality checks "
"can be processed. If a quality check is assigned to a specific inventory, "
"manufacturing, or work order, the check can be processed on the order "
"itself. Alternatively, a check can be processed from the check's page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:73
msgid ""
"To process a *Take a Picture* quality check from the check's page, begin by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality "
"Checks`, and then select a quality check. Follow the "
":guilabel:`Instructions` for how to take the picture."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:77
msgid ""
"After taking the picture, make sure it is stored on the device being used to"
" process the quality check (computer, tablet, etc.). Then, click the "
":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button in the :guilabel:`Picture` section to open "
"the device's file manager. In the file manager, navigate to the picture, "
"select it, and click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1
msgid "The edit button (pencil) on a Take a Picture quality check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:89
msgid ""
"To process a *Take a Picture* quality check on an order, select a "
"manufacturing order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), "
"for which a check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing"
" Orders`, and clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To "
"Process` button on an operation card, and selecting an order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:100
msgid ""
"Follow the instructions detailing how to take the picture, which are shown "
"on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window. After taking the picture, "
"make sure it is stored on the device being used to process the quality check"
" (computer, tablet, etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:104
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Take a Picture` button in the :guilabel:`Picture`"
" section to open the device's file manager. In the file manager, navigate to"
" the picture, select it, and click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. Finally, "
"click :guilabel:`Validate` on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window to"
" complete the quality check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1
msgid ""
"A Take a Picture quality check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory"
" order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:113
msgid ""
"If a quality alert must be created, click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` "
"button that appears at the top of the manufacturing or inventory order after"
" the check is validated. Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality "
"alert form on a new page. For a complete guide on how to fill out quality "
"alert forms, view the documentation on :ref:`quality alerts "
"<quality/quality_management/quality-alerts>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:122
msgid ""
"When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered during manufacturing, a specific "
"work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order Operation` "
"field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, a *Take a Picture* "
"quality check is created for that specific work order, rather than the "
"manufacturing order as a whole."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:127
msgid ""
"*Take a Picture* quality checks created for work orders must be completed "
"from the tablet view. To do so, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Select a manufacturing order that includes a work order for which a quality "
"check is required. Open the tablet view for that work order by selecting the"
" :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and then clicking the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` "
"button on the order's line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:133
msgid ""
"With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the "
"screen until the *Take a Picture* quality check step is reached. Upon "
"reaching the check, follow the instructions for how to take the picture, "
"which appear at the top of the screen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:137
msgid ""
"After taking the picture, make sure it is stored on the device being used to"
" process the work order (computer, tablet, etc.). Then, click the "
":guilabel:`Take a Picture` button to open the device's file manager. In the "
"file manager, navigate to the picture, select it, and click :guilabel:`Open`"
" to attach it. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the quality "
"check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1
msgid "A Take a Picture check for a manufacturing work order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:146
msgid ""
"If a quality alert must be created, do so by clicking the :guilabel:`☰ "
"(three horizontal lines)` button in the tablet view, and selecting "
":guilabel:`Quality Alert` from the :guilabel:`Menu` pop-up window. A "
":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` pop-up window appears, from which a quality alert"
" can be created. For a complete guide on how to fill out quality alert "
"forms, view the documentation on :ref:`quality alerts "
"<quality/quality_management/quality-alerts>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:153
msgid "Review a picture attached to a check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:155
msgid ""
"After a picture has been attached to a check, it can then be reviewed by "
"quality team members or other users. To do so, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and select "
"a quality check to review."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:159
msgid ""
"The attached picture appears in the :guilabel:`Picture` section of the "
"quality check form. After reviewing the picture, click the :guilabel:`Pass` "
"button if the check passes, or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check "
"fails."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1
msgid "A Take a Picture check with a picture attached."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management.rst:5
msgid "Quality control basics"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:3
msgid "Create quality alerts"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:7
msgid ""
"Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality "
"checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, "
"quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using "
"Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not "
"detected by automated processes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:13
msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points <quality_control_points>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:16
msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:18
msgid ""
"In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within"
" the *Quality* module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:21
msgid ""
"A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can"
" create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant "
"quality team."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:24
msgid ""
"To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` "
"module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> "
"Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:28
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality "
"alert"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:29
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being "
"created"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:30
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has "
"the quality issue, if applicable"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:32
msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:33
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:34
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue "
"originated"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:35
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality "
"alert"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:36
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality"
" alert"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:37
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:38
msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:39
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to "
"ensure more urgent issues are prioritized"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:42
msgid ""
"The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional "
"information to quality teams:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:44
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:45
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:46
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from "
"occurring in the future"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:48
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company "
"that produces the product, and the date assigned"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1
msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:56
msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:58
msgid ""
"Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work "
"order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet "
"view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner "
"and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1
msgid "Access the work order menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:66
msgid ""
"The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous "
"section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the "
":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the "
":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:71
msgid "Manage existing quality alerts"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:73
msgid ""
"By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages "
"of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one "
"stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. "
"Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, "
"calendar, and pivot table views."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:79
msgid ""
"Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. "
"Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters "
"found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:3
msgid "Quality checks"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:8
msgid ""
"Quality checks are manual inspections conducted by employees, and are used "
"to ensure the quality of products. In Odoo, a quality check can be conducted"
" for a single product, or multiple products within the same inventory "
"operation or manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:12
msgid ""
"Using a Quality Control Point (QCP), it is possible to create quality checks"
" automatically at regular intervals. When quality checks are created by a "
"|QCP|, they appear on a manufacturing or inventory order, where the employee"
" processing the order will be prompted to complete them. For a full "
"explanation of how to create and configure a |QCP|, see the documentation on"
" :ref:`quality control points <quality/quality_management/quality-control-"
"points>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:18
msgid ""
"While quality checks are most commonly created automatically by a |QCP|, it "
"is also possible to manually create a single quality check. Creating a check"
" manually is useful when an employee wants to schedule a quality check that "
"will only occur once, or register a quality check that they conduct "
"unprompted."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:24
msgid "Manual quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:26
msgid ""
"To manually create a single quality check, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click "
":guilabel:`New`. On the quality check form, begin by selecting an option "
"from the :guilabel:`Control per` drop-down menu:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:30
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Operation` requests a check for an entire operation (ex. delivery"
" order) and all products within it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:32
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Product` requests a check for every unit of a product that is "
"part of an operation (ex. every unit of a product within a delivery order)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:34
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Quantity` requests a check for every quantity of a product that "
"is part of an operation (ex. one check for five units of a product within a "
"delivery order). Selecting :guilabel:`Quantity` also causes a "
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial` drop-down field to appear, from which can be selected"
" a specific lot or serial number that the quality check should be conducted "
"for."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:39
msgid ""
"Next, select an inventory operation from the :guilabel:`Picking` drop-down "
"menu or a manufacturing order from the :guilabel:`Production Order` drop-"
"down menu. This is necessary because Odoo needs to know for which operation "
"the quality check is being conducted."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:43
msgid ""
"If the quality check should be assigned to a specific |QCP|, select it from "
"the :guilabel:`Control Point` drop-down menu. This is useful if the quality "
"check is being created manually, but should still be recognized as belonging"
" to a specific |QCP|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:47
msgid "Select a quality check type from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:49
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Instructions` provides specific instructions for how to conduct "
"the quality check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:50
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Take a Picture` requires a picture to be attached to the check "
"before the check can be completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:52
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` is used when the product being checked must meet a "
"certain criteria to pass the check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:54
msgid ""
"Selecting :guilabel:`Measure` causes a :guilabel:`Measure` input field to "
"appear, in which a measurement must be entered before the check can be "
"completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:56
msgid ""
"Selecting :guilabel:`Worksheet` causes a :guilabel:`Quality Template` drop-"
"down field to appear. Use it to select a quality worksheet that must be "
"filled out to complete the check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:59
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the quality team that is responsible "
"for the quality check. In the :guilabel:`Company` field, select the company "
"that owns the product being inspected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:62
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Notes` tab at the bottom of the form, enter any relevant "
"instructions in the :guilabel:`Instructions` text entry box (ex. 'Attach a "
"picture of the product'). In the :guilabel:`Notes` text entry box, enter any"
" relevant information about the quality check (who created it, why it was "
"created, etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:67
msgid ""
"Finally, if the check is being processed immediately, click the "
":guilabel:`Pass` button at the top left of the screen if the check passes, "
"or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check fails."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1
msgid "A quality check form filled out for a Pass - Fail check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:75
msgid "Process quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:77
msgid ""
"Quality checks can be processed directly on the quality check's page, or "
"from a manufacturing or inventory order for which a check is required. "
"Alternatively, if a quality check is created for a specific work order "
"operation, the check is processed in the tablet view for the work order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:82
msgid ""
"It is not possible to manually create a single quality check that is "
"assigned to a specific work order operation. Quality checks for work order "
"operations can only be created by a |QCP|. See the documentation on "
":ref:`Quality Control Points <quality/quality_management/quality-control-"
"points>` for information about how to configure a |QCP| that will create "
"quality checks for a specific work order operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:89
msgid "Quality check page"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:91
msgid ""
"To process a quality check from the check's page, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, then select"
" the check to process. Follow the instructions for how to complete the "
"check, listed in the :guilabel:`Instructions` field of the :guilabel:`Notes`"
" tab at the bottom of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:96
msgid ""
"If the quality check passes, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the top of"
" the page. If the check fails, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button, instead."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:100
msgid "Quality check on order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:102
msgid ""
"To process a quality check on an order, select a manufacturing or inventory "
"order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a check is required. "
"Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
"clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on "
"an operation card, and selecting an order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:108
msgid ""
"On the selected inventory or manufacturing order, a purple "
":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the"
" button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all"
" of the quality checks required for that order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:112
msgid ""
"Follow the instructions that appear on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up "
"window. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, complete the check by "
"clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the bottom of the pop-up "
"window. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Validate` button "
"appears instead. Click it to complete the check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1
msgid "The \"Quality Check\" pop-up window on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:122
msgid "Quality check on work order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:124
msgid ""
"To process a quality check for a work order, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then"
" select a manufacturing order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, then "
"click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` tablet view button for the work order that "
"requires the quality check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:129
msgid ""
"With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the "
"screen until the quality check step is reached, then follow the instructions"
" at the top of the screen. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, "
"complete the check by clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the "
"top of the screen. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Next` "
"button appears instead. Click it to complete the check and move on to the "
"next step of the work order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1
msgid "A quality check for a work order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:3
msgid "Quality control points"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:11
msgid ""
"In Odoo, *quality control points* (QCPs), are used to automatically create "
":doc:`quality checks <quality_checks>` at predetermined intervals. |QCPs| "
"can be configured to create quality checks for specific operations "
"(manufacturing, delivery, etc.), as well as specific products within those "
"operations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:16
msgid ""
"Using |QCPs| allows quality teams to ensure products are being regularly "
"inspected for defects and other issues."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:20
msgid "Configure quality control points"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:22
msgid ""
"To create a new |QCP|, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality "
"Control --> Control Points`, and then click :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:25
msgid ""
"Begin filling out the new |QCP| by entering a unique :guilabel:`Title` that "
"makes the |QCP| easily identifiable."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:28
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Products` field, select one or more products the |QCP| "
"should apply to. If the |QCP| should apply to an entire product category, "
"select it in the :guilabel:`Product Categories` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:32
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Operations` field, select the operation(s) that should "
"trigger the |QCP|. For example, selecting the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` "
"option in the :guilabel:`Operations` field causes a quality check to be "
"created for new manufacturing orders (MOs)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:37
msgid ""
"When creating a new |QCP|, at least one operation must be listed in the "
":guilabel:`Operations` field. However, the :guilabel:`Products` and "
":guilabel:`Product Categories` fields can be left blank. If they are left "
"blank, the |QCP| generates quality checks for every instance of the "
"specified operation(s)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:42
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` operation is selected in the "
":guilabel:`Operations` field, a new field appears below it, titled "
":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`. From this field, select a specific work "
"order to generate quality checks for that operation, rather than the "
"manufacturing operation in general."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:47
msgid ""
"For example, a |QCP| could be configured to create quality checks for the "
"`Assembly` work order of the `Coffee Table` product. Then, if a new |MO| is "
"confirmed for a `Coffee Table`, the |QCP| creates a quality check "
"specifically for the `Assembly` operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:51
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Control Per` field is set to one of three options that "
"determine *when* a new quality check is created:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:54
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Operation`: one check is requested for the specified operation, "
"as a whole."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:55
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Product`: one check is requested for each *unique* product "
"included in the specified operation. For example, a delivery operation for "
"one table and four chairs would generate two checks, since two *unique* "
"products are included in the operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:58
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Quantity`: a check is requested for a certain percentage of items"
" within the specified operation. This percentage is set by enabling the "
":guilabel:`Partial Transfer Test` checkbox, and then entering a numerical "
"value in the :guilabel:`Percentage` field that appears below. If the "
"checkbox is not enabled, one quality check is created for the full quantity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:63
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Control Frequency` field is set to one of three options that "
"determine *how often* a new quality check is created:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:66
msgid ""
":guilabel:`All`: a quality check is requested every time the conditions of "
"the |QCP| are met."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:67
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Randomly`: a quality check is randomly requested for a certain "
"percentage of operations, which can be specified in the :guilabel:`Every #% "
"of Transfers` field that appears below."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:70
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Periodically`: a quality check is requested once every set period"
" of time, which is specified by entering a numerical value in the field "
"below, and choosing either :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or "
":guilabel:`Months` as the desired time interval."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:74
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Type` field, specify the type of quality check that should"
" be performed. The method for processing quality checks created by the |QCP|"
" depends upon the type of quality check selected:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:78
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Instructions` checks provide specific instructions for how to "
"complete the quality check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:80
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Take a Picture` checks require a picture of the product be "
"uploaded for later review by the assigned quality team."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:82
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Register Production` checks prompt manufacturing employees to "
"confirm the quantity of the product that was produced during the "
"manufacturing operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:84
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` checks specify a criterion that products must meet "
"for the check to pass."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:85
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Measure` checks prompt employees to record a measurement of the "
"product that must be within a tolerance of a norm value for the check to "
"pass."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:87
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Worksheet` checks provide an interactive worksheet that must be "
"filled out by the employee processing the check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:91
msgid ""
"An *Instructions* check is the same as a step on a work order for an MO."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:93
msgid ""
"When a step is added to a work order, Odoo stores it in the Quality app as a"
" |QCP|. It is possible to manually create a |QCP| with the *Instructions* "
"check type, and even assign it to an operation other than manufacturing, "
"like receipts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:97
msgid ""
"However, when creating a control point specifically for quality control "
"purposes, using a different check type is probably more effective."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:100
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Team` field, specify the quality team that is responsible "
"for managing the |QCP|, and the quality checks it creates. If a specific "
"quality team member is responsible for the |QCP|, select them in the "
":guilabel:`Responsible` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:104
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Step Document` field has two options that specify the "
"location of an instructional document detailing how to complete the quality "
"checks created by the |QCP|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:107
msgid ""
"Select :guilabel:`Specific Page of Operation Worksheet` if the document is "
"included with the instructional worksheet for the work order, then enter the"
" page number in the :guilabel:`Worksheet Page` field that appears below."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:111
msgid ""
"Select :guilabel:`Custom` if the document should be included in the "
":guilabel:`Instructions` tab at the bottom of the |QCP|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:114
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Instructions` tab at the bottom of the form, enter "
"instructions for how to complete the quality checks created by the |QCP|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:117
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Custom` option was selected in the :guilabel:`Step "
"Document` field above, a document can be attached in this tab. To do so, "
"either select the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button to open the device's "
"file manager, and then select a file, or add a link to a Google Slides "
"document in the :guilabel:`Google Slide Link` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:122
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Message If Failure` tab, include instructions for what to "
"do if the quality check fails. For example, instruct the employee processing"
" the quality check to create a :doc:`quality alert <quality_alerts>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:126
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Notes` tab is used to provide additional information about "
"the |QCP|, like the reason it was created. The information entered in this "
"tab is **not** shown to employees processing the quality checks created by "
"the |QCP|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1
msgid ""
"A QCP configured to create Pass - Fail checks for a work order operation."
msgstr ""